JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORP
8-K, 1994-03-01
PAPERBOARD MILLS
Previous: DAIRY MART CONVENIENCE STORES INC, POS AM, 1994-03-01
Next: FIDELITY SPECIAL SITUATIONS FUND, 485APOS, 1994-03-01




<PAGE>

                        SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                               Washington, DC  20549


                              _______________________


                                     FORM 8-K


                                  CURRENT REPORT


                        Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
                        the Securities Exchange Act of 1934



       Date of Report (Date of Earliest event reported):  February 18, 1994


                           JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
              (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                        <C>                            <C>
Delaware                                 0-11951                       36-2931273
(State or other jurisdiction        (Commission                  (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation)                   File Number)              Identification No.)

                                          
                             Jefferson Smurfit Centre
                               8182 Maryland Avenue
                            St. Louis, Missouri  63105
                                  (314) 746-1100
               (Address of principal executive offices)  (Zip Code)

                Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
                                  (314) 746-1100

                                  Not Applicable
           (Former name or former address if changed since last report.)

</TABLE>

                                         
<PAGE>
Item 5. Other Events

On February 18, 1994, SIBV/MS Holdings, Inc., parent of Jefferson Smurfit 
Corporation, filed a registration statement (the "Holdings Registration 
Statement") with the Securities and Exchange Commission for an offering of 
21,725,549 shares of  common stock ("Holdings Common Stock").  In addition, 
on February 24, 1994, Container Corporation of America, a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Jefferson Smurfit Corporation, filed a registration statement
(the "CCA Registration Statement") with the Securities and Exchange Commission
for an offering of $500 million aggregate principal amount of Series A Senior
Notes due 2004 (the "Series A Senior Notes") and $100 million aggregate 
principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2002 (the "Series B Senior 
Notes").  The Series A Senior Notes and the Series B Senior Notes will be
unconditionally guaranteed by Jefferson Smurfit Corporation on a senior basis.
The Holdings Registration Statement and the CCA Registration Statement
include, among other things, historical and pro forma financial data with
respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 for SIBV/MS Holdings, Inc.
and Jefferson Smurfit Corporation (and its consolidated subsidiaries, including
Container Corporation of America), respectively.

Item 7. Financial Statements and Exhibits

                        Exhibits

     99.1 Registration Statement with respect to 21,725,549 shares of 
Holdings Common Stock, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
on February 18, 1994.

     99.2 Registration Statement with respect to $500 million aggregate 
principal amount of Series A Senior Notes due 2004 and $100 million 
aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes due 2002 filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 24, 1994.

<PAGE>
SIGNATURES



     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized, on March 1, 1994.






                              JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION



                                   /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE
                              By.........................................
                                   John R. Funke
                                   Vice President and
                                   Chief Financial Officer
<PAGE>
                     STATEMENT OF DIFFERENCES
     The registered trademark shall be expressed as 'r'.
     The section symbol shall be expressed as SS.
<PAGE>
                           APPENDIX
Graphic and image information:

In exhibit 99.1 of this electronic filing see the narrative
descriptions of five graphs on pages 6, 41, 42, 43 and 44.

In exhibit 99.2 of this electronic filing see the narrative
descriptions of five graphs on pages 6, 42, 43, 44 and 45.




<PAGE>
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 18, 1994
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO.
________________________________________________________________________________
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-1
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                                     UNDER
 
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                             SIBV/MS HOLDINGS, INC.
                 (TO BE RENAMED JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION)
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>                                         <C>
                 DELAWARE                                      2653                                     43-1531401
     (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF               (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL                      (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
      INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)               CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)                    IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                            JEFFERSON SMURFIT CENTRE
                              8182 MARYLAND AVENUE
                           ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
                                 (314) 746-1100
       (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA
               CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                 JOHN R. FUNKE
                   VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                              8182 MARYLAND AVENUE
                           ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
                                 (314) 746-1100
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                <C>
                       LOU R. KLING, ESQ.                                                 FRED H. COHEN, ESQ.
              SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM                                        SHEARMAN & STERLING
                        919 THIRD AVENUE                                                 599 LEXINGTON AVENUE
                    NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022                                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                         (212) 735-3000                                                     (212) 848-4000
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933
check the following box. [ ]
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PROPOSED
                                                                                MAXIMUM          PROPOSED
                                                                               OFFERING          MAXIMUM           AMOUNT OF
      TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES                                          PRICE          AGGREGATE        REGISTRATION
               TO BE REGISTERED                 AMOUNT TO BE REGISTERED(1)   PER SHARE(2)   OFFERING PRICE(2)         FEE
 
<S>                                             <C>                          <C>            <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share........       21,725,549 shares          $20.50         $445,373,755        $153,578
</TABLE>
 
(1) Includes  2,197,500 shares of Common Stock  which the U.S. Underwriters have
    the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
                            ---------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS  THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT  ON SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
     This  Registration Statement  contains two forms  of prospectus:  one to be
used in connection with an offering in  the United States and Canada (the  'U.S.
Prospectus') and one to be used in connection with a concurrent offering outside
the  United  States  and  Canada  (the  'International  Prospectus').  The  U.S.
Prospectus and International Prospectus are identical except for the front cover
page. The form  of U.S. Prospectus  is included  herein and is  followed by  the
front  cover page to  be used in  the International Prospectus.  The front cover
page for the International Prospectus included herein is labeled 'Alternate Page
for International Prospectus'.
 
     Prior to  the  date  on  which  this  Registration  Statement  is  declared
effective  by the  Securities and  Exchange Commission,  the Registrant, SIBV/MS
Holdings, Inc., intends to change  its name to 'Jefferson Smurfit  Corporation',
and  the  Registrant's  subsidiary, Jefferson  Smurfit  Corporation,  intends to
change its name  to 'Jefferson  Smurfit Corporation (U.S.)'.  All references  in
this  Prospectus  to  the 'Company'  refer  to the  corporation  currently named
SIBV/MS  Holdings,  Inc.  and,  when  the  context  requires,  its  consolidated
subsidiaries;   all  references  in  this  Prospectus  to  'JSC'  refer  to  the
corporation currently named Jefferson Smurfit Corporation.

<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
 
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        FORM S-1 PART I ITEM                                 PROSPECTUS LOCATION OR CAPTION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>                                                              <C>
  1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover
        Page of Prospectus...........................................  Outside Front Cover Page
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus........  Inside Front Cover Page; Additional
                                                                         Information
  3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to
        Fixed Charges................................................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Selected
                                                                         Historical Financial Data; Pro Forma
                                                                         Financial Data
  4.  Use of Proceeds................................................  Use of Proceeds
  5.  Determination of Offering Price................................  Underwriters
  6.  Dilution.......................................................  Dilution
  7.  Selling Security Holders.......................................  *
  8.  Plan of Distribution...........................................  Cover Page; Underwriters
  9.  Description of Securities to be Registered.....................  Description of Capital Stock
 10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.........................  *
 11.  Information with Respect to the Registrant.....................  Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus
                                                                         Summary; Risk Factors; Recapitalization
                                                                         Plan; Use of Proceeds; Dividend Policy;
                                                                         Capitalization; Selected Historical
                                                                         Financial Data; Pro Forma Financial
                                                                         Data; Management's Discussion and
                                                                         Analysis of Results of Operations and
                                                                         Financial Condition; Business;
                                                                         Management; Security Ownership of
                                                                         Certain Beneficial Owners; Certain
                                                                         Transactions; Description of Certain
                                                                         Indebtedness; Description of Capital
                                                                         Stock; Shares Eligible for Future Sale;
                                                                         Certain United States Federal Tax
                                                                         Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of
                                                                         Common Stock; Index to Financial
                                                                         Statements
 12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for
        Securities Act Liabilities...................................  *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  Not applicable.

<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED FEBRUARY 18, 1994
 
                               14,650,000 SHARES
                           JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
ALL  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE BEING SOLD BY THE COMPANY. OF THE
14,650,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK BEING OFFERED, 11,720,000 SHARES ARE  BEING
   OFFERED   INITIALLY  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA  BY  THE  U.S.
     UNDERWRITERS AND 2,930,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY  OUTSIDE
     OF  THE UNITED STATES AND  CANADA BY THE INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS.
       SEE 'UNDERWRITERS'.  PRIOR TO  THIS OFFERING,  THERE HAS  BEEN  NO
       PUBLIC  MARKET  FOR  THE  COMMON STOCK  OF  THE  COMPANY.  IT IS
         CURRENTLY ESTIMATED THAT THE  INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING  PRICE
           PER  SHARE  WILL BE  IN  THE RANGE  OF $                TO
           $          . SEE 'UNDERWRITERS' FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE
                      FACTORS CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE
                        INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING  PRICE.
 
THE  COMPANY IS ALSO SELLING      SHARES OF  COMMON STOCK (ASSUMING THE PRICE TO
PUBLIC IS EQUAL  TO THE  MIDPOINT OF  THE RANGE  SET FORTH  ABOVE) TO  SMURFIT
  INTERNATIONAL, B.V. (OR A CORPORATE AFFILIATE), THE CURRENT BENEFICIAL OWNER
  OF  50% OF THE COMPANY'S OUTSTANDING STOCK,  AT A PRICE PER SHARE EQUAL TO
    THE PRICE TO PUBLIC PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY (OR FOR AN
     AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE OF $100  MILLION). FOR A FURTHER  DESCRIPTION
     OF  THE  TERMS  AND  CONDITIONS OF  SUCH  SALE  AND  CERTAIN RELATED
                     MATTERS, SEE 'RECAPITALIZATION PLAN'.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
    APPLICATION WILL BE MADE TO LIST THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NEW YORK STOCK
                                   EXCHANGE.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
          SEE 'RISK FACTORS' FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED
                           BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
       PASSED  UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                             PRICE $        A SHARE
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         UNDERWRITING
                                                     PRICE TO           DISCOUNTS AND          PROCEEDS TO
                                                      PUBLIC            COMMISSIONS(1)          COMPANY(2)
                                               --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
<S>                                            <C>                   <C>                   <C>                 
Per Share....................................                     $                     $                     $
Total(3).....................................                     $                     $                     $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
  (1) The Company  has  agreed to  indemnify  the Underwriters  against  certain
      liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
  (2) Before  deducting expenses payable  by the Company estimated  at $       .
      Excludes  proceeds  of  sale  of   shares  of  Common  Stock  to   Smurfit
      International,  B.V. No underwriting discounts or commissions will be paid
      on the sale of such shares.
 
  (3) The Company  has  granted the  U.S.  Underwriters an  option,  exercisable
      within  30 days from  the date hereof  to purchase in  the aggregate up to
      2,197,500 additional shares of Common Stock,  at the Price to Public  less
      underwriting  discounts  and  commissions,  for  the  purpose  of covering
      overallotments, if any.  If the  option is  exercised in  full, the  total
      Price  to Public, Underwriting Discounts  and Commissions, and Proceeds to
      Company will be  $         , $         and  $         , respectively.  See
      'Underwriters'.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
     The shares of Common Stock are offered, subject to prior sale, when, as and
if accepted by the Underwriters and subject to approval of certain legal matters
by  Shearman  & Sterling,  counsel  for the  Underwriters.  It is  expected that
delivery of the Shares will be made on or about                  , 1994, at  the
office of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, New York, New York, against payment
therefor in New York funds.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
 
       INCORPORATED
 
                             KIDDER, PEABODY & CO.
                                     INCORPORATED
 
                                                            SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
                , 1994
 
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

<PAGE>
     IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN  THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW  YORK STOCK EXCHANGE OR OTHERWISE. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2

<PAGE>
     NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY  INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
AND, IF GIVEN  OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT BE  RELIED
UPON  AS  HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY  THE  COMPANY OR  BY ANY  UNDERWRITER. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, NOR  DOES
IT  CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER  TO  SELL OR  A  SOLICITATION OF  AN  OFFER TO  BUY ANY
SECURITIES OFFERED  HEREBY TO  ANY PERSON  IN ANY  JURISDICTION IN  WHICH IT  IS
UNLAWFUL  TO MAKE  SUCH AN  OFFER OR  SOLICITATION TO  SUCH PERSON.  NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCE  CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION THAT  THE INFORMATION  CONTAINED HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
     No action has been or will be  taken in any jurisdiction by the Company  or
any  Underwriter that  would permit  a public  offering of  the Common  Stock or
possession or distribution of this  Prospectus in any jurisdiction where  action
for  that purpose  is required,  other than in  the United  States. Persons into
whose possession  this Prospectus  comes are  required by  the Company  and  the
Underwriters  to inform themselves  about and to observe  any restrictions as to
the offering of the Common Stock and the distribution of this Prospectus.
 
     In this Prospectus,  references to 'dollar'  and '$' are  to United  States
dollars,  and the  terms 'United  States' and 'U.S.'  mean the  United States of
America, its states, its territories, its  possessions and all areas subject  to
its jurisdiction. All tons referenced are short tons.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
     UNTIL                  ,  1994 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS),
ALL  DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN  THE  COMMON  STOCK,  WHETHER  OR  NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE  REQUIRED TO  DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS AND  WITH  RESPECT TO  THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE
                                                  ----
<S>                                               <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................     4
Risk Factors...................................    10
Recapitalization Plan..........................    17
Use of Proceeds................................    21
Dividend Policy................................    22
Dilution.......................................    23
Capitalization.................................    24
Selected Historical Financial Data.............    26
Pro Forma Financial Data.......................    28
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results
  of Operations and Financial Condition........    33
Business.......................................    36
Management.....................................    55
 
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE
                                                  ----
<S>                                               <C>
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
  Owners.......................................    63
Certain Transactions...........................    65
Description of Certain Indebtedness............    70
Description of Capital Stock...................    78
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................    80
Certain United States Federal Tax
  Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common
  Stock........................................    81
Underwriters...................................    83
Legal Matters..................................    86
Experts........................................    86
Additional Information.........................    87
Index to Financial Statements..................   F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
     The   Company  intends  to  furnish  to  its  stockholders  annual  reports
containing audited consolidated financial statements and a report thereon by the
Company's  independent  auditors  and  quarterly  reports  containing  unaudited
consolidated financial data for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
     The principal executive offices of the Company are located at 8182 Maryland
Avenue,  St. Louis, Missouri 63105, and  the Company's telephone number is (314)
746-1100. The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1989.
 
                                       3

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following information is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and the financial statements and notes thereto that appear elsewhere
in  this  Prospectus. Unless  otherwise indicated,  (i)  all references  in this
Prospectus  to  per  share  amounts  and  numbers  and  percentages  of   shares
outstanding  reflect the  Reclassification (as  defined below)  which will occur
immediately prior to the consummation of the Equity Offerings (as defined below)
and assume that there is  no exercise of the  over-allotment option by the  U.S.
Underwriters,  and (ii) references  to the 'Company'  refer to Jefferson Smurfit
Corporation, and where appropriate, its subsidiaries.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     The Company  believes  it is  one  of  the nation's  largest  producers  of
paperboard  and  packaging  products and  is  the largest  producer  of recycled
paperboard  and  recycled  packaging  products.  The  Company's  system  of   16
paperboard  mills produces  virgin and  recycled containerboard,  solid bleached
sulfate ('SBS') and recycled boxboard, and recycled cylinderboard, which is sold
to the Company's own  converting operations or to  third parties. The  Company's
converting  operations  consist of  52 corrugated  container plants,  18 folding
carton plants, and 16  industrial packaging plants  located across the  country,
with  three plants  located outside  the U.S.  In 1993,  the Company's container
plants converted an amount  of containerboard equal  to approximately 105.5%  of
the  amount the Company produced, its  folding carton plants converted an amount
of SBS, recycled boxboard and coated natural kraft equal to approximately  65.4%
of  the  amount  the  Company  produced,  and  its  industrial  packaging plants
converted an amount of  recycled cylinderboard equal  to approximately 59.7%  of
the  amount the  Company produced.  The Company's  Paperboard/Packaging Products
segment contributed 91.6%  of the  Company's net  sales in  1993. The  Company's
paperboard  operations  are supported  by its  reclamation  division and  by its
timber operations  which manage  approximately  one million  acres of  owned  or
leased timberland located in close proximity to its virgin fibre mills.
 
     In  addition,  the  Company believes  it  is  one of  the  nation's largest
producers of recycled newsprint. The  Company's newsprint division includes  two
newsprint  mills  in  Oregon  and two  facilities  that  produce  Cladwood'r', a
construction material produced from newsprint and wood by-products.
 
     The predecessor to the Company was  founded in 1974 when Jefferson  Smurfit
Group  plc ('JS Group'), a worldwide  leader in the packaging products industry,
commenced operations in the United States by acquiring 40% of a small paperboard
and packaging products company. The remaining  60% of that company was  acquired
in  1977, and in  1978 net sales  were $42.9 million.  The Company implemented a
strategy  to  build  a  fully  integrated,  broadly  based,  national  packaging
business,  primarily through acquisitions, including  Alton Box Board Company in
1979,  the  paperboard   and  packaging  divisions   of  Diamond   International
Corporation  in 1982, 80% of Smurfit  Newsprint Corporation ('SNC') in 1986, and
50% of Container Corporation  of America ('CCA') in  1986. The Company  financed
its acquisitions by using leverage, and in several cases, utilized joint venture
financing  whereby  the  Company  eventually obtained  control  of  the acquired
company. While no major  acquisition has been made  since 1986, the Company  has
made  18  smaller acquisitions  and  started up  five  new facilities  which had
combined sales in 1993 of  $280.3 million. Jefferson Smurfit Corporation  (U.S.)
('JSC')  was formed in  1983 to consolidate  the operations of  the Company, and
today the Company ranks among the industry leaders in its two business segments,
Paperboard/Packaging Products and Newsprint. In 1993, the Company had net  sales
of  $2.9 billion, achieving a compound annual sales growth rate of 32.6% for the
period since 1978.
 
     The principal components  of the  Company's business  strategy include  the
following:
 
           Maintain  Focus on Recycled Products. The Company believes that it is
           the largest recycler  of wastepaper; the  largest producer of  coated
           recycled  paperboard  and one  of the  largest producers  of recycled
           newsprint in the United States, and  is well positioned to supply  an
           increasing demand for environmentally friendly packaging.
 
           Focus  on Cost Reduction. The  Company is implementing a company-wide
           cost reduction program designed  to improve the cost  competitiveness
           of  all  the  Company's  operating  facilities  and  staff functions.
           Additionally, in 1993  the Company began  a restructuring program  to
           realign  and  consolidate various  manufacturing operations  over the
           next 2 to 3 years.
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
           Continue to Pursue Vertical Integration. The Company's high level  of
           integration  assures  the  Company of  top  quality  and economically
           priced supplies of fibre for  its paperboard mills, and protects  the
           Company  from  potential regional  supply  and demand  imbalances for
           recycled fibre  grades. Integration  also reduces  the volatility  of
           pricing  for  the Company's  containerboard  products and  allows the
           Company to run its  mills at higher  operating rates during  industry
           downturns.
 
           Continue  Growth in Core Businesses.  The Company intends to continue
           its strategy of building its  core packaging businesses primarily  by
           pursuing acquisitions and through capital improvement programs.
 
           Maintain  Leading Market  Positions. The Company's  prominence in the
           United  States  packaging  industry  provides  the  Company   certain
           advantages  in marketing  its products,  including excellent customer
           visibility, which has  enabled the  Company to  enter into  strategic
           alliances with select large national account customers. The Company's
           broad  range of packaging products provides a single source option to
           supply all of a customer's packaging needs.
 
           Improve Financial  Profile.  The Recapitalization  Plan  (as  defined
           below)  will improve operating and  financial flexibility by reducing
           the level and overall cost of  its debt, extending maturities of  its
           indebtedness,  increasing  stockholders'  equity  and  increasing its
           access to capital markets.
 
     Prior to the consummation of the Equity Offerings, 50% of the stock of  the
Company  was owned by direct and indirect subsidiaries of Smurfit International,
B.V. ('SIBV')  an  indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  JS  Group,  a  public
corporation  organized under  the laws  of the  Republic of  Ireland,      % was
beneficially owned  by The  Morgan Stanley  Leveraged Equity  Fund II,  L.P.,  a
Delaware  limited  partnership investment  fund  formed to  make  investments in
industrial and other companies  ('MSLEF II'), and  certain related entities  and
   % was beneficially owned by certain other investors. MSLEF II is an affiliate
of  both Morgan Stanley  & Co. Incorporated ('MS&Co.'),  a representative of the
U.S.  Underwriters,  and   Morgan  Stanley  &   Co.  International  Limited,   a
representative of the International Underwriters.
 
     After  the consummation of the  Recapitalization Plan, including the Equity
Offerings and the purchase by  SIBV (or a corporate  affiliate) of
shares  of Common Stock  for $100 million  (assuming a purchase  price per share
equal to the midpoint  of the range  of the anticipated high  and low per  share
public  offering prices  set forth on  the cover) (the  'SIBV Investment'), SIBV
will beneficially own approximately    %, MSLEF II and certain related  entities
will  beneficially  own  in the  aggregate  approximately     %,  and  all other
stockholders (including public stockholders) will beneficially own approximately
  % of  the outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock.  See 'Security  Ownership  of
Certain Beneficial Owners' and 'Certain Transactions'.
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
 
     The  Company conducts  its business through  its wholly-owned subsidiaries,
JSC and CCA.  The following  chart illustrates  the corporate  structure of  the
Company,  JSC and CCA,  and the indebtedness of  such corporations following the
consummation of the Recapitalization Plan.

     [GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION of the corporate structure and principal assets and
indebtedness  of  Jefferson Smurfit  Corporation**** ('the  Company'), Jefferson
Smurfit Corporation (U.S.)  **** ('JSC')  and Container  Corporation of  America
('CCA'), illustrating that: (i) the principal assets of the Company include 100%
of  the stock of JSC, (ii) the principal assets of JSC include 100% of the stock
of CCA,  80%  of  the  stock of  Smurfit  Newsprint  Corporation,  paper  mills,
converting  facilities and other operating assets, (iii) the principal assets of
CCA include paper mills, converting  facilities, timberland and other  operating
assets,  (iv) JSC's indebtedness consists  of Senior Obligations* (New Revolving
Credit Facility, Guarantees  of CCA  debt under New  Revolving Credit  Facility,
Initial  Term Loan,  Delayed Term  Loan**, 1993  Notes and  Senior Notes), other
indebtedness  ***   and  Subordinated   Obligations  (None**)   and  (v)   CCA's
indebtedness  consists of  Senior Obligations*  (New Revolving  Credit Facility,
Initial Term  Loan,  Delayed  Term  Loan**, Guarantee  of  JSC  debt  under  New
Revolving  Credit Facility, 1993 Notes and Senior Notes), other indebtedness and
Subordinated Obligations (None**).  The asterisks relate  to the four  footnotes
following the graphic representation.]
 
 
- ------------
 
   * Includes those obligations (other than intercompany indebtedness) that  are
     senior with respect to all subordinated obligations listed and rank equally
     with  each  other senior  obligation listed  (except  that certain  of such
     obligations, but not all, are secured).
 
  ** Prior to the consummation of the Subordinated Debt Refinancing (as  defined
     below), CCA will have outstanding, and JSC will guarantee on a subordinated
     basis,  subordinated  obligations  consisting  of  the  Senior Subordinated
     Notes, the Subordinated Debentures and the Junior Accrual Debentures  (each
     as defined below) and no indebtedness will be outstanding under the Delayed
     Term  Loan (as  defined below),  except to  the extent  borrowings are made
     thereunder to fund purchases  of such subordinated  debt prior to  December
     15,  1994 pursuant to open market or privately negotiated transactions, and
     to repay  amounts  under  the  New Revolving  Credit  Facility  which  were
     borrowed prior to December 15, 1994 for such repurchases.
 
 *** A limited-purpose subsidiary of the Company has certain borrowings pursuant
     to   the   Company's  accounts   receivable  securitization   program.  See
     'Description of Certain Indebtedness  -- Securitization' and  'Management's
     Discussion   and   Analysis  of   Results   of  Operations   and  Financial
     Condition -- Liquidity and Capital Resources'.
 
**** Prior to April 1994,  the Company had been  named 'SIBV/MS Holdings,  Inc.'
     and  Jefferson Smurfit Corporation (U.S.) had been named 'Jefferson Smurfit
     Corporation'.  In  this  document,  references  to  the  'Company'  are  to
     Jefferson  Smurfit Corporation, and  references to 'JSC'  are references to
     its subsidiary, now called 'Jefferson Smurfit Corporation (U.S.)'.
 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company:
     U.S. Equity Offering.........................  11,720,000 shares
     International Equity Offering................  2,930,000 shares
          Total...................................  14,650,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding following the
  Equity Offerings and the SIBV Investment........  shares
Use of Proceeds...................................  The net proceeds to the Company from the Equity Offerings  and
                                                    the  SIBV Investment,  together with  the net  proceeds to the
                                                    Company from the  Debt Offerings (as  defined below), will  be
                                                    used to effect certain of the transactions contemplated by the
                                                    Recapitalization Plan. See 'Recapitalization Plan'.
Proposed New York Stock Exchange Symbol...........
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company is also selling shares of Common Stock to SIBV (or a corporate
affiliate), pursuant to the SIBV Investment, for an aggregate purchase price  of
$100 million. See 'Recapitalization Plan -- Sale of Stock to SIBV'.
 
                             RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
 
     The  Company is implementing a recapitalization plan (the 'Recapitalization
Plan') to  refinance a  substantial  portion of  its  indebtedness in  order  to
improve  operating and financial  flexibility by reducing  the level and overall
cost of its debt, extending maturities of indebtedness, increasing stockholders'
equity and increasing its access to capital markets. For the year ended December
31, 1993, the Recapitalization Plan would, on  a pro forma basis for such  year,
have  resulted in  $68.7 million  of aggregate  savings in  interest expense, of
which $53.8 million represents cash interest expense savings (in each case on  a
pre-tax basis).
 
     The Recapitalization Plan includes the following primary components:
 
          (i)         (a) The offering  by the  Company of  14,650,000 shares of
              Common Stock pursuant to this Prospectus (the 'Equity Offerings');
 
                   (b) The SIBV Investment;
 
                   (c) The  offering by CCA of $500 million aggregate  principal
              amount  of      % Series A  Senior Notes  due 2004  (the 'Series A
              Senior Notes')  and $100  million  aggregate principal  amount  of
                       % Series B  Senior Notes  due 2002 (the  'Series B Senior
              Notes' and, together with the  Series A Senior Notes, the  'Senior
              Notes')  (the 'Debt Offerings'). The Equity Offerings and the Debt
              Offerings are collectively referred to herein as the 'Offerings';
 
                   (d)  The entering into of a  new credit agreement by CCA  and
              JSC  (the  'New Credit  Agreement') consisting  of a  $450 million
              revolving credit facility (the 'New Revolving Credit Facility'), a
              $200 million  term loan  (the  'Initial Term  Loan') and  an  $850
              million  delayed term loan (the  'Delayed Term Loan' and, together
              with the Initial Term Loan, the 'New Term Loans').
 
          (ii) The application of the net proceeds of the Offerings and the SIBV
     Investment, together with  borrowings under  the New  Credit Agreement,  to
     refinance  (the 'Bank Debt Refinancing')  all of the Company's indebtedness
     outstanding under (a)  the Second  Amended and  Restated Credit  Agreement,
     dated  as of  November 9,  1989, among the  Company, JSC,  CCA, the lenders
     which are parties thereto, Bankers Trust Company as agent and Chemical Bank
     and Bank of  America National  Trust and Savings  Association as  co-agents
     (the  '1989 Credit Agreement'); (b) the  Amended and Restated Note Purchase
     Agreement, dated as of December 14,  1989, among the Company, JSC, CCA  and
     the purchasers of the secured notes (the 'Secured Notes') issued thereunder
     (the 'Secured Note Purchase Agreement'), and (c) the Loan and Note Purchase
     Agreement,  dated as of August  26, 1992, among the  Company, JSC, CCA, the
     lenders which are
 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
     party  thereto,  Chemical  Bank  as  agent  and  the  managing  agents  and
     collateral  trustee which  are party  thereto (the  '1992 Credit Agreement'
     and, together with the 1989 Credit Agreement, the 'Old Bank Facilities').
 
          (iii) The  application,  on approximately  December  1, 1994,  of  the
     borrowings  under the Delayed  Term Loan to  redeem (the 'Subordinated Debt
     Refinancing') CCA's (a)  13 1/2%  Senior Subordinated Notes  due 1998  (the
     'Senior Subordinated Notes'), (b) 14% Subordinated Debentures due 2001 (the
     'Subordinated  Debentures')  and (c)  15  1/2% Junior  Subordinated Accrual
     Debentures due 2004 (the 'Junior Accrual Debentures' and, together with the
     Senior  Subordinated   Notes   and   the   Subordinated   Debentures,   the
     'Subordinated  Debt').  The  earliest  date the  Subordinated  Debt  may be
     redeemed is December 1, 1994. Borrowings  under the Delayed Term Loan  will
     be subject to the satisfaction of certain limited conditions.
 
SOURCES AND USES
 
     The  following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds to be used to
effect the Recapitalization Plan:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              ($ MILLIONS)
                                                                                              ------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Sources of Funds
     The Equity Offerings(a)...............................................................      $  300
     SIBV Investment(a)....................................................................         100
     The Debt Offerings(a).................................................................         600
     New Revolving Credit Facility(b)......................................................          --
     New Term Loans........................................................................       1,050
                                                                                              ------------
          Total............................................................................      $2,050
                                                                                              ------------
                                                                                              ------------
Uses of Funds
     Prepayment of debt under Old Bank Facilities..........................................      $  810
     Prepayment of Secured Notes...........................................................         271
     Redemption of Subordinated Debt(c)....................................................         844
     Fees and expenses(d)..................................................................         104
     Increase in cash(e)...................................................................          21
                                                                                              ------------
          Total............................................................................      $2,050
                                                                                              ------------
                                                                                              ------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Assuming an initial public offering price of $    per share of Common Stock
     (which is equal to the  midpoint of the range  of the anticipated high  and
     low  per share public offering  prices set forth on  the cover) and, in the
     case of the Offerings,  without deducting estimated underwriting  discounts
     and commissions and expenses.
 
 (b) The maximum amount available under such facility will be $450 million, with
     up to $150 million of such amount being available for letters of credit. It
     is  anticipated that immediately following the Offerings, letters of credit
     of approximately $90 million will  be outstanding under such facility.  See
     also (c) below.
 
 (c) Represents   the  outstanding  principal  amount  and  redemption  premiums
     required to be paid on the  Senior Subordinated Notes and the  Subordinated
     Debentures,  and  the  estimated  accreted  value  of  the  Junior  Accrual
     Debentures as of  December 1, 1994.  The Company expects  that accrued  and
     unpaid  interest at June 1 and December  1, 1994 on the Senior Subordinated
     Notes and the Subordinated  Debentures will be  paid through internal  cash
     flow or with additional borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility.
 
 (d) Expenses  include estimated underwriting discounts and commissions relating
     to the Equity Offerings and the Debt Offerings, respectively. There are  no
     underwriting  discounts or commissions on the sale of Common Stock pursuant
     to the SIBV Investment.
 
 (e) If the U.S. Underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full,  cash
     will be increased by an additional $    million.
 
     The  aggregate  amount of  proceeds, net  of estimated  expenses, necessary
immediately following  the Offerings  to  consummate the  Recapitalization  Plan
(excluding  the Subordinated Debt Refinancing)  is approximately $1,120 million.
The sources of funds for such amount are set forth in the above table. Prior  to
consummation  of the Offerings, however, the Company may determine to change the
size of the various  components of the  Recapitalization Plan and,  accordingly,
among  other things may change the size  of the Debt Offerings and/or the Equity
Offerings which could, in turn, affect the size of the Initial Term Loan  and/or
the Delayed Term Loan.
 
     In  order to consummate the Recapitalization  Plan, the Company must obtain
certain consents and waivers, consisting, among others, of the consent of (i)  a
majority  in principal amount  of the holders  of CCA's 9  3/4% Senior Notes due
2003 (the '1993 Notes'),  (ii) 60% of the  holders of the outstanding  principal
amount  of Secured Notes and  (iii) certain parties under  JSC's and CCA's trade
receivables
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
securitization  (the   'Securitization')   (collectively,  the   'Consents   and
Waivers').  The Company  expects that, prior  to entering  into the Underwriting
Agreement (as defined below), it shall  have obtained the Consents and  Waivers.
For  more information concerning the Consents and Waivers, see 'Recapitalization
Plan -- Consents and Waivers'.
 
     All of the  transactions contemplated by  the Recapitalization Plan  (other
than  the  Subordinated Debt  Refinancing) are  expected to  occur substantially
contemporaneously. Consummation of  the Equity Offerings  is conditioned on  the
substantially   concurrent  consummation   of  the   other  components   of  the
Recapitalization Plan (other than the Subordinated Debt Refinancing), including,
among other  things, consummation  of (i)  the SIBV  Investment, (ii)  the  Debt
Offerings, and (iii) the Bank Debt Refinancing. In addition, consummation of the
Equity  Offerings  is  conditioned on  the  Company obtaining  the  Consents and
Waivers.
 
     For  more   information   concerning   the   Recapitalization   Plan,   see
'Recapitalization Plan'.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     For a discussion of certain factors that should be considered in evaluating
an investment in the Common Stock, see 'Risk Factors'.
 
                                       9

<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
     The  summary historical and  pro forma financial  data presented below were
derived from the consolidated financial  statements and the pro forma  financial
statements  of  the Company  included  elsewhere herein  and  should be  read in
conjunction with  'Selected Historical  Financial  Data', 'Pro  Forma  Financial
Data',  'Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Results  of  Operations and
Financial Condition' and the consolidated financial statements and the pro forma
financial statements of the Company  included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The
summary  pro forma financial data presented below give effect to the offering of
the 1993 Notes in April 1993 (the '1993 Note Offering') and the Recapitalization
Plan as if such transactions had occurred as of January 1, 1993, in the case  of
operating   results.  The   pro  forma   balance  sheet   data  is   as  if  the
Recapitalization Plan occurred at December 31, 1993.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                                        1993
                                                                                       HISTORICAL                 ----------------
                                                                           -----------------------------------    AS ADJUSTED FOR
                                                                                                                  RECAPITALIZATION
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              PLAN AND
                                                                           -----------------------------------       1993 NOTE
                                                                             1991           1992        1993        OFFERING(a)
                                                                           --------       --------    --------    ----------------
                                                                           (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIOS, SHARE
                                                                               DATA, AND STATISTICAL DATA)
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
    Net sales...........................................................   $2,940.1       $2,998.4    $2,947.6        $2,947.6
    Restructuring and other charges.....................................                                 150.0           150.0
    Income (loss) from operations.......................................      305.5          267.7       (14.7)          (14.7)
    Interest expense....................................................     (335.2)        (300.1)     (254.2)         (185.5)
    Loss before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting
      changes(b)........................................................      (77.1)         (34.0)     (174.6)         (129.9)
    Extraordinary item -- (loss) from early extinguishment of debt, net
      of income tax benefit.............................................                     (49.8)      (37.8)          (98.2)
    Cumulative effect of accounting changes.............................                                 (16.5)          (16.5)
    Net loss............................................................      (77.1)         (83.8)     (228.9)         (244.6)
    Net loss per share(c)...............................................      (2.52)         (2.19)      (3.60)
    Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (d)..............................         (e)            (e)         (e)             (e)
OTHER DATA:
    Gross profit margin(f)..............................................       18.1%          16.6%       12.7%           12.7%
    Selling and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales.......        7.7            7.7         8.1             8.1
    EBITDA(g)...........................................................   $  440.9       $  407.8    $  274.2        $  274.2
    Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense.................................       1.32x          1.36x       1.08x           1.48x
    Property and timberland additions...................................   $  118.9       $   97.9    $  117.4        $  117.4
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization............................      130.0          134.9       130.8           130.8
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
    Working capital.....................................................   $   76.9       $  105.7    $   40.0        $   81.9
    Total assets........................................................    2,460.1        2,436.4     2,597.1         2,667.4
    Long-term debt (excluding current maturities).......................    2,650.4        2,503.0     2,619.1         2,408.8
    Stockholders' deficit...............................................     (976.9)        (828.9)   (1,057.8)         (745.8)
STATISTICAL DATA:
    Containerboard production (thousand tons)...........................      1,830          1,918       1,840
    Boxboard production (thousand tons).................................        826            832         829
    Newsprint production (thousand tons)................................        614            615         615
    Corrugated shipping containers sold (thousand tons).................      1,768          1,871       1,936
    Folding cartons sold (thousand tons)................................        482            487         475
    Fibre reclaimed and brokered (thousand tons)........................      3,666          3,846       3,907
    Timberland owned or leased (thousand acres).........................        978            978         984
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) See 'Pro Forma Financial Data' for certain pro forma financial data  giving
     effect  to  the  Recapitalization  Plan  (excluding  the  Subordinated Debt
     Refinancing).
 
 (b) The loss before  extraordinary item for  the year ended  December 31,  1991
     includes  after-tax  charges  of $29.3  million  and $6.7  million  for the
     write-off of the Company's equity  investments in Temboard, Inc.,  formerly
     Temboard  and Company Limited Partnership  ('Temboard'), and PCL Industries
     Limited ('PCL'), respectively.  See Note  3 to  the Company's  consolidated
     financial statements at and for the year ended December 31, 1993.
 
 (c) Gives   effect   to   the   ten-for-one  stock   split   pursuant   to  the
     Reclassification.  See  'Recapitalization  Plan  --  Reclassification   and
     Related Transactions'.
 
 (d) For  purposes  of these  calculations,  earnings consist  of  income (loss)
     before income  taxes, equity  in earnings  (loss) of  affiliates,  minority
     interests,  extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting changes,
     plus fixed  charges. Fixed  charges consist  of interest  on  indebtedness,
     amortization  of deferred  debt issuance  costs and  that portion  of lease
     rental expense  considered  to be  representative  of the  interest  factor
     therein (deemed to be one-fourth of lease rental expense).
 
 (e) For  the  years  ended December  31,  1991,  1992 and  1993,  earnings were
     inadequate to cover fixed charges by $26.7 million, $31.4 million and 264.2
     million, respectively.  On  a  pro  forma basis  for  1993,  earnings  were
     inadequate  to cover  fixed charges by  $195.5 million as  adjusted for the
     1993 Note Offering and the Recapitalization Plan.
 
 (f) Gross profit margin represents the excess  of net sales over cost of  goods
     sold divided by net sales.
 
 (g) EBITDA  represents  net  income  before  interest  expense,  income  taxes,
     depreciation, depletion  and amortization,  equity  in earnings  (loss)  of
     affiliates,  minority  interests  and  extraordinary  items  and cumulative
     effect of accounting  changes and in  1993, nonrecurring restructuring  and
     other  charges. The restructuring and other  charges include $43 million of
     asset writedowns and $107  million of future  cash expenditures. EBITDA  is
     presented  here, not  as a  measure of operating  results, but  rather as a
     measure of the Company's debt service ability.
 
                                       10

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In  addition to  the other  information contained  in this  Prospectus, the
following factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment  in
the securities offered by this Prospectus.
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT; SUBORDINATED DEBT REFINANCING
 
     The  Company has,  and following  the consummation  of the Recapitalization
Plan will continue  to have,  on a consolidated  basis a  substantial amount  of
debt,  much of which  was originally incurred  to finance (or  to refinance debt
originally incurred to  finance) the  1989 Transaction (as  defined below).  The
Company's long-term debt at December 31, 1993 was $2,619.1 million and, on a pro
forma  basis after  giving effect  to the  Recapitalization Plan,  the Company's
long-term debt as of such date would  have been $2,408.8 million. The amount  of
long-term  indebtedness at such date on a  historical basis was greater than the
book value of  the Company's  total assets, as  reflected on  its balance  sheet
(which is not based on fair saleable or fair value), and is substantial relative
to  the Company's stockholders' equity, which  has been negative in recent years
due to the accounting treatment of  the 1989 Transaction and recent net  losses.
See   '  --  Recent   Losses;  Negative  Stockholders'   Equity'.  Although  the
consummation of the Recapitalization Plan will reduce the Company's consolidated
interest expense over the next several years, JSC and CCA will remain  obligated
to  make  substantial interest  payments on  indebtedness  under the  New Credit
Agreement, the 1993 Notes  and the Senior Notes  and, until the consummation  of
the  Subordinated Debt Refinancing, on the  Subordinated Debt. For a description
of the  terms  of  the  Company's  indebtedness,  see  'Description  of  Certain
Indebtedness'. For the year ended December 31, 1993, the Company's earnings were
inadequate  to cover fixed charges by $264.2  million and, on a pro forma basis,
after giving effect  to the  Recapitalization Plan and  to the  Recapitalization
Plan  (excluding the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing), would have been inadequate
to cover fixed charges by $195.5  million and $254.1 million, respectively.  See
'Capitalization' and 'Pro Forma Financial Data'.
 
     The  Company  generally  expects to  fund  its and  its  subsidiaries' debt
service obligations,  capital  expenditures  and  working  capital  requirements
through  funds generated from operations and additional borrowings under the New
Revolving  Credit  Facility.  As  of  the  closing  of  the  Offerings  and  the
consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Recapitalization Plan
(other  than the Subordinated Debt Refinancing), the Company expects JSC and CCA
to have in the aggregate approximately $360 million in unused borrowing capacity
under the New Revolving Credit Facility. See 'Capitalization'. In 1991, JSC  and
CCA  financed  their receivables  through  the Securitization,  thereby reducing
their borrowings under the 1989  Credit Agreement. See 'Management's  Discussion
and  Analysis of Results of Operations  and Financial Condition -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources' and 'Description of Certain Indebtedness --  Securitization'.
The  Securitization matures in April 1996, at  which time the Company expects to
refinance it. Although the Company  believes that it will be  able to do so,  no
assurances can be given in this regard.
 
     The  ability of the Company and  its subsidiaries to meet their obligations
and to  comply  with  the  financial  covenants  contained  in  the  New  Credit
Agreement,  the 1993 Notes and  the Senior Notes and,  until the consummation of
the Subordinated Debt Refinancing, the  Subordinated Debt, is largely  dependent
upon  the future performance of the Company  and its subsidiaries, which will be
subject to financial, business and other  factors affecting them. Many of  these
factors  are beyond  the Company's  control, such as  the state  of the economy,
demand for and selling prices  of its products, costs  of its raw materials  and
legislative  factors and other factors relating  to its industry generally or to
specific competitors.  There  can be  no  assurance  that the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries  will generate sufficient cash flow to meet their obligations under
their indebtedness, which includes repayment obligations, assuming  consummation
of the Subordinated Debt Refinancing, of $102 million during the second and $152
million  during each of the third  through fifth years following consummation of
the Offerings (and increasing thereafter).  If the Company and its  subsidiaries
are  unable to generate sufficient cash flow or otherwise obtain funds necessary
to make required payments on their indebtedness, or if the Company or any of its
subsidiaries fails to comply  with the various  covenants in such  indebtedness,
they would be in default under the terms thereof, which would permit the lenders
thereunder  to  accelerate the  maturity of  such  indebtedness and  could cause
defaults under other indebtedness of the Company and
 
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
its subsidiaries or result in a bankruptcy of the Company and its  subsidiaries.
See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition  --  Liquidity  and  Capital Resources'  and  'Description  of Certain
Indebtedness'. In  addition, if  a 'Change  of Control'  as defined  in the  New
Credit Agreement, the 1993 Notes or the Senior Notes is deemed to have occurred,
then  the holders of such indebtedness shall have the right to be repaid 101% of
the principal  amount of  such  indebtedness plus  accrued and  unpaid  interest
thereon.  See ' -- Shares Eligible for Future Sale'. Similarly, the exercises of
such rights could also  trigger cross-default or cross-acceleration  provisions,
and lead to the bankruptcy of the Company and its subsidiaries.
 
     The   Subordinated   Debt  Refinancing   is   an  integral   part   of  the
Recapitalization Plan and a significant portion  of the benefits intended to  be
achieved  as  a result  of the  Recapitalization  Plan is  derived from  it. The
availability of the financing  under the Delayed Term  Loan necessary to  effect
the  Subordinated Debt  Refinancing is  subject to  the satisfaction  of certain
conditions, although the failure to satisfy  such conditions will in almost  all
instances  indicate  that  a significant  and  adverse change  in  the Company's
financial condition has occurred. The Company expects to be able to satisfy such
conditions, although, in any event, it reserves the right not to consummate  the
Subordinated   Debt   Refinancing   for   any   reason.   See  'Recapitalization
Plan -- Subordinated Debt Refinancing'. In addition, the Company believes  that,
even  if the Subordinated  Debt Refinancing is not  consummated, it will realize
substantial benefits  from  the consummation  of  the other  components  of  the
Recapitalization Plan, including a decrease in leverage and a resulting increase
in stockholders' equity. See 'Pro Forma Financial Data'.
 
CERTAIN RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
 
     The  limitations contained in the agreements  relating to the Company's and
its subsidiaries' indebtedness, together with  the highly leveraged position  of
such  companies,  as  well as  various  provisions in  the  Company's agreements
relating to  its  governance,  including  the  Stockholders  Agreement  and  the
Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below), could limit the ability of the
Company  and its subsidiaries to effect future debt or equity financings and may
otherwise restrict  corporate  activities,  including  their  ability  to  avoid
defaults   and  to  respond  to  market   conditions,  to  provide  for  capital
expenditures  beyond  those   permitted  or  to   take  advantage  of   business
opportunities.  If the Company  and its subsidiaries  cannot generate sufficient
cash flow from  operations to  meet their obligations,  then their  indebtedness
might have to be refinanced. There can be no assurance that any such refinancing
could  be effected successfully or  on terms that are  acceptable to the Company
and its subsidiaries. In  the absence of such  refinancing, the Company and  its
subsidiaries  could be forced to  dispose of assets in order  to make up for any
shortfall in the  payments due  on their indebtedness  under circumstances  that
might  not be favorable  to realizing the  best price for  such assets. Further,
there can be no assurance that any  assets could be sold quickly enough, or  for
amounts  sufficient, to enable the Company and its subsidiaries to make any such
payments.
 
RECENT LOSSES; NEGATIVE STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     Although the  Company  and  its subsidiaries  have  consistently  generated
substantial income from operations, they have experienced, primarily as a result
of interest expense resulting from high leverage (see ' -- Substantial Leverage;
Ability  to Service  Debt; Subordinated Debt  Refinancing'), net  losses for the
fiscal years ended December  31, 1993, 1992 and  1991. See 'Selected  Historical
Financial  Data' and 'Pro  Forma Financial Data'.  Improvements in the Company's
consolidated results of operations depend  largely upon its ability to  increase
prices  of  its products;  accordingly, there  can  be no  assurances as  to its
ability to  generate  net  income  in  future periods.  See  '  --  Pricing  and
Competition'  and 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations
and Financial Condition'.
 
     The Company has had  a deficit in stockholders'  equity since 1989 when  it
was  organized to effect the acquisition of  the publicly held shares of JSC and
the shares  of CCA  not then  owned by  JSC, and  the recapitalization  of  such
companies  (the '1989  Transaction'), since  such transaction  was treated  as a
recapitalization for financial  accounting purposes. On  a historical basis,  at
December 31, 1993, the Company's stockholders' deficit was $1,057.8 million and,
on  a pro forma basis,  after giving effect to  the Recapitalization Plan, there
would have been a stockholders' deficit of $745.8 million. See  'Capitalization'
and 'Pro Forma Financial Data'.
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
PRICING AND COMPETITION
 
     Most markets in which the Company competes are subject to significant price
fluctuations.  The Company's sales and profitability have historically been more
sensitive to price  changes than  changes in  volume, and  recent reductions  in
prices have had an adverse impact on the Company's results of operations. Future
decreases  in  prices (or  the  inability to  achieve  price increases)  for the
Company's products would adversely affect its operating results. These  factors,
coupled  with  the  highly  leveraged financial  position  of  the  Company, may
adversely impact the Company's  ability to respond to  competition and to  other
market conditions or to otherwise take advantage of business opportunities.
 
     Operating  rates in the industry  during 1991 and 1992  were at high levels
relative to demand,  which was  lower due  to the  sluggish U.S.  economy and  a
decline  in export markets. This imbalance resulted in excess inventories in the
industry and  lower  prices  for the  Company's  containerboard  and  corrugated
shipping  container  products,  which  began early  in  1991  and  has continued
throughout 1992 and  most of 1993.  During 1993, industry  operating rates  were
lower  as many containerboard producers, including the Company, took downtime at
containerboard mills to reduce the excess  inventories. By the end of the  third
quarter  of 1993, inventory levels had  decreased significantly. The lower level
of inventories and the stronger U.S. economy provided what the Company  believes
were improved market conditions late in 1993. Although the Company believes that
containerboard  pricing will be improved in 1994, there can be no assurance that
price increases will hold or that  the Company's containerboard prices will  not
decline from current levels.
 
     Newsprint  prices have  fallen substantially since  1990 due  to supply and
demand imbalances.  During 1991  and  1992, new  capacity of  approximately  two
million  tons annually came on line, representing an approximate 12% increase in
supply. At the same time, U.S. consumption of newsprint fell due to declines  in
readership  and  ad linage.  As  prices fell,  certain  high cost,  virgin paper
machines, primarily in  Canada, representing approximately  1.2 million tons  of
annual  production capacity, were shut down and remained idle during 1993. While
supply was diminished,  a price  increase announced for  1993 was  unsuccessful.
Although  market demand has improved in the  fourth quarter of 1993, the Company
does not expect significant improvement in  prices before the second quarter  of
1994.
 
     The  paperboard and  packaging products industries  are highly competitive,
and no  single company  is dominant.  The Company's  competitors include  large,
vertically  integrated paperboard and packaging  products companies and numerous
smaller companies. In recent years, there has been a trend toward  consolidation
within  the  paperboard  and  packaging  products  industries,  and  the Company
believes that  this trend  is  likely to  continue.  See 'Business  --  Industry
Overview'.  The  primary competitive  factors  in the  paperboard  and packaging
products industries  are  price,  design,  quality  and  service,  with  varying
emphasis  on these factors depending on the product line. To the extent that one
or more of the Company's competitors becomes more successful with respect to any
key competitive factor,  the Company's business  could be materially,  adversely
affected. See 'Business -- Competition'.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     Federal,  state and local environmental requirements, particularly relating
to air and water  quality, are a significant  factor in the Company's  business.
The Company faces potential environmental liability as a result of violations of
permit  terms and similar authorizations that have occurred from time to time at
its facilities. In addition, the Company faces potential liability for 'response
costs' at various sites  with respect to which  the Company has received  notice
that it may be a 'potentially responsible party' as well as for contamination of
certain   Company-owned  properties,   under  the   Comprehensive  Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability  Act, analogous state  laws and other  laws
concerning  hazardous substance contamination. While  the Company believes it is
currently in compliance with all  applicable environmental laws in all  material
respects  and has  budgeted for  future expenditures  required to  maintain such
compliance,  unforeseen  significant  expenditures   in  connection  with   such
compliance  could have an  adverse effect on  the Company's financial condition.
See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition -- General' and 'Business -- Environmental Matters'.
 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
RESTRICTIONS ON PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
 
     The Company has never declared or paid  any cash dividends on any class  of
its  capital stock, and does not intend to  pay dividends on its Common Stock in
the foreseeable future. Following  the consummation of  the Offerings, the  1993
Notes  and  the Senior  Notes will  allow  the Company  to pay  aggregate annual
dividends of not  more than $          on all outstanding  shares of its  Common
Stock.  However, the New Credit Agreement and, unless and until the Subordinated
Debt Refinancing is consummated, the indentures governing the Subordinated Debt,
will effectively prohibit the payment of  dividends on the Common Stock for  the
foreseeable future. See 'Dividend Policy'.
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     Upon  completion of the Equity Offerings,  SIBV and the MSLEF II Associated
Entities (as defined below) will beneficially own   % and   %, respectively, and
will in the aggregate beneficially own    % of the outstanding shares of  Common
Stock.  As a result, upon completion of the Equity Offerings, SIBV and the MSLEF
II Associated Entities will, acting together, be able to control the vote on all
matters submitted to a  vote of holders  of Common Stock.  The presence of  SIBV
and,  until they dispose  of their shares  (see below), the  MSLEF II Associated
Entities, as  controlling stockholders,  is  also likely  to deter  a  potential
acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of
the   Company,  even  if  such  events  might  be  favorable  to  the  Company's
stockholders. See ' -- Anti-Takeover Provisions'.
 
     SIBV, MSLEF II  and the  Company will,  at or  prior to  completion of  the
Equity  Offerings,  enter  into  a  Stockholders  Agreement  (the  'Stockholders
Agreement') which contains, among other things, provisions for various corporate
governance matters,  including the  election as  directors of  certain of  their
designees.  SIBV and MSLEF II collectively  will have the power, particularly in
light of the terms of the Stockholders Agreement which effectively  consolidates
their  voting  power,  to elect  all  of  the Company's  directors,  and thereby
influence and control the management and  policies of the Company. In  addition,
all  officers of the  Company (other than  the Chief Financial  Officer) will be
nominated and appointed by directors of the Company designated by SIBV, and  the
Chief  Financial Officer  will be  nominated and  appointed by  directors of the
Company  designated  by  MSLEF  II.  Pursuant  to  the  Stockholders  Agreement,
operational  decisions  concerning the  Company will  be  made generally  by the
management of the Company;  however certain transactions  that do not  generally
pertain  to the day-to-day management of the Company will be subject to approval
by certain of the directors designated by SIBV and MSLEF II. The possibility  of
a  deadlock exists with respect  to such approval and  may hinder the ability of
management to  take  a  certain course  of  action.  For a  description  of  the
Stockholders  Agreement, see 'Management -- Provisions of Stockholders Agreement
Pertaining to Management' and 'Certain Transactions -- Stockholders Agreement'.
 
     SIBV, which owns its Common Stock through two wholly-owned subsidiaries, is
itself an  indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  JS  Group,  an  international
paperboard and packaging corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of
Ireland.  JS Group is listed on the London and Dublin Stock Exchanges and is the
largest industrial corporation in Ireland. JS Group and its subsidiaries have  a
number of operations similar to those of the Company, although for the most part
outside the United States other than their newsprint operations. Accordingly, JS
Group's  interests with respect to various business decisions of the Company may
conflict with the Company's interests.
 
     MSLEF II, Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund II, Inc. ('MSLEF II, Inc.'),
a Delaware corporation that is a wholly owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Group
Inc. ('Morgan Stanley Group') and the  general partner of MSLEF II, and  SIBV/MS
Equity  Investors, L.P., a  Delaware limited partnership  the general partner of
which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Group ('Equity  Investors',
and  together  with  MSLEF II  and  MSLEF  II, Inc.,  the  'MSLEF  II Associated
Entities') will hold approximately     %,     % and     %, respectively, of  the
shares of Common Stock immediately following the Equity Offerings. The intention
of  the MSLEF II Associated Entities is to dispose of the shares of Common Stock
owned by them. The  timing of such  sales or other  dispositions by them  (which
could  include distributions to the partners of  MSLEF II) will depend on market
and other conditions, but could occur or commence relatively soon after the  180
day  hold back  period. See  'Underwriters'. MSLEF II  is unable  to predict the
timing   of    sales    by   any    of    its   limited    partners    in    the
 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
event  of a  distribution to  them. Pursuant  to the  terms of  the Stockholders
Agreement, SIBV may, at  its option, terminate  the Stockholders Agreement  once
the  MSLEF II Group (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) ceases to own six
percent or more  of the outstanding  Common Stock. Upon  the termination of  the
Stockholders Agreement, SIBV will no longer be contractually limited to electing
only four of the eight directors. In addition, if the MSLEF II Group's ownership
is  10% or less of the outstanding Common Stock, SIBV will no longer be required
to obtain the approval of  two directors who are designees  of MSLEF II for  the
Company  to engage in  certain activities, for which  such approval is otherwise
required by  the  Stockholders  Agreement.  See  'Management  --  Provisions  of
Stockholders  Agreement Pertaining to Management'. Furthermore, MSLEF II has the
right at any time to waive any of the provisions of the Stockholders  Agreement,
to  agree to  the early termination  thereof or to  fail to exercise  any of its
rights thereunder.
 
     In addition, although SIBV and the MSLEF II Associated Entities have in the
past made additional investments in the Company, they are not obligated to do so
in the future. Investors should not assume or expect that either or both of such
shareholders or their affiliates will invest additional capital, whether in  the
form of debt or equity, in the future, particularly in light of the intention of
the  MSLEF II Associated Entities to dispose of their shares of Common Stock and
the fact that SIBV's ability to make such investments is subject to  limitations
contained in agreements relating to indebtedness of SIBV and its affiliates.
 
TAX NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS
 
     As  of  December  31, 1993,  the  Company  had net  operating  loss ('NOL')
carryforwards of approximately  $309 million  for federal  income tax  purposes.
These carryforwards, if not utilized to offset taxable income in future periods,
will expire at various times in 2005 through 2008.
 
     If  the Company  experiences an  'ownership change'  within the  meaning of
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code  of 1986, as amended (the 'Code'),  the
Company's  ability to use its NOL carryforwards  existing at such time to offset
its taxable income,  if any, generated  in taxable periods  after the  ownership
change  would be subject to an  annual limitation (the 'Section 382 Limitation')
described below. In  general, an ownership  change occurs if  the percentage  of
stock  owned by certain  '5% shareholders' increases by  more than 50 percentage
points over the lowest percentage of  stock owned by such shareholders during  a
prescribed  testing period (generally the  preceding three years). Under special
rules in  the Code  and applicable  Treasury regulations,  certain  shareholders
which  individually own less than  5% of the Company's  stock are aggregated and
treated as a  single 5% shareholder.  Thus, purchasers  of less than  5% of  the
Common  Stock in the Equity Offerings generally  would be treated as a single 5%
shareholder. The amount of NOL carryforwards which may be utilized on an  annual
basis  following an ownership change generally would  be equal to the product of
the value  of the  outstanding stock  of the  Company immediately  prior to  the
ownership change (reduced by certain contributions to the Company's capital made
in  the two years  prior to the  ownership change) multiplied  by the 'long-term
tax-exempt rate', which is determined monthly and was 5.15% for February 1994.
 
     Although the Company does not believe that it will experience an  ownership
change upon consummation of the Equity Offerings, it is possible that during the
three  year period following the Equity Offerings, future events that are beyond
the  control  of  the  Company  (such  as  transfers  of  Common  Stock  by   5%
shareholders,  including MSLEF II, its affiliates, its partners and SIBV and its
affiliates, in registered  sales or  otherwise), or certain  stock issuances  or
other actions by the Company, could cause the Company to experience an ownership
change.  By way  of example  and without  limitation, a  sale by  MSLEF II  of a
substantial amount of Common Stock in one or more registered secondary offerings
would generally  be  treated  as if  MSLEF  II  sold  such stock  to  a  new  5%
shareholder  (i.e., the  public group  that purchased  such stock)  whose lowest
percentage ownership in the  Company during the three  years prior to such  sale
was  zero. Accordingly, the increase in such public group's percentage ownership
in the Company, combined  with prior owner shifts  in the three years  preceding
the  sale by MSLEF II, would likely  result in an ownership change. As indicated
under ' --  Control by  Principal Shareholders'  MSLEF II  currently intends  to
dispose  of its Common Stock  and sales or other  dispositions by it could occur
relatively soon after the 180 day hold back period.
 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
     Under special rules  contained in temporary  Treasury regulations,  certain
options  are treated  as exercised  solely for  purposes of  Section 382  if the
deemed exercise thereof would result in an ownership change. Accordingly,  under
these  rules, it is possible that the deemed exercise by SIBV and its affiliates
of their option to purchase all of the Common Stock owned by the MSLEF II  Group
(see  under  'Certain Transactions  --  Stockholders Agreement'),  combined with
certain transfers of even a relatively  small percentage of the Common Stock  by
certain  shareholders after  the consummation  of the  Equity Offerings,  or any
sales of Common Stock by MSLEF II Associated Entities, would cause an  ownership
change.  Proposed Treasury regulations which would  apply to testing dates on or
after November  5, 1992  but which  have not  yet been  adopted in  final  form,
however,  do not  contain such a  'deemed exercise' rule  applicable to options.
Although  it  appears  likely,  based  on  informal  statements  from   Treasury
officials,  that the proposed regulations will be adopted in substantially their
current form with respect to this issue, there can be no assurance as to whether
or in  what form  such proposed  regulations  will be  finalized or  what  their
retroactive application, if any, would be.
 
     If  the Company experienced an ownership  change (as described in either of
the two preceding paragraphs) at a time  at which the value of the Common  Stock
was  equal to the Price to Public set forth on the cover of $     per share, the
Section 382 Limitation would be $[70-80]  million using a 'long-term tax  exempt
rate'  of 5.15%. Depending on the  circumstances, such an ownership change could
significantly restrict the Company's  ability to utilize  NOLs existing at  such
time  to offset subsequent taxable income. Accordingly, due to uncertainty as to
whether  an  ownership  change  will  occur  following  the  Equity   Offerings,
prospective  purchasers  of  Common  Stock should  not  assume  the unrestricted
availability of the Company's currently existing or future NOL carryforwards  in
making their investment decisions.
 
ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET
 
     Prior  to the  Equity Offerings,  there has been  no public  market for the
Common Stock of the  Company. The initial public  offering price for the  Common
Stock   will  be   determined  by  negotiations   among  the   Company  and  the
representatives of the  Underwriters in  accordance with  the recommendation  of
Salomon Brothers Inc, the 'qualified independent underwriter', as is required by
the  by-laws  of  the  National Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc. (the
'NASD'). Although the Company  will apply to  list the Common  Stock on the  New
York  Stock Exchange, there  can be no  assurance that an  active trading market
will develop or continue  after the completion of  the Equity Offerings or  that
the  market price of the Common Stock  will not decline below the initial public
offering price. See 'Underwriters'.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     All of the  shares of  Common Stock currently  outstanding are  'restricted
securities'  as  defined by  Rule  144 under  the  Securities Act  of  1933 (the
'Securities Act'). Of such  shares,           shares will  be eligible for  sale
pursuant  to  Rule 144  following  the completion  of  the Equity  Offerings. In
addition, the Company, MSLEF II and SIBV have entered into a registration rights
agreement (the 'Registration  Rights Agreement') providing  that MSLEF II  shall
have  certain rights to  have the shares of  Common Stock owned  by the MSLEF II
Group after the Equity Offerings registered by the Company under the  Securities
Act  in  order  to permit  the  public  sale of  such  shares.  The Stockholders
Agreement also grants SIBV certain rights, including rights of first refusal, to
purchase shares  held by  the MSLEF  II Group.  The intention  of the  MSLEF  II
Associated  Entities is to dispose of the  shares of Common Stock owned by them.
The timing of  such sales  or other dispositions  by them  (which could  include
distributions  to the  partners of  MSLEF II)  will depend  on market  and other
conditions, but could occur or commence  relatively soon after the 180 day  hold
back  period. See  ' --  Control by  Principal Stockholders'.  Such dispositions
could be privately negotiated transactions or, subject to SIBV's rights of first
refusal if applicable, public sales. Sales  or dispositions of shares of  Common
Stock  by MSLEF II to persons including its limited partners, other than SIBV or
its affiliates, could  increase the likelihood  of a 'Change  of Control'  being
deemed  to  have  occurred  under  the  indentures  relating  to  the  Company's
Subordinated Debt, 1993 Notes  and Senior Notes; however,  so long as MSLEF  II,
SIBV  and their affiliates own more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding voting
stock of the Company, no such Change of Control will be deemed to have  occurred
by  reason of any  other person's or  group's ownership of  the Company's voting
stock.   See    'Description    of   Certain    Indebtedness'.    The    Company
 
                                       16
 
<PAGE>
and  certain  stockholders  of the  Company  (including  SIBV and  the  MSLEF II
Associated Entities) who beneficially  own an aggregate  of           shares  of
Common Stock have agreed, however, subject to limited exceptions, that they will
not  offer, sell, contract to sell or  otherwise dispose of any shares of Common
Stock for a period  of 180 days  after the date of  this Prospectus without  the
prior  written consent of MS&Co. (except with  respect to shares of Common Stock
held by the MSLEF II Associated Entities, for which the prior written consent of
Kidder, Peabody & Co. Incorporated ('Kidder, Peabody'), a representative of  the
U.S. Underwriters, will be required). See 'Underwriters'.
 
     No  prediction can be made  as to the effect, if  any, that future sales of
Common Stock, or the availability of Common Stock for future sale, will have  on
the  market price  of the Common  Stock prevailing  from time to  time. Sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that
such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of  the
Common  Stock or the  ability of the  Company to raise  capital through a public
offering of its equity securities. See 'Shares Eligible for Future Sale'.
 
DILUTION
 
     The purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby will suffer an  immediate
and  substantial dilution of $         in  pro forma net tangible book value per
share  of  the  Common  Stock  from  the  initial  public  offering  price.  See
'Dilution'.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
     The  Company's Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation and  By-laws contain
several provisions which may discourage or make more difficult any attempt by  a
person  or  group  to  obtain  control  of  the  Company,  including  provisions
authorizing the  issuance  of  preferred  stock  without  shareholder  approval,
restricting  the  persons  who  may  call  a  special  meeting  of shareholders,
requiring notice  of  shareholder  nominations  for  directors  and  shareholder
proposals  at meetings  and prohibiting  shareholder action  by written consent.
Although such  provisions  do not  have  substantial practical  significance  to
investors  while SIBV and the MSLEF  II Associated Entities control the Company,
such provisions  could become  significant if  each  of SIBV  and the  MSLEF  II
Associated  Entities reduces  its respective  ownership interest  in the Company
such  that   they  no   longer   control  it.   See  'Description   of   Capital
Stock -- Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws.'
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
                             RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
 
     The  Company  is  implementing  the Recapitalization  Plan  to  refinance a
substantial portion  of  its indebtedness  in  order to  improve  operating  and
financial  flexibility  by reducing  the  level and  overall  cost of  its debt,
extending  maturities  of  indebtedness,  increasing  stockholders'  equity  and
increasing   its   access  to   capital   markets.  As   described   below,  the
Recapitalization Plan includes the following  primary components in addition  to
others  described below:  (i) the  Equity Offerings,  (ii) the  SIBV Investment,
(iii)  the  Debt  Offerings,  (iv)  the  Bank  Debt  Refinancing  and  (v)   the
Subordinated  Debt Refinancing, which  is anticipated to  occur on approximately
December 1, 1994.
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1993, the Recapitalization Plan would, on a
pro forma  basis for  such year,  have resulted  in $68.7  million of  aggregate
savings  in interest  expense, of which  $53.8 million  represents cash interest
expense savings (in  each case  on a pre-tax  basis). See  'Pro Forma  Financial
Data'.
 
SOURCES AND USES
 
     The  following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds to be used to
effect the Recapitalization Plan:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            ($ MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Sources of Funds
     The Equity Offerings(a)...........................................................        $  300
     SIBV Investment(a)................................................................           100
     The Debt Offerings(a).............................................................           600
     New Revolving Credit Facility(b)..................................................          --
     Initial Term Loan.................................................................           200
     Delayed Term Loan.................................................................           850
                                                                                              -------
          Total........................................................................        $2,050
                                                                                              -------
                                                                                              -------
Uses of Funds
     Prepayment of debt under 1989 Credit Agreement....................................        $  609
     Prepayment of debt under 1992 Credit Agreement....................................           201
     Prepayment of Secured Notes.......................................................           271
     Redemption of Senior Subordinated Notes(c)........................................           374
     Redemption of Subordinated Debentures(c)..........................................           321
     Redemption of Junior Accrual Debentures(d)........................................           149
     Fees and expenses(e)..............................................................           104
     Increase in cash(f)...............................................................            21
                                                                                              -------
          Total........................................................................        $2,050
                                                                                              -------
                                                                                              -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Assuming an initial public  offering price of $        per share of  Common
     Stock  (which is equal to the midpoint of the range of the anticipated high
     and low per share offering prices set forth on the cover) and, in the  case
     of  the Offerings,  without deducting estimated  underwriting discounts and
     commissions and expenses.
 
 (b) The maximum amount available under such facility will be $450 million, with
     up to $150 million of such amount being available for letters of credit. It
     is anticipated that immediately following  the Offerings letters of  credit
     of  approximately $90 million will be  outstanding under such facility. See
     also (c) below.
 
 (c) Represents  the  outstanding  principal  amount  and  redemption   premiums
     required  to be paid on such  securities. Aggregate redemption premiums for
     the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subordinated Debentures are estimated
     to be $24 million and $21  million, respectively. The Company expects  that
     accrued  and unpaid interest at  June 1 and December  1, 1994 on the Senior
     Subordinated Notes and  the Subordinated  Debentures will  be paid  through
     internal  cash flow or  with additional borrowings  under the New Revolving
     Credit Facility.
 
 (d) Represents the estimated accreted value of the Junior Accrual Debentures as
     of December 1, 1994.
 
 (e) Expenses include  underwriting discounts  and commissions  relating to  the
     Equity  Offerings  and  the  Debt  Offerings,  respectively.  There  are no
     underwriting discounts or commissions on the sale of Common Stock  pursuant
     to the SIBV Investment.
 
 (f) If  the U.S. Underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, cash
     will be increased by an additional $    million.
 
     The aggregate  amount of  proceeds, net  of estimated  expenses,  necessary
immediately  following  the Offerings  to  consummate the  Recapitalization Plan
(excluding the Subordinated Debt Refinancing) is
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
approximately $1,120 million. The sources of funds for such amount are set forth
in the above table. Prior to consummation of the Offerings, however, the Company
may  determine  to   change  the  size   of  the  various   components  of   the
Recapitalization  Plan and, accordingly, among other  things may change the size
of the Debt Offerings and/or the  Equity Offerings which could, in turn,  affect
the  size of the Initial Term Loan and/or  the Delayed Term Loan. If the Company
and its lenders determine to decrease the amount of the Delayed Term Loan,  with
a  corresponding increase in the Initial Term Loan, or, if for any other reason,
any of the proceeds to be used  to effect the Subordinated Debt Refinancing  are
provided  by any of the sources of funds  set forth above other than the Delayed
Term Loan, the Company intends to invest the proceeds so received and which  are
to  be so used in short term investments until such proceeds are used to acquire
Subordinated Debt (pursuant to the Subordinated Debt Refinancing or in privately
negotiated  or  open  market  purchases)   or  until  the  abandonment  of   the
Subordinated Debt Refinancing.
 
EQUITY OFFERINGS
 
     Concurrently  with the Debt Offerings, the Company is offering hereby
shares of Common  Stock initially  in the United  States and  Canada (the  'U.S.
Equity  Offering') and            shares  of Common Stock  initially outside the
United States and Canada (the 'International Equity Offering'). The closings  of
the  Equity Offerings and the  Debt Offerings are conditioned  on one another as
well as on the substantially concurrent consummation of the other components  of
the  Recapitalization Plan (other than the Subordinated Debt Refinancing) and on
the satisfaction of certain other closing conditions contained in the respective
underwriting agreements related thereto.
 
SALE OF STOCK TO SIBV
 
     SIBV has agreed to purchase, or to cause a corporate affiliate to purchase,
from the Company pursuant  to the SIBV Investment              shares of  Common
Stock covered by the Registration Statement, of which this Prospectus is a part,
for  an aggregate purchase price of $100  million. The shares to be purchased by
SIBV are not part  of the shares  of Common Stock offered  for sale pursuant  to
this  Prospectus.  Such purchase  by SIBV  is  conditioned on  the substantially
concurrent consummation  of  the  Offerings  and the  other  components  of  the
Recapitalization  Plan  (other  than  Subordinated  Debt  Refinancing)  and  the
satisfaction of  certain  other closing  conditions  contained in  the  purchase
agreement  related thereto. Following  the consummation of  the Equity Offerings
and the  SIBV  Investment,  SIBV,  indirectly  through  its  subsidiaries,  will
beneficially  own    % of the  outstanding shares of Common Stock. See 'Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners'.
 
DEBT OFFERINGS
 
     Concurrently with the Equity Offerings, CCA is offering Senior Notes in the
Debt Offerings. The closings of the Equity Offerings and the Debt Offerings  are
conditioned   on  one  another  as  well  as  on  the  substantially  concurrent
consummation of the other  components of the  Recapitalization Plan (other  than
the  Subordinated Debt  Refinancing) and  on the  satisfaction of  certain other
closing conditions contained in  the respective underwriting agreements  related
thereto.
 
     The  Senior Notes will  be general unsecured  obligations of CCA, initially
guaranteed by JSC, and will rank pari  passu in right of payment with all  other
senior  indebtedness of CCA.  For a description  of certain terms  of the Senior
Notes see 'Description of Certain Indebtedness -- Senior Notes'.
 
BANK DEBT REFINANCING
 
     As part of the Recapitalization Plan, CCA  and JSC will enter into the  New
Credit  Agreement.  Substantially  concurrently  with  the  consummation  of the
Offerings, CCA will use borrowings under  the Initial Term Loan pursuant to  the
New  Credit Agreement and net proceeds of  the Offerings and the SIBV Investment
contributed to  it by  the Company,  to refinance  its indebtedness  outstanding
under  the Old  Bank Facilities and  Secured Notes. See  'Description of Certain
Indebtedness -- Terms of New Credit Agreement'.
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
RECLASSIFICATION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     The capital stock  of the  Company currently  consists of  four classes  of
outstanding  common stock (Class  A, Class B, Class  C and Class  D) and a fifth
class of  common stock  (Class E)  reserved for  issuance upon  the exercise  of
outstanding  options. Currently, the only outstanding  shares of voting stock of
the Company are the shares  of Class A common  stock (all outstanding shares  of
which  are indirectly owned by  SIBV) and Class B  common stock (all outstanding
shares of which are owned by MSLEF II). Immediately prior to the consummation of
the Equity Offerings,  the Reclassification  will occur, pursuant  to which  the
Company's  five classes of common  stock will be converted  into one class, on a
basis of ten shares of Common Stock for each share of stock outstanding of  each
of  the old classes. Following the Reclassification, the Company's only class of
common stock  will be  the Common  Stock,             shares  of which  will  be
outstanding  immediately prior to the Equity  Offerings and the SIBV Investment.
See  'Description  of  Capital   Stock'.  The  Company   intends  prior  to   or
substantially  concurrently with the Offerings, to cause CCA Enterprises, Inc. a
wholly-owned subsidiary of CCA,  to become a direct  wholly owned subsidiary  of
JSC  and  then, to  merge  it and  JSC  Enterprises, Inc.,  also  a wholly-owned
subsidiary of  JSC,  into JSC.  This  will result  in  the cancellation  of  the
intercompany  notes  held by  such  entities which  are  their only  assets. The
Company also intends to interpose a  wholly-owned subsidiary between it and  JSC
which  would own all  of the capital  stock of JSC.  See 'Description of Certain
Indebtedness -- Substitution Transaction'.
 
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT; CHARTER AND BY-LAW AMENDMENTS
 
     Since the 1989  Transaction, the Company,  JSC and CCA  have been  operated
pursuant   to  the  terms  of   an  organization  agreement  (the  'Organization
Agreement'), which, among other things, provides for the election of  directors,
the selection of officers and the day-to-day management of the Company. Pursuant
to  the terms of the Organization Agreement  and as part of the Recapitalization
Plan, (i) the  Organization Agreement  will terminate  upon the  closing of  the
Equity  Offerings and, at  or prior to such  closing, the Stockholders Agreement
shall be  entered  into  by  SIBV,  MSLEF  II  and  the  Company  and  (ii)  the
certificates  of incorporation and by-laws  of each of the  Company, JSC and CCA
will, at or prior to the closing of the Offerings, be amended. See ' Description
of Capital Stock'. See 'Management  -- Directors', 'Management -- Provisions  of
Stockholders Agreement Pertaining to Management' and 'Certain
Transactions  -- Stockholders Agreement'  for a description  of the Stockholders
Agreement. In addition, a  prior commitment, subject  to certain conditions,  of
SIBV  to purchase subordinated  debt of CCA  guaranteed by JSC  in order to fund
purchases by CCA of its Subordinated Debt, will be terminated upon  consummation
of the Offerings. See 'Certain Transactions -- Other Transactions'.
 
SUBORDINATED DEBT REFINANCING
 
     On  approximately December 1, 1994, the Company intends to cause CCA to use
borrowings  under  the  Delayed  Term  Loan  to  effect  the  Subordinated  Debt
Refinancing,  which consists of the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes,
the Subordinated  Debentures and  the  Junior Accrual  Debentures (and,  to  the
extent  necessary, to use borrowings under  the New Revolving Credit Facility to
pay accrued  but  unpaid interest  on  the  Senior Subordinated  Notes  and  the
Subordinated  Debentures). The earliest date such  securities may be redeemed is
December 1,  1994. The  Company  reserves the  right,  however, to  acquire  the
Subordinated  Debt in open market or  privately negotiated transactions prior to
such date. Such acquisitions  of Subordinated Debt are  expected to be  financed
with  borrowings under the New Credit  Agreement, subject to the limitation that
the indentures governing each of the  classes of the Subordinated Debt  prohibit
borrowings  under the  New Credit Agreement  to be used  to acquire Subordinated
Debt junior to such class. See 'Description of Certain Indebtedness -- Terms  of
New  Credit Agreement' and '  -- Terms of Subordinated  Debt'. This is likely to
result in only  Senior Subordinated Notes  being acquired prior  to December  1,
1994. The amount of Subordinated Debt so acquired, if any, will depend on market
conditions and availability of such securities at acceptable prices. The Company
and  CCA also reserve the right to  determine not to consummate the Subordinated
Debt Refinancing for any reason, even if they are able to do so.
 
     Borrowings under the Delayed Term Loan,  which are necessary to effect  the
Subordinated  Debt Refinancing,  will be subject  to the following  and only the
following conditions: (a) no order, judgment
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
or decree shall purport to enjoin  or restrain (x) borrowings under the  Delayed
Term Loan or (y) CCA from redeeming the Subordinated Debt, (b) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the Company, JSC or CCA
shall  not have occurred, (c) there shall  not have occurred and be continuing a
payment default under the New Credit Agreement, the 1993 Notes, the Senior Notes
or under any subordinated debt  (in each case, other  than under the New  Credit
Agreement, after the expiration of any applicable grace period), (d) the lenders
under  the New  Credit Agreement shall  not have  accelerated all or  any of the
loans under the New Credit Agreement, (e)  there shall not have occurred and  be
continuing  any  event of  default under  the New  Credit Agreement  relating to
cross-acceleration of certain other debt and  (f) in the event of any  borrowing
under  the Delayed Term Loan  prior to December 15,  1994, the Subordinated Debt
repurchased with the proceeds  thereof shall have  been repurchased pursuant  to
open-market  or negotiated transactions for a price not in excess of 113% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Debt to be so repurchased.
 
CONSENTS AND WAIVERS
 
     As described below, the Company must obtain the Consents and Waivers under,
among other things, the 1993 Notes, the Secured Notes and the Securitization  in
order  to consummate the Recapitalization Plan.  The Company expects that, prior
to entering into the Underwriting Agreement, it shall have obtained the Consents
and Waivers.
 
     1993 Notes. The  terms of  the 1993  Notes prohibit  the Subordinated  Debt
Refinancing  because the indebtedness incurred  to effect such refinancing would
be unsubordinated  secured debt  under the  New Credit  Agreement. The  Company,
however,  intends to  solicit the consent  of the  holders of the  1993 Notes to
amend the related indenture (the '1993 Note Indenture'), among other things,  in
order  to allow the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing to be consummated without any
violation thereof (the 'Proposed 1993 Note Amendment'). In connection with  such
solicitation,  the Company will make certain consent payments, in cash, for each
$1,000 principal amount of such securities for which consents have been  validly
tendered  (and not revoked) on  or before the date  a supplemental indenture has
been executed.  The  Company's obligation  to  make the  consent  payments  with
respect  to the 1993  Notes is subject to  the terms of  the solicitation and is
conditioned on the execution of a supplemental indenture.
 
     Pursuant to the Proposed 1993 Note Amendment (i) the covenant contained  in
the  1993 Note Indenture  which limits debt  incurrence by JSC  and CCA would be
modified to allow the Company, JSC or CCA to refinance the existing Subordinated
Debt (or any portion  thereof) with indebtedness for  borrowed money or with  an
exchange  for indebtedness of any  such company, so long as,  at or prior to the
time such indebtedness is incurred  but in no event  later than April 30,  1995,
the  Company, JSC or  CCA shall have  consummated one or  more public or private
sales of its capital  stock and applied not  less than $         million of  the
proceeds  therefrom to the repayment of indebtedness  of JSC or CCA which is not
by its terms expressly subordinated in right of payment to the 1993 Notes,  (ii)
the  covenant contained in the 1993 Note Indenture which limits certain payments
by JSC and CCA would be modified to allow, following an initial public  offering
of  any of the capital stock  of the Company, JSC or  CCA, the payment of annual
dividends on each share of  such capital stock (or on  the capital stock of  JSC
and CCA as may be necessary to enable the Company or JSC, as the case may be, to
pay  such dividends on  each share of such  capital stock), up to  6% of the per
share initial public offering  price in such  offering, (iii) certain  technical
amendments would be made to the 1993 Note Indenture to clarify the circumstances
under  which wholly-owned subsidiaries  would be permitted to  merge into JSC or
CCA, (iv)  the definition  of 'change  of control'  would be  amended to  delete
therefrom  a  change in  a majority  of  the outstanding  directors and  (v) the
Substitution   Transaction   (as   defined   under   'Description   of   Certain
Indebtedness -- Substitution Transaction') would be permitted to occur.
 
     The  1993 Note  Indenture requires  a majority  in principal  amount of the
holders of the 1993 Notes to consent  to the adoption of the Proposed 1993  Note
Amendment.
 
     Secured  Notes.  Under  the  terms  of the  Secured  Notes,  the  Bank Debt
Refinancing (which involves  a prepayment  of the Secured  Notes) would  require
that  the holders of the  Secured Notes be given a  30 day notice of prepayment.
The Company intends to request that the holders of the Secured Notes waive  such
30  day notice of prepayment. Such waiver requires the consent of the holders of
60% of the holders of the outstanding principal amount of Secured Notes.
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
     Securitization. In 1991, JSC and  CCA entered into the Securitization.  The
Securitization  involved  the sale  of JSC's  and  CCA's trade  receivables (the
'Receivables') to  Jefferson Smurfit  Finance  Corporation ('JSFC'),  a  special
purpose  subsidiary  of  JSC.  Under  the  Securitization,  JSFC  currently  has
borrowings of  $182.3 million  outstanding  at December  31, 1993  from  Emerald
Funding Corporation ('EFC'), a third-party owned corporation not affiliated with
JSC,  and  has pledged  its  interest in  such  Receivables to  EFC.  EFC issued
commercial paper notes  ('CP Notes')  and term  notes ('Term  Notes'). EFC  also
entered  into a liquidity facility with a group of banks, for whom Dresdner Bank
AG acted as  agent (the 'Liquidity  Banks'), and a  subordinated loan  agreement
with  Bank Brussels  Lambert (the  'Subordinated Lender')  to provide additional
sources of funding. EFC pledged its  interest in the Receivables assigned to  it
by  JSFC to  secure EFC's obligations  to the Liquidity  Banks, the Subordinated
Lender, and the holders of the CP Notes and the Term Notes.
 
     Under the terms of the Master Agreement relating to the Securitization, the
completion of  the  Equity  Offerings  would  result  in  the  occurrence  of  a
'Liquidation  Event' because JS Group  and its affiliates would  cease to own or
control at least 50% of  the issued and outstanding  shares of capital stock  of
the  Company entitled to vote for the election of members of the Company's Board
of Directors. In addition,  the consummation of  a merger of  JSC into CCA  (see
'Description   of  Certain  Indebtedness  --  Substitution  Transaction')  would
constitute a 'Liquidation Event.' The effect of the occurrence of a  Liquidation
Event  which is  not waived  is that  collections on  receivables are  no longer
applied to purchase  new receivables, but  are used  to pay down  the amount  of
outstanding  debt owed to  the Liquidity Banks, the  Subordinated Lender and the
holders of the CP Notes and the Term Notes.
 
     JSC intends to solicit the  consents necessary to amend the  Securitization
documents   to  amend  the  definition  of   'Liquidation  Event'  so  that  the
consummation of the Equity Offerings and of a subsequent merger of JSC into  CCA
will not result in the occurrence of a Liquidation Event.
 
     Such  proposed Securitization  amendment requires the  unanimous consent of
all of the Liquidity Banks,  the Subordinated Lender and  all of the holders  of
the Term Notes.
 
     Other.  The  consent of  The  Times Mirror  Company  is required  under the
shareholders agreement between  JSC and  The Times  Mirror Company  in order  to
consummate the Recapitalization Plan.
 
CERTAIN CONDITIONS
 
     All  of the transactions  contemplated by the  Recapitalization Plan (other
than the Subordinated Debt Refinancing) are expected to occur contemporaneously.
Consummation of  the  Equity  Offerings  is  conditioned  on  the  substantially
concurrent  consummation of  the other  components of  the Recapitalization Plan
(other than the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing), including, among other  things,
consummation  of (i) the SIBV Investment, (ii)  the Debt Offerings and (iii) the
Bank Debt  Refinancing. In  addition, consummation  of the  Equity Offerings  is
conditioned  on obtaining the  Consents and Waivers  and the execution  of (i) a
supplemental indenture providing for  the Proposed 1993  Note Amendment, (ii)  a
waiver  to the  Secured Note  Purchase Agreement and  (iii) an  amendment to the
Securitization documents.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds  to the  Company (after  deducting estimated  underwriting
discounts and commissions) from the sale of shares of Common Stock in the Equity
Offerings  (at an assumed initial public  offering price of $      per share of,
the midpoint of the range of the anticipated high and low public offering prices
per share set forth on the cover) are estimated to be $   million ($     million
if the  U.S.  Underwriters' overallotment  option  is exercised  in  full).  The
proceeds  to the Company from the  sale of shares of Common  Stock to SIBV (or a
corporate affiliate) pursuant to the SIBV  Investment will be $100 million.  The
net  proceeds to the  Company (after deducting  estimated underwriting discounts
and commissions)  from  the sale  of  Senior Notes  in  the Debt  Offerings  are
estimated to be        million.
 
     The  Company  intends  to  use  all of  such  net  proceeds,  together with
borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, to pay in full all amounts under  the
1989 and 1992 Credit Agreements and the Secured Notes. Specifically, the Company
will  repay $196.5 million outstanding at  December 31, 1993 under the revolving
credit  facility  under  the  1989  Credit  Agreement  (the  'Revolving   Credit
Facility'),
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
which  bears interest at the Adjusted  Eurodollar Rate (as defined therein) plus
2.25; $412.3 million of term loan indebtedness outstanding at December 31,  1993
under the 1989 Credit Agreement, which bears interest at the Adjusted Eurodollar
Rate  (as defined therein) plus 2.25% (the weighted average rate at December 31,
1993 on outstanding 1989 Credit Agreement borrowings was 5.95%); $201.3  million
of  term loan indebtedness at December 31, 1993 under the 1992 Credit Agreement,
which bears interest at the Adjusted  Eurodollar Rate (as defined therein)  plus
3.00%  (6.375% at  December 31,  1993); and $270.5  million of  Secured Notes at
December 31, 1993 bearing interest  at the three-month Adjusted Eurodollar  Rate
(as  defined therein) plus 2.75%  (6.25% at December 31,  1993). The Company has
interest rate swaps  and other  hedging agreements with  commercial banks  which
effectively  fix (for remaining periods of up to 3 years) the Company's interest
rate on $215 million of such variable rate borrowings at average all-in rates of
approximately 9.10%. The Revolving Credit Facility is scheduled to terminate  on
December  14, 1995, the  term loan indebtedness  under the 1989  and 1992 Credit
Agreements is scheduled to mature on December 31, 1997 and the Secured Notes are
scheduled to mature on December 1, 1998.
 
     If the U.S. Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised, proceeds  from
the  sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant thereto will be used by the Company
for general corporate purposes. See 'Underwriters'.
 
     The Company may enter into floating rate interest rate swap agreements with
respect to some or all of its obligations under the Senior Notes and, if it does
so, will  be  sensitive  to prevailing  interest  rates  for the  term  of  such
agreements, which may range from one year to the maturity of the Senior Notes.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     The  Company has not paid cash dividends  on any class of its capital stock
and does not  intend to pay  dividends on  its Common Stock  in the  foreseeable
future.  As  a  holding  company,  the Company's  ability  to  pay  dividends is
dependent on the receipt of  dividends or other payments  from JSC and CCA.  The
payment of dividends by JSC and CCA is subject to certain restrictions under the
terms  of  certain  outstanding  indebtedness and  Delaware  law.  Following the
consummation of the Offerings,  the 1993 Notes and  the Senior Notes will  allow
each  of JSC and CCA to  pay dividends such that the  Company would be able, and
permitted thereunder, to pay aggregate annual dividends  of not more than $   on
all  outstanding shares of  its Common Stock. However,  the New Credit Agreement
and, unless  and until  the Subordinated  Debt Refinancing  is consummated,  the
indentures  governing the  Subordinated Debt, will  prohibit the  payment of any
dividends by JSC  or CCA and,  accordingly, by the  Company for the  foreseeable
future. Delaware law generally requires that dividends are payable only out of a
company's  surplus  or  current  net  profits  in  accordance  with  the General
Corporation Law of Delaware. Such Delaware law limitations apply to the  payment
of  dividends by the  Company as well as  JSC and CCA.  Any determination to pay
cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of
Directors and  will  be dependent  upon  the Company's  results  of  operations,
financial  condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant
at the time by the Board of Directors.
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
     The deficit in net tangible  book value of the  Company as of December  31,
1993,  after giving effect to the Reclassification, was $   million or $     per
share of Common Stock. Net tangible  book value per share represents the  amount
of  total net tangible assets of the Company (total assets, excluding intangible
assets, less total liabilities) divided by the total number of shares of  Common
Stock  outstanding.  After giving  effect  to the  sale  by the  Company  of (i)
        shares of  Common Stock  offered hereby  (at an  assumed initial  public
offering  price of $     per share (the midpoint of the range of the anticipated
high and low public offering prices per share set forth on the cover) and  after
deducting   estimated  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  and  estimated
offering expenses) and  (ii)             shares of Common  Stock to  SIBV (or  a
corporate  affiliate) (assuming  an initial public  offering price  as set forth
above) pursuant to  the SIBV Investment  the pro forma  deficit in net  tangible
book value of the Company as of December 31, 1993 would have been $   million or
$     per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible
book value per share of $     to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution
of  $      per share to new investors.  The following table illustrates this per
share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share....................................              $

     Deficit in net tangible book value per share prior to the Equity Offerings and
      the SIBV Investment..........................................................   $(     )
     Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors...
                                                                                      -------
Pro forma deficit in net tangible book value per share after the Equity Offerings
  and the SIBV Investment..........................................................               (    )
                                                                                                 -------
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors.....................              $
                                                                                                 -------
                                                                                                 -------
</TABLE>
 
     The purchase  price  paid  per  share  of  Common  Stock  by  the  existing
stockholders  (other than SIBV  and its affiliates), as  adjusted to reflect the
Reclassification constituting part of the Recapitalization Plan, was $     .
 
                                       24

<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The  following table sets forth  the historical consolidated capitalization
of the Company  as of December  31, 1993, as  adjusted for the  Recapitalization
Plan  (at an assumed  initial public offering price  of $         per share, the
midpoint of the range of the anticipated high and low public offering prices per
share set forth on the cover, for the Equity Offerings and the SIBV Investment).
This table  should  be read  in  conjunction with  the  historical  consolidated
statements  of  operations  and balance  sheet  of  the Company  and  'Pro Forma
Financial Data' included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                                  AS ADJUSTED FOR
                                                                                                        THE
                                                                                                  RECAPITALIZATION
                                                                                    ACTUAL            PLAN(a)
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
                                                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>
Short-term debt (represents current maturities of long-term debt)...............   $   10.3          $    10.3
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
Long-term debt:
     New Revolving Credit Facility(b)(c)........................................   $  --             $ --
     Initial Term Loan(b).......................................................      --                 200.0
     Delayed Term Loan(b).......................................................      --                 850.0
     Revolving Credit Facility(c)...............................................      196.5            --
     1989 Term Loan Facility....................................................      412.3            --
     1992 Term Loan Facility....................................................      201.3            --
     Secured Notes..............................................................      270.5            --
     1993 Notes(d)..............................................................      500.0              500.0
     Senior Notes(e)............................................................                         600.0
     Securitization Loans.......................................................      182.3              182.3
     Other senior indebtedness (excluding current maturities)...................       76.5               76.5
     Senior Subordinated Notes(f)...............................................      350.0            --
     Subordinated Debentures(f).................................................      300.0            --
     Junior Accrual Debentures(f)(g)............................................      129.7            --
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
     Total long-term debt.......................................................    2,619.1            2,408.8
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
Minority interest in subsidiary.................................................       18.0               18.0
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
Stockholders' deficit:
     Additional paid-in capital and common stock................................      798.8            1,166.5
     Retained deficit(h)........................................................   (1,856.6)          (1,912.3)
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
     Total stockholders' deficit................................................   (1,057.8)            (745.8)
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
          Total capitalization..................................................   $1,579.3          $ 1,681.0
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Until the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing occurs, or if  it does not  occur,
     and   assuming  no  open  market   or  privately  negotiated  purchases  of
     Subordinated  Debt  prior  to   the  Subordinated  Debt  Refinancing   (see
     'Description   of   Certain   Indebtedness   --   Terms   of   New   Credit
     Agreement -- The New Bank Facilities'), the Senior Subordinated Notes,  the
     Subordinated  Debentures  and  the Junior  Accrual  Debentures  will remain
     outstanding and no borrowings will be made under the Delayed Term Loan.
 
 (b) For further  information  about  the New  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  the
     Initial  Term Loan  and the Delayed  Term Loan see  'Description of Certain
     Indebtedness -- Terms of New Credit Agreement'.
 
 (c) Represents funds  utilized  under  such revolving  credit  facilities.  The
     maximum  amount available under  each of the  New Revolving Credit Facility
     (including the amount anticipated to be drawn down upon consummation of the
     Recapitalization Plan) and  the Revolving Credit  Facility is $450  million
     (with  up to  $150 million  of such amount  being available  for letters of
     credit) and $400  million (with  up to $125  million of  such amount  being
     available  for  letters of  credit), respectively.  It is  anticipated that
     immediately following the Offerings letters of credit of approximately  $90
     million  will be outstanding  under the New  Revolving Credit Facility. The
     Company expects that accrued and unpaid interest at June 1 and December  1,
     1994  on the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subordinated Debentures will
     be paid through internal cash flow or with additional borrowings under  the
     New Revolving Credit Facility.
 
 (d) For  further information about the 1993  Notes, see 'Description of Certain
     Indebtedness -- Terms of 1993 Notes'.
 
 (e) For further information about the Senior Notes, see 'Description of Certain
     Indebtedness -- Terms of Senior Notes'.
 
 (f) For further information  about the Subordinated  Debt, see 'Description  of
     Certain Indebtedness -- Terms of Subordinated Debt'.
 
 (g) The  Junior Accrual  Debentures accrete  in value  at the  rate of  15 1/2%
     compounded semi-annually. The aggregate  accreted value, including  accrued
     interest,  of  the Junior  Accrual Debentures  was approximately  $129.7 at
     December 31, 1993 and will be  approximately $148.7 million at December  1,
     1994.
 
 (h) The   change  in   retained  earnings   (deficit)  as   a  result   of  the
     Recapitalization Plan represents $55.7 million of after-tax cost related to
     the extraordinary loss from early extinguishment of debt. The extraordinary
     loss on a  pre-tax basis  includes a  $35.3 million  write-off of  existing
     deferred  debt issuance costs,  $44.6 million of call  premiums, and a $5.9
     million adjustment to reflect the result of marking-to-market the  interest
     rate swaps related to the long-term debt to be repaid with borrowings under
     the  New Credit Agreement  and net proceeds  of the Offerings  and the SIBV
     Investment. See 'Pro Forma Financial Data'.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
     For information concerning possible  changes in sources  and uses of  funds
pertaining  to the Recapitalization Plan,  see 'Recapitalization Plan -- Sources
and Uses'.
 
                                       25

<PAGE>
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The  following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data of the
Company as of and  for each of  the years ended December  31, 1989, 1990,  1991,
1992  and  1993. This  data  should be  read  in conjunction  with 'Management's
Discussion and Analysis of  Results of Operations  and Financial Condition'  and
the  consolidated  financial statements  of the  Company  and the  related notes
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected consolidated financial  data
of  the Company presented under the captions Operating Results and Balance Sheet
Data, with the exception of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, were derived
from the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which were audited by
independent auditors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                1989           1990          1991          1992
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                                 (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIOS, SHARE DATA, AND
                                                                                               STATISTICAL DATA)
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
  Net sales................................................................   $ 2,936.3      $2,910.9      $2,940.1      $2,998.4
  Cost of goods sold.......................................................     2,275.9       2,296.1       2,409.4       2,499.3
  Selling and administrative expenses......................................       254.9         218.8         225.2         231.4
  Restructuring and other charges..........................................
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Income (loss) from operations............................................       405.5         396.0         305.5         267.7
  Recapitalization expenses................................................      (139.2)
  Interest expense.........................................................      (119.1)       (337.8)       (335.2)       (300.1)
  Other, net...............................................................         8.4           6.5           5.4           5.2
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of
    affiliates, minority interests, extraordinary item and cumulative
    effect of accounting changes...........................................       155.6          64.7         (24.3)        (27.2)
  Provision for (benefit from) income taxes................................        74.0          35.4          10.0          10.0
  Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates(a)...............................        11.9          (2.2)        (39.9)          0.5
  Minority interest share of income (loss) in:
    Smurfit Newsprint Corporation..........................................         3.6           5.3           2.9          (2.7)
    CCA, prior to acquisition..............................................        24.4
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
    accounting changes.....................................................        65.5          21.8         (77.1)        (34.0)
  Extraordinary item:
    Loss from early extinguishment of debt, net of income tax benefit......       (29.7)                                    (49.8)
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes:
    Postretirement benefits................................................
    Income taxes...........................................................
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Net income (loss)........................................................   $    35.8      $   21.8      $  (77.1)     $  (83.8)
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Net income (loss) per share(b)...........................................   $     .88      $    .04      $  (2.51)     $  (2.19)
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(c)....................................        2.24          1.17            (d)           (d)
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
OTHER DATA:
  Gross profit margin(e)...................................................        22.5%         21.1%         18.1%         16.6%
  Selling and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales............         8.7           7.5           7.7           7.7
  EBITDA(f)................................................................   $   508.8      $  525.1      $  440.9      $  407.8
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense......................................        4.27x         1.55x         1.32x         1.36x
  Property and timberland additions........................................   $   201.3      $  192.0      $  118.9      $   97.9
  Depreciation, depletion and amortization.................................        94.9         122.6         130.0         134.9
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Working capital..........................................................   $   156.9      $   60.7      $   76.9      $  105.7
  Property, plant and equipment and timberland, net........................     1,422.3       1,527.3       1,525.9       1,496.5
  Total assets.............................................................     2,436.7       2,447.9       2,460.1       2,436.4
  Long-term debt (excluding current maturities)............................     2,684.4       2,636.7       2,650.4       2,503.0
  Deferred income taxes (excluding current portion)........................       145.5         168.6         158.3         159.8
  Stockholders' deficit....................................................      (921.6)       (899.4)       (976.9)       (828.9)
STATISTICAL DATA:
  Containerboard production (thousand tons)................................       1,792         1,797         1,830         1,918
  Boxboard production (thousand tons)......................................         816           809           826           832
  Newsprint production (thousand tons).....................................         582           623           614           615
  Corrugated shipping containers sold (thousand tons)......................       1,581         1,655         1,768         1,871
  Folding cartons sold (thousand tons).....................................         444           455           482           487
  Fibre reclaimed and brokered (thousand tons).............................       3,549         3,547         3,666         3,846
  Timberland owned or leased (thousand acres)..............................         992           968           978           978
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                               1993
                                                                             --------
 
<S>                                                                            <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
  Net sales................................................................  $2,947.6
  Cost of goods sold.......................................................   2,573.1
  Selling and administrative expenses......................................     239.2
  Restructuring and other charges..........................................     150.0
                                                                             --------
  Income (loss) from operations............................................     (14.7)
  Recapitalization expenses................................................
  Interest expense.........................................................    (254.2)
  Other, net...............................................................       8.1
                                                                             --------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of
    affiliates, minority interests, extraordinary item and cumulative
    effect of accounting changes...........................................    (260.8)
  Provision for (benefit from) income taxes................................     (83.0)
  Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates(a)...............................
  Minority interest share of income (loss) in:
    Smurfit Newsprint Corporation..........................................      (3.2)
    CCA, prior to acquisition..............................................
                                                                             --------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
    accounting changes.....................................................    (174.6)
  Extraordinary item:
    Loss from early extinguishment of debt, net of income tax benefit......     (37.8)
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes:
    Postretirement benefits................................................     (37.0)
    Income taxes...........................................................      20.5
                                                                             --------
  Net income (loss)........................................................  $ (228.9)
                                                                             --------
                                                                             --------
  Net income (loss) per share(b)...........................................  $  (3.60)
                                                                             --------
                                                                             --------
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(c)....................................        (d)
                                                                             --------
                                                                             --------
OTHER DATA:
  Gross profit margin(e)...................................................      12.7%
  Selling and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales............       8.1
  EBITDA(f)................................................................  $  274.2
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense......................................      1.08x
  Property and timberland additions........................................  $  117.4
  Depreciation, depletion and amortization.................................     130.8
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Working capital..........................................................  $   40.0
  Property, plant and equipment and timberland, net........................   1,636.0
  Total assets.............................................................   2,597.1
  Long-term debt (excluding current maturities)............................   2,619.1
  Deferred income taxes (excluding current portion)........................     232.2
  Stockholders' deficit....................................................  (1,057.8)
STATISTICAL DATA:
  Containerboard production (thousand tons)................................     1,840
  Boxboard production (thousand tons)......................................       829
  Newsprint production (thousand tons).....................................       615
  Corrugated shipping containers sold (thousand tons)......................     1,936
  Folding cartons sold (thousand tons).....................................       475
  Fibre reclaimed and brokered (thousand tons).............................     3,907
  Timberland owned or leased (thousand acres)..............................       984
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(a) Equity in earnings (loss) of  affiliates in 1991 includes after-tax  charges
    of  $29.3 million and $6.7 million for the write-off of the Company's equity
    investments in Temboard and PCL, respectively.
 
(b) Gives  effect   to   the   ten-for-one   stock   split   pursuant   to   the
    Reclassification. See 'Recapitalization Plan -- Reclassification and Related
    Transactions'.
 
(c) For purposes of these calculations, earnings consist of income (loss) before
    income  taxes, equity in  earnings (loss) of  affiliates, minority interests
    and extraordinary item  and cumulative  effect of  accounting changes,  plus
    fixed   charges.  Fixed   charges  consist  of   interest  on  indebtedness,
    amortization of  deferred debt  issuance  costs and  that portion  of  lease
    rental  expense  considered  to  be representative  of  the  interest factor
    therein (deemed to be one-fourth of lease rental expense).
 
(d) For the  years  ended  December  31, 1991,  1992  and  1993,  earnings  were
    inadequate  to cover fixed charges by 26.7 million, $31.4 million and $264.2
    million, respectively.
 
(e) Gross profit margin represents  the excess of net  sales over cost of  goods
    sold divided by net sales.
 
(f) EBITDA   represents  net  income  before  interest  expense,  income  taxes,
    depreciation, depletion  and  amortization,  equity in  earnings  (loss)  of
    affiliates,  minority interests, recapitalization  expense and extraordinary
    items and cumulative effect of accounting changes and in 1993,  nonrecurring
    restructuring and other charges. The restructuring and other charges include
    $43   million  of  asset   writedowns  and  $107   million  of  future  cash
    expenditures. EBITDA  is  presented here,  not  as a  measure  of  operating
    results, but rather as a measure of the Company's debt service ability.
 
                                       26

<PAGE>
                            PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The  following  unaudited  pro forma  condensed  consolidated  statement of
operations for the  year ended  December 31, 1993  and the  unaudited pro  forma
condensed  consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1993 have been prepared
to  reflect  the  following:  (i)  the  Recapitalization  Plan  (excluding   the
Subordinated Debt Refinancing) and (ii) the Recapitalization Plan (including the
Subordinated  Debt Refinancing). The  statement of operations  also includes the
pro forma effects  of the  1993 Note  Offering. The  pro forma  effects of  such
transactions have been presented assuming that they occurred as of the beginning
of  the  period  presented in  the  unaudited pro  forma  condensed consolidated
statement of operations. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated  balance
sheet  was prepared as if the  Recapitalization Plan (excluding the Subordinated
Debt Refinancing) and the Recapitalization Plan (including the Subordinated Debt
Refinancing) occurred as of December 31, 1993.
 
     The pro  forma financial  data set  forth  below in  giving effect  to  the
Recapitalization  Plan assumes an  initial public offering price  of $       per
share, the midpoint of the range of the anticipated high and low public offering
prices per share set forth on the  cover, for the Equity Offerings and the  SIBV
Investment.
 
     The  estimated transaction fees and expenses  included in the following pro
forma financial data  are provided  solely for  purposes of  presenting the  pro
forma  financial data set forth below.  The actual transaction fees and expenses
may differ from the assumptions set forth below.
 
     The pro forma financial data  are provided for informational purposes  only
and  do not  purport to  be indicative  of the  Company's financial  position or
results which  would actually  have  been obtained  had such  transactions  been
completed  as of the date or for the periods presented, or which may be obtained
in the future.
 
     The pro  forma  financial data  should  be  read in  conjunction  with  the
historical  financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  related  notes thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                  PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS ADJUSTED FOR THE         AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                                 RECAPITALIZATION PLAN       RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                     (EXCLUDING THE              (INCLUDING THE
                                                                      SUBORDINATED                SUBORDINATED
                                                  JEFFERSON        DEBT REFINANCING)           DEBT REFINANCING)
                                                   SMURFIT      ------------------------    ------------------------
                                                 CORPORATION     PRO FORMA                   PRO FORMA
                                                 HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA    ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                                (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                              <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Net sales.....................................   $   2,947.6       $           $2,947.6        $           $2,947.6
Cost of goods sold............................       2,573.1                    2,573.1                     2,573.1
Selling and administrative expenses...........         239.2                      239.2                       239.2
Restructuring and other charges...............         150.0                      150.0                       150.0
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Loss from operations..........................         (14.7)                     (14.7 )                     (14.7 )
Interest expense(a)...........................        (254.2)       10.1         (244.1 )       68.7         (185.5 )
Other -- net..................................           8.1                        8.1                         8.1
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Loss before income taxes, minority interest,
  extraordinary item, and cumulative effect of
  accounting changes..........................        (260.8)       10.1         (250.7 )       68.7         (192.1 )
Provision for (benefit) from income tax(b)....         (83.0)        3.4          (79.6 )       24.0          (59.0 )
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                      (177.8)        6.7         (171.1 )       44.7         (133.1 )
Minority interest share of loss...............           3.2                        3.2                         3.2
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Loss before extraordinary item and cumulative
  effect of accounting changes(c).............   $    (174.6)        6.7         (167.9 )       44.7         (129.9 )
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Loss per share before extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of accounting changes.....   $     (2.75)      $           $               $           $
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Weighted average shares outstanding(d)........          63.6
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                 -----------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       27
 
<PAGE>
              NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATION
 
(a) Interest expense is based upon pro forma consolidated indebtedness following
    consummation of the  1993 Notes,  the Recapitalization  Plan (excluding  the
    Subordinated Debt Refinancing), and the Recapitalization Plan (including the
    Subordinated  Debt Refinancing) as if  the transactions had been consummated
    as of the beginning of the period presented, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                               RECAPITALIZATION PLAN           AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                                   (EXCLUDING THE             RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                 SUBORDINATED DEBT         (INCLUDING THE SUBORDINATED
                                                                    REFINANCING)                DEBT REFINANCING)
                                                             --------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                          <C>                           <C>
1993 Notes:
     Net increase of interest expense, interest rate swap
       payments and mark-to-market adjustment, and
       amortization of related deferred debt issuance
       costs in connection with the issuance of the 1993
       Notes and repayment of existing indebtedness(1)....             $  5.3                         $  5.3
                                                                          5.3                            5.3
                                                                      -------                        -------
Recapitalization Plan:
     Interest expense related to Initial Term Loan and
       Debt Offerings(2)..................................               56.5                           56.5
     Net reduction of interest expense, interest rate swap
       payments and amortization of related deferred debt
       issuance costs on indebtedness assumed to be
       retired(3).........................................              (76.7)                         (76.7)
     Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs
       associated with the above debt(4)..................                4.8                            4.8
                                                                      -------                        -------
                                                                        (15.4)                         (15.4)
Subordinated Debt Refinancing:
     Interest expense related to Delayed Term Loan(5).....                                              48.5
     Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs
       associated with the above debt(4)..................                                               3.5
     Net reduction of interest expense and amortization of
       related deferred debt issuance costs on
       indebtedness assumed to be retired(6)..............                                            (110.6)
                                                                                                     -------
                                                                                                       (58.6)
                                                                      -------                        -------
Net decrease of interest expense..........................             $(10.1)                        $(68.7)
                                                                      -------                        -------
                                                                      -------                        -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Represents the  actual interest  expense incurred,  amortization of  related
    deferred  debt  issuance costs,  and  cash payments  and  the mark-to-market
    adjustment of  the related  interest rate  swap agreements  during the  year
    ended  December  31,  1993 on  indebtedness  assumed  to be  retired  in the
    refinancing of the term loan indebtedness under the 1989 Credit Agreement in
    connection with  the  1993  Notes.  The  pro  forma  condensed  consolidated
    statement  of operations assumes  that the interest  rate swap agreements on
    debt assumed to be retired were marked-to-market as of the beginning of  the
    period  presented.  The loss  associated  with marking  these  agreements to
    market was treated as an extraordinary charge and therefore does not  appear
    in  the pro forma  statements of operations.  See Note (c)  to the pro forma
    condensed consolidated statement of operations.
 
(2) Interest expense on the Initial Term Loan is at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate  (as
    defined  below)  plus 3.0%.  Assumes  the Debt  Offerings  are swapped  to a
    floating interest rate of  LIBOR plus 3.77%  (average rate of  approximately
    6.98%  for the year ended December 31, 1993). A change in the Adjusted LIBOR
    Rate of  .25%  would  change  interest expense  on  the  Debt  Offerings  by
    approximately $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1993.
 
(3) Represents  the actual  interest expense  incurred, amortization  of related
    deferred debt issuance costs, and cash payments under swap agreements during
    the year ended December 31, 1993  on indebtedness assumed to be repaid  with
    the  proceeds from the Equity Offerings, Debt Offerings and the Initial Term
    Loan. Assumes that the interest rate  swap agreements on debt assumed to  be
    repaid  were marked-to-market as  of the beginning  of the period presented.
    The loss associated with marking these  agreements to market was treated  as
    an  extraordinary  charge and  therefore does  not appear  in the  pro forma
    statements  of  operations.  See  Note  (c)  to  the  pro  forma   condensed
    consolidated statement of operations.
 
(4) Deferred debt costs will be amortized over the term of the related debt.
 
(5) Interest expense on the Delayed Term Loan is at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus
    2.5%.  A change  in the  Adjusted LIBOR Rate  of .25%  would change interest
    expense by approximately $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1993.
 
(6) Represents the  actual interest  expense incurred,  amortization of  related
    deferred  debt issuance  costs during  the year  ended December  31, 1993 on
    indebtedness assumed to be retired by the Subordinated Debt Refinancing.
 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
(b) Tax expense related to reduction in the interest expense at an effective tax
    rate of 35.0%.
 
(c) The preceding historical statement of operations for the year ended December
    31, 1993 excludes an after tax extraordinary loss of $37.8 million resulting
    from the early extinguishment  of debt as  a result of  the 1993 Notes.  The
    following  details the  additional nonrecurring  charges resulting  from the
    Recapitalization  Plan  including  and   excluding  the  Subordinated   Debt
    Refinancing.  These charges would  be treated as  an extraordinary loss from
    early extinguishment of debt  and consequently are not  included on the  pro
    forma statements of operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                   AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                  RECAPITALIZATION PLAN            AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                      (EXCLUDING THE              RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                    SUBORDINATED DEBT          (INCLUDING THE SUBORDINATED
                                                       REFINANCING)                 DEBT REFINANCING)
                                                --------------------------    -----------------------------
                                                                       (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                             <C>                           <C>
1993 Notes:
     Write-off of existing deferred debt
       issuance costs related to long-term
       debt repaid...........................             $  2.6                          $ 2.6
     Impact of marking-to-market the interest
       rate swap agreements related to the
       1993 Notes............................               (2.4)                          (2.4)
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                              .2                             .2
Recapitalization Plan:
     Write-off of existing deferred debt
       issuance costs related to indebtedness
       assumed to be retired and consent
       fees..................................                8.9                            8.9
     Impact of marking-to-market the interest
       rate swap agreements..................               12.5                           12.5
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                            21.4                           21.4
Subordinated Debt Refinancing:
     Write-off of deferred debt issuance
       costs related to subordinated debt
       repaid or retired.....................                                              26.7
     Premiums paid on subordinated debt
       retired...............................                                              44.6
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                                                           71.3
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                            21.6                           92.9
Assumed tax benefit at 35%...................                7.6                           32.5
                                                          ------                         ------
Pro forma adjustment to extraordinary item...               14.0                           60.4
Extraordinary item, net of income tax benefit
  of $21.7 million on a historical basis.....               37.8                           37.8
                                                          ------                         ------
Pro forma extraordinary item, net of tax
  benefit....................................             $ 51.8                          $98.2
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                          ------                         ------
</TABLE>
 
(d) The computation of loss per share is based on the weighted average number of
    common  shares  outstanding  which includes  the  assumed  ten-for-one stock
    split.
 
                                       29
 
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                                                   RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                                       (EXCLUDING THE
                                                                                     SUBORDINATED DEBT
                                                                   JEFFERSON            REFINANCING)
                                                                    SMURFIT      --------------------------
                                                                  CORPORATION     PRO FORMA
                                                                  HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
                                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>              <C>
                            ASSETS
Current assets
     Cash and cash equivalents.................................    $    44.2      $    14.9(b)    $   59.1
     Receivables...............................................        243.2                         243.2
     Inventories...............................................        233.3                         233.3
     Refundable income taxes...................................           .7                            .7
     Deferred income taxes.....................................         41.9                          41.9
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................          5.2                           5.2
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
          Total current assets.................................        568.5           14.9          583.4
Property, plant and equipment, net.............................      1,374.5                       1,374.5
Timberland, net................................................        261.5                         261.5
Deferred debt issuance costs...................................         52.3           53.0(a)       105.3
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization........................        261.4                         261.4
Other assets...................................................         78.9                          78.9
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
          Total assets.........................................    $ 2,597.1      $    67.9       $2,665.0
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities
     Current maturities of long-term debt......................    $    10.3                      $   10.3
     Accounts payable..........................................        270.6                         270.6
     Other accrued expenses....................................        247.6      $    (1.3)(b)      246.3
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
          Total current liabilities............................        528.5           (1.3)         527.2
Existing long-term debt, less current maturities:
     Nonsubordinated...........................................      1,839.4       (1,080.6)(c)      758.8
     Subordinated..............................................        779.7                         779.7
Initial Term Loan..............................................                       200.0(c)       200.0
Delayed Term Loan..............................................
Debt Offerings.................................................                       600.0(c)       600.0
Other long-term liabilities....................................        257.1                         257.1
Deferred income taxes..........................................        232.2           (6.3)(d)      225.9
Minority interests.............................................         18.0                          18.0
Stockholders' deficit
     Common stock and additional paid-in capital...............        798.8          367.7(e)     1,166.5
     Retained deficit..........................................     (1,856.6)         (11.6)(f)   (1,868.2)
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
          Total stockholders' deficit..........................     (1,057.8)         356.1         (701.7)
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
                                                                   $ 2,597.1      $    67.9       $2,665.0
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                     AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                                                     RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                         (INCLUDING THE SUBORDINATED DEBT REFINANCING)
                                                                             -----------------------------------

                                                                           PRO FORMA
                                                                          ADJUSTMENTS                    PRO FORMA
 
                                                                 ----------------------------- -----------------------------
 
<S>                                                              <C>                           <C>
                            ASSETS
Current assets
     Cash and cash equivalents.................................            $    40.6(b)                  $    84.8
     Receivables...............................................                                              243.2
     Inventories...............................................                                              233.3
     Refundable income taxes...................................                                                 .7
     Deferred income taxes.....................................                                               41.9
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................                                                5.2
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
          Total current assets.................................                 40.6                         609.1
Property, plant and equipment, net.............................                                            1,374.5
Timberland, net................................................                                              261.5
Deferred debt issuance costs...................................                 29.7 (a                       82.0
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization........................                                              261.4
Other assets...................................................                                               78.9
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
          Total assets.........................................            $    70.3                     $ 2,667.4
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities
     Current maturities of long-term debt......................                                          $    10.3
     Accounts payable..........................................                                              270.6
     Other accrued expenses....................................                 (1.3)(b)                     246.3
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
          Total current liabilities............................                 (1.3)                        527.2
 
Existing long-term debt, less current maturities:
     Nonsubordinated...........................................             (1,080.6)(c)                     758.8
     Subordinated..............................................               (779.7)(c)
Initial Term Loan..............................................                200.0 (c                      200.0
Delayed Term Loan..............................................                850.0                         850.0
Debt Offerings.................................................                600.0 (c                      600.0
Other long-term liabilities....................................                                              257.1
Deferred income taxes..........................................                (30.1)(d)                     202.1
Minority interests.............................................                                               18.0
Stockholders' deficit
     Common stock and additional paid-in capital...............                367.7 (e                    1,166.5
     Retained deficit..........................................                (55.7)(f)                  (1,912.3)
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
          Total stockholders' deficit..........................                312.0                        (745.8)
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
                                                                           $    70.3                     $ 2,667.4
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
                                                                         -----------                   -----------
 
</TABLE>
 
                                                         (footnote on next page)
 
                                       30
 
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
 
(a) Net increase in deferred debt issuance is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS AS        PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                 ADJUSTED FOR THE        AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                               RECAPITALIZATION PLAN    RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                  (EXCLUDING THE           (INCLUDING THE
                                                                 SUBORDINATED DEBT        SUBORDINATED DEBT
                                                                   REFINANCING)             REFINANCING)
                                                               ---------------------    ---------------------
                                                                               (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                            <C>                      <C>
Estimated costs and expenses associated with the
  Recapitalization (which will be capitalized and amortized
  over the term of the Debt Offerings, Initial and Delayed
  Term Loan and the New Revolving Credit Facility)..........           $62.5                    $62.5
Reduction in deferred debt issuance costs related to the
  existing long-term debt to be repaid or retired...........            (9.5)                   (32.8)
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                       $53.0                    $29.7
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                      ------                   ------
</TABLE>
 
(b) Represents increase  in cash  and net  reduction in  accrued expenses  as  a
    result of the Recapitalization Plan.
 
(c) Represents   repayment   of   existing   nonsubordinated   indebtedness  and
    subordinated indebtedness and issuance of new indebtedness under the Initial
    and Delayed Term Loan  including payments of fees  and expenses of $71.7  in
    connection  with  the  Recapitalization  Plan  including  Subordinated  Debt
    Refinancing.
 
(d) Changes in deferred taxes  related to the tax  benefit of the  extraordinary
    loss from early extinguishment of debt.
 
(e) Issuance  of $400 million common equity net of $32.3 million in fees related
    to the Equity Offerings.
 
(f) Represents the after-tax costs related to the extraordinary loss from  early
    extinguishment  of  debt  as  a  result  of  the  Recapitalization  Plan and
    Subordinated Debt Refinancing. Summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS AS        PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                 ADJUSTED FOR THE        AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                               RECAPITALIZATION PLAN    RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                  (EXCLUDING THE           (INCLUDING THE
                                                                 SUBORDINATED DEBT        SUBORDINATED DEBT
                                                                   REFINANCING)             REFINANCING)
                                                               ---------------------    ---------------------
                                                                               (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                            <C>                      <C>
Write-off of existing deferred debt issuance costs related
  to long-term debt repaid or retired and write-off of
  consent fees and miscellaneous expenses...................           $12.0                    $35.3
Adjustment to reflect the result of marking-to-market the
  interest rate swaps related to long-term debt to be repaid
  with the proceeds of the Recapitalization.................             5.9                      5.9
Call premiums on existing subordinated debt to be repaid or
  retired...................................................                                     44.6
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                        17.9                     85.8
Assumed tax benefit at 35.0%................................            (6.3)                   (30.1)
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                       $11.6                    $55.7
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                      ------                   ------
</TABLE>
 
                                       31

<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
     The  following discussion and  analysis should be  read in conjunction with
the selected historical financial data and the historical consolidated financial
statements  of  the  Company.  Except  as  otherwise  indicated,  the  following
discussion  relates  solely  to historical  results  and does  not  consider the
potential impact from the Recapitalization Plan.
 
GENERAL
 
  INDUSTRY CONDITIONS
 
     Sales of  containerboard and  corrugated shipping  containers, two  of  the
Company's  most important products, are generally subject to changes in industry
capacity and cyclical changes  in the economy, both  of which can  significantly
impact  selling prices and  the Company's profitability.  Operating rates in the
industry during 1991 and 1992 were at high levels relative to demand, which  was
lower  due to the  sluggish U.S. economy  and a decline  in export markets. This
imbalance resulted in excess  inventories in the industry  and lower prices  for
the  Company's containerboard and corrugated  shipping container products, which
began early in 1991 and has continued throughout 1992 and most of 1993. From the
first quarter of  1991 through  the third  quarter of  1993 industry  linerboard
prices  fell from $347 per ton to  $295 per ton. During 1993, industry operating
rates were lower as many  containerboard producers, including the Company,  took
downtime at containerboard mills to reduce the excess inventories. By the end of
the  third quarter  of 1993, inventory  levels had  decreased significantly. The
lower level  of inventories  and  the stronger  U.S. economy  provided  improved
market  conditions late  in 1993,  enabling the  Company and  other producers to
implement a $25 per ton price increase for containerboard. A further  linerboard
increase   of  $30  per   ton  has  been  announced   by  all  major  integrated
containerboard producers, including the Company, for March 1, 1994.
 
     Newsprint prices have  fallen substantially  since 1990 due  to supply  and
demand  imbalances.  During 1991  and 1992,  new  capacity of  approximately two
million tons annually came on line, representing an approximate 12% increase  in
supply. At the same time, U.S. consumption of newsprint fell, due to declines in
readership  and  ad linage.  As  prices fell,  certain  high cost,  virgin paper
machines, primarily in  Canada, representing approximately  1.2 million tons  of
annual  production capacity, were shut down and remained idle during 1993. While
supply was diminished,  a price  increase announced for  1993 was  unsuccessful.
Although  market demand has improved in the  fourth quarter of 1993, the Company
does not expect significant improvement in  prices before the second quarter  of
1994.
 
     In  addition, prices  for many of  the Company's  other products, including
solid bleached sulfate, recycled boxboard,  folding cartons and reclaimed  fibre
weakened  in  1993 and  1992.  While the  effect  of the  reclaimed  fibre price
decreases is unfavorable to the  reclamation products division, it is  favorable
to  the Company overall because of the  reduction in fibre cost to the Company's
paper mills that  use reclaimed fibre.  The Company has  taken various steps  to
extend  its  business  into  less cyclical  product  lines,  such  as industrial
packaging and consumer packaging.
 
     As a  result  of these  industry  conditions, the  Company's  gross  margin
declined from 18.1% in 1991 to 16.6% in 1992 and 12.7% in 1993.
 
     The Company's sales and profitability have historically been more sensitive
to  price  changes  than changes  in  volume.  There can  be  no  assurance that
announced price increases for the Company's products can be implemented, or that
prices for the Company's products will not decline from current levels.
 
  COST REDUCTION INITIATIVES
 
     The recent cyclical downturn  in the Paperboard/Packaging Products  segment
has  led management  to undertake several  major cost  reduction initiatives. In
1991, the Company implemented an austerity program to freeze staff levels, defer
certain discretionary  spending programs  and more  aggressively manage  capital
expenditures  and working capital in order  to conserve cash and reduce interest
expense. While these measures successfully  reduced expenses and increased  cash
flow, the length and extent of
 
                                       32
 
<PAGE>
the  industry downturn led the Company, in 1993, to initiate a new six year plan
to reduce costs, increase volume and improve product mix (the 'Plan').
 
     The Plan is a systematic Company-wide  effort designed to improve the  cost
competitiveness  of all the Company's  operating facilities and staff functions.
In addition to  increases in volume  and improvements in  product mix  resulting
from  a focus on less commodity  oriented business at its converting operations,
the program will  focus on  opportunities to  reduce costs  and other  measures,
including  (i) productivity  improvements, (ii)  capital projects  which provide
high returns and quick paybacks, (iii) reductions in fibre cost, (iv) reductions
in the purchase cost  of materials, (v) reductions  in personnel costs and  (vi)
reductions in waste cost. See 'Business -- Business Strategy'.
 
     RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
 
     In September 1993, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $150 million to
implement  a  restructuring program  (the  'Restructuring Program')  designed to
improve the Company's long-term competitive position and to provide for  various
environmental  and  other  matters.  The charge  consists  of  approximately $96
million related to the  restructuring program and  approximately $54 million  of
other  charges  related primarily  to  environmental matters.  The restructuring
component of the charge includes a provision for direct expenses associated with
plant closures, reductions  in workforce, and  realignment and consolidation  of
various  manufacturing operations over an approximate  two to three year period.
The restructuring  program  is  expected to  reduce  production  cost,  employee
expense  and depreciation  charges. As  part of  the Restructuring  Program, the
Company closed  certain  high  cost operating  facilities,  including  a  coated
recycled boxboard mill and five converting plants, in January 1994. While future
benefits  of the  Restructuring Program are  uncertain, the  operating losses in
1993 for the  plants shut down  in January  1994 and those  contemplated in  the
future  were $31 million. While the Company believes that it would have realized
financial benefits in 1993 had these plants  been shut down at the beginning  of
the  year,  and  that  it  will realize  such  benefits  in  future  periods, no
assurances can be given in this regard and, in particular, no assurances can  be
given  as to what portion of such loss  would not have been realized in 1993 had
such plants been shut down for the entire year.
 
     Approximately $39  million in  other charges  consists of  a provision  for
environmental  and legal matters which primarily represent remediation and other
clean-up costs  related  to  plant closures,  existing  facilities,  and  former
operating sites. These estimates mainly include clean-up costs for contamination
at  certain Company-owned properties, and to  a lesser extent, probable expenses
for response costs at various sites  where the Company has received notice  that
it  is  a  potentially  responsible  party  ('PRP').  As  discussed  under 'Risk
Factors -- Environmental Matters' and  'Business -- Environmental Matters',  the
Company,   as  well  as  other  companies   in  the  industry,  faces  potential
environmental liability related to various sites at which wastes have  allegedly
been  deposited. The Company has received notice that it is or may be a PRP at a
number of federal  and state sites  (the 'Sites') where  remedial action may  be
required. Because the laws that govern the clean up of waste disposal sites have
been  construed to authorize joint and several liability, government agencies or
other parties could seek to recover all response costs for any Site from any one
of the PRPs  for such Site,  including the Company,  despite the involvement  of
other  PRPs. Although the  Company is unable to  estimate the aggregate response
costs in connection with the remediation of all Sites, if the Company were  held
jointly and severally liable for all response costs at some or all of the Sites,
it  would have a material adverse effect  on financial condition of the Company.
However, joint and several liability generally has not in the past been  imposed
on PRPs, and, based on such past practice, the Company's past experience and the
financial  conditions of other PRPs with respect  to the Sites, the Company does
not expect to be held jointly and severally liable for all response costs at any
Site. Liability at waste disposal sites is typically shared with other PRPs  and
costs  generally are allocated according to relative volumes of waste deposited.
At most Sites, the waste  attributed to the Company is  a very small portion  of
the  total waste deposited  at the Site (generally  significantly less than 1%).
There are approximately ten  Sites where final settlement  has not been  reached
and  where the  Company's potential liability  is expected to  exceed de minimis
levels. Accordingly,  the Company  believes that  its estimated  total  probable
liability  for response costs  at the Sites was  adequately reserved at December
31, 1993. Further,  the estimate takes  into consideration the  number of  other
PRPs at each site, the identity, and financial
 
                                       33
 
<PAGE>
position  of  such parties,  in light  of the  joint and  several nature  of the
liability, but does not take into  account possible insurance coverage or  other
similar reimbursement.
 
     The  $150 million charge  in connection with  the Restructuring Program and
various environmental and  other matters consists  of approximately $43  million
for   the  write-down  of   assets  at  closed   facilities  and  certain  other
nonproductive assets and $107 million of probable future cash expenditures.  The
Company anticipates that the cash expenditures will be funded through operations
and that a substantial portion related to the Restructuring Program will be paid
in 1994, 1995 and 1996.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The  following tables present  net sales on  a segment basis  for the years
ended December  31, 1993,  1992 and  1991 and  an analysis  of  period-to-period
increases (decreases) in net sales (in millions):
 
                              NET SALES BY SEGMENT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        --------------------------------
                                                                          1993        1992        1991
                                                                        --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Paperboard/Packaging Products........................................   $2,699.5    $2,751.0    $2,653.9
Newsprint............................................................      248.1       247.4       286.2
                                                                        --------    --------    --------
     Total net sales.................................................   $2,947.6    $2,998.4    $2,940.1
                                                                        --------    --------    --------
                                                                        --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
                               NET SALES ANALYSIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1993           1992
                                                                              COMPARED TO    COMPARED TO
                                                                                 1992           1991
                                                                              -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>
Increase (decrease) due to:
     Sales price and product mix
          Paperboard/Packaging Products....................................     $ (91.2)       $    .8
          Newsprint........................................................        (3.0)         (39.4)
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                                  (94.2)         (38.6)
     Sales volume
          Paperboard/Packaging Products....................................        15.8           88.7
          Newsprint........................................................         3.7             .6
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                                   19.5           89.3
     Acquisitions and new facilities
          Paperboard/Packaging Products....................................        34.9            9.8
     Plant closings and asset distributions
          Paperboard/Packaging Products....................................       (11.0)          (2.2)
                                                                              -----------    -----------
               Total net sales increase (decrease).........................     $ (50.8)       $  58.3
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                              -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
1993 COMPARED TO 1992
 
     The  Company's net sales for 1993  decreased 1.7% to $2.95 billion compared
to $3.0 billion in  1992. Net sales decreased  1.9% in the  Paperboard/Packaging
Products segment and increased 0.3% in the Newsprint segment.
 
     The  decrease in Paperboard/Packaging  Products segment sales  for 1993 was
due primarily to  lower prices and  changes in product  mix for  containerboard,
corrugated  shipping containers and folding cartons. This decrease was partially
offset  by  an  increase  in  sales  volume  primarily  of  corrugated  shipping
containers, which set a record in 1993. A newly constructed corrugated container
facility  and several  minor acquisitions in  1992 caused net  sales to increase
$34.9 million for 1993.
 
     The net sales increase in the Newsprint segment was a result of an increase
in sales volume in 1993 compared to 1992, partially offset by a decline in sales
prices.
 
                                       34
 
<PAGE>
     Cost of goods sold as a percent of  net sales for 1993 and 1992 were  85.9%
and  81.9%,  respectively,  for the  Paperboard/Packaging  Products  segment and
102.8% and 99.0%, respectively, for the Newsprint segment. The increase in  cost
of  goods sold as a  percent of net sales  for the Paperboard/Packaging Products
segment was due primarily to the  aforementioned changes in pricing and  product
mix.  The increase in the cost  of goods sold as a  percent of net sales for the
Newsprint segment was due primarily to the  higher cost of energy and fibre  and
decreases in sales price. The Company changed the estimated depreciable lives of
its  paper machines and  major converting equipment. These  changes were made to
better reflect the  estimated periods  during which  the assets  will remain  in
service  and were based upon the  Company's historical experience and comparable
industry practice. These changes were made effective January 1, 1993 and had the
effect of reducing depreciation expense by $17.8 million and decreasing the 1993
net loss by $11.0 million.
 
     Selling and administrative expenses increased to $239.2 million (3.4%)  for
1993  compared to  $231.4 million  for 1992. The  increase was  due primarily to
higher provisions for retirement costs,  acquisitions, new facilities and  other
costs.
 
     In  order to minimize significant year-to-year fluctuations in pension cost
caused by financial market volatility, the Company changed, effective January 1,
1993, the method of accounting for the recognition of fluctuations in the market
value of  pension  assets.  The  effect  of  this  change  on  1993  results  of
operations,  including the cumulative  effect of prior  years, was not material.
See Note 8 to the Company's consolidated financial statements.
 
     The Company reduced  its weighted  average discount rate  in measuring  its
pension  obligations from 8.75% to 7.6% and its rate of increase in compensation
levels from 5.5% to 4.0% at December 31, 1993. The net effect of changing  these
assumptions  was the  primary reason for  the increase in  the projected benefit
obligations  and  the  changes  are   expected  to  increase  pension  cost   by
approximately $3.4 million in 1994.
 
     As  a  result of  the $150  million provision  for restructuring  and other
charges and  the  lower  margins, primarily  for  newsprint  and  containerboard
products,  the Company  had a  loss from operations  of $14.7  million for 1993,
compared to $267.7 million income from operations for 1992.
 
     Interest expense for  1993 declined  $45.9 million due  to lower  effective
interest  rates and the  lower level of  subordinated debt outstanding resulting
primarily from the 1992 Transaction (as defined below).
 
     The benefit from income taxes for 1993 was $83.0 million compared to a  tax
provision of $10.0 million in 1992. The significant difference in the income tax
provision  from 1993  to 1992 results  from the  use of the  liability method of
accounting which restored deferred income taxes and increased the related  asset
values for tax effects previously recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount
of the related assets under prior business combinations. The Company's effective
tax  rate for  1993 was  lower than the  Federal statutory  tax rate  due to the
nondeductibility of goodwill amortization and a $5.7 million provision to adjust
deferred tax assets and  liabilities in 1993 due  to the enacted Federal  income
tax rate change from 34% to 35%.
 
     Effective  January  1, 1993,  the  Company adopted  Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards ('SFAS') No.  109, 'Accounting for  Income Taxes' and  SFAS
No.   106,  'Employers'  Accounting  for   Postretirement  Benefits  Other  Than
Pensions'. The cumulative effect  of adopting SFAS No.  109 was to increase  net
income  for  1993  by  approximately $20.5  million.  The  cumulative  effect of
adopting SFAS No. 106 was to decrease  net income for 1993 by approximately  $37
million.  The  Company  will  adopt  SFAS  No.  112  'Employers'  Accounting for
Postemployment Benefits' in  1994, the  effect of which  is not  expected to  be
material.
 
     The  loss  before extraordinary  item and  cumulative effect  of accounting
changes for  1993  was  $174.6  million,  compared  to  $34.0  million  for  the
comparable  period in 1992. The Company  recorded an extraordinary loss of $37.8
million  (net  of  income  tax  benefits   of  $25.8  million)  for  the   early
extinguishment of debt associated with the issuance of the 1993 Notes.
 
                                       35
 
<PAGE>
1992 COMPARED TO 1991
 
     Net  sales  for 1992  increased to  $3.0 billion  (2.0%) compared  to $2.94
billion in 1991. Net sales  increased 3.7% in the Paperboard/Packaging  Products
segment and decreased 13.6% in the Newsprint segment.
 
     The  increase  in  Paperboard/Packaging  Products  segment  sales  was  due
primarily to a 5.6% increase in sales volume for corrugated shipping containers.
Segment sales were also  positively affected by increases  in sales volumes  for
papertubes  and  partitions  and to  a  lesser  extent for  folding  cartons and
reclamation products. Prices of containerboard  products improved over 1991  but
did  not increase  sufficiently to cover  cost increases, causing  margins to be
somewhat lower  in  1992. Prices  for  most  of the  Company's  other  packaging
products  have declined compared  to 1991. A  minor acquisition in  1992 and the
operation  of  new  facilities  in  the  Paperboard/Packaging  Products  segment
resulted  in an  increase in  net sales  of $9.8  million, while  plant closings
caused net sales to decrease by $2.2 million.
 
     The net sales decrease in the Newsprint  segment was a result of the  lower
sales  prices as discussed above. Newsprint  sales volume for 1992 was virtually
the same as 1991.
 
     The Company  continued to  benefit from  certain austerity  measures  first
implemented  during  1991 to  help  offset the  impact  of the  recession. These
measures  had  a  positive  effect  on  cost  of  goods  sold  and  selling  and
administrative  expenses. Cost of goods sold as  a percent of net sales for 1992
and 1991  were 81.9%  and  81.8% ,  respectively, for  the  Paperboard/Packaging
Products  segment and 99.0%  and 83.1% respectively,  for the Newsprint segment.
The increase in the  Newsprint segment was due  primarily to the  aforementioned
decrease in sales price.
 
     Selling  and administrative expense as a percent  of net sales for 1992 was
7.7%, unchanged from 1991.  The Company continues to  benefit from certain  cost
containment  measures implemented in 1991 to  reduce expenses to help offset the
impact of the recession and inflation.
 
     Income from operations  for 1992  decreased 12.4%  to $267.7  million as  a
result  of the low  average selling prices for  newsprint and packaging products
discussed above.
 
     Interest expense  for  1992  was  lower by  $35.1  million,  due  to  lower
effective  interest rates and the lower level of debt outstanding as a result of
the 1992 Transaction. During 1992, the Company replaced $425.0 million of mature
swaps with $400.0 million of  the new two-year fixed  interest rate swaps at  an
annual  savings of  approximately 3.8% on  such amount (equivalent  to an annual
savings of approximately $15.1 million).
 
     The Company recorded a $10.0 million income tax provision in both 1992  and
1991  on income before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates and
extraordinary item of $27.2 and $24.3 million, respectively. The tax  provisions
for 1992 and 1991 were higher than the Federal statutory tax rate due to several
factors,  the most significant of which  was the impact of permanent differences
from applying purchase accounting.
 
     Equity in  loss of  affiliates  for 1991  included  a write-down  of  $36.0
million with respect to the Company's equity investments in Temboard and Company
Limited  Partnership and  PCL Industries  Limited. See  Note 3  to the Company's
consolidated financial statements.  For 1992  the Company  had an  extraordinary
loss  of $49.8  million (net of  income tax  benefits of $25.8  million) for the
early extinguishment of debt associated with the 1992 Transaction.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES
 
     The Company uses the LIFO method of accounting for approximately 81% of its
inventories. Under  this method,  the  cost of  products  sold reported  in  the
financial  statements approximates current cost  and thus reduces the distortion
in reported income due to increasing  costs. In recent years, inflation has  not
had  a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the
Company.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company's  primary uses  of cash  for the  next several  years will  be
principal and interest payments on its indebtedness and capital expenditures.
 
                                       36
 
<PAGE>
     In  April 1993, the Company issued  $500 million aggregate principal amount
of the  1993  Notes.  Proceeds of  the  1993  Notes were  used  to  refinance  a
substantial  portion of indebtedness in order to improve operating and financial
flexibility by extending maturities of indebtedness and improving liquidity.  As
a  result of the issuance of the  1993 Notes, there are no significant scheduled
payments due  on  bank  term loans  until  June  1996 (assuming  the  Bank  Debt
Refinancing  is not  consummated). In connection  with the issuance  of the 1993
Notes, a  subsidiary  of JS  Group  committed to  purchase  up to  $200  million
aggregate  principal amount of 11 1/2%  Junior Subordinated Notes maturing 2005,
the  proceeds  of  which  must  be  used  to  repurchase  or  otherwise   retire
Subordinated  Debt. The  Company does  not intend to  use the  commitment if the
Recapitalization Plan occurs.
 
     The Company  is  implementing  the Recapitalization  Plan  to  refinance  a
substantial  portion  of  its indebtedness  in  order to  improve  operating and
financial flexibility by (i) reducing the  level and overall cost of debt,  (ii)
extending  maturities of indebtedness, (iii) increasing stockholders' equity and
(iv) increasing  its  access  to  capital  markets.  The  Recapitalization  Plan
includes  (i) the offering by the Company of             shares of Common Stock,
(ii) the SIBV Investment,  (iii) the offering by  CCA of $500 million  aggregate
principal  amount of    % Series A Senior Notes, which will be due 2004 and $100
million aggregate principal amount of    % Series B Senior Notes, which will  be
due  2002, and (iv)  the New Credit  Agreement consisting of  a $450 million New
Revolving Credit Facility due  2001, a $200 million  Initial Term Loan due  2002
and an $850 million Delayed Term Loan due 2001. Proceeds of the Recapitalization
Plan, exclusive of the $850 million Delayed Term Loan, will be used to refinance
all  of the Company's indebtedness under the 1989 and 1992 Credit Agreements and
the Secured Notes. The  applications of borrowings under  the Delayed Term  Loan
shall  be used to redeem or repurchase  the Subordinated Debt. It is anticipated
that letters of credit  of approximately $90 million  will be outstanding  under
the  New Revolving  Credit Facility  immediately following  the Offerings. After
giving effect to the Recapitalization Plan on a pro forma basis, at December 31,
1993 the  Company  would  have  had  approximately  $2,408.8  million  of  total
long-term  debt  outstanding,  all of  which  would  have been  senior  debt, as
compared  to   $2,619.1  million   of  long-term   debt  outstanding   had   the
Recapitalization   Plan   not   been   effected.   After   completion   of   the
Recapitalization Plan there  will be  no significant scheduled  payments due  on
bank  debt (other than required payments out  of 'excess cash', if any) until 18
months following  consummation of  the Offerings,  at which  time  approximately
$51.0 million will be payable.
 
     The Company's earnings are significantly affected by the amount of interest
on  its indebtedness.  At December  31, 1993,  the Company  had $215  million of
variable rate debt which had  been swapped to a  weighted average fixed rate  of
approximately  9.1%. The Company also had  interest rate swap agreements related
to the Securitization Program  that effectively converted  $95 million of  fixed
rate  borrowings to a variable rate of 5.6% (at December 31, 1993) and converted
$80 million of variable rate borrowings to a fixed rate of 7.2% through  January
1996. In addition, the Company is party to interest rate swap agreements related
to  the 1993  Notes which  convert $500  million of  fixed rate  borrowings to a
variable rate of 8.6% (at December 31, 1993).
 
     Capital expenditures  consist  of  property and  timberland  additions  and
acquisitions  of businesses. Capital  expenditures for 1993,  1992 and 1991 were
$117.4 million,  $97.9  million  and  $118.9  million,  respectively.  Financing
arrangements  entered into  in connection  with the  1989 Transaction  impose an
annual limit  on  future  capital  expenditures, as  defined  in  the  financing
arrangements,  of approximately  $125.0 million.  The capital  spending limit is
subject to increase in any year if  the prior year's spending was less than  the
maximum  amount allowed.  For 1993,  such carryover  from 1992  was $75 million.
Because the Company has  invested heavily in its  core businesses over the  last
several years, management believes the annual limitation on capital expenditures
should   not  impair  its   plans  for  maintenance,   expansion  and  continued
modernization of its facilities.  It is expected that  the New Credit  Agreement
will  contain limitations on capital expenditures substantially similar to those
contained in the financing arrangements entered into in connection with the 1989
Transaction.  The   Company   anticipates   making   capital   expenditures   of
approximately $142 million in 1994.
 
     Under  the terms  of the  Old Bank Facilities,  the Company  is required to
comply with certain financial covenants, including maintenance of quarterly  and
annual  interest coverage  ratios and earnings,  as defined.  In anticipation of
violating   these   financial   covenants    at   September   30,   1993,    the
 
                                       37
 
<PAGE>
Company  requested and received waivers from  its lender group, and in December,
1993 amended the Old Bank Facilities to modify financial covenants. The  Company
was  in compliance with the amended covenants  at December 31, 1993. The Company
expects to have similar covenants in the New Credit Agreement.
 
     Operating activities have historically  been the major  source of cash  for
the Company's working capital needs, capital expenditures and debt payments. For
1993  and 1992, net cash provided by  operating activities was $78.2 million and
$145.7 million, respectively.
 
     At December 31, 1993,  the Company had $112.1  million in unused  borrowing
capacity  under  the Revolving  Credit  Facility. Following  the  Offerings, the
Company anticipates having $360.0 million of unused borrowing capacity under the
New Credit Agreement. The Company has borrowing capacity of $230.0 million under
the  Securitization  subject  to  the  Company's  level  of  eligible   accounts
receivable.  At December 31, 1993, the Company had borrowed $182.3 million under
the Securitization and  the level  of eligible  receivables did  not permit  any
additional  borrowings under the Securitization  at the date. The Securitization
matures in  April 1996,  at which  time  the Company  expects to  refinance  it.
Although the Company believes that it will be able to do so, no assurance can be
given in this regard.
 
     The  Company's existing indebtedness imposes restrictions on its ability to
incur additional  indebtedness.  Such  restrictions, together  with  the  highly
leveraged   position  of  the  Company,  could  restrict  corporate  activities,
including the Company's ability to respond to market conditions, to provide  for
unanticipated   capital   expenditures  or   to   take  advantage   of  business
opportunities. However, the  Company believes that  cash provided by  operations
and  available financing sources  will be sufficient to  meet the Company's cash
requirements for the next several years.
 
                                       38

<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     The  predecessor  to the  Company  was founded  in  1974 when  JS  Group, a
worldwide leader in the packaging products industry, commenced operations in the
United States by  acquiring 40%  of a  small paperboard  and packaging  products
company. The remaining 60% of that company was acquired by JS Group in 1977, and
in  1978 net  sales were  $42.9 million. The  Company implemented  a strategy to
build a fully integrated, broadly based, national packaging business,  primarily
through  acquisitions, including Alton Box Board Company in 1979, the paperboard
and packaging divisions of Diamond International Corporation in 1982, 80% of SNC
in 1986 and 50% of CCA in  1986. The Company financed its acquisitions by  using
leverage  and, in  several cases, utilized  joint venture  financing whereby the
Company eventually  obtained control  of the  acquired company.  While no  major
acquisition  has  been  made  since  1986,  the  Company  has  made  18  smaller
acquisitions and started up five new facilities which had combined sales in 1993
of $280.3 million. JSC was formed in  1983 to consolidate the operations of  the
Company,  and today  the Company  ranks among  the industry  leaders in  its two
business segments,  Paperboard/Packaging Products  and Newsprint.  In 1993,  the
Company  had net sales of $2.9 billion, achieving a compound annual sales growth
rate of 32.6% for the period since 1978.
 
     The Company  believes  it is  one  of  the nation's  largest  producers  of
paperboard  and  packaging  products and  is  the largest  producer  of recycled
paperboard and recycled packaging products. In 1993, the Company's system of  16
paperboard  mills produced 1,840,000 tons of virgin and recycled containerboard,
829,000 tons of coated and uncoated  recycled boxboard and SBS and 206,000  tons
of  recycled  cylinderboard, which  were sold  to  the Company's  own converting
operations or to third parties.  The Company's converting operations consist  of
52  corrugated container  plants, 18  folding carton  plants, and  16 industrial
packaging plants located across the  country, with three plants located  outside
the  U.S. In  1993, the Company's  container plants converted  1,942,000 tons of
containerboard, an  amount  equal  to  approximately 105.5%  of  the  amount  it
produced,  its folding  carton plants  converted 542,000  tons of  SBS, recycled
boxboard and coated natural kraft, an amount equal to approximately 65.4% of the
amount it produced, and its  industrial packaging plants converted 123,000  tons
of  recycled cylinderboard, an amount equal to approximately 59.7% of the amount
it produced.
 
     The Company's  paperboard  operations  are  supported  by  its  reclamation
division,  which processed or  brokered 3.9 million tons  of wastepaper in 1993,
and by its  timber division  which manages  approximately one  million acres  of
owned or leased timberland located in close proximity to its virgin fibre mills.
The  paperboard/packaging products operations also include 14 consumer packaging
plants.
 
     In addition,  the  Company believes  it  is  one of  the  nation's  largest
producers  of recycled newsprint. The  Company's newsprint division includes two
newsprint mills in Oregon, which produced 615,000 tons of recycled newsprint  in
1993,  and  two facilities  that  produce Cladwood'r',  a  construction material
produced from newsprint and wood by-products. The Company's newsprint mills  are
also supported by the Company's reclamation division.
 
DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS
 
     Since  its founding in 1974, the Company has followed a strategy to build a
broadly based packaging business, primarily through acquisitions. The  Company's
acquisitions  were principally  motivated by opportunities  to expand productive
capacity, both geographically and into new product lines, further integrate  its
operations and broaden its existing product lines and customer base. The Company
has  sought to improve the productivity of plants and operations acquired by it.
The most significant acquisitions were:
 
      1979 -- Acquired  51% of Alton  Box Board Company;  the remaining 49%  was
      acquired   in  1981.  Alton's   containerboard  and  industrial  packaging
      businesses consisted  of fully  integrated containerboard  and  paperboard
      operations.  The  Alton acquisition  significantly enhanced  the Company's
      presence in the midwest and expanded  its operations to the southeast.  In
      addition,  the Alton acquisition  expanded the Company's  product lines to
      include folding cartons and industrial packaging and provided a network of
      reclamation facilities which supplied wastepaper to the Company's recycled
      mills.  Alton  owned  a  kraft  linerboard  mill  and  a  recycled  medium
 
                                       39
 
<PAGE>
      mill,  two recycled  cylinderboard mills,  32 converting  facilities and 9
      recycled wastepaper plants. Alton's total annual paperboard production  at
      the  date of acquisition was 471,775 tons,  as compared to 582,017 tons in
      1993.
 
      1982 -- Acquired 50% of the paperboard and packaging divisions of  Diamond
      International  Corporation through a joint  venture; the remaining 50% was
      acquired in 1983. In addition to expanding the Company's existing  product
      lines  and customer base, the Diamond acquisition added new product lines,
      including labels  and other  consumer packaging,  and a  related  business
      which  produced  rotogravure cylinders  for use  on printing  presses used
      extensively by  the  folding carton  industry.  Diamond owned  two  coated
      recyled  boxboard  mills, which  provided the  Company with  an integrated
      source of recycled boxboard for use in its folding carton plants, as  well
      as  three folding carton plants, three shipping container plants and three
      consumer packaging plants. Diamond's operations were located primarily  in
      the   midwest.  Diamond's  annual  coated  recycled  boxboard  production,
      exclusive of a  mill recently shut  down, at the  date of acquisition  was
      74,494 tons, as compared to 113,006 tons in 1993.
 
      1986  -- Acquired 80%  of SNC, formerly Publishers  Paper Company. The SNC
      acquisition extended the Company's product  line to include newsprint  and
      also  expanded the Company's reclamation operations to the west coast. The
      SNC acquisition  consisted  of two  newsprint  mills and  two  Cladwood'r'
      manufacturing  plants, all  of which are  located in  Oregon. SNC's annual
      newsprint production  at the  date  of acquisition  was 592,804  tons,  as
      compared to 615,151 tons in 1993.
 
      1986  --  Acquired 50%  of CCA  through  a joint  venture with  the Morgan
      Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund I, L.P.;  the remaining 50% was acquired  in
      1989.  The  total  CCA  acquisition cost  was  $1,130  million,  which was
      financed with $1,060  million of  debt and  $70 million  of preferred  and
      common  equity. The  CCA acquisition substantially  enhanced the Company's
      production capacity and  further integrated the  Company's operations.  It
      also  expanded its paperboard and packaging  operations to the west coast,
      which enabled the Company to compete  on a national level and broaden  its
      customer  base. The  CCA acquisition  consisted primarily  of 9 paperboard
      mills, 40  converting  plants and  5  reclamation facilities  as  well  as
      approximately  1,000,000  acres  of  owned  or  leased  timberlands. CCA's
      operations are located  throughout the United  States. CCA's total  annual
      paperboard  production at the  date of acquisition  was 1,760,039 tons, as
      compared to 2,002,064 tons in 1993.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
  PAPERBOARD
 
General
 
     Paperboard is a general term used to describe certain heavyweight grades of
paper primarily used for  packaging products. Paperboard  is produced from  four
basic  types of pulp: (i) unbleached  kraft; (ii) bleached kraft; (iii) recycled
and (iv)  semi-chemical.  Unbleached  kraft, bleached  kraft  and  semi-chemical
paperboards,  are  produced primarily  from  wood pulp.  Recycled  paperboard is
produced primarily from wastepaper.  Recycled paperboard demand  has grown at  a
more  rapid rate than virgin grades based primarily on its increased quality and
rising environmental awareness by consumers.
 
     Paperboard is classified by three major end-uses: (i) containerboard,  (ii)
boxboard   and  (iii)   other  paperboard.   Containerboard  primarily  includes
linerboard and corrugating medium,  the components of  corrugated boxes used  in
the  transportation  of  manufactured goods.  Boxboard  includes  folding carton
stock, setup boxboard  and food  board. Folding  cartons, the  major segment  of
boxboard,  are used to package a wide  range of consumer products such as health
and beauty products,  dry cereals and  soap powders. Folding  cartons are  often
clay-coated  for  better  printability  and  consumer  appeal.  Other paperboard
includes paperboard used in  a number of  industrial applications: fiber  drums,
composite cans, spiral tubes, cores, gypsum wallboard liner and box partitions.
 
                                       40
 
<PAGE>
     According  to the  American Forest  & Paper  Association (the  'AFPA'), the
following table represents  1993 containerboard and  boxboard production in  the
United States.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             %
                                      PRODUCTION(1)                  --------------------------------------------------
                                      -------------                  UNBLEACHED    BLEACHED
END-USE                                                % OF TOTAL      KRAFT        KRAFT      RECYCLED    SEMICHEMICAL
- -----------------------------------     (TONS IN       ----------    ----------    --------    --------    ------------
                                       THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Containerboard.....................       26,175            77%          64            1          14            21
Boxboard...........................        7,718            23           16           45          39            --
                                      -------------    ----------
                                          33,893           100%
                                      -------------    ----------
                                      -------------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Excludes  approximately  3.0  million  export  containerboard  tons  and 1.1
    million export boxboard tons.
 
Containerboard
 
     Demand. Containerboard production grew  from 21.3 million  tons in 1983  to
29.2  million  tons  in  1993  (consisting  of  26.2  million  tons  of domestic
production and 3.0 million  tons of exports) for  a compound annual growth  rate
('Rate')   of  3.3%.  From  1983-1993,  containerboard  produced  from  recycled
paperboard grew at a much faster rate than unbleached kraft, experiencing a 7.6%
Rate. Containerboard demand is highly  cyclical and fluctuates with the  general
level of economic activity.

     [GRAPHIC  REPRESENTATION  of  the  relationship between the change in Gross
Domestic Product ('GDP') and the change in containerboard  production from  1983
to 1993. For each year during hte period 1983-1993, the annual percentage change
in GDP was 3.9%, 6.2%,  3.2%, 2.9%, 3.1%, 3.9%,  2.5%, 1.2%,  (0.7%),  2.6%  and
2.9%, respectively.  During this same  period, the annual  percentage change  in
containerboard production was 10.2%, 7.1%, (3.7%), 8.4%, 7.1%, 1.8%, 1.1%, 3.7%,
2.2%, 4.2% and 1.0%, respectively. The  source of  the  containboard  production
data is the America Forest and Paper Association.]

     Overall, containerboard demand is a function of the level of corrugated box
shipments  from  box  converting  plants  and,  to  some  extent,  the  level of
containerboard inventories on hand. Over the last six months of 1993, corrugated
box demand was very strong with shipments from August 1993 through December 1993
exceeding corresponding  1992  months by  9.1%,  6.6%, 5.7%,  12.3%  and  10.1%,
respectively.  Box plant  containerboard inventory  levels were  at 2.16 million
tons on December 31,  1993, up slightly  from 1.98 million  tons on October  31,
1993,  their lowest level  on a tonnage basis  since 1987. Containerboard demand
has also been assisted in recent months  by an increase in exports. The  Company
is  currently experiencing strong  demand and believes that  it will continue as
the economy improves. Resource Information Systems, Inc. ('RISI'), a well  known
industry consultant, projects domestic containerboard production to grow to 28.9
million tons by 1996, a 3.3% Rate from 1993.
 
                                       41
 
<PAGE>
     Supply. U.S. containerboard capacity totaled 31.1 million tons in 1993, for
a 2.9% Rate from 1983 to 1993. From 1983 to 1993, capacity utilization reached a
high  of 97.8% in  1987 and a low  of 90.3% in  1985. Approximately, 4.0 million
tons of  new  capacity  was  added between  year-end  1988  and  year-end  1993,
decreasing operating rates from 1987 levels.
 
     Operating  rates in the industry during 1991 and 1992, however, ran at high
levels relative to demand, which was lower due to the sluggish U.S. economy  and
a  decline in export  markets. This imbalance resulted  in excess inventories in
the industry and lower  prices for the  Company's containerboard and  corrugated
shipping  container products, which continued throughout most of 1993. To reduce
rising inventories, many containerboard  producers, including the Company,  took
downtime  at containerboard mills which resulted  in lowering operating rates to
93.7% for 1993. By the  end of the third quarter  of 1993, inventory levels  had
decreased significantly.
 
     According to the AFPA, producers plan to add only a modest 2.1 million tons
of  containerboard capacity in 1994-1996. 1.4 million  tons, or 70% of the added
capacity, will  be recycled  linerboard and  corrugating medium.  The  following
graph  reflects  the  historical  relationship  between  containerboard capacity
utilization and  linerboard prices,  the  predominant grade  for  containerboard
products.

     [GRAPHIC  REPRESENTATION  of  the  relationship  between   the   level   of
containerboard capacity utilizaiton  and linerboard prices from  1983  to  1993.
For  each  year  during  the  period  1983-1993,  annual containerboard capacity
utilization was 90.4%, 94.5%, 90.3%, 95.2%, 97.8%, 95.5%, 94.6%,  95.1%,  95.2%,
95.6% and 93.7%, respectively. For each year during this same period, unbleached
kraft lineboard prices per short ton (42 lb., Eastern Market) were  $290,  $335,
$274, $295, $361, $403, $405, $378, $336, $345 and $316, respectively (1983-1984
prices are as of December 31. 19985-1993 prices reflect the average of the  four
quarter-ed prices). The source of the containerboard capacity  utilization  data
is  the  American  Forest  and  Paper  Association. The source of the linerboard
prices is the Pulp and Paper North American Factbook.]

     Pricing.  Pricing  historically  has  been correlated  with  the  levels of
industry capacity  utilization. Over  the  past business  cycle,  containerboard
prices  peaked  in 1989.  Linerboard peaked  at approximately  $410 per  ton and
reached a  low  of $280-$290  per  ton the  second  quarter of  1993,  owing  to
decreased  demand  and  increased  inventories. Over  the  past  several months,
containerboard pricing  has strengthened  as demand  has increased,  inventories
have  fallen, and  corrugated box producers  have been  successful in increasing
prices to customers.  For example,  a $25 per  ton increase  for linerboard  was
implemented  in November 1993, raising prices to  $315-$325 per ton, and most of
the major linerboard producers, including the Company, have announced a $30  per
ton  increase effective March 1,  1994. Although there can  be no assurance that
this price increase will be  successfully implemented, management believes  that
such price increase will hold.
 
                                       42
 
<PAGE>
Boxboard
 
     Demand.  Total boxboard production (including  exports) grew to 8.8 million
tons in  1993  from  6.8  million  tons  in  1983,  representing  a  2.5%  Rate.
Traditionally,  recycled  and  SBS have  been  by  far the  largest  segments of
boxboard production,  representing 40%  and 49%,  respectively. During  1983  to
1993,  recycled boxboard grew at  a 2.0% Rate, SBS boxboard  grew at a 1.0% Rate
and unbleached kraft, starting from  a much smaller base,  grew at a 5.2%  Rate.
Like  containerboard, boxboard demand tends to  fluctuate with the general level
of economic activity.  During the late  1980s, the use  of clay coated  recycled
boxboard  as  a substitute  for  SBS boxboard  increased  based on  its improved
quality, heightened environmental awareness by consumers and increased demand by
customers for less expensive packaging alternatives. RISI projects both recycled
boxboard production and SBS production to increase  at a 2.2% Rate from 1993  to
1996.
 
     Supply.  From 1983  to 1993 total  boxboard capacity grew  from 7.6 million
tons to 9.3 million tons, a 2.0% Rate. SBS folding boxboard grew at a 1.7% Rate,
reaching 2.5 million tons by 1993,  while recycled folding boxboard grew to  3.0
million tons by 1993, a 1.1% Rate.

     [GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION of the level of boxboard capacity utilization  from
1983 to 1993. For  each  year  during  the  period  1983-1993 , annual  boxboard
capacity utilization was 89.9%, 92.9%, 87.5%, 89.5%, 90.2%, 92.2%, 92.8%, 90.7%,
93.5%, 92.6% and 94.8%, respectively.  The  source  of this data is the American
Forest and Paper Association.]
 
     According  to the AFPA, 1.2 million tons of boxboard capacity will be added
between 1993-1996.  Recycled  boxboard accounts  for  16%  and SBS  for  56%  of
announced capacity additions.
 
     Pricing. While general boxboard pricing levels are dependent on the overall
balance  of supply and demand, relative  pricing of different grades of boxboard
is affected by the substitutability of one grade for another in various customer
applications. For example, although the  clay coated recycled demand and  supply
situation  is positive for  the upcoming years, clay  coated recycled prices are
influenced by SBS prices. During the  late 1980s, SBS prices were  substantially
higher  than  clay coated  recycled  prices. In  recent  years, SBS  prices have
declined at a greater percentage than clay  coated recycled, so that on a  yield
basis,  there is not currently a significant price differential between the two.
Future price  growth  in some  grades  of SBS  may  be tempered  by  recent  and
projected capacity increases.
 
     NEWSPRINT
 
     General.  Newsprint  is an  uncoated  paper used  in  newspaper production.
Virgin newsprint is manufactured primarily from mechanical or groundwood  pulps.
In  recent years, the majority of  U.S. state legislatures have enacted recycled
content   laws    requiring    newspaper    publishers    to    use    newsprint
 
                                       43
 
<PAGE>
containing  various percentages  of recycled fiber.  Although the  bulk of North
American newsprint  capacity is  located  in Canada,  the majority  of  recycled
newsprint  capacity is  located in  the U.S. because  of the  close proximity of
wastepaper collection sites.
 
     Demand. According to the AFPA, the total U.S. newsprint production in  1993
remained flat, compared to 1992, with 7.08 million tons being produced. Canadian
production  is estimated to  have been 10.39  million tons in  1993, compared to
9.84 million  tons  in  1992.  From  1983  to  1993,  North  American  newsprint
production  grew at a  1.6% Rate. Newsprint  demand is dependent  on the general
level  of  newspaper  advertising.  RISI  estimates  North  American   newsprint
shipments will remain flat through 1995.

     According  to the AFPA, North American production is also influenced by the
export levels to major  newsprint consuming regions such  as Western Europe  and
Asia.  In 1992, U.S. and Canadian  producers increased export shipments 17% over
1991. 1993 witnessed  a significant  decline in  North American  exports due  to
unfavorable currency exchange rates and new capacity in Europe and Asia.
 
     Supply.  According to the AFPA, North  American newsprint capacity was 18.1
million tons in 1993, reflecting a 1.2% Rate since 1983. During the period  from
year end 1989 to year end 1991, 1.26 million tons of U.S. newsprint capacity and
.95  million tons of Canadian newsprint capacity were added, severely depressing
utilization rates  in  the early  1990s.  Capacity expansion  in  the  newsprint
industry  has been  concentrated on  recycling and,  over the  last three years,
eleven new deinking plants have been brought into operation with the capacity to
recycle 2.9 million tons of recovered paper.
 
     Capacity utilization has  been at  relatively low levels  during the  early
1990s  as a large growth  in capacity has coincided  with a decline in newsprint
demand, which has led to lower rates for North American mills overall.  Capacity
utilization from 1983 to 1993 is shown in the table below:
 
     [GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION of the level of newsprint capacity utilizsation  in
the United States and Canada from 1983 to 1993.  For eac year during  the period
1983-1993, U.S. newsprint capacity utilization was 89.5%,  94.7%, 93.8%,  97.0%,
97.3% 97.8%, 96.7%, 97.3%, 97.0% and 98.0%, respectively.  For each  year during
this same  period,  Canadian  newsprintc capacity  utilization was 85.1%, 91.8%,
91.4%, 93.9% 97.7%, 98.9%,  96.2%, 89.8%, 87.3%, 88.6% and 95.7%,  respectively.
The source of these figures is the American Forest and Paper Association.]

     According  to the AFPA, North American newsprint capacity will decline from
16.7 million metric  tons in  1992 to  16.6 million  metric tons  in 1996.  This
decline  in capacity is  expected because no  new mills or  machines are planned
during these  years  and capacity  gains  resulting from  rebuilds  of  existing
machines  and miscellaneous improvements  will be offset  by the reallocation of
capacity in several mills to produce groundwood and specialty papers rather than
newsprint. Several new recycled newsprint mills have been announced recently  in
Western  Europe, and such mills  are expected to affect  future exports by North
American producers.
 
                                       44
 
<PAGE>
     Pricing. Newsprint  is  a commodity  paper  grade with  pricing  largely  a
function  of  capacity  utilization.  West  coast prices  fell  from  a  peak of
approximately $595 per metric ton  (30-lb, delivered) in 1988  to a low of  $420
per  metric  ton in  the second  quarter  of 1992.  In December,  1993 newsprint
producers,  including  the  Company,   announced  price  increases  which   were
unsuccessful. Although market demand has improved in the fourth quarter of 1993,
the  Company does not expect significant improvement in prices before the second
quarter of 1994.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The principal components  of the  Company's business  strategy include  the
following:
 
  MAINTAIN FOCUS ON RECYCLED PRODUCTS
 
     The Company believes it is the largest processor of wastepaper, the largest
producer  of coated recycled paperboard, the largest producer of recycled medium
and one of the largest producers of  recycled newsprint in the U.S. The  Company
has historically utilized a significant amount of recycled fibre in its products
and  has  maintained a  strategy  to allow  it to  supply  all of  the Company's
recycled fibre  needs for  its  paper producing  operations. There  are  several
advantages  to this strategy. First, the  Company's national operations allow it
to minimize  costs of  transporting wastepaper  to its  mills. Second,  recycled
fibre  has  a lower  cost base  than  virgin fibre  and wastepaper  supplies are
increasing. Third, recycled products are gaining in popularity with customers as
a result of increased environmental awareness and improved quality, making  them
more  competitive  with products  made from  virgin  fibre. The  following chart
indicates  the  significant  percentage  of  recycled  paperboard  produced  and
consumed, by the Company's operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1991     1992     1993
                                                                        -----    -----    -----
                                                                          (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>
Total paperboard produced by the Company.............................   2,852    2,963    2,875
     Percent recycled................................................    46.5%    46.1%    47.5%
Total paperboard consumed by the Company.............................   2,476    2,569    2,607
     Percent recycled................................................    34.5%    35.9%    32.3%
</TABLE>
 
  FOCUS ON COST REDUCTION
 
     The Company continuously strives to reduce operating costs on a system-wide
basis  through  the  implementation of  cost  reduction programs.  In  1991, the
Company implemented  an austerity  program  to offset  the impact  of  declining
prices.   This   austerity  program   froze   staff  levels,   deferred  certain
discretionary  spending   programs  and   more  aggressively   managed   capital
expenditures  and working capital to conserve  cash and reduce interest expense.
For example, as a result of the austerity program the Company's average  working
capital  as a  percentage of annual  sales has  averaged 2.8% over  the last two
years.
 
     While the austerity  program succeeded in  reducing expenses and  improving
cash  flow, the length and  extent of the recession led  the Company in 1993, to
initiate the Plan and the Restructuring Program.
 
     The Plan is a systematic Company-wide  effort designed to improve the  cost
competitiveness  of all the Company's  operating facilities and staff functions.
The Plan focuses on reducing costs and other measures, including:
 
      Productivity improvements  to  reduce  variable unit  cost  at  production
      facilities and to increase volume.
 
      Identification of approximately $100 million of high return, quick payback
      capital projects for which spending will be accelerated.
 
      Reduction in fibre cost.
 
      Reduction  in cost of  materials generated through  a Company-wide council
      which will negotiate large national purchasing activities.
 
                                       45
 
<PAGE>
      Reductions in personnel cost through a Company-wide freeze on compensation
      for salaried employees in 1994 and reductions in workforce.
 
      Reduction in waste cost in the manufacturing process.
 
      Increased focus on  specialty niche  businesses which  are less  commodity
      oriented and carries pricing premiums.
 
     The  Company  is  implementing  the Restructuring  Program  to  improve the
Company's long-term  competitive position.  The Restructuring  Program  includes
plant  closures, reductions in workforce,  and the realignment and consolidation
of various  manufacturing operations  over an  approximately two  to three  year
period.  The  Restructuring  Program  is  expected  to  reduce  production cost,
employee  expense  and  depreciation  charges.  While  future  benefits  of  the
Restructuring Program are uncertain, the operating losses in 1993 for the plants
shut down in January 1994 and those contemplated in the future were $31 million.
While  the Company  believes that it  would have realized  financial benefits in
1993 had these plants been shut down at  the beginning of the year, and that  it
will realize such benefits in future periods, no assurances can be given in this
regard and, in particular, no assurances can be given as to what portion of such
loss would not have been realized in 1993 had such plants been shut down for the
entire  year.  The  Company  closed  certain  high  cost  operating  facilities,
including a coated recycled boxboard mill and five converting plants, in January
1994.
 
  CONTINUE TO PURSUE VERTICAL INTEGRATION
 
     The Company's operations are vertically integrated in that the Company uses
significant amounts  of timber  harvested from  its timberlands  and  wastepaper
provided  by its  reclamation operations  in the  manufacture of  paperboard and
newsprint, and converts its production  of paperboard into shipping  containers,
folding  cartons, papertubes  and other products.  The Company  also exchanges a
significant amount of containerboard with other major companies in the industry.
These exchanges are generally used when shipment from the Company's mills  would
not  be freight cost efficient or when  container plants require a certain grade
of containerboard not manufactured by the Company.
 
     The Company's  integration  reduces  the  volatility  of  pricing  for  its
containerboard  products, allows it  to run its mills  at higher operating rates
during industry  downturns  and protects  the  Company from  potential  regional
supply and demand imbalances for recycled fibre grades.
 
     The   following  table  illustrates  the   balance  between  the  Company's
production and consumption  levels for its  core businesses for  the last  three
years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            1991     1992     1993
                                                                                            -----    -----    -----
                                                                                              (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>      <C>      <C>
Wastepaper
     Collected by reclamation division...................................................   3,666    3,846    3,907
     Consumed by paperboard and newsprint mills..........................................   1,822    1,910    1,905
Containerboard
     Produced by containerboard mills....................................................   1,830    1,918    1,840
     Consumed by containerboard plants...................................................   1,813    1,898    1,942
SBS and Recycled Boxboard
     Produced by SBS and recycled boxboard mills.........................................     826      832      829
     Consumed by folding carton plants...................................................     561      551      542
</TABLE>
 
  CONTINUE GROWTH IN CORE BUSINESSES
 
     The Company has built its core businesses through selective acquisitions of
existing businesses and ongoing capital improvements.
 
     Over the years, the Company's acquisition strategy has accomplished several
objectives, including (i) geographic expansion of its operations, (ii) growth of
its  recycling capacity and  expertise, (iii) expansion of  its product lines in
order to satisfy most of the packaging needs of large national and multinational
customers, (iv) expansion of its operations  into related products which can  be
successfully
 
                                       46
 
<PAGE>
marketed  to existing customers  as well as  into related products  to which the
Company can  apply  its  papermaking  expertise,  and  (v)  integration  of  its
operations.  The Company intends  to continue its  current strategy by exploring
potential acquisitions and pursuing those which meet its business objectives.
 
  MAINTAIN LEADING MARKET POSITIONS
 
     The Company  believes  it is  one  of  the most  broadly  based  paperboard
packaging  producers in the United States.  The Company has achieved this status
through its selective acquisitions and its ongoing capital improvements program.
The Company believes  it maintains significant  U.S. market positions  including
the following:
 
                 largest producer of recycled paperboard
 
                 largest producer of folding cartons
 
                 largest producer of coated recycled boxboard
 
                 largest processor of wastepaper
 
                 largest producer of mottled white linerboard
 
                 one of the largest producers of recycled newsprint
 
                 second largest producer of corrugated shipping containers
 
                 largest producer of recycled medium
 
                 fifth largest producer of containerboard
 
     The Company believes that its size, as evidenced by its leading U.S. market
positions,  provides certain advantages in marketing its products. The Company's
prominence  in  the  U.S.  packaging   industry  gives  it  excellent   customer
visibility.  The  Company  is well  recognized  by  its customers  as  a quality
producer and has recently  entered a select number  of strategic alliances  with
certain  large, national account customers to supply packaging. In addition, the
Company's broad range  of packaging  products provides a  single source  option,
whereby all of the customers' packaging needs can be satisfied by the Company.
 
  IMPROVE FINANCIAL PROFILE TO GROW CORE BUSINESSES
 
     Since  the 1989 recapitalization of JSC, the Company has pursued a strategy
designed to reduce its financial risk  profile. During this period, the  Company
has  accessed various capital markets through several transactions, resulting in
improved financial flexibility.
 
     In  1991,  the  Company  completed  a  $230  million  accounts   receivable
securitization.  Initial  proceeds  of $168  million  were raised  by  an A1/D1+
commercial paper issue and a AA-medium  term note issue. The proceeds were  used
to  retire debt, while the transaction increased the liquidity of the Company by
$180 million.
 
     In 1992, the Company received cash  equity capital from a subsidiary of  JS
Group and MSLEF II (and certain of its limited partners who owned Junior Accrual
Debentures)  of $33 million and $200 million, respectively, and in December 1993
a subsidiary of  JS Group  converted its $167  million of  preferred stock  into
common  stock. The  Company also negotiated  a $400 million  senior secured term
loan. The equity and loan proceeds were used to repurchase $193.5 million of the
Junior Accrual  Debentures  and to  prepay  a portion  of  certain  subordinated
indebtedness  and $400 million  of the 1989 term  loan. This transaction reduced
near term debt service requirements and also reduced annual interest expense  by
$30 million.
 
     In  1993,  in order  to improve  operating  and financial  flexibility, CCA
issued $500 million aggregate  principal amount of 1993  Notes, the proceeds  of
which  were used to repay  $100 million of revolving  credit indebtedness and an
aggregate of $387.5 million of term loan indebtedness under its existing  credit
agreements.  As a result of such  refinancing, the Company successfully extended
maturities of its indebtedness and improved its liquidity.
 
                                       47
 
<PAGE>
     The Company anticipates that the Recapitalization Plan will further improve
operating and financial flexibility  by reducing the level  and overall cost  of
its  debt, extending maturities of indebtedness, increasing stockholders' equity
and increasing its access to capital markets.
 
PRODUCTS
 
  PAPERBOARD/PACKAGING PRODUCT SEGMENT
 
     Containerboard  and   Corrugated   Shipping   Containers.   The   Company's
containerboard  operations are highly  integrated and the  Company believes this
integration enhances its ability to respond quickly and efficiently to customers
and to fill  orders on  short lead times.  Tons of  containerboard produced  and
converted for the last three years were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1991     1992     1993
                                                                                  -----    -----    -----
                                                                                    (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                               <C>      <C>      <C>
Containerboard
     Production................................................................   1,830    1,918    1,840
     Consumption...............................................................   1,813    1,898    1,942
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company's  mills  produce  a full  line  of  containerboard, including
unbleached kraft linerboard, mottled white linerboard and recycled medium.
 
     The Company believes it is the  nation's largest producer of mottled  white
linerboard,  the  largest  producer of  recycled  medium and  the  fifth largest
producer of  containerboard.  Unbleached kraft  linerboard  is produced  at  the
Company's  mills  located  in  Fernandina Beach  and  Jacksonville,  Florida and
mottled white  linerboard is  produced at  its Brewton,  Alabama mill.  Recycled
medium  is produced at the Company's mills located in Alton, Illinois, Carthage,
Indiana, Circleville, Ohio  and Los  Angeles, California. In  1993, the  Company
produced  1,018,000, 315,000  and 507,000  tons of  unbleached kraft linerboard,
mottled white linerboard and recycled medium, respectively.
 
     Large  capital   investment   is   required  to   sustain   the   Company's
containerboard  mills,  which  employ  state  of  the  art  computer  controlled
machinery in  their manufacturing  processes. During  the last  five years,  the
Company  has  invested approximately  $246 million  to enhance  product quality,
reduce costs, expand  capacity and  increase production efficiency,  as well  as
make required improvements to stay in compliance with environmental regulations.
Major capital projects completed in the last five years include (i) a rebuild of
Jacksonville's  linerboard machine  to produce high  performance, lighter weight
grades now experiencing higher demand,  (ii) modifications to Brewton's  mottled
white  machine to increase run speed by 100  tons per day and (iii) a project to
reduce sulfur  emissions  from  the  Fernandina Beach  linerboard  mill.  A  key
strategy  for the next few years will be to reduce wood cost at its virgin fibre
mills by modifying methods of woodchip production and handling, utilizing random
length roundwood  forms and  continuing to  pursue forest  management  practices
designed to enhance timberland productivity.
 
     The   Company's  sales  of  containerboard  in  1993  were  $670.6  million
(including $384.1 million of intracompany sales). Sales of containerboard to its
52 container  plants are  reflected  at prices  based  upon those  published  by
Official  Board  Markets which  are generally  higher than  those paid  by third
parties except in exchange contracts.
 
     The Company  believes  it is  the  second largest  producer  of  corrugated
shipping  containers in  the U.S.  Corrugated shipping  containers, manufactured
from containerboard in converting plants, are used to ship such diverse products
as home appliances, electric motors, small machinery, grocery products, produce,
books, tobacco and furniture, and  for many other applications, including  point
of  purchase  displays. The  Company  stresses the  value  added aspects  of its
corrugated  containers,   such  as   labeling  and   multi-color  graphics,   to
differentiate  its products and respond  to customer requirements. The Company's
container plants  serve local  customers  and large  national accounts  and  are
located nationwide, generally in or near large metropolitan areas. The Company's
total  sales of  corrugated shipping  containers in  1993 were  $1,175.7 million
(including $81.1 million of intracompany sales).
 
                                       48
 
<PAGE>
Corrugated shipping container sales volumes for 1991, 1992 and 1993 were 25,178,
26,593 and 27,268 million square feet, respectively.
 
  RECYCLED BOXBOARD, SBS AND FOLDING CARTONS
 
     The Company's recycled boxboard, SBS and folding carton operations are also
well integrated. Tons of  recycled boxboard and SBS  produced and converted  for
the last three years are provided below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1991    1992    1993
                                                                        ----    ----    ----
                                                                        (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>     <C>     <C>
Recycled Boxboard and SBS
     Production......................................................   826     832     829
     Consumption.....................................................   561     551     542
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company's mills produce recycled coated and uncoated boxboard and SBS.
The Company  believes  it  is  the  nation's  largest  producer  of  clay-coated
boxboard,  made from 100 percent recycled fibre, which offers comparable quality
to virgin boxboard  for most applications.  The Company also  believes that  its
premium-priced SBS offers a high quality product for packaging applications.
 
     Coated  recycled boxboard  is produced  at the  Company's mills  located in
Middletown,  Ohio,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  Santa  Clara,  California  and
Wabash,  Indiana. The  Company produces  uncoated recycled  boxboard at  its Los
Angeles, California  mill and  SBS at  its Brewton,  Alabama mill.  The  Company
believes  its coated recycled boxboard, known as MASTERCOAT'r', is recognized in
the industry for its  high quality and extensive  range of grades and  calipers.
The  Brewton machine produces four basic grades of SBS including MASTERPRINT'r',
which is ideally  suited for  converting into  folding cartons  and related  end
uses, MASTERSEAL'r' and MASTERVAC'r', which are used for visual carded packaging
that facilitates merchandising at the point of sale, and MASTERWITE'r', which is
designed  for intricately printed and die-cut greeting cards and other specialty
uses. In  1993,  the Company  produced  653,000  and 176,000  tons  of  recycled
boxboard  and SBS, respectively. The Company's  total sales of recycled boxboard
and SBS in 1993  were $409.7 million (including  $197.2 million of  intracompany
sales).
 
     The  Company  believes  it  is the  nation's  largest  producer  of folding
cartons, offering the broadest range  of converting capabilities, including  web
and  sheet litho, rotogravure and  flexo printing and a  full line of structural
and design graphics  services. The  Company's 18 folding  carton plants  convert
recycled  boxboard and SBS, including approximately  49% of the boxboard and SBS
produced by  the  Company,  into  folding  cartons.  Folding  cartons  are  used
primarily  to  protect customers'  products  while providing  point  of purchase
advertising.  The  Company  makes  folding   cartons  for  a  wide  variety   of
applications,  including  food  and  fast  foods,  detergents,  paper  products,
beverages, health and beauty aids  and other consumer products. Customers  range
from  small local  accounts to  large national  and multinational  accounts. The
Company's folding carton  plants are  located nationwide, generally  in or  near
large  metropolitan areas. The  Company's sales of folding  cartons in 1993 were
$648.2 million (including  $2.2 million of  intracompany sales). Folding  carton
sales  volumes for 1991, 1992  and 1993 were 482,000,  487,000 and 475,000 tons,
respectively.
 
     The Company has focused  its capital expenditures  in these operations  and
its  marketing activities to support a  strategy of enhancing product quality as
it relates to packaging graphics, increasing flexibility while reducing customer
response time and assisting customers in innovating package designs.
 
     The Company provides marketing consultation and research activities, a  key
competitive  factor within the  folding carton industry,  through its Design and
Market Research (DMR) Laboratory. It provides customers with graphic and product
design  tailored  to  the  specific  technical  requirements  of   lithographic,
rotogravure  and flexographic  printing, as  well as  photography for packaging,
sales promotion concepts, and point of purchase displays.
 
                                       49
 
<PAGE>
  RECYCLED CYLINDERBOARD AND INDUSTRIAL PACKAGING
 
     The Company's recycled  cylinderboard and  industrial packaging  operations
are  also integrated. Tons of recycled  cylinderboard produced and converted for
the last three years are shown in the table below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1991    1992    1993
                                                                                      ----    ----    ----
                                                                                      (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>     <C>     <C>
Recycled Cylinderboard
     Production....................................................................   196     213     206
     Consumption...................................................................   102     120     123
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company's  recycled  cylinderboard  mills  are  located  in:   Tacoma,
Washington,  Monroe,  Michigan  (2 mills),  Lafayette,  Indiana,  and Cedartown,
Georgia. In  1993, total  sales  of recycled  cylinderboard were  $61.8  million
(including $17.9 million of intracompany sales).
 
     The   Company's   16   industrial   packaging   plants   convert   recycled
cylinderboard, including a portion of the recycled cylinderboard produced by the
Company, into papertubes and cores. Papertubes and cores are used primarily  for
paper,  film and  foil, yarn carriers  and other textile  products and furniture
components.  The  Company   also  produces  solid   fibre  partitions  for   the
pharmaceutical, electronics, cosmetics and plastics industries. In addition, the
Company  produces  a  patented  self-locking  partition  especially  suited  for
automated packaging  and product  protection.  The Company  believes it  is  the
nation's  third largest  producer of tubes  and cores.  The Company's industrial
packaging  sales  in  1993  were  $88.1  million  (including  $1.6  million   in
intracompany sales).
 
  CONSUMER PACKAGING
 
     The  Company manufactures  a wide  variety of  consumer packaging products,
which are  generally non-cyclical.  These products  include flexible  packaging,
printed  paper  labels, foil  labels, and  labels that  are heat  transferred to
plastic  containers  for  a  wide  range  of  industrial  and  consumer  product
applications.  The contract packaging plants provide cartoning, bagging, liquid-
or powder-filling, high-speed overwrapping and fragranced advertising  products.
The  Company produces high-quality rotogravure  cylinders and has a full-service
organization highly  experienced  in the  production  of color  separations  and
lithographic  film  for  the  commercial  printing,  advertising  and  packaging
industries. The Company  also designs, manufactures  and sells custom  machinery
including  specialized machines that  apply labels to  customers' packaging. The
Company currently has  14 facilities  including the  engineering service  center
referred   to  below  and  has  improved  their  competitiveness  by  installing
state-of-the-art production equipment.
 
     In addition, the Company has  an engineering services center,  specializing
in  automated  production systems  and  highly specialized  machinery, providing
expert  consultation,  design  and   equipment  fabrication  for  consumer   and
industrial products manufacturers, primarily from the food, beverage and medical
products industries.
 
     Total sales of consumer packaging products and services were $179.8 million
(including $15.1 million of intracompany sales).
 
  RECLAMATION OPERATIONS; FIBRE RESOURCES AND TIMBER PRODUCTS
 
     The  raw materials essential to the  Company's business are reclaimed fibre
from  wastepaper  and  wood,  in  the  form  of  logs  or  chips.  The  Brewton,
Circleville,  Jacksonville and Fernandina mills use primarily wood fibres, while
the other paperboard mills use reclaimed fibre exclusively. The newsprint  mills
use approximately 45% wood fibre and 55% reclaimed fibre.
 
     The Company believes it is the nation's largest recycler of wastepaper. The
use of recycled products in the Company's operations begins with its reclamation
division  which  operates  26  facilities that  collect,  sort,  grade  and bale
wastepaper, as  well as  collect aluminum  and glass.  The reclamation  division
provides  valuable fibre resources to both the paperboard and newsprint segments
of the Company as well as to other producers. Many of the reclamation facilities
are located  in  close  proximity  to  the  Company's  recycled  paperboard  and
newsprint   mills,   assuring  availability   of   supply,  when   needed,  with
 
                                       50
 
<PAGE>
minimal shipping  costs. In  1993, the  Company processed  3.9 million  tons  of
wastepaper,  which the  Company believes  is approximately  twice the  amount of
wastepaper processed  by  its  closest  competitor.  The  amount  of  wastepaper
collected  and the proportions  sold internally and  externally by the Company's
reclamation division for the last three years were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1991     1992     1993
                                                                        -----    -----    -----
                                                                          (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>
Wastepaper collected by Reclamation Division.........................   3,666    3,846    3,907
     Percent sold internally.........................................   49.7%    49.7%    48.8%
     Percent sold to third parties...................................   50.3%    50.3%    51.2%
</TABLE>
 
     The reclamation  division  also  operates  a  nationwide  brokerage  system
whereby it purchases and resells wastepaper (including wastepaper for use in its
recycled  fibre mills) on a regional and national contract basis. Such contracts
provide bulk purchasing, resulting in lower prices and cleaner wastepaper. Total
sales of  recycled materials  for  1993 were  $242.9 million  (including  $120.8
million of intracompany sales).
 
     During   1993,  the  wastepaper  which   was  reclaimed  by  the  Company's
reclamation plants and brokerage operations satisfied all of the Company's  mill
requirements for reclaimed fibre.
 
     The  Company's timber division  manages approximately one  million acres of
owned and leased timberland. In 1993, approximately 53% of the timber  harvested
by  the Company was used in its  Jacksonville, Fernandina and Brewton Mills. The
Company harvested 808,000 cords of timber which would satisfy approximately  32%
of   the  Company's   requirements  for  woodfibres.   The  Company's  woodfibre
requirements not satisfied internally are purchased on the open market or  under
long-term  contracts. In  the past, the  Company has  not experienced difficulty
obtaining an adequate supply of wood  through its own operations or open  market
purchases.  The Company is  not aware of any  circumstances that would adversely
affect its ability to satisfy its  wood requirements in the foreseeable  future.
In  recent years,  a shortage of  wood fibre in  the spotted owl  regions in the
Northwest has resulted in increases in  the cost of virgin wood fibre.  However,
the  Company's use of reclaimed  fibre in its newsprint  mills has mitigated the
effect of this in significant part.
 
     In 1993, the Company's total sales  of timber products were $227.8  million
(including $185.1 million of intracompany sales).
 
  NEWSPRINT SEGMENT
 
     Newsprint  Mills. The Company believes it is one of the largest producer of
recycled newsprint and the fourth largest  producer overall of newsprint in  the
United  States. The Company's newsprint mills  are located in Newberg and Oregon
City, Oregon. During 1991, 1992 and 1993, the Company produced 614,000,  615,000
and  615,000 tons of newsprint, respectively.  In 1993, total sales of newsprint
were $219.5 million (none of which were intracompany sales).
 
     For the past three years, an average of approximately 56% of the  Company's
newsprint  production has been sold to The Times Mirror Company ('Times Mirror')
pursuant to a long-term newsprint agreement (the 'Newsprint Agreement')  entered
into in connection with the Company's acquisition of SNC stock in February 1986.
Under  the terms of  the Newsprint Agreement, the  Company supplies newsprint to
Times Mirror  generally  at  prevailing  West  Coast  market  prices.  Sales  of
newsprint to Times Mirror in 1993 amounted to $115.2 million.
 
     Cladwood'r'.  Cladwood'r' is  a wood  composite panel  used by  the housing
industry, manufactured  from  sawmill  shavings and  other  wood  residuals  and
overlayed  with  recycled  newsprint.  The Company  has  two  Cladwood'r' plants
located in Oregon. Total sales for  Cladwood'r' in 1993 were $29.1 million  ($.5
million of which were intracompany sales).
 
MARKETING
 
     The  marketing strategy  for the  Company's mills  is to  maximize sales of
products to  manufacturers  located  within an  economical  shipping  area.  The
strategy in the converting plants focuses on both specialty products tailored to
fit   customers'  needs  and  high  volume  sales  of  commodity  products.  The
 
                                       51
 
<PAGE>
Company also seeks to broaden the customer base for each of its segments  rather
than to concentrate on only a few accounts for each plant. These objectives have
led  to decentralization of marketing efforts, such  that each plant has its own
sales force, and many  have product design engineers,  who are in close  contact
with  customers to respond  to their specific needs.  National sales offices are
also maintained  for customers  who purchase  through a  centralized  purchasing
office.  National  account business  may  be allocated  to  more than  one plant
because of production capacity and equipment requirements.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The paperboard and  packaging products markets  are highly competitive  and
are  comprised of many participants. Although no single company is dominant, the
Company does  face  significant  competitors  in each  of  its  businesses.  The
Company's  competitors include large vertically  integrated companies as well as
numerous smaller companies.  The industries  in which the  Company competes  are
particularly  sensitive  to  price  fluctuations as  well  as  other competitive
factors including design, quality  and service, with  varying emphasis on  these
factors  depending on product line. The market for the Newsprint segment is also
highly competitive.
 
BACKLOG
 
     Demand for  the  Company's  major  product  lines  is  relatively  constant
throughout   the  year  and  seasonal  fluctuations  in  marketing,  production,
shipments and  inventories are  not significant.  The Company  does not  have  a
significant  backlog of orders, as most orders are placed for delivery within 30
days.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     The  Company's   research  and   development   center  works   with   JSC's
manufacturing  and sales operations, providing state-of-the-art technology, from
raw materials supply through  finished packaging performance. Research  programs
have  provided  improvements  in  coatings and  barriers,  stiffeners,  inks and
printing. The technical staff conducts  basic, applied and diagnostic  research,
develops  processes and  products and provides  a wide range  of other technical
services.
 
     The Company actively pursues applications for patents on new inventions and
designs and attempts to protect its patents against infringement.  Nevertheless,
the Company believes that its success and growth are dependent on the quality of
its products and its relationships with its customers, rather than on the extent
of  its  patent protection.  The Company  holds  or is  licensed to  use certain
patents, but does not consider that the successful continuation of any important
phase of its business is dependent upon such patents.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     At December 31, 1993,  the Company had  approximately 16,600 employees,  of
which  approximately  11,300  employees  (68%),  are  represented  by collective
bargaining units. The expiration date of union contracts for the Company's major
facilities are as follows: the Alton mill, expiring June 1994; the Newberg mill,
expiring March 1995;  the Oregon  City mill,  expiring March  1997; the  Brewton
mill, expiring October 1997; the Fernandina mill, expiring June 1998; a group of
12  properties,  including  4 paper  mills  and 8  corrugated  container plants,
expiring June 1998; and the Jacksonville  mill, expiring June 1999. The  Company
believes  that its employee relations are generally good and is currently in the
process of bargaining with unions representing production employees at a  number
of its other operations.
 
                                       52
 
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
 
     The  Company's properties at December 31,  1993 are summarized in the table
below. The table  reflects the  previously mentioned  closure in  early 1994  of
three container plants, two folding carton plants and one recycled boxboard mill
but  does not reflect the additional closures contemplated by the Restructuring.
Approximately 62% of the Company's  investment in property, plant and  equipment
is represented by its paperboard and newsprint mills.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER OF       STATE
                                                                                               FACILITIES    LOCATIONS
                                                                                               ----------    ---------
<S>                                                                                            <C>           <C>
Paperboard mills
     Containerboard mills...................................................................         7            6
     Boxboard mills.........................................................................         4            4
     Cylinderboard mills....................................................................         5            4
Newsprint mills.............................................................................         2            1
Reclamation plants..........................................................................        26           12
Converting facilities
     Container plants.......................................................................        52           22
     Folding carton plants..................................................................        18           10
     Industrial packaging plants............................................................        16           11
Consumer packaging plants...................................................................        14            9
Cladwood'r' plants..........................................................................         2            1
Wood product plants.........................................................................         1            1
                                                                                                                 --
                                                                                                   ---
          Total.............................................................................       147           28
                                                                                                   ---           --
                                                                                                   ---           --
</TABLE>
 
     In  addition to its  manufacturing facilities, the  Company owns and leases
approximately 758,000 acres and 226,000  acres of timberland, respectively,  and
also operates wood harvesting facilities.
 
LITIGATION
 
     In  May 1993, CCA received a notice of default on behalf of Otis B. Ingram,
as executor of the estate of Naomi M. Ingram, and Ingram-LeGrand Lumber  Company
with  respect  to  certain  timber  purchase  agreements  and  timber management
agreements between CCA and  such parties dated November  22, 1967 pertaining  to
approximately  30,000 acres of  property in Georgia  (the 'Agreements'). In June
1993, CCA filed suit against such  parties in the United States District  Court,
Middle  District  of  Georgia,  seeking declaratory  and  injunctive  relief and
damages in excess of  $3 million arising out  of the defendants' alleged  breach
and  anticipatory repudiation  of the Agreements.  The defendants  have filed an
answer and  counterclaim seeking  damages  in excess  of  $14 million  based  on
allegations  that  CCA breached  the  Agreements and  failed  to pay  for timber
allegedly stolen or otherwise removed from the property by CCA or third parties.
The alleged thefts  of timber are  being investigated by  the Georgia Bureau  of
Investigation,  which has advised CCA that it  is not presently a target of this
investigation. CCA  has  filed a  third-party  complaint against  Keadle  Lumber
Enterprises,  Inc. seeking indemnification  with respect to  such alleged thefts
and has filed a reply to  the defendants' counterclaims denying the  allegations
and  any  liability to  the  defendants. Management  does  not believe  that the
outcome of this litigation will have a material adverse effect on the  Company's
financial condition or operations.
 
     The  Company is a defendant in a  number of other lawsuits that have arisen
in the  normal  course of  business.  While any  litigation  has an  element  of
uncertainty,  the management  of the Company  believes that the  outcome of such
suits will not  have a  material adverse effect  on its  financial condition  or
operations.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     Federal,  state and local environmental requirements, particularly relating
to air and water  quality, are a significant  factor in the Company's  business.
The Company employs processes in the manufacture
 
                                       53
 
<PAGE>
of  pulp, paperboard  and other  products, resulting  in various  discharges and
emissions that are subject  to numerous federal,  state and local  environmental
control  statutes, regulations and ordinances.  The Company operates and expects
to operate under  permits and similar  authorizations from various  governmental
authorities that regulate such discharges and emissions.
 
     Occasional  violations of permit  terms have occurred from  time to time at
the Company's facilities, resulting in administrative actions, legal proceedings
or consent decrees  and similar  arrangements. Pending  proceedings include  the
following:
 
          In  March 1992, JSC entered into  an administrative consent order with
     the Florida  Department  of  Environmental  Regulation  to  carry  out  any
     necessary assessment and remediation of JSC-owned property in Duval County,
     Florida  that was formerly the site of  a sawmill that dipped lumber into a
     chemical solution. Assessment is on-going, but initial data indicates  soil
     and  groundwater  contamination  that may  require  nonroutine remediation.
     Management believes that the  probable costs of this  site, taken alone  or
     with   potential  costs  at  other   Company-owned  properties  where  some
     contamination has been found,  will not have a  material adverse effect  on
     its financial condition or operations.
 
          In February 1994, JSC executed a consent decree with the State of Ohio
     in  full satisfaction of all liability for alleged violations of applicable
     standards for  particulate  and  opacity  emissions  with  respect  to  two
     coal-fired  boilers at its Lockland, Ohio recycled boxboard mill (which has
     been permanently closed  as part of  the Company's restructuring  program),
     and  will be  required to pay  $122,000 in penalties  and enforcement costs
     pursuant to such consent decree. The United States Environmental Protection
     Agency has  also  issued  a  notice  of  violation  with  respect  to  such
     emissions,  but  has  informally  advised  JSC's  counsel  that  no Federal
     enforcement is likely to be commenced  in light of the settlement with  the
     State of Ohio.
 
     The  Company also  faces potential  liability as  a result  of releases, or
threatened releases, of hazardous substances  into the environment from  various
sites owned and operated by third parties at which Company-generated wastes have
allegedly  been deposited. Generators  of hazardous substances  sent to off-site
disposal locations at which environmental problems exist, as well as the  owners
of  those sites and certain  other classes of persons  (generally referred to as
'potentially responsible parties' or 'PRPs'), are, in most instances, subject to
joint and  several  liability  for  response costs  for  the  investigation  and
remediation  of  such  sites  under  the  Comprehensive  Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act ('CERCLA')  and analogous state laws,  regardless
of  fault or  the legality  of the original  disposal. The  Company has received
notice that it  is or  may be  a potentially responsible  party at  a number  of
federal  and/or state  sites where  remedial action  may be  required, and  as a
result may have  joint and several  liability for cleanup  costs at such  sites.
However,   liability  of  CERCLA  sites  is  typically  shared  with  the  other
potentially responsible parties  and costs are  commonly allocated according  to
relative  amounts of waste deposited.  Because the Company's relative percentage
of waste deposited at the majority of these sites is quite small, management  of
the  Company believes that its probable liability  under CERCLA, taken on a case
by case basis or in  the aggregate, will not have  a material adverse effect  on
its  financial condition or  operations. Pending CERCLA  proceedings include the
following:
 
          In January 1990,  CCA filed a  motion for leave  to intervene and  for
     modification  of  the consent  decree in  United  States v.  General Refuse
     Services, a  case pending  in  the United  States  District Court  for  the
     Southern  District  of Ohio.  CCA  contends that  it  should be  allowed to
     participate in the proposed consent decree, which provides for  remediation
     of  alleged releases  or threatened releases  of hazardous  substances at a
     site in Miami County, near Troy, Ohio, according to a plan approved by  the
     United States Environmental Protection Agency, Region V (the 'Agency'). The
     Court  granted CCA's  motion to  intervene in  this litigation,  but denied
     CCA's  motion  for  an   order  denying  entry   of  the  consent   decree.
     Consequently,  the  consent decree  has  been entered  without  CCA's being
     included as a party to the decree, meaning that CCA may have some  exposure
     to potential claims for contribution to remediation costs incurred by other
     participants  and for non-reimbursed response costs incurred by the Agency,
     which costs are reported by the Agency as $3.4 million as of February 1994.
     CCA's appeal of the Court's decision to the Sixth Circuit Court of  Appeals
     is pending.
 
                                       54
 
<PAGE>
          In  December 1991, the United States  filed a civil action against CCA
     in United States District Court, Southern District of Ohio, to recover  its
     unreimbursed  costs at the Miami County  site, and CCA subsequently filed a
     third-party complaint against certain entities that had joined the original
     consent decree. In October 1993, the United States filed an additional suit
     against CCA in the same court  seeking injunctive relief and damages up  to
     $25,000  per day from March 27, 1989 to the present, based on CCA's alleged
     failure to  properly  respond  to the  Agency's  document  and  information
     requests  in connection with this  site. In July 1993,  counsel for CCA was
     advised by the Office of the  United States Attorney, Northern District  of
     Illinois  that  a  criminal  inquiry is  also  underway  relating  to CCA's
     responses to  the  Agency's  document  and  information  requests.  CCA  is
     investigating  the circumstances  regarding its responses,  and is pursuing
     settlement with respect to all matters relating to the Miami County site.
 
          CCA has paid  approximately $768,000 pursuant  to two partial  consent
     decrees  entered into in 1990 and 1991 with respect to clean-up obligations
     at the  Operating  Industries site  in  Monterey Park,  California.  It  is
     anticipated  that  there will  be  further remedial  measures  beyond those
     covered by these partial settlements.
 
     In addition to other Federal  and State laws regarding hazardous  substance
contamination  at  sites  owned  or  operated by  the  Company,  the  New Jersey
Industrial Site Recovery Act ('ISRA') requires that a 'Negative Declaration'  or
a  'Cleanup  Plan'  be  filed  and approved  by  the  New  Jersey  Department of
Environmental Protection and Energy ('DEPE') as a precondition to the 'transfer'
of an 'industrial establishment'. The ISRA regulations provide that a transferor
may close a transaction prior to  the DEPE's approval of a negative  declaration
if the transferor enters into an administrative consent order with the DEPE. The
Company  is currently a signatory to  administrative consent orders with respect
to two  formerly leased  or  owned industrial  establishments and  has  recently
closed  a facility and applied for  a negative declaration with respect thereto.
Management believes that any requirements that  may be imposed by the DEPE  with
respect  to  these  sites will  not  have  a materially  adverse  effect  on the
financial condition or operations of the Company.
 
     The Company's paperboard and newsprint mills are large consumers of energy,
using either  natural gas  or coal.  Approximately 67%  of the  Company's  total
paperboard  tonnage is produced by mills which have coal-fired boilers. The cost
of energy is dependent, in part, on environmental regulations concerning  sulfur
dioxide and particulate emissions.
 
     Because  various pollution control  standards are subject  to change, it is
not possible at  this time to  predict the amount  of capital expenditures  that
will  ultimately be required to comply with future standards. For the past three
years, the Company has spent an average of approximately $10 million annually on
capital expenditures for environmental purposes. Further sums may be required in
the future, although, in the opinion  of management, such expenditures will  not
have  a material  effect on  its financial  condition or  operations. The amount
budgeted for such  expenditures for  fiscal 1994 is  approximately $10  million.
Since  the  Company's competitors  are subject  to comparable  pollution control
standards, management is of  the opinion that  compliance with future  pollution
standards will not adversely affect the Company's competitive position.
 
                                       55

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS
 
     The  following table sets forth the names  and ages of the directors of the
Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                  AGE
- ---------------------------------   ---
<S>                                 <C>
Michael W.J. Smurfit.............   57
Howard E. Kilroy.................   58
James E. Terrill.................   60
Donald P. Brennan................   53
Alan E. Goldberg.................   39
David R. Ramsay..................   30
</TABLE>
 
     Following completion  of the  Offerings and  pursuant to  the  Stockholders
Agreement  (as  described below),  the Company  intends to  expand its  Board of
Directors to include two  additional directors, one of  whom will be  designated
by,  but not affiliated with,  SIBV and, one of whom  will be designated by, but
not affiliated with, MSLEF II.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The following table sets forth the names and ages of the executive officers
of the Company, JSC and CCA and  the positions they will hold as of  immediately
prior to the consummation of the Offerings.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                  AGE                              POSITION
- ---------------------------------   ---   --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>   <C>
Michael W.J. Smurfit.............   57    Chairman of the Board and Director
James E. Terrill.................   60    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Howard E. Kilroy.................   58    Senior Vice President and Director
Richard W. Graham................   59    Senior Vice President and General Manager -- Folding Carton
                                            and Boxboard Mill Division
C. Larry Bradford................   57    Vice President -- Sales and Marketing
Raymond G. Duffy.................   52    Vice President -- Planning
Michael C. Farrar................   53    Vice President -- Environmental and Governmental Affairs
John R. Funke....................   52    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Richard J. Golden................   52    Vice President -- Purchasing
Michael F. Harrington............   53    Vice President -- Personnel and Human Resources
Alan W. Larson...................   55    Vice President and General Manager -- Consumer Packaging
                                            Division
Edward F. McCallum...............   59    Vice President and General Manager -- Container Division
Lyle L. Meyer....................   57    Vice President
Patrick J. Moore.................   39    Vice President and Treasurer
David C. Stevens.................   59    Vice President and General Manager -- Smurfit Recycling
                                            Company
Truman L. Sturdevant.............   59    President of SNC
Michael E. Tierney...............   45    Vice President and General Counsel and Secretary
Richard K. Volland...............   55    Vice President -- Physical Distribution
William N. Wandmacher............   51    Vice President and General Manager -- Containerboard Mill
                                            Division
Gary L. West.....................   51    Vice President and General Manager -- Industrial Packaging
                                            Division
</TABLE>
 
BIOGRAPHIES
 
     C.  Larry Bradford  has been  Vice President  -- Sales  and Marketing since
January 1993.  He served  as Vice  President and  General Manager  --  Container
Division  from February 1991 until October 1992. Prior to that time, he was Vice
President and General Manager of the  Folding Carton and Boxboard Mill  Division
from January 1983 to February 1991.
 
                                       56
 
<PAGE>
     Donald  P. Brennan joined MS&Co.  in 1982 and has  been a Managing Director
since 1984. He  is responsible  for MS&Co.'s  Merchant Banking  Division and  is
Chairman  and President of MSLEF II, Inc. and Chairman of Morgan Stanley Capital
Partners III,  Inc.  ('MSCP III,  Inc.').  Mr.  Brennan serves  as  Director  of
Agricultural  Minerals and Chemicals Inc.,  Agricultural Minerals Company, L.P.,
A/S Bulkhandling,  Beaumont  Methanol  Corporation, BMC  Holdings  Inc.,  Coltec
Industries  Inc, Fort Howard Corporation, Hamilton Services Limited, PSF Finance
Holdings, Inc.,  Shuttleway, and  Stanklav Holdings,  Inc. Mr.  Brennan is  also
Deputy Chairman and Director of Waterford Wedgwood plc.
 
     Raymond  G. Duffy has been  Vice President -- Planning  since July 1983 and
served as Director of Corporate Planning from 1980 to 1983.
 
     Michael  C.   Farrar  was   appointed  Vice   President-Environmental   and
Governmental  Affairs in March 1992. Prior to joining JSC, he was Vice President
of the American Paper Institute and the National Forest Products Association for
more than 5 years.
 
     John R. Funke  has been Vice  President and Chief  Financial Officer  since
April 1989 and was Corporate Controller and Secretary from 1982 to April 1989.
 
     Richard  J. Golden has been Vice President -- Purchasing since January 1985
and was Director of Corporate Purchasing  from October 1981 to January 1985.  In
January  1994, he was  assigned responsibility for  world-wide purchasing for JS
Group.
 
     Alan E. Goldberg has  been a member of  MS&Co.'s Merchant Banking  Division
since  its formation in 1985  and a Managing Director  of MS&Co. since 1988. Mr.
Goldberg is a member of the Finance Committee of MS&Co. Mr. Goldberg is Chairman
and President  of Morgan  Stanley  Leveraged Equity  Fund  I, Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation,  is a Vice President and a Director of MSLEF II, Inc. and is a Vice
Chairman and a Director of MSCP III,  Inc. Mr. Goldberg also serves as  Director
of   Agricultural  Minerals  and  Chemicals  Inc.,  AMC  Holdings  Inc.,  Amerin
Corporation, Amerin Guaranty Corporation, Beaumont Methanol Corporation and  BMC
Holdings Inc.
 
     Richard   W.  Graham  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President  and  General
Manager -- Folding Carton and Boxboard Mill Division in February 1994. He served
as Vice  President and  General  Manager --  Folding  Carton and  Boxboard  Mill
Division  from February 1991 to January 1994.  Mr. Graham was Vice President and
General Manager -- Folding Carton Division  from October 1986 to February  1991.
Mr.  Graham joined CCA in  1959 and has served  in various management positions,
becoming Group Vice President of Administration for CCA in 1984.
 
     Michael F.  Harrington was  appointed  Vice President-Personnel  and  Human
Resources  in January 1992. Prior  to joining JSC, he  was Corporate Director of
Labor Relations/Safety and Health with Boise Cascade Corporation for more than 5
years.
 
     Howard E. Kilroy has been Chief Operations Director of JS Group since  1978
and  President of JS  Group since October 1986.  Mr. Kilroy was  a member of the
Supervisory Board of  SIBV from  January 1978  to January  1992. He  has been  a
Director  of  JSC since  1979 and  Senior Vice  President for  over 5  years. In
addition, he is Governor (Chairman)  of Bank of Ireland  and a Director of  Aran
Energy plc.
 
     Alan  W. Larson  has been  Vice President  and General  Manager -- Consumer
Packaging Division since  October 1988.  Prior to joining  JSC in  1988, he  was
Executive Vice President of The Black and Decker Corporation.
 
     Edward F. McCallum has been Vice President and General Manager -- Container
Division  since October 1992. He served as Vice President and General Manager of
the Industrial Packaging Division  from January 1991 to  October 1992. Prior  to
that  time,  he served  in  various positions  in  the Container  Division since
joining JSC in 1971.
 
     Lyle L. Meyer has been  Vice President since April  1989. He has also  been
President of Smurfit Pension and Insurance Services Company since 1982.
 
     Patrick J. Moore has been Vice President and Treasurer since February 1993.
He  was Treasurer from  October 1990 to  February 1993. Prior  to joining JSC in
1987 as Assistant  Treasurer, Mr.  Moore was  with Continental  Bank in  Chicago
where  he  served  in  various  corporate  lending,  international  banking  and
administrative capacities.
 
                                       57
 
<PAGE>
     David R. Ramsay is a Vice  President of MS&Co.'s Merchant Banking  Division
where  he has  worked since  his graduation  from business  school in  1989. Mr.
Ramsay also serves as a Director of Agricultural Minerals and Chemicals Inc. and
Stanklav Holdings, Inc. and is President and a Director of PSF Finance Holdings,
Inc.
 
     Michael W.J. Smurfit has  been Chairman and Chief  Executive Officer of  JS
Group since 1977. Dr. Smurfit has been a Director of JSC since 1979 and Chairman
of the Board since September 1983. He was Chief Executive Officer from September
1983 to July 1990.
 
     David  C. Stevens  has been Vice  President and General  Manager -- Smurfit
Recycling Company since  January 1993. He  joined JSC in  1987 as General  Sales
Manager and was named Vice President later that year. He held various management
positions  with International Paper and was President of Mead Container Division
prior to joining JSC.
 
     Truman L. Sturdevant has been President of SNC since February 1993. He  was
Vice President and General Manager of SNC from August 1990 to February 1993. Mr.
Sturdevant  joined the Company in 1984 as  Vice President and General Manager of
the Oregon City newsprint mill.
 
     James E. Terrill  was named a  Director and President  and Chief  Executive
Officer  in February 1994.  He served as Executive  Vice President -- Operations
from August 1990 to February 1994. He also served as Executive Vice President of
SNC from February 1993 to February 1994.  He was President of SNC from  February
1986  to  February 1993.  He served  as  Vice President  and General  Manager --
Industrial Packaging Division of JSC from 1979 to February 1986.
 
     Michael E.  Tierney  has  been  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  and
Secretary  since  January  1993.  He  served  as  Senior  Counsel  and Assistant
Secretary since joining JSC in 1987.
 
     Richard K. Volland has been  Vice President -- Physical Distribution  since
1978.
 
     William    N.   Wandmacher   has   been    Vice   President   and   General
Manager --  Containerboard  Mill  Division  since January  1993.  He  served  as
Division Vice President -- Medium Mills from October 1986 to January 1993. Since
joining  the Company in 1966, he  has held increasingly responsible positions in
production, plant management and planning, both domestic and foreign.
 
     Gary L. West  has been  Vice President  and General  Manager --  Industrial
Packaging Division since October 1992. He served as Vice President -- Converting
and Marketing for the Industrial Packaging Division from January 1991 to October
1992.  Prior to that time, he held various management positions in the Container
and Consumer Packaging divisions since joining JSC in 1980.
 
PROVISIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT PERTAINING TO MANAGEMENT
 
     The Stockholders Agreement provides that SIBV and the MSLEF II Group  shall
vote  their shares of Common Stock to elect as directors of the Company (a) four
individuals selected by SIBV (each, an 'SIBV Nominee') one of whom shall be  the
Chief  Executive Officer and one of whom  shall not be affiliated with SIBV, the
Company, JSC or CCA (an 'SIBV  Unaffiliated Director') and (b) four  individuals
selected  by MSLEF  II (each, a  'MSLEF II Nominee'),  one of whom  shall not be
affiliated with MSLEF  II, the  Company, JSC or  CCA (a  'MSLEF II  Unaffiliated
Director'),  if (i) the  MSLEF II Group  owns collectively more  than 10% of the
outstanding Common Stock or  SIBV owns less than  25% of the outstanding  Common
Stock  and the  MSLEF II Group  shall not  have received the  Initial Return (as
defined below) or (ii) the  MSLEF II Group owns 30%  or more of the  outstanding
Common  Stock or the MSLEF II Group owns  a greater number of voting shares than
SIBV and the MSLEF II Group shall have collectively received the Initial Return;
provided, however, that in the  event that the MSLEF II  Group owns 10% or  more
and  less than 30% of the outstanding  Common Stock and has received the Initial
Return, then SIBV shall not be required to  have one of its nominees be an  SIBV
Unaffiliated  Director and MSLEF II  shall nominate a total  of (a) two MSLEF II
Unaffiliated Directors if the MSLEF II Group owns 20% or more but less than  30%
of the outstanding Common Stock and (b) three MSLEF II Unaffiliated Directors if
the  MSLEF II  Group owns 10%  or more  but less than  20% of  the Common Stock;
provided, further, that in the event that the MSLEF II Group owns 6% or more but
less than  10% of  the outstanding  Common Stock  and has  received the  Initial
Return, then SIBV shall nominate four SIBV Nominees, MSLEF II shall nominate one
MSLEF II Nominee and the
 
                                       58
 
<PAGE>
Company's  Board  of Directors  shall  nominate three  persons  to the  Board of
Directors, two of  whom shall  be SIBV Unaffiliated  Directors and  one of  whom
shall  be  the  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The  Stockholders  Agreement defines
'Initial Return' to mean the  receipt, as dividends or as  a result of sales  of
shares  of Common Stock, of $400 million in cash or certain other property (or a
combination thereof) collectively by members of the MSLEF II Group. Calculations
made for purposes of  the foregoing shall  not give effect  to shares of  Common
Stock purchased after the date of the closing of the Offerings.
 
     Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, SIBV and MSLEF II will
each  be entitled to designate four nominees to the Company's Board of Directors
upon the consummation of the  Recapitalization Plan (excluding the  Subordinated
Debt  Refinancing). Such designees include,  in the case of  SIBV, Michael W. J.
Smurfit, Howard E. Kilroy  and James E.  Terrill and, in the  case of MSLEF  II,
Donald  P.  Brennan,  Alan  E.  Goldberg  and  David  R.  Ramsay.  The  MSLEF II
Unaffiliated Director and the SIBV Unaffiliated Director will be named following
completion of the Offerings. See ' -- Directors'.
 
     Pursuant to  the Stockholders  Agreement,  the Board  of Directors  of  the
Company  shall have all powers and duties  and the full discretion to manage and
conduct the business and affairs of the  Company as may be conferred or  imposed
upon  a  board of  directors pursuant  to  Section 141  of the  Delaware General
Corporation Law. Provided that  the MSLEF II Group's  ownership of Common  Stock
shall  be more than 30%, or more than 10%  if members of the MSLEF II Group have
not received the  Initial Return,  approval of certain  specified actions  shall
require  approval of (a)  the sum of one  and a majority of  the entire Board of
Directors (the  'Required  Majority') present  at  a  meeting of  the  Board  of
Directors  and (b) two directors who are SIBV Nominees and two directors who are
MSLEF II Nominees. Without limiting the foregoing, if the MSLEF II Group owns 6%
or more  but less  than 10%  of  the Common  Stock during  any period  when  the
Company's  Board of Directors does not consist of eight members (or such greater
number of members as may  be agreed to by SIBV,  MSLEF II and the Company)  then
all  actions of the  Board of Directors  shall require approval  of at least one
director who is a SIBV Nominee and one  director who is a MSLEF II Nominee.  The
specified corporate actions that must be approved by a Required Majority include
the  amendment of the certificate of incorporation  or by-laws of the Company or
any  of  its  subsidiaries;  the  issuance,  sale,  purchase  or  redemption  of
securities  of the Company or any of  its subsidiaries; the establishment of and
appointments to the Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors; certain
sales of assets or investments in, or certain transactions with, JS Group or its
affiliates in excess  of a specified  amount or  any other person  in excess  of
other  specified  amounts;  certain  mergers,  consolidations,  dissolutions  or
liquidations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; the filing of a petition
in bankruptcy; the setting aside or making of any payment or distribution by way
of dividend  or otherwise  to the  stockholders of  the Company  or any  of  its
subsidiaries;  the  incurrence of  new indebtedness,  the  creation of  liens or
guarantees, the institution, termination  or settlement of material  litigation,
the  surrender of property  or rights, making  certain investments, commitments,
capital expenditures or donations, in each  case in excess of certain  specified
amounts;  entering into any lease (other than a capitalized lease) of any assets
of the Company  located in  any one place  having a  book value in  excess of  a
specified  amount;  the  entering  into any  agreement  or  material transaction
between the Company and  a director or  officer of the  Company, JSC, JS  Group,
CCA,  SIBV or MSLEF II  or their affiliates; the  replacement of the independent
accountants for  the Company  or  any of  its  subsidiaries or  modification  of
significant  accounting methods; the  amendment or termination  of the Company's
1992 Stock Option  Plan; the election  or removal of  directors and officers  of
each of JSC and CCA; and any decision regarding registration, except as provided
in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 
COMMITTEES
 
     Following  consummation of the Offerings, there  will be four committees of
the   Board   of    Directors:   the   Executive    Committee   (comprised    of
                    ), the Compensation Committee (comprised of
                    ),  the Audit Committee (comprised of                      )
and the Appointment Committee  (comprised of                           ),  which
committee  shall, among  other things, select,  replace or  remove the Company's
officers. The Stockholders Agreement  provides that SIBV and  MSLEF II will  use
their best efforts to cause their respective designees on the Company's Board of
Directors,  subject  to their  fiduciary  duties, to  (i)  insure that  MSLEF II
Nominees constitute a majority
 
                                       59
 
<PAGE>
of the members  on the  Compensation Committee  and any  other committees  which
administer  any option  or incentive  plan of  the Company  and (ii)  subject to
certain  limitations  (including  limitations  based  on  the  percentage  stock
ownership  of the  MSLEF II  Group and/or SIBV),  insure that  (a) SIBV Nominees
constitute a majority of the members, and a MSLEF II Nominee is a member, of the
Appointment Committee and (b) nominees of the SIBV Nominees for officers of  the
Company  (other than  Chief Financial  Officer), and a  nominee of  the MSLEF II
Nominee for Chief Financial Officer, are appointed or elected to such positions,
whether by the  Appointment Committee or  the Board of  Directors. In  addition,
SIBV  and  MSLEF II  shall  use their  best  efforts to  cause  their respective
designees on  the  Company's Board  of  Directors, subject  to  their  fiduciary
duties,  to cause the officers  of the Company to  be the respective officers of
each of JSC and CCA, unless SIBV and MSLEF II otherwise agree.
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Prior to  the completion  of the  Offerings, no  directors of  the  Company
received  any fees for their services  as directors; however, the directors were
reimbursed for  their travel  expenses in  connection with  their attendance  at
board  meetings. Following the completion of  the Offerings, the Company intends
to reimburse all  its directors  for their  travel expenses  in connection  with
their  attendance at  board meetings and  to pay  all its directors  who are not
Company officers an  annual fee of  $35,000 plus $2,000  for attendance at  each
meeting which is in excess of four meetings per year.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
     The  following table sets forth the  cash and noncash compensation for each
of the last  three fiscal  years awarded  to or  earned by  the Chief  Executive
Officer  of the  Company and  the four  other most  highly compensated executive
officers of the Company (the 'Named Executive Officers') during 1993.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               LONG TERM
                                                                                              COMPENSATION
                                                                                              ------------
                                                                                                 AWARDS
                                                             ANNUAL COMPENSATION              ------------
                                                   ---------------------------------------     SECURITIES        ALL OTHER
                                                                            OTHER ANNUAL       UNDERLYING     COMPENSATION($)
      NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION          YEAR    SALARY($)   BONUS($)    COMPENSATION($)     OPTIONS(#)        (a)(b)(c)
- ----------------------------------------   ----    --------    --------    ---------------    ------------    ---------------
<S>                                        <C>     <C>         <C>         <C>                <C>             <C>
Michael W.J. Smurfit, Chairman of the
  Board.................................   1993    $832,369    $      0        $30,000                 0          $16,775
                                           1992     793,273     526,605              0           102,600           15,764
                                           1991     705,033           0              0                 0           14,042
James E. Terrill, President and Chief
  Executive Officer, formerly Executive
  Vice President -- Operations(d).......   1993     440,000           0         17,318                 0           19,545
                                           1992     367,500     243,477            944            18,100           16,346
                                           1991     326,667           0            555                 0           18,554
Alan W. Larson, Vice President and
  General Manager -- Consumer Packaging
  Division..............................   1993     292,600     121,558              0                 0            8,068
                                           1992     280,000     121,238          1,881             4,500            7,658
                                           1991     236,133      95,634          2,054                 0            3,500
C. Larry Bradford, Vice
  President -- Sales and Marketing......   1993     369,000           0         18,209                 0           15,085
                                           1992     353,000       3,644          1,361            12,100           13,658
                                           1991     299,600      23,370          2,408                 0            3,500
James B. Malloy, former President, Chief
  Executive Officer and Chief Operating
  Officer(d)............................   1993     992,000           0         24,208                 0           15,561
                                           1992     945,000     626,082         14,542            72,400           16,755
                                           1991     840,000           0         13,991                 0           14,873
</TABLE>
 
 (a) 1993 totals  consist of  a  $3,500 Company  contribution to  the  Company's
     Savings  Plan (the 'Savings Plan') for  each Named Executive Officer (other
     than  Dr.  Smurfit)  and  Company-paid  split-dollar  term  life  insurance
     premiums  for Dr. Smurfit  ($16,775) and Messrs.  Malloy ($12,061), Terrill
     ($16,045), Larson  ($4,568) and  Bradford ($11,585).  Mr. Malloy  also  had
     reportable  (above 120% of the  applicable federal long-term rate) earnings
     equal to  $6,341  credited to  his  account under  the  Company's  Deferred
     Compensation Capital Enhancement Plan (the 'Deferred Compensation Plan').
 
 (b) 1992  totals consist of  a $3,500 Company contribution  to the Savings Plan
     for each Named Executive Officer (other than Dr. Smurfit) and  Company-paid
     split-dollar  term life  insurance premiums  for Dr.  Smurfit ($15,764) and
     Messrs. Malloy ($13,255), Terrill  ($12,846), Larson ($4,158) and  Bradford
     ($10,158).  Mr. Malloy also  had reportable earnings  of $6,539 credited to
     his account under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
 (c) 1991 totals consist of  a $3,500 Company contribution  to the Savings  Plan
     for  each Named Executive Officer (other than Dr. Smurfit) and Company-paid
     split-dollar term life  insurance premiums  for Dr.  Smurfit ($14,042)  and
     Messrs. Malloy ($11,373),
 
                                              (footnotes continued on next page)
 
                                       60
 
<PAGE>
(footnotes continued from previous page)
     Terrill  ($10,493), Larson ($3,665) and  Bradford ($8,081). Mr. Malloy also
     had reportable  earnings  of  $6,036  credited to  his  account  under  the
     Deferred  Compensation  Plan. Mr.  Terrill received  a moving  allowance of
     $4,561.
 
 (d) As of  February  1, 1994,  James  B.  Malloy retired  as  President,  Chief
     Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Operating  Officer,  and  James  E. Terrill
     succeeded to  Mr.  Malloy's  positions as  President  and  Chief  Executive
     Officer.    Previously,    Mr.    Terrill    was    the    Executive   Vice
     President -- Operations.
 
     Prior to  consummation  of  the  Offerings,  the  Company  intends  to  pay
aggregate  cash bonuses of $7.62  million to a number  of its and its affilates'
officers, including approximately  $1,964,000, $347,000,  $87,000, $231,000  and
$1,386,000   to  Messrs.   Smurfit,  Terrill,   Larson,  Bradford   and  Malloy,
respectively, and  $1.77 million  to officers  of JS  Group and  its  affiliates
(other  than Michael W.J. Smurfit). In  addition, the Company paid approximately
$2.9 million of bonuses to other employees of the Company in 1992.
 
1994 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     Prior to consummation  of the Equity  Offerings, JSC intends  to adopt  the
Jefferson   Smurfit  Corporation  (U.S.)  1994  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the
'Incentive Plan'). Pursuant to  the Plan, participants  will be granted  awards,
payable  in cash on June 30, 1997 (the  'Payment Date') (or earlier in the event
of death or disability) if and to the extent vested. A participant's award  will
vest  on  the  Payment Date  if  he  is still  employed  by  JSC or  any  of its
subsidiaries at such time; provided  that such award shall  vest in full if  the
participant dies or becomes disabled and shall vest 20% on June 30, 1995, and an
additional  20% on June 30, 1996 if the participant is employed on such date and
is thereafter terminated, prior to June 30, 1997, by the Company without  cause.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amounts shall be paid under the Incentive Plan
unless  the Equity  Offerings are  consummated. The  aggregate amount  of awards
under the Incentive Plan will not exceed  $5 million. The awards expected to  be
granted  to Messrs.  Terrill, Larson and  Bradford are  $1,000,000, $200,000 and
$75,000, respectively.
 
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
  OPTION PLAN
 
     Under the Company's 1992  Stock Option Plan,  the Named Executive  Officers
and  certain  other eligible  employees have  been  granted options  to purchase
shares of stock of the Company. The options become vested over a ten year period
and vest  in their  entirety upon  the death,  disability or  retirement of  the
optionee.  Non-vested  options  are  forfeited  upon  any  other  termination of
employment. Options may not  be exercised unless they  are both exercisable  and
vested.  Upon the  earliest to occur  of (i) MSLEF  II's transfer of  all of its
Common Stock  or, if  MSLEF II  distributes  its Common  Stock to  its  partners
pursuant  to its dissolution, the  transfer by such partners  of at least 50% of
the aggregate Common Stock received from  MSLEF II pursuant to its  dissolution,
(ii)  the 11th anniversary of the grant date  of the options, and (iii) a public
offering of common stock  (including the Equity  Offerings), all vested  options
shall  become exercisable and  all options which  vest subsequently shall become
exercisable upon vesting; provided,  however, that if  a public offering  occurs
prior  to the Threshold Date (defined below)  all vested options and all options
which vest subsequent  to the public  offering but prior  to the Threshold  Date
shall  be exercisable in an amount (as of periodic determination dates) equal to
the product of (a) the number of  shares of Common Stock vested pursuant to  the
option  (whether previously exercised or not)  and (b) the Morgan Percentage (as
defined below) as of such  date; provided further that  in any event a  holder's
options  shall become exercisable  from time to  time in an  amount equal to the
percentage that the  number of  shares sold or  distributed to  its partners  by
MSLEF  II represents of  its aggregate ownership of  shares (with vested options
becoming exercisable up to such number  before any non-vested options become  so
exercisable)  less the number of options,  if any, which have become exercisable
on January 1, 1995 as set forth below. The Threshold Date is the earlier of  (x)
the  date  the members  of  the MSLEF  II Group  (as  defined below)  shall have
received collectively $200,000,000 in cash and/or other property as a return  of
their investment in the Company (as a result of sales of shares of the Company's
common  equity) and (y)  the date that the  members of the  MSLEF II Group shall
have transferred an  aggregate of at  least 30% of  the Company's common  equity
owned  by the MSLEF II Group as of  August 26, 1992. The Morgan Percentage as of
any date is the  percentage determined from  the quotient of  (a) the number  of
shares  of the  Company's common equity  held as  of August 26,  1992, that were
transferred  by   the   MSLEF   II   Group  as   of   the   determination   date
 
                                       61
 
<PAGE>
and  (b) the number of  shares of the Company's  common equity outstanding as of
such date. The Plan Committee, with the consent of the Board of Directors of the
Company, may  accelerate  the  exercisability  of  options  at  such  times  and
circumstances  as it  deems appropriate in  its discretion.  The option exercise
price is not adjustable  other than pursuant to  an antidilution provision.  Ten
percent  of stock options granted  prior to 1993 vest  and become exercisable on
January 1,  1995 so  long as  the Equity  Offerings have  been consummated.  The
foregoing describes the current terms of the 1992 Stock Option Plan, as intended
to be amended prior to the consummation of the Equity Offerings.
 
  OPTION GRANTS
 
     No  option grants  were made during  1993 to any  Named Executive Officers.
Effective as of  February 15, 1994  options with  an exercise price  of $20  per
share  were  granted to  a number  of officers  and employees  including Messrs.
Terrill and  Larson who  were granted  options for  319,000, and  5,000  shares,
respectively  (such dollar amount and numbers  have been adjusted to reflect the
ten-for-one stock split). Such options vest  over the period ending on  December
31, 1999.
 
                                       62
 
<PAGE>
  OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END VALUE TABLE
 
     The  following  table  summarizes  the exercise  of  options  by  the Named
Executive Officers during 1993 and the value of options held by such officers as
of the end of 1993. No stock appreciation rights have been granted to any  Named
Executive  Officers.  The  table gives  effect  to the  ten-for-one  stock split
provided for by the Recapitalization Plan,  but does not give effect to  options
granted  in 1994. In  addition, options to purchase  755,000 shares (as adjusted
for the ten-to-one stock split) have  been granted to officers and employees  of
JS Group and its affiliates (other than Michael W.J. Smurfit).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR, AND FY-END OPTION VALUE
                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       VALUE OF
                                                                                                     UNEXERCISED
                                                                                                     IN-THE-MONEY
                                                               NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING        OPTIONS AT
                                                                         UNEXERCISED                 DECEMBER 31,
                                  SHARES                         OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1993            1993
                                ACQUIRED ON       VALUE       ----------------------------------    --------------
            NAME                EXERCISE(#)    REALIZED($)    EXERCISABLE(#)    UNEXERCISABLE(#)    EXERCISABLE($)
- -----------------------------   -----------    -----------    --------------    ----------------    --------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>                 <C>
Michael W. J. Smurfit........        0             N/A               0              1,026,000              0
James E. Terrill.............        0             N/A               0                181,000              0
Alan W. Larson...............        0             N/A               0                 45,000              0
C. Larry Bradford............        0             N/A               0                121,000              0
James B. Malloy..............        0             N/A               0                724,000             $0
 
<CAPTION>
                                  VALUE OF
                                 UNEXERCISED
                                IN-THE-MONEY
                                 OPTIONS AT
                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                    1993
                               ----------------     
            NAME               UNEXERCISABLE($)
- -----------------------------  ----------------
<S>                             <C>
Michael W. J. Smurfit........          0
James E. Terrill.............          0
Alan W. Larson...............          0
C. Larry Bradford............          0
James B. Malloy..............         $0
</TABLE>
 
PENSION PLANS
 
  SALARIED EMPLOYEES' PENSION PLAN AND SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME PENSION PLANS
 
     The  Company and its subsidiaries  maintain a non-contributory pension plan
for salaried employees  (the 'Pension Plan')  and non-contributory  supplemental
income  pension plans (the 'SIP Plans')  for certain key executive officers. The
Pension  Plan  provides  monthly  benefits  at  age  65  equal  to  1.5%  of   a
participant's  final average earnings  minus 1.2% of  such participant's primary
social security benefit, multiplied by the number of years of credited  service.
Final  average earnings equals the average of the highest five consecutive years
of the participant's last  10 years of service,  including overtime and  certain
bonuses,  but  excluding bonus  payments  under the  Management  Incentive Plan,
deferred or acquisition bonuses, fringe benefits and certain other compensation.
Employees' pension rights vest  after five years of  service. Benefits are  also
available  under the Pension Plan upon early or deferred retirement. The pension
benefits for the  Named Executive  Officers can  be calculated  pursuant to  the
following  table, which shows  the total estimated  single life annuity payments
that would  be payable  to the  Named Executive  Officers participating  in  the
Pension Plan and one of the SIP Plans after various years of service at selected
compensation levels. A limit of 20 and 22.5 years of service can be credited for
SIP  I and SIP II,  respectively. Payments under the  SIP Plans are an unsecured
liability of the Company.
 
     In order to participate in the SIP Plans, an executive must be selected  by
the Board of Directors. SIP Plan I provides annual benefits at normal retirement
age  (65) equal to 2.5% of a  participant's final average earnings multiplied by
the number of  years of credited  service (with a  limit of 20  years or 50%  of
final  average earnings), less  such participant's regular  Pension Plan benefit
and a certain portion of the social security benefit, whereas SIP Plan II uses a
2% multiplier (with a  limit of 22.5  years or 45%  of final average  earnings).
Final  average  earnings equals  the  participant's average  earnings, including
bonus  payments  made  under  the  Management  Incentive  Plan,  for  the   five
consecutive  highest-paid calendar  years out of  the last 10  years of service.
Participants may elect to receive benefits in the form of either a life annuity,
a life annuity with ten years certain or a designated survivor annuity.
 
                                       63
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      SIP I PARTICIPANTS
                                                        ----------------------------------------------
                                                            ANNUAL BENEFITS (SINGLE LIFE ANNUITY)
                                                               UPON FINAL RETIREMENT WITH FINAL
                                                                  YEARS OF SERVICE INDICATED
                        FINAL                             (PRIOR TO ADJUSTMENT FOR SOCIAL SECURITY)
                       AVERAGE                          ----------------------------------------------
                      EARNINGS                          5 YEARS     10 YEARS    15 YEARS     20 YEARS
- -----------------------------------------------------   --------    --------    --------    ----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
$  200,000............................................   $ 25,000    $ 50,000    $ 75,000    $  100,000
   400,000...........................................     50,000     100,000     150,000       200,000
   600,000...........................................     75,000     150,000     225,000       300,000
   800,000...........................................    100,000     200,000     300,000       400,000
 1,000,000...........................................    125,000     250,000     375,000       500,000
 1,200,000...........................................    150,000     300,000     450,000       600,000
 1,400,000...........................................    175,000     350,000     525,000       700,000
 1,600,000...........................................    200,000     400,000     600,000       800,000
 1,800,000...........................................    225,000     450,000     675,000       900,000
 2,000,000...........................................    250,000     500,000     750,000     1,000,000
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SIP II PARTICIPANTS
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                       ANNUAL BENEFITS (SINGLE LIFE ANNUITY)
                                                         UPON FINAL RETIREMENT WITH FINAL
                                                            YEARS OF SERVICE INDICATED
                                                     (PRIOR TO ADJUSTMENT FOR SOCIAL SECURITY)
                  FINAL                      ---------------------------------------------------------
                 AVERAGE                                                                        22.5
                 EARNINGS                    5 YEARS    10 YEARS    15 YEARS     20 YEARS      YEARS
- ------------------------------------------   -------    --------    --------    ----------    --------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
$ 200,000.................................   $20,000    $ 40,000    $ 60,000    $   80,000    $ 90,000
   400,000................................    40,000      80,000     120,000       160,000     180,000
   600,000................................    60,000     120,000     180,000       240,000     270,000
   800,000................................    80,000     160,000     240,000       320,000     360,000
 1,000,000................................   100,000     200,000     300,000       400,000     450,000
 1,200,000................................   120,000     240,000     360,000       480,000     540,000
 1,400,000................................   140,000     280,000     420,000       560,000     630,000
 1,600,000................................   160,000     320,000     480,000       640,000     720,000
 1,800,000................................   180,000     360,000     540,000       720,000     810,000
 2,000,000................................   200,000     400,000     600,000       800,000     900,000
</TABLE>
 
     Dr. Smurfit and Mr.  Malloy participate in  SIP Plan I and  have 21 and  15
years of credited service, respectively. SIP Plan II became effective January 1,
1993,  and Mr. Terrill, Mr. Larson and Mr. Bradford participate in such plan and
have 22,  5 and  11 years  of credited  service, respectively.  Estimated  final
average  earnings for each of  the the Named Executive  Officers are as follows:
Mr. Malloy ($1,185,000); Dr. Smurfit  ($1,040,000); Mr. Terrill ($532,000);  Mr.
Larson ($366,000); and Mr. Bradford ($461,000).
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION, SEVERANCE AND CHANGE OF CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS
 
     The  Company and  its subsidiaries  maintain a  severance pay  plan for all
salaried employees  who  have  at  least  one  year  of  credited  service  (the
'Severance  Plan'). Upon a covered termination,  the Severance Plan provides for
the payment of  one week's  salary for  each full  year of  service, payable  in
accordance with payroll practices.
 
     Mr. Malloy has a deferred compensation agreement with JSC pursuant to which
JSC  intends to pay  to him, upon  his retirement, lifetime  payments of $70,000
annually in addition to his accrued benefits under SIP Plan I.
 
  DEFERRED COMPENSATION CAPITAL ENHANCEMENT PLAN
 
     The Company's Deferred  Compensation Capital Enhancement  Plan (the  'DCC')
allows  for the deferral of compensation  of key full-time salaried employees of
the Company and  its subsidiaries.  Participants may  defer a  portion of  their
compensation  and their employer  may defer discretionary  bonuses (together the
'Deferred  Compensation  Amount').  Deferrals  occur  in  18  month  cycles.   A
participant  becomes vested with respect to amounts deferred during a particular
cycle if he  continues to be  employed by  the Company or  its subsidiaries  for
seven years from the beginning of the cycle, retires
 
                                       64
 
<PAGE>
at  age 65 or leaves employment for  reasons of death or disability. Upon Normal
Retirement (as  defined in  the DCC)  benefits are  distributed under  the  DCC.
Certain  participants  will receive  preretirement  distributions from  the DCC,
beginning in the eighth year of each cycle. The amounts distributed upon  Normal
Retirement  for  each cycle  are determined  with  reference to  the age  of the
participant at  the  beginning  of  the cycle  and  the  participant's  Deferred
Compensation  Amount with respect to the cycle. If a participant is younger than
45 years old at the beginning of a cycle, he will receive upon Normal Retirement
a total of fifteen  annual payments, each totalling  one and one-half times  his
Deferred  Compensation Amount. If at  the beginning of a  cycle a participant is
between the ages of 45 and 55 years old, at Normal Retirement he will receive  a
total  of fifteen  annual payments  that, in  the aggregate,  equal his Deferred
Compensation Amount  with  respect  to  the  cycle  plus  appreciation  credited
annually  at  100% of  the  Moody's Rate  (as  defined in  the  DCC). If  at the
beginning of  a  cycle a  participant  is at  least  55 years  old,  his  Normal
Retirement  benefit will  be a  total of  fifteen annual  payments that,  in the
aggregate, equal his Deferred Compensation Amount with respect to the cycle plus
appreciation credited annually at 150% of the Moody's Rate. If at the  beginning
of  a cycle a participant is age 65 or older, the number of such annual payments
shall be five. If a participant dies prior to retirement, the value of his death
benefit may be more  or less than his  Normal Retirement benefits, depending  on
his  age at the beginning of the cycle.  Benefits may be reduced by the employer
if a former participant is engaged in  a competing business within two years  of
termination from the Company or its subsidiaries. Participants may receive early
distributions   in  the   event  that   they  experience   unforeseen  financial
emergencies. Benefits otherwise payable to the participant are then  actuarially
reduced  to reflect such early distributions. The benefits payable under the DCC
are funded by the  Company through life insurance  policies. There have been  no
deferrals  under  the DCC  since  1986. Deferrals  made  by the  Named Executive
Officers during 1985 and 1986 and their ages at the time of such deferrals were:
Mr. Malloy ($30,000  at 57, $50,000  at 58),  Dr. Smurfit ($30,000  at 48),  Mr.
Terrill  ($15,000 at 51, $25,000 at 52), Mr. Bradford ($15,000 at 49, $25,000 at
50) and  Mr. Larson  ($0). In  1993, the  Company made  the first  preretirement
distribution to certain participants totaling $195,000.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     The  Company has not heretofore maintained a formal compensation committee.
Dr. Smurfit,  Mr. Malloy  and Mr.  Kilroy, executive  officers of  the  Company,
participated   in  deliberations  of   the  Board  of   Directors  on  executive
compensation matters during 1993. Following  consummation of the Offerings,  the
Company  will maintain a  Compensation Committee of the  Board of Directors. See
' -- Committees'.
 
     Dr. Smurfit and Mr. Kilroy are both directors and executive officers of  JS
Group,  the Company, JSC and CCA, and Mr. Malloy is a director of JS Group and a
former director and executive officer of the Company, JSC and CCA.
 
                SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
 
     The table below  sets forth  certain information  regarding the  beneficial
ownership  of  the Company's  capital stock  as of  February     , 1994,  and as
adjusted to give effect to the Reclassification and the Equity Offerings, by (i)
each person who is known to the Company to be the beneficial owner of more  than
5%  of any  class of  the Company's  voting stock,  together with  such person's
address, (ii) each of the Named Executive Officers, (iii) each of the  directors
of the Company and (iv) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a
group.  Except as set forth below, the stockholders named below have sole voting
and investment  power  with  respect to  all  shares  of stock  shown  as  being
beneficially owned by them.
 
                                       65
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                           BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP                  AFTER EQUITY
                                                                              PRIOR TO EQUITY                     OFFERINGS
                       BENEFICIAL OWNERS                                         OFFERINGS                  ----------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------  SHARES OF   PERCENT OF
    5% STOCKHOLDERS, NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND        NUMBER             PERCENT    PERCENT     COMMON      COMMON
           EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS AS A GROUP           OF SHARES(a)  CLASS  OF CLASS   OF STOCK    STOCK(a)     STOCK
- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ------------  ------ ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
SIBV ...........................................................  18,400,000     A        100%        50%       (b)         (b)
  Smurfit International B.V.                                      21,700,000     D        100%
  Strawinskylaan 2001                          Total ...........  40,100,000
  Amsterdam 107722, The Netherlands
  Attention: Rokin Corporate Services B.V.
MSLEF II Associated Entities ...................................  18,400,000     B        100%         0(d)
  c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated                           13,400,000     C       61.8%      39.7%
  1251 Avenue of the Americas               Total ..............  31,800,000     C
  New York, NY 10020
  Attention: Donald P. Brennan
First Plaza Group Trust(c) .....................................   5,000,000               23%       6.2%
  c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
  1251 Avenue of the Americas
  New York, NY 10020
  Attention: Donald P. Brennan
Michael W.J. Smurfit(d)(e) .....................................           0                                     0
Howard E. Kilroy(d)(e) .........................................           0                                     0
James E. Terrill(d) ............................................           0                                     0
James B. Malloy(d) .............................................           0                                     0
Alan W. Larson(d) ..............................................           0                                     0
C. Larry Bradford(d) ...........................................           0                                     0
Donald P. Brennan ..............................................           0                                     0
Alan E. Goldberg ...............................................           0                                     0
David R. Ramsay ................................................           0                                     0
All directors and executive officers as a group (23]
  persons)(d) ..................................................           0                                     0
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Gives  effect to the Reclassification  pursuant to which, immediately prior
     to the consummation of the Equity Offerings, the Company's five classes  of
     common  stock will be converted into one class, on a basis of ten shares of
     Common Stock for each share of stock of each of the old classes.  Following
     the  Reclassification, the Company's only class of common stock will be the
     Common Stock.
 
 (b) Includes          shares of  Common Stock  to be  purchased by  SIBV (or  a
     corporate affiliate) from the Company pursuant to the SIBV Investment.
 
 (c) Amounts  shown exclude shares of  Common Stock owned by  MSLEF II, of which
     each of First  Plaza Group Trust  and State Street  Bank & Trust  Co. is  a
     limited  partner. If MSLEF II were to distribute its shares of Common Stock
     to its partners each  of First Plaza  Group Trust and  State Street Bank  &
     Trust  Co. would receive a number of shares based on its pro rata ownership
     of MSLEF II.
 
 (d) Amounts shown exclude shares  of Common Stock that  have been reserved  for
     sale to certain directors, officers and other employees of the Company; the
     actual  amounts of such shares to be purchased by the individuals listed in
     the foregoing table and by all directors and executive officers as a  group
     are  undetermined.  See 'Underwriters'.  Messrs. Malloy,  Smurfit, Terrill,
     Larson, Bradford and Kilroy and all  directors and executive officers as  a
     group  own options to purchase 724,000, 1,026,000, 500,000, 50,000, 121,000
     and 423,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively. None of such options  are
     currently  or will become exercisable within 60 days following consummation
     of the  Offerings. However,  a  portion of  options hereafter  vested  will
     become  exercisable, based  upon the  number of  shares transferred  by the
     MSLEF II  Group  (as defined  in  the  Option Plan)  following  the  Equity
     Offerings.  See 'Management -- Executive  Compensation -- 1992 Stock Option
     Plan'. Prior to the Recapitalization, the holder of an option granted under
     the 1992  Stock  Option  Plan has  the  right  to acquire  Class  E  Stock.
     Subsequent  to the Recapitalization, the holder  of an option has the right
     to acquire Common Stock.
 
 (e) Amounts exclude  shares of  Common Stock  owned by  SIBV as  to which  such
     persons disclaim beneficial ownership.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     Set forth below is a summary of certain agreements and arrangements entered
into  by the Company and related parties in connection with the 1989 Transaction
and the  1992 Transaction  (as defined  below), as  well as  other  transactions
between  the  Company and  related  parties which  have  taken place  during the
Company's most recently completed three fiscal years.
 
GENERAL
 
     As a result of  certain transactions which occurred  in December 1989  (the
'1989 Transaction'), JSC became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and CCA
became  an  indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  JSC.  As  part  of  the 1989
Transaction, the Company issued  (i) 1,510,000 shares of  the Company's Class  A
common  stock ('Class  A Stock')  and 500,000  shares of  the Company's  Class D
common stock  ('Class  D Stock')  to  SIBV for  $150  million and  $50  million,
respectively, (ii) 1,510,000
 
                                       66
 
<PAGE>
shares  of the Company's Class B common stock  ('Class B Stock') to MSLEF II for
$150 million, (iii) 100,000 shares of the Company's Class C common stock ('Class
C Stock') to MSLEF II, Inc. (the general partner of MSLEF II) and 400,000 shares
of Class C Stock to the Direct Investors (as defined below) for $10 million  and
$40  million, respectively (the  Direct Investors also  purchased Junior Accrual
Debentures and Subordinated Debentures in aggregate principal amounts of  $129.2
million  and $30.8  million, respectively), and  (iv) its  preferred stock ('Old
Preferred Stock') to SIBV for $100 million. SIBV subsequently transferred all of
such common and preferred stock to Smurfit Packaging.
 
     In addition to  the issuances  of capital  stock by  the Company  described
above,  the financing for the 1989 Transaction  was provided by (i) the issuance
by CCA of the Secured Notes and  the Subordinated Debt, and (ii) the  incurrence
of  term  debt and  revolving credit  indebtedness pursuant  to the  1989 Credit
Agreement.
 
     As a result of certain transactions  among the Company and CCA and  certain
of their securityholders which occurred in August 1992 (the '1992 Transaction'),
(i)  MSLEF II  acquired an  additional 330,000 and  1,212,788 shares  of Class B
Stock and Class  C Stock,  respectively, and certain  holders of  Class C  Stock
acquired  457,212 additional shares of  Class C Stock, for  an aggregate of $200
million, (ii) Smurfit  Holdings, B.V.,  a subsidiary of  SIBV, acquired  330,000
shares of Class A Stock for $33 million, (iii) Smurfit Packaging agreed that its
Old  Preferred Stock  (including shares issued  since the 1989  Transaction as a
dividend) would convert into 1,670,000 shares  of Class D Stock on December  31,
1993,  (iv) proceeds from the  issuances of shares described  in clauses (i) and
(ii) above  were used  to acquire,  at a  purchase price  of $1,100  per  $1,000
accreted  value, an aggregate of $129.2 million principal amount ($193.5 million
accreted value) of Junior Accrual Debentures from the Direct Investors, (v)  CCA
borrowed  approximately $400 million  under the 1992  Credit Agreement, and used
the proceeds  to prepay  approximately $400  million of  scheduled  installments
relating to term loan indebtedness under the 1989 Credit Agreement, (vi) various
provisions  of the 1989 Credit Agreement and the Secured Note Purchase Agreement
were amended and restated, and (vii) MSLEF  II and SIBV amended a number of  the
provisions  contained in  the Organization Agreement,  agreed to the  terms of a
Stockholders Agreement (which will replace  the Organization Agreement upon  the
closing  of  the  Equity Offerings)  and  entered into  the  Registration Rights
Agreement.
 
     Currently Smurfit Packaging and  Smurfit Holdings, through their  ownership
of  all of the outstanding Class A Stock, and MSLEF II, through its ownership of
all of the outstanding Class B Stock, each own 50% of the voting common stock of
the Company.  MSLEF II,  MSLEF II,  Inc., Equity  Investors, First  Plaza  Group
Trust,  as trustee for certain pension plans  ('First Plaza'), and Leeway & Co.,
as nominee for State Street Bank and Trust Co., as trustee for a master  pension
trust  ('Leeway,'  and  together  with  First  Plaza,  the  'Direct  Investors')
(collectively, the  'MSLEF II  Group'), and  Smurfit Packaging  own all  of  the
non-voting  stock of the Company. On December 31, 1993, all of the Old Preferred
Stock owned by Smurfit Packaging was converted into 1,670,000 shares of Class  D
Stock.  Since such conversion of Old  Preferred Stock, each of Smurfit Packaging
and the MSLEF II Group own, through their ownership of Class D Stock and Class C
Stock, respectively, 50% of the non-voting common stock of the Company.
 
     The Company's capital stock  currently consists of Class  A Stock, Class  B
Stock,  Class C  Stock, Class  D Stock and  Class E  common stock  (the 'Class E
Stock' and, together with the Class A, Class  B, Class C and Class D Stock,  the
'Old  Common Stock'). The classes  of stock comprising the  Old Common Stock are
identical in all  respects except  with respect  to certain  voting rights,  and
certain  exchange provisions  that do not  affect the percentage  of the Company
owned by SIBV  and MSLEF II.  The Company's  Class E Stock  is non-voting  stock
reserved  for issuance pursuant to the Company's  1992 Stock Option Plan. In the
Reclassification, the Old Common Stock, which consists of five classes of stock,
will be converted into one class, on a  basis of ten shares of Common Stock  for
each  share  of  the  Old  Common  Stock.  Following  the  Reclassification, the
Company's only class of common stock will be Common Stock. Immediately prior  to
the consummation of the Equity Offerings,            shares of Common Stock will
be  outstanding and such  stock will be  owned by the  Company's stockholders in
proportion to their ownership of  the Old Common Stock  as described in the  two
preceding  paragraphs. Substantially  concurrently with the  consummation of the
Equity Offerings, SIBV (or  a corporate affiliate) will  purchase
shares   of   Common   Stock   from   the   Company   pursuant   to   the   SIBV
 
                                       67
 
<PAGE>
Investment. Accordingly, following the consummation of the Equity Offerings  and
the  SIBV  Investment,  MSLEF  II  Associated  Entities  and  SIBV  through  its
subsidiaries will beneficially own    % and    %, respectively, of the shares of
Common Stock then  outstanding. See  'Security Ownership  of Certain  Beneficial
Owners'.
 
     The  relationships among JSC, CCA, the Company and its stockholders are set
forth in a number of agreements described below. The summary descriptions herein
of the terms of such  agreements do not purport to  be complete and are  subject
to,  and are qualified in their entirety  by reference to, all of the provisions
of such  agreements, which  have  been filed  as  exhibits to  the  Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Capitalized terms not otherwise
defined below or elsewhere in this Prospectus have the meanings given to them in
such  agreements. Any  reference to  either SIBV  or MSLEF  II in  the following
descriptions of the Organization Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement or  in
references  to the terms of those agreements  set forth in this Prospectus shall
be deemed to include their  permitted transferees, unless the context  indicates
otherwise.
 
THE ORGANIZATION AGREEMENT
 
     Since  the 1989 Transaction, the Company  has been operated pursuant to the
terms  of  the  Organization  Agreement,  which  has  been  amended  on  various
occasions.  The Organization  Agreement, among other  things, provides generally
for the election  of directors,  the selection  of officers  and the  day-to-day
management  of the Company. The Organization Agreement provides that one-half of
the directors of each of the Company, CCA  and JSC be elected by the holders  of
the  Class A Stock (Smurfit Holdings and  Smurfit Packaging) and one-half by the
holders of the Class B Stock (MSLEF  II) and that officers of such companies  be
designated  by the  designees of Smurfit  Holdings and Smurfit  Packaging on the
respective boards, except  that the Chief  Financial Officer of  the Company  be
designated  by the  holders of  the Class B  Stock (MSLEF  II). The Organization
Agreement also contains certain  tag along rights, rights  of first refusal  and
call  and put provisions and provisions relating to  a sale of the Company as an
entirety, as well as provisions relating to transactions between the Company and
its affiliates, on the one hand, and SIBV  or MSLEF II, as the case may be,  and
their  respective affiliates, on the other.  These latter provisions are similar
to those contained in the Stockholders Agreement described below.
 
     Pursuant to the terms of the Organization Agreement and in connection  with
the  Recapitalization Plan, the  Organization Agreement will  terminate upon the
closing of  the  Equity  Offerings  and,  at  or  prior  to  such  closing,  the
Stockholders Agreement shall be entered into by SIBV, MSLEF II and the Company.
 
     The  Organization Agreement also contains  provisions whereby each of SIBV,
MSLEF II, MSLEF II, Inc., the Company, JSC, CCA and the holders of Class C Stock
indemnify each other and related parties with respect to certain matters arising
under the  Organization  Agreement  or the  transactions  contemplated  thereby,
including  losses  resulting from  a breach  of  the Organization  Agreement. In
addition, the Company, JSC and CCA have also agreed to indemnify SIBV, MSLEF II,
MSLEF II, Inc.  and the holders  of Class  C Stock and  related parties  against
losses  arising out  of (i)  the conduct  and operation  of the  business of the
Company, JSC or CCA, (ii)  any action or failure to  act by the Company, JSC  or
CCA,  (iii) the 1989 Transaction and the  1992 Transaction or (iv) the financing
for the 1989  Transaction. Further, SIBV  has agreed to  indemnify the  Company,
JSC,  CCA  and  each of  their  subsidiaries  against all  liability  for taxes,
charges, fees, levies or other assessments imposed on such entities as a  result
of  their not having  withheld tax upon  the issuance or  payment of a specified
note to SIBV and the transfer of  certain assets to SIBV in connection with  the
1989 Transaction. The foregoing indemnification provisions survive a termination
of  the Organization Agreement,  including a termination  in connection with the
closing of the Equity Offerings.
 
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
 
     The Stockholders  Agreement  will  be  entered into  at  or  prior  to  the
consummation  of the Offerings by  SIBV, MSLEF II and  the Company. The Company,
SIBV and MSLEF II are discussing an amendment to the Stockholders Agreement  and
the Registration Rights Agreement which would
 
                                       68
 
<PAGE>
modify  restrictions  contained  therein on  the  ability  of MSLEF  II  and its
affiliates to sell or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares of  Common
Stock.
 
  DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     For a description of certain provisions of the Stockholders Agreement which
relate  to the management of the Company (including the election of directors of
the Company), see 'Management -- Provision of Stockholders Agreement  Pertaining
to Management'.
 
  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES; OTHER BUSINESSES
 
     The  Stockholders  Agreement specifically  permits SIBV  and MSLEF  II (and
their affiliates) to  engage in transactions  with the Company,  JSC and CCA  in
addition  to  certain  specific transactions  contemplated  by  the Stockholders
Agreement, provided such transactions (except  for (i) transactions between  any
of  the  Company,  JSC  and  CCA,  (ii)  the  transactions  contemplated  by the
Stockholders Agreement,  (iii) the  transactions contemplated  by the  Operating
Agreement,  dated as of April 30, 1992, between CCA and Smurfit Paperboard, Inc.
('SPI'), or in the Rights  Agreement, dated as of  April 30, 1992, between  CCA,
SPI  and  Bankers  Trust  Company, (iv)  the  transactions  contemplated  by the
Registration Rights Agreement,  (v) the  provision of services  pursuant to  the
Financial  Advisory Services Agreement,  dated as of September  12, 1989, by and
among MS&Co., SIBV  and the Company,  and (vi) the  provisions of certain  other
specified  agreements) are fully  and fairly disclosed,  have fair and equitable
terms, are  reasonably necessary  and are  treated as  a commercial  arms-length
transaction with an unrelated third party.
 
     Neither  SIBV nor MSLEF II (or their affiliates) is prohibited from owning,
operating or investing in any business,  regardless of whether such business  is
competitive  with  the Company,  JSC  or CCA,  nor is  either  SIBV or  MSLEF II
required to disclose its intention to make  any such investment to the other  or
to  advise the  Company, JSC  or CCA  of the  opportunity presented  by any such
prospective investment.
 
  TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP
 
     In general, transfers of Common Stock  to entities affiliated with SIBV  or
the members of the MSLEF II Group are not restricted. The Stockholders Agreement
provides  members of the MSLEF  II Group the right to  'tag along' pro rata upon
the transfer by SIBV of any Common Stock, other than transfers to affiliates and
sales pursuant  to a  public offering  registered under  the Securities  Act  or
pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
     No  member of the MSLEF II Group  may transfer, within any thirty-six month
period, in the aggregate five percent or more of the outstanding Common Stock to
any non-affiliated  person  or  group  without  SIBV's  prior  written  consent.
Transfers  of two  percent or  more in the  aggregate of  the outstanding Common
Stock are subject to the right of  first refusal on the part of SIBV;  transfers
of less than two percent in the aggregate are not restricted by the Stockholders
Agreement.  In the event  that there is  a public trading  market for the Common
Stock, no  member of  the MSLEF  II  Group may  effect a  sale of  Common  Stock
pursuant  to rights granted  in the Registration  Rights Agreement without first
offering the shares to  be sold to  SIBV for purchase.  SIBV and its  affiliates
have  the right, exercisable on  or after August 26,  2002, to purchase all, but
not less than all,  of the Common Stock  then owned by the  MSLEF II Group at  a
price equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement).
 
     In  general, if  JS Group  either does not,  directly or  indirectly, own a
majority of the voting stock of SIBV, or directly or indirectly, have the  right
to  appoint a majority  of the directors and  officers of SIBV,  then all of the
obligations of  MSLEF  II and  the  members of  the  MSLEF II  Group  under  the
Stockholders  Agreement  and  all  the rights  of  SIBV  under  the Stockholders
Agreement shall cease.
 
  TERMINATION
 
     The Stockholders Agreement shall terminate either upon mutual agreement  of
SIBV  and MSLEF II, or at the option of  SIBV or the MSLEF II Group, as the case
may be, upon either the
 
                                       69
 
<PAGE>
MSLEF II Group or SIBV, respectively, ceasing to own six percent or more of  the
outstanding Common Stock.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
     Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 26, 1992,
between  MSLEF II, SIBV and  the Company, as amended  by Amendment No. 1 thereto
dated as of April 15, 1993  (the 'Registration Rights Agreement'), entered  into
in  connection with the 1992 Transaction, MSLEF  II and the other members of the
MSLEF II Group  have the  right, upon a  notice (a  'Registration Notice')  from
MSLEF  II to both  the Company and  SIBV, to cause  the Company to  use its best
efforts to register the shares of Common  Stock owned by such holders. MSLEF  II
may  not deliver a Registration Notice until  the earlier of (a) consummation of
the refinancing of certain long-term debt of CCA and (b) December 31, 1997. Upon
the consummation  of  the Recapitalization  Plan  clause (a)  of  the  preceding
sentence  will be satisfied and MSLEF II will be entitled to exercise its demand
registration rights as described herein. The MSLEF II Group is entitled to  four
such  demand registrations pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, two of
which MSLEF II will have  the right to effect prior  to the Company effecting  a
common  stock  registration for  its  own account.  MSLEF  II may  not, however,
deliver a Registration Notice  (i) until the conclusion  of any pending  Company
Registration  Process (as  defined in  the Registration  Rights Agreement), (ii)
within 30 days of the conclusion of a MSLEF II Registration Process (as  defined
in  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement), or  (iii)  in  certain  other limited
situations. The Company is generally prohibited from 'piggybacking' and  selling
stock  for its own account on a registration effected pursuant to a Registration
Notice except after  the second completed  registration for MSLEF  II, in  which
event  MSLEF II may require that any  such securities which are 'piggybacked' be
offered and sold on the  same terms as the securities  offered by MSLEF II.  The
Registration  Rights Agreement also sets forth certain waiting periods following
sales by MSLEF II pursuant  to a registration statement.  The MSLEF II Group  is
entitled,  subject  to  certain limitations,  to  register its  Common  Stock in
connection with a  registration statement  prepared by the  Company to  register
Common  Stock or  any equity  securities exercisable  for, convertible  into, or
exchangeable for Common Stock. The Company, SIBV and MSLEF II are discussing  an
amendment  to the Registration Rights  Agreement which would modify restrictions
contained therein on the ability of MSLEF II to exercise its demand registration
rights.
 
     The Company will  pay all  registration expenses  (other than  underwriting
discounts  and commissions)  in connection with  MSLEF II's  first two completed
demand registrations and  all registrations  made in connection  with a  Company
registration.  The Registration  Rights Agreement also  contains customary terms
and provisions with respect to, among other things, registration procedures  and
certain rights to indemnification and contribution granted by parties thereunder
in connection with the registration of Common Stock subject to such agreement.
 
FINANCIAL ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
     Under  a  financial advisory  services  agreement (the  'Financial Advisory
Services Agreement'), MS&Co. agreed  to act as  the Company's financial  advisor
and  provided certain  services and earned  certain fees in  connection with its
roles in the  1989 Transaction, with  an expectation  that for the  term of  the
Organization  Agreement, the Company would retain MS&Co. to render it investment
banking services at market rates to be negotiated.
 
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
 
     In connection with the 1986 acquisition  of CCA, CCA and SIBV entered  into
an  agreement pursuant  to which  CCA granted SIBV  an option  to purchase CCA's
non-U.S. operations (the 'CCA Option'). In  1987, SIBV exercised the CCA  Option
with  respect to CCA's European, Venezuelan and Puerto Rican subsidiaries for an
aggregate cash price of  $64.3 million, which was  approximately equal to  CCA's
investment  as  of  the date  of  exercise.  In June  1989,  SIBV  exercised the
remainder of the  CCA Option  and purchased  CCA's beneficial  interests in  its
Mexican and Colombian subsidiaries for an
 
                                       70
 
<PAGE>
aggregate  cash price of  approximately $150.7 million,  which was approximately
equal to CCA's investment as of the date of exercise.
 
     In the  1989  Transaction,  (i)  the Company  acquired  the  entire  equity
interest  in JSC, (ii)  JSC (through its ownership  of JSC Enterprises) acquired
the entire equity  interest in CCA,  (iii) The Morgan  Stanley Leveraged  Equity
Fund,  L.P.,  a  Delaware limited  partnership  ('MSLEF I'),  and  certain other
private investors,  including MS&Co.  and certain  limited partners  of MSLEF  I
investing  in  their individual  capacity  (collectively, the  'MSLEF  I Group')
received $500 million in respect  of their shares of  CCA common stock and  (iv)
SIBV  received $41.75 per share, or an aggregate of approximately $1.25 billion,
in respect of its shares of JSC stock, and the public stockholders received  $43
per  share of JSC stock. Certain assets of  JSC and CCA were also transferred to
SIBV or one of  its affiliates (the 'Designated  Assets'). Pursuant to a  tender
offer  and  consent  solicitation  for  certain  debentures  of  CCA  which were
outstanding prior to the consummation  of the 1989 Transaction, MS&Co.  received
an  aggregate  of  $3.7 million  in  consideration. MS&Co.  also  received $29.5
million for  serving in  its capacity  as financial  advisor to  the Company  in
connection  with the 1989 Transaction. In addition, MS&Co. as underwriter of the
Subordinated Debt  received aggregate  net discounts  and commissions  of  $34.6
million.  In connection  with the  sale of the  Secured Notes  to Morgan Stanley
International, MS&Co. received  a placement  fee of  $7.5 million  from CCA;  in
addition,  CCA  agreed  to  indemnify  MS&Co.  against  certain  liabilities  in
connection therewith, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
     In connection with the issuance of the 1993 Notes, the Company entered into
an agreement with  SIBV whereby SIBV  committed to purchase  up to $200  million
aggregate principal amount of 11 1/2% Junior Subordinated Notes maturing 2005 to
be  issued  by the  Company.  From time  to time  until  December 31,  1994, the
Company, at its option, may issue the Junior Subordinated Notes, the proceeds of
which must be  used to  repurchase or  otherwise retire  Subordinated Debt.  The
Company  is obligated to pay SIBV for letter  of credit fees incurred by SIBV in
connection with  this commitment  in addition  to an  annual commitment  fee  of
1.375%  on the undrawn principal amount.  The amount payable for such commitment
for 1993 was  $2.9 million. The  above commitments will  be terminated upon  the
consummation of the Offerings.
 
     Net  sales by JSC to  JS Group, its subsidiaries  and affiliates were $18.4
million, $22.8 million and $21.0 million for the years ended December 31,  1993,
1992  and  1991,  respectively. Net  sales  by  JS Group,  its  subsidiaries and
affiliates to JSC were  $49.3 million, $60.1 million  and $11.8 million for  the
years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Product sales to and
purchases  from JS  Group, its subsidiaries  and affiliates  were consummated on
terms generally similar to those prevailing with unrelated parties.
 
     JSC provides certain subsidiaries and  affiliates of JS Group with  general
management  and elective management services  under separate management services
agreements. The services provided  include, but are  not limited to,  management
information  services, accounting, tax and internal auditing services, financial
management  and  treasury  services,  manufacturing  and  engineering  services,
research   and  development  services,  employee  benefit  plan  and  management
services, purchasing services, transportation  services and marketing  services.
In  consideration of general management services, JSC is  paid a fee up to 2% of
the subsidiaries'  or  affiliates'  gross  sales, which  fee  amounted  to  $2.3
million, $2.4 million and $2.5 million for 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. In
consideration  for elective  services, JSC received  approximately $3.5 million,
$3.2 million and $2.9 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively, for its cost
of providing such services.  In addition, JSC paid  JS Group and its  affiliates
$0.4  million  in  1993, $0.3  million  in 1992  and  $0.7 million  in  1991 for
management services and certain other services.
 
     In October 1991, an affiliate of JS Group completed a rebuild of the No.  2
paperboard  machine  owned by  it, located  in  CCA's Fernandina  Beach, Florida
paperboard mill (the  'Fernandina Mill'). Pursuant  to the Fernandina  Operating
Agreement,  CCA operates and manages the machine, which is owned by a subsidiary
of SIBV. As  compensation to CCA  for its  services, the affiliate  of JS  Group
agreed  to  reimburse  CCA  for  production  and  manufacturing  costs  directly
attributable to the No.  2 paperboard machine  and to pay CCA  a portion of  the
indirect manufacturing, selling and administrative costs incurred by CCA for the
entire  Fernandina  Mill. The  compensation  is determined  by  applying various
formulas and agreed upon amounts to the subject costs. The amounts reimbursed to
CCA totaled $62.2  million, $54.7 million  and $10.9 million  in 1993, 1992  and
1991, respectively.
 
                                       71
 
<PAGE>
     CCA, JS Group and MSLEF II have had discussions from time to time regarding
the  purchase of  the No.  2 paperboard  machine in  the Fernandina  Mill by the
Company from JS Group  in exchange for  cash or Common  Stock. No agreement  has
been  reached as to any such transaction.  The Company expects, however, that it
may in the future  reach an agreement  with regard to  such acquisition from  JS
Group  but  cannot predict  when and  on  what terms  such acquisition  would be
consummated. Such acquisition will occur only if it is approved by the Board  of
Directors  of the Company and  is determined by the Board  of Directors to be on
terms no less favorable  than a sale made  to a third party  in an arm's  length
transaction.
 
     During  1990, certain assets of CCA comprising the business unit performing
management services for the  foreign subsidiaries previously  owned by CCA  were
sold  to a subsidiary of  JS Group at a  price equal to their  net book value of
approximately $5.2  million. Net  sales and  income from  operations related  to
these  assets were not material. Payment for the assets was received in February
1991.
 
     On February 21, 1986, JSC purchased from Times Mirror 80% of the issued and
outstanding capital stock  of SNC  for approximately $132  million, including  a
promissory  note to National Westminster  Bank plc in the  amount of $42 million
(the 'Subordinated Note'). The Subordinated Note was guaranteed by JS Group.  In
the  1992  Transaction, the  Company prepaid  $19.1 million  aggregate principal
amount on the Subordinated Note. The  remaining amount of $22.9 million was  due
and paid on February 22, 1993.
 
                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
     The  following  is  a  brief  discussion of  the  basic  terms  of  and the
instruments  governing  certain  indebtedness  of  the  Company.  The  following
discussion  does not purport to be complete  and is subject to, and is qualified
in its  entirety  by reference  to,  the instruments  governing  the  respective
indebtedness,  which  instruments  are  filed as  exhibits  to  the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
TERMS OF NEW CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
  GENERAL
 
     Pursuant to a commitment  letter dated February  10, 1994 (the  'Commitment
Letter')  among Chemical  Bank ('Chemical'),  Chemical Securities  Inc. ('CSI'),
Bankers Trust Company ('Bankers Trust'), BT Securities Corporation ('BTSC'), JSC
and CCA,  Chemical  has  committed to  provide  $250  million of  the  New  Bank
Facilities  (as  defined below),  Bankers Trust  has  committed to  provide $250
million of the New  Bank Facilities and  CSI and BTSC have  agreed to use  their
best  efforts to assemble a syndicate  of financial institutions (the 'Lenders')
to provide the balance of the remaining commitments for the New Bank  Facilities
in  a maximum aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion, all upon the terms and
subject to the  conditions set  forth in  the Commitment  Letter, including  the
execution of definitive financing agreements.
 
     Pursuant  to the Commitment Letter, the New Bank Facilities are expected to
consist of (i) the New  Term Loans, consisting of  two senior secured term  loan
facilities  to be  provided to  CCA in  an aggregate  principal amount  of $1.05
billion, to be allocated between the Delayed Term Loan in an aggregate principal
amount of  $850 million  and the  Initial Term  Loan in  an aggregate  principal
amount  of $200 million and (ii) the New Revolving Credit Facility consisting of
a seven year senior secured revolving  credit facility available to JSC and  CCA
in  an aggregate principal amount  of $450 million, of  which up to $150 million
will be  available  as  a letter  of  credit  facility (the  'Letter  of  Credit
Facility').
 
     The Commitment Letter provides that the commitments of Chemical and Bankers
Trust will terminate unless definitive financing agreements with respect thereto
shall have been executed and delivered on or prior to June 30, 1994.
 
     In  connection  with the  New  Bank Facilities,  Chemical  will act  as the
administrative agent (in such capacity, the 'Agent'), Chemical and Bankers Trust
will act as senior managing  agents and CSI and BTSC  will act as the  arrangers
for  the  New  Bank Facilities.  The  Commitment Letter  also  contemplates that
certain managing agents will be appointed for the New Bank Facilities.
 
                                       72
 
<PAGE>
     JSC and CCA have agreed, jointly and severally, to pay certain fees to  the
Agent for its own account and for the account of the other Lenders in connection
with the New Bank Facilities, payable as follows: (i) a commitment fee of 1/2 of
1%  per  annum on  the  undrawn amount  of  the Initial  Term  Loan and  the New
Revolving Credit Facility, accruing, with respect to each Lender, on the date of
acceptance of such  Lender's commitment  and (ii)  with respect  to each  Lender
which  has a commitment under the Delayed Term  Loan, (A) 1/2 of 1% per annum on
the amount of  such commitment accruing  for the period  from and including  the
date  of acceptance of such Lender's commitment to but excluding the date of the
initial funding of the New Bank  facilities (the 'Closing Date') or the  earlier
termination  of such  Lender's commitment  and (B)  3/4 of  1% per  annum on the
undrawn amount  of such  Lender's commitment,  accruing from  and including  the
Closing  Date to  the date  of the funding  of the  Delayed Term  Loan. All such
commitment fees will be payable on the Closing Date and, thereafter, in  arrears
at  the end  of each quarter  and upon  termination of any  commitment. The fees
payable in respect of letters of credit provided under the New Revolving  Credit
Facility  are in an amount equal  to the greater of (a)  the margin in excess of
the Adjusted LIBOR Rate applicable to the New Revolving Credit Facility at  such
time  minus 1/2 of 1% and (b) 1%.  In addition, a separate fronting fee shall be
payable by JSC and  CCA to the bank  issuing the letters of  credit for its  own
account in an amount to be agreed. All letter of credit fees shall be payable on
the  aggregate  face  amount of  outstanding  letters  of credit  under  the New
Revolving Credit Facility, and shall  be payable in arrears  at the end of  each
quarter and upon the termination of the New Revolving Credit Facility. CSI, BTSC
and  the Lenders shall  receive such other  fees as have  been separately agreed
upon with CSI, BTSC, Chemical and Bankers Trust.
 
     Pursuant to  the  Commitment Letter,  JSC  and CCA  agreed,  regardless  of
whether  the  financing  agreements  relating to  the  New  Bank  Facilities are
executed or the commitments to provide  the New Bank Facilities are  terminated,
to  reimburse Chemical, Bankers Trust, CSI and BTSC for, among other things, all
of their respective out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  incurred or sustained  by
such entities in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Commitment
Letter  and  to  indemnify  Chemical,  Bankers Trust,  CSI  and  BTSC,  and each
director, officer,  employee  and  affiliate  thereof  against  certain  claims,
damages,  liabilities and expenses  incurred or asserted  in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Commitment Letter.
 
  THE NEW BANK FACILITIES
 
     The New  Bank  Facilities  will  be provided  pursuant  to  the  terms  and
conditions of the New Credit Agreement.
 
     Borrowings  under the  Initial Term  Loan will  be used,  together with the
proceeds of the Equity Offerings, the Debt Offerings and the SIBV Investment, to
consummate the Bank  Debt Refinancing.  Borrowings under the  Delayed Term  Loan
must be made on or before December 15, 1994 and will be used solely to redeem or
repurchase  the Subordinated  Debt and pay  accrued interest  and the applicable
redemption premiums  thereon, to  repay amounts  drawn under  the New  Revolving
Credit  Facility  prior to  December 15,  1994 for  the purpose  of repurchasing
Subordinated Debt, and to pay the  related fees and expenses in connection  with
such  repurchase  or  redemption.  Borrowings  under  the  New  Revolving Credit
Facility are to be used  for the sole purpose  of providing working capital  for
JSC,  CCA  and  their  subsidiaries and  for  other  general  corporate purposes
including to fund open market or privately negotiated purchases of  Subordinated
Debt  prior to December 15, 1994. Amounts borrowed and outstanding under the New
Revolving Credit  Facility  to  finance purchases  of  Subordinated  Debt  which
aggregate  at least $20 million  will be repaid with  the proceeds of borrowings
from time to time under the Delayed Term Loan.
 
     The obligations  under the  New Credit  Agreement will  be  unconditionally
guaranteed by the Company, JSC, CCA, SNC (but only to the extent permitted under
the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of February 21, 1986, between JSC and Times
Mirror)  and  certain  other  existing and  subsequently  acquired  or organized
material subsidiaries of the  Company, JSC and CCA  (each such entity  providing
such  a guaranty, a 'Guarantor').  The obligations of JSC  and CCA under the New
Credit Agreement (including all guarantee obligations of JSC and CCA in  respect
thereof)  will be  secured by  a security interest  in substantially  all of the
assets  of  JSC,  CCA  and  their  material  subsidiaries,  with  the  exception
 
                                       73
 
<PAGE>
of  trade receivables of JSC, CCA and  their material subsidiaries sold to JSFC,
and by  a  pledge of  all  the  capital stock  of  JSC, CCA  and  each  material
subsidiary of the Company, JSC and CCA.
 
     The  Delayed  Term Loan  and the  New Revolving  Credit Facility  will each
mature on the date which is seven years after the Closing Date. The Initial Term
Loan will mature on the  date which is eight years  after the Closing Date.  The
outstanding principal amount of the New Term Loans is repayable as follows, such
repayments to be made at the end of each six month period after the Closing Date
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SEMI-ANNUAL                                                                         TOTAL
                     PERIOD AFTER                         DELAYED TERM LOAN     INITIAL TERM LOAN      SEMI-ANNUAL
                     CLOSING DATE                         SEMI-ANNUAL AMOUNT    SEMI-ANNUAL AMOUNT        AMOUNT
- -------------------------------------------------------   ------------------    ------------------    --------------
<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>                   <C>
First..................................................      $  --                 $  --              $            0
Second.................................................                 0                     0                    0
Third..................................................        50,000,000             1,000,000           51,000,000
Fourth.................................................        50,000,000             1,000,000           51,000,000
Fifth..................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Sixth..................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Seventh................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Eighth.................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Ninth..................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Tenth..................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Eleventh...............................................        75,000,000             5,000,000           80,000,000
Twelfth................................................        75,000,000             5,000,000           80,000,000
Thirteenth.............................................        75,000,000             6,000,000           81,000,000
Fourteenth.............................................        75,000,000             6,000,000           81,000,000
Fifteenth..............................................         --                   85,000,000           85,000,000
Sixteenth..............................................         --                   85,000,000           85,000,000
                                                          ------------------    ------------------    --------------
                                                             $850,000,000          $200,000,000       $1,050,000,000
                                                          ------------------    ------------------    --------------
                                                          ------------------    ------------------    --------------
</TABLE>
 
     The  New Term Loans and the New Revolving Credit Facility may be prepaid at
any time,  in whole  or  in part,  at the  option  of the  borrowers.  Voluntary
reductions  of the unutilized  portion of the New  Revolving Credit Facility are
permitted at any time. Pursuant  to the Commitment Letter, required  prepayments
on  the New  Bank Facilities are  to be made  in an  amount equal to  (i) 75% of
Excess Cash Flow (to be defined  as the parties shall mutually agree),  reducing
to 50% of Excess Cash Flow upon the satisfaction of certain performance tests to
be  agreed,  (ii) 100%  of the  net proceeds  of the  issuance or  incurrence of
certain indebtedness (not including the Debt  Offerings), (iii) 100% of the  net
proceeds  of  certain non-ordinary  course  asset sales,  (iv)  100% of  the net
proceeds of certain  condemnation or insurance  proceeds, (v) in  the event  the
gross  proceeds from the Equity  Offerings and any other  equity infusion in the
Company is less than $500 million (the amount by which $500 million exceeds such
gross proceeds, the 'Differential'), the lesser of (A) 100% of the net  proceeds
to  the Company of the  sale of Common Stock in  connection with the exercise of
the underwriters' overallotment option,  if any, in  connection with the  Equity
Offerings  and  (B) the  amount of  the Differential,  and (vi)  25% of  the net
proceeds of the issuance of any  other equity securities (other than the  Equity
Offerings  and the exercise  of management stock  options). Required prepayments
will be allocated pro rata  between the Delayed Term  Loan and the Initial  Term
Loan,  and will be applied pro rata against the remaining scheduled amortization
payments under each of the New Term Loans (and, if the Delayed Term Loan has not
then been  drawn,  the amount  allocable  thereto will  permanently  reduce  the
commitments  thereunder) or, if  the New Term  Loans have been  fully repaid, to
permanently reduce the then existing commitments under the New Revolving  Credit
Facility.
 
     Interest  on indebtedness outstanding  under the Delayed  Term Loan and the
New Revolving  Credit Facility,  from  and including  the  Closing Date  to  but
excluding  the first anniversary of the Closing  Date, will be payable at a rate
per annum, selected at  the option of  the borrower, equal to  the ABR Rate  (as
defined  below) plus  1.5% per annum  or the  Adjusted LIBOR Rate  plus 2.5% per
annum. From  and  including  the  first anniversary  of  the  Closing  Date  and
thereafter,  the margin  in excess of  the ABR  Rate or the  Adjusted LIBOR Rate
applicable to  such New  Bank  Facilities will  be  determined by  reference  to
 
                                       74
 
<PAGE>
certain  financial tests. Interest on indebtedness outstanding under the Initial
Term Loan will be payable  at a rate per annum,  selected at the option of  CCA,
equal  to the ABR Rate plus 2% per annum  or the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus 3% per
annum. Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, for  the  first 90  days  following  the
Closing  Date, all such  borrowings may only  be made with  reference to the ABR
Rate  or  the  Adjusted  LIBOR  Rate  for  one  month  borrowings.  All  overdue
installments  of  principal and,  to the  extent permitted  by law,  interest on
borrowings accruing interest based  on the ABR Rate  or the Adjusted LIBOR  Rate
shall  bear interest at a rate  per annum equal to 2%  in excess of the interest
rate then  borne by  such borrowings.  The borrowers  shall have  the option  of
selecting the type of borrowing and the length of the interest period applicable
thereto.
 
     'ABR  Rate'  shall  mean the  higher  of  (a) the  rate  at  which Chemical
announces from time to time as its prime  lending rate, (b) 1/2 of 1% in  excess
of  the Federal  Funds Rate  and (c)  1% in  excess of  the base  certificate of
deposit rate.
 
     'Adjusted LIBOR  Rate'  shall  mean  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate,
adjusted for statutory reserves at all times.
 
     Interest  based  on the  ABR  Rate and  the  Adjusted LIBOR  Rate  shall be
determined based on the  number of days  elapsed over a  360 day year.  Interest
based  on the (i)  ABR Rate shall  be payable quarterly  and (ii) Adjusted LIBOR
Rate shall be payable at  the end of the applicable  interest period but in  any
event not less often than quarterly.
 
     The   New  Credit  Agreement  will   contain  certain  representations  and
warranties, certain  negative,  affirmative  and  financial  covenants,  certain
conditions  and certain  events of  default which  are customarily  required for
similar financings, in addition to other representations, warranties, covenants,
conditions and  events  of  default appropriate  to  the  specific  transactions
contemplated  thereby. Such covenants will  include restrictions and limitations
of dividends, redemptions and  repurchases of capital  stock, the incurrence  of
debt,  liens,  leases,  sale-leaseback transactions,  capital  expenditures, the
issuance  of  stock,  transactions  with   affiliates,  the  making  of   loans,
investments  and certain payments, and on mergers, acquisitions and asset sales,
in each case subject to exceptions  to be agreed upon. Furthermore, the  Company
will  be required to maintain compliance  with certain financial covenants, such
as minimum levels of consolidated earnings before depreciation, interest,  taxes
and amortization, and minimum interest coverage ratios.
 
     Events  of default under the New Credit Agreement will include, among other
things, (i) failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts when  due;
(ii)  violation of  covenants; (iii) failure  of any  representation or warranty
made by the  Company to the  Lenders to be  true in all  material aspects;  (iv)
cross  default  and  cross  acceleration with  certain  other  indebtedness; (v)
'change of control'  (the definition of  which is to  be mutually agreed  upon);
(vi)  certain  events of  bankruptcy; (vii)  certain material  judgments; (viii)
certain ERISA  events;  and  (ix)  the  invalidity  of  the  guarantees  of  the
indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement or of the security interests granted
to  the Lenders, in  certain cases with  appropriate grace periods  to be agreed
upon.
 
     The conditions to  the borrowing  of the Delayed  Term Loan  are set  forth
above. See 'Recapitalization Plan -- Subordinated Debt Refinancing'.
 
     The foregoing summary of the Commitment Letter is qualified in its entirety
by reference to the text of such letter, a copy of which has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange Commission as an  exhibit to the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
SECURITIZATION
 
     In 1991, JSC and CCA entered into the Securitization in order to reduce its
borrowings under the 1989 Credit Agreement. The Securitization involved the sale
of Receivables  to  JSFC,  a  special  purpose  subsidiary  of  JSC.  Under  the
Securitization, JSFC currently has borrowings of $182.3 million outstanding from
EFC,  a third-party owned  corporation not affiliated with  JSC, and has pledged
its interest in such Receivables to EFC. EFC issued CP Notes and Term Notes. EFC
also  entered  into  a  liquidity  facility  with  the  Liquidity  Banks  and  a
subordinated  loan agreement with the  Subordinated Lender to provide additional
sources of funding. EFC pledged its  interest in the Receivables assigned to  it
by  JSFC to  secure EFC's obligations  to the Liquidity  Banks, the Subordinated
Lender, and the
 
                                       75
 
<PAGE>
holders of the CP Notes  and the Term Notes. Neither  the Company nor JSFC is  a
guarantor  of  CP  Notes,  the  Term Notes  or  borrowings  under  the liquidity
facility. See  Note 5  to the  Company's consolidated  financial statements  and
'Recapitalization Plan -- Consents and Waivers -- Securitization'.
 
TERMS OF 1993 NOTES
 
     In  April 1993, CCA issued $500  million aggregate principal amount of 1993
Notes. The 1993 Notes  are unsecured senior obligations  of CCA and will  mature
April  1, 2003.  The 1993 Notes  bear interest  at 9.75% per  annum. Interest is
payable semiannually on April 1 and October 1, of each year. The 1993 Notes  are
not redeemable prior to maturity.
 
     The  1993 Notes  are senior unsecured  obligations of CCA,  which rank pari
passu with the other senior indebtedness of CCA, including, without  limitation,
CCA's  obligations under the New Credit Agreement  and the Senior Notes, and are
senior in right to payment to the Subordinated Debt. CCA's obligations under the
New Credit  Agreement, but  not the  1993 Notes,  will be  secured by  liens  on
substantially  all the assets of CCA and  its subsidiaries with the exception of
cash and cash equivalents and  trade receivables. The secured indebtedness  will
have  priority over  the 1993  Notes with  respect to  the assets  securing such
indebtedness.
 
     The 1993  Note  Indenture  contains certain  covenants  that,  among  other
things,  limit the ability of JSC and  its subsidiaries (including CCA) to incur
indebtedness, pay  dividends,  engage  in  transactions  with  stockholders  and
affiliates,   issue  capital  stock,  create  liens,  sell  assets,  enter  into
sale-leaseback transactions,  engage  in  mergers and  consolidations  and  make
investments  in  unrestricted  subsidiaries.  The  limitations  imposed  by  the
covenants on JSC  and its subsidiaries  (including CCA) are  subject to  certain
exceptions.
 
     Upon  a Change of  Control (as defined  below), CCA is  required to make an
offer to  purchase the  1993 Notes  at a  purchase price  equal to  101% of  the
principal  amount  thereof,  plus accrued  interest.  Certain  transactions with
affiliates of the  Company may not  constitute a Change  of Control. 'Change  of
Control'  is defined to mean  such time as (i)(a) a  person or group, other than
MSLEF II,  Morgan Stanley  Group,  SIBV, JS  Group  and any  affiliate  thereof,
(collectively,  the 'Original  Stockholders'), becomes  the beneficial  owner of
more than 35% of the total voting power of the then outstanding voting stock  of
the  Company  or a  parent  of the  Company  and (b)  the  Original Stockholders
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, less than the then outstanding  voting
stock  of the  Company or  a parent  of the  Company beneficially  owned by such
person  or  group;  (ii)(a)  a  person   or  group,  other  than  the   Original
Stockholders,  becomes the beneficial owner of more than 35% of the total voting
power of the then outstanding voting stock of JSC, (b) the Original Stockholders
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, less than the then outstanding  voting
stock  of  JSC beneficially  owned by  such person  or  group and  (c) CCA  is a
subsidiary of JSC at  the time that the  later of (a) and  (b) above occurs;  or
(iii) individuals who at the beginning of any period of two consecutive calendar
years constituted the Board of Directors of JSC (together with any new directors
whose  election by the  Board of Directors  or whose nomination  for election by
JSC's shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the  members
of the Board of Directors of JSC then still in office who either were members of
the  Board of Directors of JSC at the beginning of such period or whose election
or nomination for election was previously  so approved) cease for any reason  to
constitute  a majority of the  members of the Board of  Directors of JSC then in
office. Pursuant to the  Proposed 1993 Note Amendment,  the Company and JSC  are
seeking to eliminate clause (iii) above.
 
     The  payment of principal and interest on the 1993 Notes is unconditionally
guaranteed on a senior basis  by JSC. Such guarantee  ranks pari passu with  the
other   senior  indebtedness  of  JSC,   including,  without  limitation,  JSC's
obligations under the New  Credit Agreement (including  its guarantees of  CCA's
obligations  thereunder)  and JSC's  guarantee  of CCA's  obligations  under the
Senior Notes, and  is senior  in right  of payment  to JSC's  guarantees of  the
Subordinated Debt. JSC's obligations under the New Credit Agreement, but not its
guarantees  of the 1993 Notes, will be secured by liens on substantially all the
assets of  JSC  and  its  subsidiaries  with the  exception  of  cash  and  cash
equivalents   and  trade  receivables,   and  guaranteed  by   CCA  and  certain
subsidiaries of JSC and  CCA. The secured indebtedness  will have priority  over
JSC's  guarantees of  the 1993  Notes with respect  to the  assets securing such
indebtedness. In the event that (i) a purchaser of capital stock of CCA acquires
a majority
 
                                       76
 
<PAGE>
of the voting rights thereunder or  (ii) there occurs a merger or  consolidation
of  CCA that results in CCA  having a parent other than  JSC and, at the time of
and after giving effect to such transaction, such purchaser or parent  satisfies
certain  minimum net worth and cash flow requirements, JSC will be released from
its guarantee of  the 1993  Notes. Such sale,  merger or  consolidation will  be
prohibited  unless  certain  other  requirements  are  met,  including  that the
purchaser or  the entity  surviving  such a  merger or  consolidation  expressly
assumes  JSC's or CCA's  obligations, as the case  may be, and  that no Event of
Default (as defined in the 1993 Note Indenture) occur or be continuing.
 
     The net proceeds from  the offering of  the 1993 Notes  were used to  repay
certain  revolving credit  indebtedness and  term loan  indebtedness outstanding
under the  Old  Bank Facilities.  The  Company  has also  entered  into  reverse
interest rate swap agreements which hedge a portion of the 1993 Note issue.
 
     MS&Co. acted as underwriter in connection with the original offering of the
1993  Notes and received an underwriting discount of $12.5 million in connection
therewith.
 
     In connection  with implementing  the  Recapitalization Plan,  the  Company
intends  to amend the terms of the  1993 Note Indenture. Among other things, the
Proposed 1993  Note  Amendment will  modify  the  provisions of  the  1993  Note
Indenture  which  limit  the  ability  of the  Company,  JSC  and  CCA  to incur
indebtedness and  to make  certain  restricted payments.  See  'Recapitalization
Plan -- Consents and Waivers'.
 
TERMS OF SENIOR NOTES
 
     Concurrently  with  the  Equity  Offerings, CCA  is  offering  $500 million
aggregate principal amount  of     %  Series A  Senior Notes due  2004 and  $100
million aggregate principal amount of    % Series B Senior Notes due 2002 in the
Debt  Offerings. The Senior  Notes are unsecured senior  obligations of CCA with
interest payable semiannually on         and            , of each year.
 
     The Senior Notes are senior unsecured  obligations of CCA, which rank  pari
passu  with the other senior indebtedness of CCA, including, without limitation,
CCA's obligations under  the New Credit  Agreement and the  1993 Notes, and  are
senior in right to payment to the Subordinated Debt. CCA's obligations under the
New  Credit Agreement,  but not the  Senior Notes,  will be secured  by liens on
substantially all the assets of CCA  and its subsidiaries with the exception  of
cash  and cash equivalents and trade  receivables. The secured indebtedness will
have priority over  the Senior Notes  with respect to  the assets securing  such
indebtedness.
 
     The  Senior Notes are redeemable in whole or  in part at the option of CCA,
at any time on or  after                   ,  1999, at the following  redemption
prices  (expressed as percentages of principal amount) together with accrued and
unpaid interest to the redemption date,  if redeemed during the 12-month  period
commencing:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    REDEMPTION
[        ]                                                                            PRICES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>
  1999...........................................................................           %
  2000...........................................................................
  2001...........................................................................
  2002...........................................................................
  2003...........................................................................
  2004...........................................................................
</TABLE>
 
     The  indentures relating to the Senior Notes (the 'Senior Note Indentures')
contain certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of JSC and
its subsidiaries (including CCA) to incur indebtedness, pay dividends, engage in
transactions with  stockholders  and  affiliates, issue  capital  stock,  create
liens, sell assets, engage in mergers and consolidations and make investments in
unrestricted  subsidiaries. The limitations imposed by  the covenants on JSC and
its subsidiaries (including CCA) are subject to certain exceptions.
 
     Upon a Change of Control, CCA is required to make an offer to purchase  the
Senior  Notes at a purchase price equal to    % of the principal amount thereof,
plus accrued interest. Certain transactions  with affiliates of the Company  may
not constitute a change of Control. 'Change of
 
                                       77
 
<PAGE>
Control'  is defined to mean  such time as (i)(a) a  person or group, other than
the Original Stockholders, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 35% of  the
total  voting power  of the then  outstanding voting  stock of the  Company or a
parent of  the  Company and  (b)  the Original  Stockholders  beneficially  own,
directly  or  indirectly, less  than the  then outstanding  voting stock  of the
Company or a parent of the Company  beneficially owned by such person or  group;
or  (ii)(a) a person or group, other than the Original Stockholders, becomes the
beneficial owner  of  more than  35%  of the  total  voting power  of  the  then
outstanding voting stock of JSC, (b) the Original Stockholders beneficially own,
directly  or  indirectly, less  than the  then outstanding  voting stock  of JSC
beneficially owned by such person or group and (c) CCA is a subsidiary of JSC at
the time that the later of (a) and (b) above occurs.
 
     The  payment   of  principal   and  interest   on  the   Senior  Notes   is
unconditionally  guaranteed on a senior basis  by JSC. Such guarantee ranks pari
passu with the other senior indebtedness of JSC, including, without  limitation,
JSC's  obligations under the  New Credit Agreement  (including its guarantees of
CCA's obligations thereunder) and JSC's guarantee of CCA's obligations under the
1993 Notes,  and is  senior  in right  of payment  to  JSC's guarantees  of  the
Subordinated Debt. JSC's obligations under the New Credit Agreement, but not its
guarantees  of the Senior Notes,  will be secured by  liens on substantially all
the assets of  JSC and  its subsidiaries  with the  exception of  cash and  cash
equivalents   and  trade  receivables,   and  guaranteed  by   CCA  and  certain
subsidiaries of JSC and  CCA. The secured indebtedness  will have priority  over
JSC's  guarantees of the Senior  Notes with respect to  the assets securing such
indebtedness. In the event that (i) a purchaser of capital stock of CCA acquires
a majority of  the voting rights  thereunder or  (ii) there occurs  a merger  or
consolidation  of CCA that results in CCA having a parent other than JSC and, at
the time  of and  after giving  effect to  such transaction,  such purchaser  or
parent  satisfies certain minimum net worth and cash flow requirements, JSC will
be released  from  its guarantee  of  the Senior  Notes.  Such sale,  merger  or
consolidation  will  be prohibited  unless certain  other requirements  are met,
including  that  the  purchaser  or  the  entity  surviving  such  a  merger  or
consolidation  expressly assumes JSC's or CCA's obligations, as the case may be,
and that no Event of Default (as defined in the Senior Note Indenture) occur  or
be continuing.
 
     The  net proceeds  from the offering  of the  Senior Notes will  be used to
effect the Bank Debt Refinancing, as contemplated by the Recapitalization  Plan.
See 'Recapitalization Plan'.
 
     MS&Co. is acting as underwriter in connection with the original offering of
the  Senior Notes and will receive  an underwriting discount of $     million in
connection therewith.
 
SUBSTITUTION TRANSACTION
 
     JSC  is  currently  the  guarantor  on  all  of  CCA's  outstanding  public
indebtedness (consisting of the 1993 Notes and the three classes of Subordinated
Debt) and will similarly guarantee the Senior Notes. The Company will organize a
new  subsidiary ('Smurfit Interco'), all the  outstanding capital stock of which
will be owned by the Company and  which will own all of the outstanding  capital
stock  of  JSC, but  which will  have  no other  significant assets  (other than
intercompany note receivables)  and, except  for guarantees  of indebtedness  of
CCA, no indebtedness for borrowed money. Subject to obtaining the consent of the
holders  of the 1993 Notes to the  Proposed 1993 Note Amendment and the consents
necessary to  amend the  Securitization documents,  the Company  intends (i)  to
cause  Smurfit Interco to replace JSC as guarantor under the indentures relating
to CCA's public indebtedness (and under the New Credit Agreement), (ii) to amend
such indentures so that references to JSC therein and in the 1993 Notes and  the
Senior  Notes shall be changed  to be Smurfit Interco and  (iii) to cause JSC to
merge into  CCA, which  shall succeed  to all  of JSC's  assets and  liabilities
(except  that any guaranty of  obligations of CCA by  JSC shall be extinguished)
(collectively, the 'Substitution Transaction'). The purpose of the  Substitution
Transaction is to maximize operating efficiencies by combining the Company's two
key operating subsidiaries into one entity and achieve cost savings.
 
TERMS OF SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
  SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
     Terms.  The  Senior Subordinated  Notes  are unsecured  senior subordinated
obligations of CCA, limited to $350 million aggregate principal amount, and will
mature on December 1, 1999. The Senior
 
                                       78
 
<PAGE>
Subordinated Notes bear interest at 13 1/2%  from the date of their issuance  or
from  the most recent interest  payment date to which  interest has been paid or
duly provided for. Interest is payable semiannually on June 1 and December 1  of
each year.
 
     The  Subordinated Debentures are unsecured subordinated obligations of CCA,
limited to $300 million aggregate principal amount, and will mature on  December
1,  2001. The  Subordinated Debentures  bear interest  at 14%  from the  date of
issuance of the Subordinated Debentures or from the most recent interest payment
date to which interest has been paid  or duly provided for. Interest is  payable
semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year.
 
     The Junior Accrual Debentures are unsecured junior subordinated obligations
of  CCA, limited to $200 million aggregate  principal amount, and will mature on
December 1, 2004. The  Junior Accrual Debentures bear  interest at 15 1/2%  from
the  date of issuance. No interest will be paid on the Junior Accrual Debentures
prior to December 1,  1994. On December  1, 1994 all  interest accrued from  the
date  of issuance of the Junior Accrual Debentures to and including November 30,
1994 will be paid in one lump sum.  From and after December 1, 1994 interest  on
the  Junior Accrual Debentures will  be payable semiannually on  each June 1 and
December 1, commencing June 1, 1995.
 
     The indentures  under  which  the Subordinated  Debt  is  governed  contain
certain  restrictive  covenants  which impose  limitations  on JSC  and  CCA and
certain of  their  subsidiaries'  ability  to, among  other  things:  (i)  incur
additional  indebtedness; (ii) pay dividends and make other distributions; (iii)
create liens; and (iv) use the proceeds of certain asset sales.
 
     Optional Redemption. The  Senior Subordinated Notes  will be redeemable  in
whole  or in part,  at the option  of CCA, at  any time on  or after December 1,
1994, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of  principal
amount)  together with  accrued and unpaid  interest to the  redemption date, if
redeemed during the 12-month period commencing:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                REDEMPTION
DECEMBER 1                                                        PRICES
- -------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                                             <C>
1994.........................................................     106.750%
1995.........................................................     103.375
1996 and thereafter..........................................     100.000
</TABLE>
 
     The Subordinated Debentures will be redeemable in whole or in part, at  the
option  of CCA,  at any  time on  or after  December 1,  1994, at  the following
redemption prices (expressed in percentages  of principal amount) together  with
accrued  and  unpaid interest  to the  redemption date,  if redeemed  during the
12-month period commencing:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                REDEMPTION
DECEMBER 1                                                        PRICES
- -------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                                             <C>
1994.........................................................     107.000%
1995.........................................................     103.500
1996 and thereafter..........................................     100.000
</TABLE>
 
     The Junior Accrual Debentures will be  redeemable, in whole or in part,  at
the  option of CCA,  at any time  on or after  December 1, 1994,  at 100% of the
principal amount  thereof, together  with  accrued and  unpaid interest  to  the
redemption date.
 
     Sinking  Fund. The Subordinated Debenture Indenture requires CCA to provide
for retirement, by redemption,  of 33 1/3% of  the original aggregate  principal
amount  of the Subordinated Debentures on each of December 15, 1999 and December
15, 2000 at a  redemption price of  100% of the  principal amount thereof,  plus
accrued  interest  to  the  redemption  date.  Such  sinking  fund  payments are
calculated to  retire  66 2/3%  of  the  principal amount  of  the  Subordinated
Debentures originally issued under the Subordinated Debenture Indenture prior to
maturity.  CCA may, at its option,  receive credit against sinking fund payments
for the  principal  amount  of  Subordinated  Debentures  acquired  by  CCA  and
surrendered for cancellation or redeemed otherwise than through operation of the
sinking fund.
 
     The  Junior  Accrual  Debenture  Indenture  requires  CCA  to  provide  for
retirement, by redemption, of 33 1/3% of the original aggregate principal amount
of the Junior Accrual  Debentures on each  of December 1,  2002 and December  1,
2003    at   a   redemption   price   of    100%   of   the   principal   amount
 
                                       79
 
<PAGE>
thereof, plus  accrued  interest  to  the redemption  date.  Such  sinking  fund
payments  are calculated to retire 66 2/3% of the principal amount of the Junior
Accrual  Debentures  originally  issued  under  the  Junior  Accrual   Debenture
Indenture  prior to  maturity. CCA  may, at  its option,  receive credit against
sinking fund  payments for  the principal  amount of  Junior Accrual  Debentures
acquired  by CCA  and surrendered  for cancellation  or redeemed  otherwise than
through operation of the sinking fund.
 
     Subordination. The Subordinated Debt is subordinated in right of payment to
all Senior Debt (as defined in the indentures relating to the Subordinated  Debt
(the  'Subordinated Debt  Indentures') of  CCA which  includes CCA's obligations
under the New  Credit Agreement, the  1993 Notes, the  Senior Notes and  certain
other indebtedness of CCA.
 
     Guarantees.  The payment of principal and interest on the Subordinated Debt
is guaranteed on  a senior  subordinated, subordinated  and junior  subordinated
basis,  respectively,  by  JSC. Such  guarantees  are subordinated  in  right of
payment to all Senior  Debt of JSC, which  includes JSC's obligations under  the
New  Credit Agreement (including its guarantee of CCA's obligations thereunder),
JSC's guarantee of CCA's obligations under  the 1993 Notes and the Senior  Notes
and certain other borrowings of JSC.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
     The  authorized capital stock of the Company consists of          shares of
Common Stock and           shares of preferred stock,  par value $.01 per  share
(the 'Preferred Stock'). JSC's authorized capital stock consists of 1,000 shares
of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 1,000 shares of common stock
are  issued  and outstanding  and  are owned  by  the Company.  CCA's authorized
capital stock  consists of  1,000 shares  of common  stock, par  value $.01  per
share, of which 1,000 shares are issued and outstanding and are indirectly owned
by  the Company. The  following summary does  not purport to  be complete and is
subject to  the  detailed  provisions  of, and  qualified  in  its  entirety  by
reference  to, the Company's Restated  Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws,
copies of which  have been filed  as exhibits to  the Registration Statement  of
which  this  Prospectus is  a  part, and  to  the applicable  provisions  of the
Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     As of the date  of this Prospectus,           shares  of Common Stock  were
issued and outstanding.
 
     Voting  Rights. Each share  of Common Stock entitles  the holder thereof to
one vote in elections of directors and all other matters submitted to a vote  of
stockholders.  The Common  Stock does not  have cumulative  voting rights, which
means that holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock voting for  the
election  of  directors can  elect all  directors then  being elected.  Upon the
consummation of the  Equity Offerings,  SIBV and MSLEF  II will  enter into  the
Stockholders  Agreement, which provides, among other things, for the election of
the Company's  Board of  Directors. See  'Certain Transactions  --  Stockholders
Agreement' and 'Management -- Provisions of Stockholders Agreement Pertaining to
Management'.  Following the  consummation of the  Equity Offerings  and the SIBV
Investment, SIBV and MSLEF II Associated Entities collectively will beneficially
own      % of  the outstanding  shares of  Common Stock,  and consequently  they
collectively  will  have  the power,  and  in accordance  with  the Stockholders
Agreement  intend,  to  elect  all   of  the  Company's  directors.  See   'Risk
Factors -- Control by Principal Stockholders'.
 
     Dividends.  Each share of  Common Stock has  an equal and  ratable right to
receive dividends  to  be  paid  from the  Company's  assets  legally  available
therefor when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The declaration and
payment of dividends on the Common Stock are currently effectively prohibited by
the  terms of the Company's outstanding  indebtedness. In addition, Delaware law
generally requires that dividends are payable only out of the Company's  surplus
or  current net profits in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.
See 'Dividend Policy'.
 
     Liquidation. In the event of the dissolution, liquidation or winding up  of
the  Company, the  holders of  Common Stock  are entitled  to share  equally and
ratably in the assets available for distribution after
 
                                       80
 
<PAGE>
payments are made to the Company's creditors and to the holder of any  Preferred
Stock of the Company that may be outstanding at the time.
 
     Other.   The  holders  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  have  no  preemptive,
subscription, redemption or  conversion rights  and are not  liable for  further
call  or assessment. All of the outstanding  shares of Common Stock are, and the
Common Stock offered hereby will be, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
     Prior to the date of this Prospectus, there has been no established  public
trading market for the Common Stock. Application will be made to list the Common
Stock  on the  New York Stock  Exchange under  the symbol '         '. See 'Risk
Factors -- Absence of Prior Public Market'.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The Board  of  Directors of  the  Company is  authorized,  without  further
stockholder  action, to divide  any or all shares  of authorized Preferred Stock
into series and to fix and determine the designations, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations
or restrictions thereon, of any series so established, including voting  powers,
dividend  rights, liquidation  preferences, redemption rights  and conversion or
exchange privileges. As of the date  of this Prospectus, the Board of  Directors
of the Company has not authorized any series of Preferred Stock and there are no
plans,  agreements or understandings for the issuance of any shares of Preferred
Stock.
 
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
 
     The Stockholders Agreement, among other  things, provides for the  election
of  directors  of  the  Company  and the  selection  of  officers.  See 'Certain
Transactions  --  Stockholders  Agreement'  and  'Management  --  Provisions  of
Stockholders Agreement Pertaining to Management'.
 
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS
 
     Stockholders'  rights  and related  matters  are governed  by  the Delaware
General Corporation Law, the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and
its By-laws. Certain provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and
By-laws of the Company, which are summarized below, may discourage or make  more
difficult any attempt by a person or group to obtain control of the Company.
 
     No  Stockholder Action by  Written Consent; Special  Meeting. The Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation prohibits stockholders from taking  action
by  written  consent  in  lieu  of  an  annual  or  special  meeting,  and  thus
stockholders may only  take action  at an annual  or special  meeting called  in
accordance  with  the  Company's  By-laws. The  Company's  By-laws  provide that
special meetings of stockholders may only be  called by (i) the Chairman of  the
Board,  (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice  President, (iv) the Secretary or (v)
any Assistant Secretary. Special meetings may not be called by the stockholders.
 
     Advance  Notice  Requirements  for   Stockholder  Proposals  and   Director
Nominations.  The  Company's By-laws  establish  advance notice  procedures with
regard to stockholder  proposals and  the nomination, other  than by  or at  the
direction  of the Board of  Directors or a committee  thereof, of candidates for
election as directors. These procedures  provide that the notice of  stockholder
proposals and stockholder nominations for the election of directors at an annual
meeting must be in writing and received by the Secretary of the Company not less
than  60  days nor  more  than 90  days  prior to  the  anniversary date  of the
immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in
the event that the  annual meeting is called  for a date that  is not within  30
days  before or after such anniversary date,  notice by the stockholder in order
to be timely must be received not later  than the close of business on the  10th
day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was
mailed  or such public  disclosure of the  date of the  annual meeting was made,
whichever first occurs.  The notice  of stockholder nominations  must set  forth
certain  information with respect to the  stockholder giving the notice and with
respect to each nominee.
 
     Indemnification. The Company's By-laws will provide that the Company  shall
advance  expenses to and indemnify  each director and officer  of the Company to
the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
                                       81
 
<PAGE>
LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
 
     The Company's  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  provides  that  no
director  of  the Company  shall  be personally  liable  to the  Company  or its
stockholders for  monetary  damages  for  any breach  of  fiduciary  duty  as  a
director,  except for  liability (i)  for any breach  of the  director's duty of
loyalty to the Company or  its stockholders, (ii) for  acts or omissions not  in
good  faith or  which involve intentional  misconduct or a  knowing violation of
law, (iii) in respect of certain unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions
or purchases or  (iv) for  any transaction from  which the  director derived  an
improper  personal benefit. The effect of  these provisions will be to eliminate
the rights of the Company and its stockholders (through stockholders' derivative
suits on behalf of the Company)  to recover monetary damages against a  director
for  breach of fiduciary  duty as a director  (including breaches resulting from
grossly negligent behavior),  except in  the situations  described above.  These
provisions  will not limit  the liability of  directors under federal securities
laws and  will not  affect the  availability of  equitable remedies  such as  an
injunction or rescission based upon a director's breach of his duty of care.
 
SECTION 203 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW
 
     Section  203  of the  Delaware General  Corporation Law  ('DGCL') prohibits
certain  transactions  between  a   Delaware  corporation  and  an   'interested
stockholder,'  which is  defined as a  person who, together  with any affiliates
and/or associates of such person, beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,  15
percent or more of the outstanding voting shares of a Delaware corporation. This
provision  prohibits certain  business combinations (defined  broadly to include
mergers, consolidations,  sales  or  other  dispositions  of  assets  having  an
aggregate  value  of  10 percent  or  more  of the  consolidated  assets  of the
corporation,  and  certain  transactions  that  would  increase  the  interested
stockholder's  proportionate  share  ownership in  the  corporation)  between an
interested stockholder and a corporation for  a period of three years after  the
date  the interested  stockholder acquired  its stock,  unless (i)  the business
combination is approved  by the corporation's  board of directors  prior to  the
date the interested stockholder acquired shares; (ii) the interested stockholder
acquired  at least  85 percent  of the  voting stock  of the  corporation in the
transaction in which it became an interested stockholder; or (iii) the  business
combination  is approved  by a  majority of  the board  of directors  and by the
affirmative vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  owned  by
disinterested   stockholders  at  an  annual  or  special  meeting.  A  Delaware
corporation, pursuant  to a  provision in  its certificate  of incorporation  or
by-laws,  may choose not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL in which case
such election  becomes  effective  one  year after  its  adoption.  The  Company
anticipates  that  it  will choose,  pursuant  to  a provision  of  its Restated
Certificate of Incorporation,  not to be  governed by Section  203 of the  DGCL.
Such  election is expected to become effective on or about the first anniversary
of the completion of the Offerings.
 
REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT
 
     [        ] will act as Registrar and Transfer Agent for the Common Stock.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon the completion of the Equity Offerings, the Company will have
shares of Common Stock  outstanding, assuming no  exercise of the  overallotment
option  granted to the U.S. Underwriters and  assuming the exercise of all other
options granted by the Company. Of these shares, the            shares of Common
Stock  issued  in  the  Equity  Offerings  will  be  freely  tradeable   without
restriction  or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any of
such shares held by  'affiliates' (as defined under  the Securities Act) of  the
Company.  The shares of Common Stock sold by the Company to SIBV (or a corporate
affiliate)  pursuant  to  the  SIBV  Investment  will  be  shares  held  by   an
'affiliate'.  The remaining              shares of  Common Stock  will be deemed
'restricted' securities under the meaning of  Rule 144 under the Securities  Act
('Rule  144'). Neither shares held by an affiliate nor restricted securities may
be sold  in the  absence of  registration  under the  Securities Act  unless  an
exemption  from registration is available, including the exemptions contained in
Rule 144.
 
                                       82
 
<PAGE>
     Generally, Rule  144  provides  that  a person  who  has  owned  restricted
securities  for at least two  years, or who may be  deemed an 'affiliate' of the
Company, is entitled to sell, within any three-month period, up to the number of
restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the
then outstanding shares  of Common  Stock, or  (ii) the  average weekly  trading
volume during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of sale
is  filed with the Securities and  Exchange Commission (the 'Commission'). Sales
under Rule 144 are subject to  certain restrictions relating to manner of  sale,
volume  of sales  and the availability  of current public  information about the
Company. In addition, restricted securities that have been held by a person  who
is  not an 'affiliate' of the Company for at least three years may be sold under
Rule  144(k)  without  regard  to  the  volume  limitations  or  current  public
information  or manner of sale requirements of Rule 144. As defined in Rule 144,
an 'affiliate' of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through the
use of one or more  intermediaries, controls, or is  controlled by, or is  under
the common control with, such issuer.
 
     The Company, SIBV and the MSLEF II Associated Entities have agreed, subject
to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose
of  shares of  Common Stock  for a  period of  180 days  after the  date of this
Prospectus, without the prior written consent of MS&Co. (except with respect  to
shares  of Common Stock held by the  MSLEF II Associated Entities, for which the
prior written consent of Kidder, Peabody will be required). See 'Underwriters'.
 
     Prior to the  Equity Offerings,  there has been  no public  market for  the
Common  Stock. Trading of the Common Stock is expected to commence following the
completion of the  Equity Offerings. There  can be no  assurance that an  active
trading  market  will develop  or continue  after the  completion of  the Equity
Offerings or that the market  price of the Common  Stock will not decline  below
the  initial public offering price. No prediction  can be made as to the effect,
if any, that future sales  of shares, or the  availability of shares for  future
sale,  will have  on the  market price  prevailing from  time to  time. Sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that
such sales could occur,  could adversely affect the  prevailing market price  of
the Common Stock or the ability of the Company to raise capital through a public
offering  of its equity securities. See 'Risk Factors -- Absence of Prior Public
Market'.
 
     In addition,  the  Company,  MSLEF  II  and  SIBV  have  entered  into  the
Registration  Rights Agreement providing that MSLEF II shall have certain rights
to have the shares of Common Stock  owned by it and certain other parties  after
the Equity Offerings registered by the Company under the Securities Act in order
to permit the public sale of such shares. The Stockholders Agreement also grants
SIBV  certain rights, including rights of first refusal, to purchase shares held
by  MSLEF   II  and   certain  related   parties.  As   described  under   'Risk
Factors  -- Control by Principal Stockholders', MSLEF II's (and its affiliates')
intention is to dispose of the shares of Common Stock owned by them. The  timing
of  such sales or other dispositions  by them (which could include distributions
to the partners of  MSLEF II) will  depend on market  and other conditions,  but
could  occur or commence relatively soon after the 180 day hold back period. See
'Risk Factors -- Control by Principal Stockholders'. Such dispositions could  be
privately negotiated transactions or, subject to SIBV's rights of first refusal,
if  applicable, public sales. Sales or dispositions of shares of Common Stock by
MSLEF II to  persons, including  its limited partners,  other than  SIBV or  its
affiliates  could increase the likelihood of  a 'Change of Control' being deemed
to have occurred  under the  indentures relating to  the Company's  Subordinated
Debt,  1993 Notes and Senior Notes; however, so long as MSLEF II, SIBV and their
affiliates own more than  50% of the aggregate  outstanding voting stock of  the
Company,  no such Change of Control will be deemed to have occurred by reason of
any other  person's or  group's ownership  of the  Company's voting  stock.  See
'Description of Certain Indebtedness'.
 
                CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
                      FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
     The  following is  a general  discussion of  certain United  States federal
income and estate tax  consequences of the ownership  and disposition of  Common
Stock by 'Non-U.S. Holders'. In general, a 'Non-U.S. Holder' is an individual or
entity  other  than (i)  a  citizen or  resident of  the  United States,  (ii) a
corporation or partnership created  or organized in the  United States or  under
the  laws of the United States or of any  state or (iii) an estate or trust, the
income of which is includable in gross income for
 
                                       83
 
<PAGE>
United States federal  income tax purposes  regardless of its  source. The  term
'Non-U.S.  Holder' does not include individuals  who were United States citizens
within the ten-year period immediately preceding the date of this Prospectus and
whose loss of United States citizenship had as one of its principal purposes the
avoidance of United States taxes. This discussion is based on current law and is
for general information only. This discussion does not address aspects of United
States federal  taxation other  than income  and estate  taxation and  does  not
address  all aspects  of income  and estate taxation,  nor does  it consider any
specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular Non-U.S.  Holder.
ACCORDINGLY,  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS ARE  URGED  TO CONSULT  THEIR  TAX ADVISERS
REGARDING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL,  STATE, LOCAL AND NON-UNITED STATES  INCOME
AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     In  general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S.  Holder will be subject to United
States withholding  tax  at  a 30%  rate  (or  a lower  rate  prescribed  by  an
applicable tax treaty) unless the dividends are either (i) effectively connected
with  a trade or  business carried on  by the Non-U.S.  Holder within the United
States, or  (ii)  if  certain  income tax  treaties  apply,  attributable  to  a
permanent  establishment in the United States maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder.
Dividends effectively connected with such a  United States trade or business  or
attributable  to such a United States permanent establishment generally will not
be subject  to withholding  tax (if  the Non-U.S.  Holder files  certain  forms,
including  IRS Form 4224, with the payor  of the dividend) and generally will be
subject to United States federal income tax  on a net income basis, in the  same
manner  as  if the  Non-U.S.  Holder were  a resident  of  the United  States. A
Non-U.S. Holder that  is a corporation  may be subject  to an additional  branch
profits  tax at  a rate of  30% (or such  lower rate  as may be  specified by an
applicable  treaty)  on  the  repatriation   from  the  United  States  of   its
'effectively connected earnings and profits,' subject to certain adjustments. To
determine  the  applicability of  a tax  treaty  providing for  a lower  rate of
withholding, dividends paid  to an  address in  a foreign  country are  presumed
under  current Treasury  Regulations to  be paid to  a resident  of that country
absent knowledge to  the contrary.  Treasury regulations proposed  in 1984  that
have  not been finally adopted, however,  would require Non-U.S. Holders to file
certain forms to obtain the benefit of any applicable tax treaty providing for a
lower rate  of  withholding tax  on  dividends.  Such forms  would  contain  the
Non-U.S.  Holder's name and  address and an official  statement by the competent
authority (as  designated  in the  applicable  treaty) in  the  foreign  country
attesting to the Non-U.S. Holder's status as a resident thereof.
 
SALE OF COMMON STOCK
 
     In  general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to United States federal
income tax on any  gain recognized upon the  disposition of Common Stock  unless
(i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the
Non-U.S.  Holder  within the  United States  or,  alternatively, if  certain tax
treaties apply, attributable to a  permanent establishment in the United  States
maintained  by the Non-U.S. Holder (and in  either such case, the branch profits
tax may also apply if the Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation); (ii) in the case of
a Non-U.S. Holder  who is  a nonresident alien  individual and  holds shares  of
stock  as a capital asset,  such individual is present  in the United States for
183 days  or more  in  the taxable  year of  disposition,  and either  (a)  such
individual  has a 'tax  home' (as defined  for United States  federal income tax
purposes) in the United States, or (b) the gain is attributable to an office  or
other  fixed  place of  business  maintained by  such  individual in  the United
States; (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is  subject to tax pursuant to the  provisions
of  United States  tax law applicable  to certain United  States expatriates; or
(iv) the  Company  is  or  has  been  a  United  States  real  property  holding
corporation  (a 'USRPHC') for  United States federal  income tax purposes (which
the Company does  not believe that  it is or  is likely to  become) at any  time
within  the shorter of the  five year period preceding  such disposition or such
Non-U.S. Holder's  holding period.  If the  Company  were or  were to  become  a
USRPHC,  gains realized upon a disposition of  Common Stock by a Non-U.S. Holder
which did not directly or indirectly own more than 5% of the Common Stock during
the shorter of  the periods described  above generally would  not be subject  to
United States federal income tax, provided that the
 
                                       84
 
<PAGE>
Common  Stock is 'regularly  traded' on an  established securities market. Since
the Common Stock will trade on the New York Stock Exchange, the Company believes
that the Common Stock  will be 'regularly traded'  on an established  securities
market.
 
ESTATE TAX
 
     Common  Stock  owned or  treated as  owned by  an individual  who is  not a
citizen or resident (as defined for  United States federal estate tax  purposes)
of the United States at the time of death will be includable in the individual's
gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable
estate  tax treaty  provides otherwise, and  therefore may be  subject to United
States federal estate tax.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING, INFORMATION REPORTING AND OTHER REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
 
     The Company must  report annually to  the Internal Revenue  Service and  to
each  Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with
respect to, each Non-U.S. Holder. These reporting requirements apply  regardless
of  whether withholding was  reduced or eliminated by  an applicable tax treaty.
Copies of this information also may be made available under the provisions of  a
specific  treaty or agreement with  the tax authorities in  the country in which
the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.
 
     United States backup withholding (which generally is imposed at the rate of
31% on certain payments to persons that fail to furnish the information required
under the  United States  information  reporting requirements)  and  information
reporting  generally  will not  apply to  dividends  paid on  Common Stock  to a
Non-U.S. Holder at an address outside the United States.
 
     The payment of proceeds from the disposition of Common Stock to or  through
a  United States office of a broker will be subject to information reporting and
backup withholding  unless the  owner, under  penalties of  perjury,  certifies,
among other things, its status as a Non-U.S. Holder, or otherwise establishes an
exemption.  The payment of proceeds  from the disposition of  Common Stock to or
through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject  to
backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. In the case
of  proceeds from a disposition of Common  Stock paid to or through a non-United
States office of a broker that is (i) a United States person, (ii) a 'controlled
foreign corporation' for United  States federal income tax  purposes or (iii)  a
foreign  person  50% or  more  of whose  gross  income from  certain  periods is
effectively connected  with  a  United  States trade  or  business,  (a)  backup
withholding  will not  apply unless  such broker  has actual  knowledge that the
owner is not a Non-U.S. Holder, and (b) information reporting will apply  unless
the  broker has documentary evidence  in its files that  the owner is a Non-U.S.
Holder (and the broker has no actual knowledge to the contrary).
 
     Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be refunded or
credited  against  the  Non-U.S.  Holder's  United  States  federal  income  tax
liability,  if any, provided  that the required information  is furnished to the
Internal Revenue Service.
 
                                       85
 
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITERS
 
     Under the terms and subject to the conditions in the Underwriting Agreement
dated the  date hereof  (the 'Underwriting  Agreement'), the  U.S.  Underwriters
named  below have severally  agreed to purchase,  and the Company  has agreed to
sell to  them, and  the International  Underwriters named  below have  severally
agreed  to purchase, and the Company has  agreed to sell to them, the respective
number of  shares of  the Common  Stock set  forth opposite  the names  of  such
Underwriters below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER OF
NAME                                                                                            SHARES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
U.S. Underwriters:
     Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated......................................................
     Kidder, Peabody & Co. Incorporated.....................................................
     Salomon Brothers Inc...................................................................
                                                                                               ---------
          Subtotal..........................................................................
                                                                                               ---------
International Underwriters:
     Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited.............................................
     Kidder, Peabody International Limited..................................................
     Salomon Brothers International Limited.................................................
                                                                                               ---------
          Subtotal..........................................................................
                                                                                               ---------
     Total..................................................................................
                                                                                               ---------
                                                                                               ---------
</TABLE>
 
     The  U.S. Underwriters and the  International Underwriters are collectively
referred to as the 'Underwriters'. The Underwriting Agreement provides that  the
obligations  of the several Underwriters  to pay for and  accept delivery of the
shares of Common  Stock offered hereby  are subject to  the approval of  certain
legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters
are  obligated to  take and pay  for all of  the shares of  Common Stock offered
hereby (other than those covered by the U.S. Underwriters' over-allotment option
described below) if any such shares are taken.
 
     Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
U.S. Underwriter has represented and  agreed that, with certain exceptions,  (i)
it  is not  purchasing any  U.S. Shares  (as defined  below) for  the account of
anyone other than a United States or Canadian Person (as defined below) and (ii)
it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or  indirectly,
any U.S. Shares or distribute any prospectus relating to the U.S. Shares outside
the  United States or Canada or to anyone other than a United States or Canadian
Person. Pursuant to the Agreement  Between U.S. and International  Underwriters,
each  International Underwriter  has represented  and agreed  that, with certain
exceptions, (i) it is not purchasing any International Shares (as defined below)
for the account  of any United  States or Canadian  Person and (ii)  it has  not
offered  or  sold, and  will  not offer  or  sell, directly  or  indirectly, any
International Shares or distribute any prospectus relating to the  International
Shares  within the United States  or Canada or to  any United States or Canadian
Person. The foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization transactions  or
to  certain  other  transactions specified  in  the Agreement  Between  U.S. and
International Underwriters. As used herein,  'United States or Canadian  Person'
means  any  national  or  resident  of  the  United  States  or  Canada,  or any
corporation, pension, profit-sharing  or other trust  or other entity  organized
under  the laws of the  United States or Canada  or of any political subdivision
thereof (other than a branch located outside the United States and Canada of any
United States or  Canadian Person) and  includes any United  States or  Canadian
branch  of a person who is otherwise not a United States or Canadian Person. All
shares of  Common  Stock  to be  purchased  by  the U.S.  Underwriters  and  the
International  Underwriters are  referred to herein  as the U.S.  Shares and the
International Shares, respectively.
 
     Pursuant to  the Agreement  Between  U.S. and  International  Underwriters,
sales  may be made between the  U.S. Underwriters and International Underwriters
of any  number  of shares  of  Common Stock  to  be purchased  pursuant  to  the
Underwriting  Agreement as may  be mutually agreed.  The per share  price of any
shares sold shall be the Price to Public set forth on the cover page hereof,  in
United
 
                                       86
 
<PAGE>
States  dollars, less  an amount not  greater than  the per share  amount of the
concession to dealers set forth below.
 
     Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
U.S. Underwriter has represented that it has not offered or sold, and has agreed
not to offer or  sell, any shares  of Common Stock,  directly or indirectly,  in
Canada  in contravention  of the  securities laws of  Canada or  any province or
territory thereof and has represented that  any offer of Common Stock in  Canada
will  be  made only  pursuant to  an exemption  from the  requirement to  file a
prospectus in the province or territory of  Canada in which such offer is  made.
Each  U.S. Underwriter has  further agreed to  send to any  dealer who purchases
from it  any shares  of Common  Stock a  notice stating  in substance  that,  by
purchasing  such Common Stock, such dealer represents and agrees that it has not
offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of such
Common Stock in Canada or to, or for  the benefit of, any resident of Canada  in
contravention  of the  securities laws  of Canada  or any  province or territory
thereof and that any offer of Common Stock in Canada will be made only  pursuant
to  an exemption from  the requirement to  file a prospectus  in the province of
Canada in which such  offer is made,  and that such dealer  will deliver to  any
other dealer to whom it sells any of such Common Stock a notice to the foregoing
effect.
 
     Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has represented and agreed that (i) it has not offered
or  sold and will  not offer or  sell any shares  of Common Stock  in the United
Kingdom by  means of  any document  (other than  in circumstances  which do  not
constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Act 1985);
(ii)  it has  complied and  will comply  with all  applicable provisions  of the
Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to  anything done by it in relation  to
the  shares of Common Stock  offered hereby in, from  or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will only issue or
pass on to  any person  in the  United Kingdom any  document received  by it  in
connection with the issue of the shares of Common Stock, other than any document
which  consists of, or is a  part of, listing particulars, supplementary listing
particulars or  any other  document required  or permitted  to be  published  by
listing  rules under Part IV of the  Financial Services Act 1986, if that person
is of  a kind  described in  Article 9(3)  of the  Financial Services  Act  1986
(Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1988.
 
     The  Underwriters propose to offer part of the Common Stock directly to the
public at the Price  to Public set forth  on the cover page  hereof and part  to
certain  dealers  at a  price which  represents  a concession  not in  excess of
$         per share under the Price  to Public. The Underwriters may allow,  and
such  dealers may reallow, a concession not  in excess of $         per share to
other Underwriters or to certain dealers.
 
     Application will be made  to list the  Common Stock on  the New York  Stock
Exchange,  under the symbol '  '. The  Underwriters intend to sell the shares of
Common Stock so as to meet the distribution requirements of such listing.
 
     Pursuant to the Underwriting  Agreement, the Company  has granted the  U.S.
Underwriters  an  option,  exercisable  for  30  days  from  the  date  of  this
Prospectus, to purchase up to 2,195,122 additional shares of Common Stock at the
Price to Public set forth on the cover page hereof, less underwriting  discounts
and  commissions. The  U.S. Underwriters  may exercise  such option  to purchase
solely for the purpose  of covering overallotments, if  any, made in  connection
with  the offering of the  shares of Common Stock  offered hereby. To the extent
such option is exercised, each  U.S. Underwriter will become obligated,  subject
to  certain conditions,  to purchase approximately  the same  percentage of such
additional shares as the number set  forth next to such U.S. Underwriter's  name
in the preceding table bears to the total number of U.S. Shares offered hereby.
 
     The  Company has agreed that, without  the prior written consent of MS&Co.,
it will not  register for sale  or offer,  sell, contract to  sell or  otherwise
dispose  of any  shares of  Common Stock or  any securities  convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, for a period of 180 days after the
date of  this Prospectus,  other than  (i) the  shares of  Common Stock  offered
hereby  and  the  shares of  Common  Stock to  be  sold to  Smurfit  Holdings as
described in this  Prospectus, (ii)  any shares of  Common Stock  sold upon  the
exercise  of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on
the date of this Prospectus and (iii)  any shares of Common Stock sold  pursuant
to
 
                                       87
 
<PAGE>
existing  employee benefit plans of the Company. In addition, SIBV and the MSLEF
II Associated  Entities have  agreed not  to offer,  sell, contract  to sell  or
otherwise  dispose of shares of Common Stock for  a period of 180 days after the
date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of MS&Co. (except with
respect to shares of Common Stock held by the MSLEF II Associated Entities,  for
which  the  prior written  consent  of Kidder,  Peabody  will be  required). See
'Shares Eligible For Future Sale'.
 
     The Company  and  the Underwriters  have  agreed to  indemnify  each  other
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
     Upon  consummation  of  the  Equity  Offerings  and  the  SIBV  Investment,
affiliates of MS&Co. will own  approximately    %  of the outstanding shares  of
Common Stock (     % if the U.S. Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised
in  full). See 'Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial Owners'. In addition,
MS&Co. owns approximately $      million aggregate principal amount of the  1993
Notes,  approximately  $    million aggregate  principal  amount  of  the Senior
Subordinated Notes, approximately $   million aggregate principal amount of  the
Subordinated  Debentures and approximately $  million aggregate principal amount
of the Junior Accrual Debentures.
 
     The provisions of  Schedule E  ('Schedule E') to  the By-laws  of the  NASD
apply  to the U.S.  Offering. Accordingly, the  public offering price  can be no
higher than that recommended by a 'qualified independent underwriter'. The  NASD
requires  that the  'qualified independent  underwriter' (i)  be an  NASD member
experienced in the  securities or investment  banking business, (ii)  not be  an
affiliate  of the  issuer of  the securities  and (iii)  agree to  undertake the
responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act.  In
accordance with this requirement, Salomon Brothers Inc ('Salomon') is serving in
such  role, and the  initial public offering  price of the  Common Stock offered
hereby will not  be higher  than Salomon's recommended  initial public  offering
price.  Salomon  also  participated  in  the  preparation  of  the  Registration
Statement of which  this Prospectus is  a part and  has performed due  diligence
with  respect thereto. The Company has agreed to pay Salomon a fee of $       in
connection with  the  Equity Offerings  and  to reimburse  Salomon  for  certain
expenses.  The  Company has  also agreed  to  indemnify Salomon  against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
     Pursuant to the  provisions of  Schedule E,  NASD members  may not  execute
transactions  in Common  Stock offered  hereby to  any accounts  over which they
exercise discretionary authority without prior written approval of the customer.
 
     Rule 312(g) of the New York Stock Exchange effectively prohibits MS&Co. and
its affiliates, following the Equity  Offerings, from effecting any  transaction
(except  on an unsolicited basis) for the  account of any customer in, or making
any recommendation with respect to, the Common Stock.
 
     The Company has reserved up to        shares of Common Stock,  representing
   %  of the shares of Common Stock to be sold  in the Equity Offerings (   % if
the U.S. Underwriters' overallotment option is  exercised in full), for sale  to
certain  of its directors, officers  and other employees at  the Price to Public
set forth on the cover page hereof. If such shares are not so sold to directors,
officers and other employees of the Company, they will be sold to the public.
 
     From time to time MS&Co. has provided, and continues to provide, investment
banking services to the Company and its affiliates. See 'Certain Transactions'.
 
PRICING OF THE OFFERINGS
 
     Prior to the  Equity Offerings,  there has been  no public  market for  the
Common  Stock. The initial  public offering price  for the Common  Stock will be
determined  by  negotiations  between  the  Company  and  the  Underwriters   in
accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  Salomon,  the  'qualified independent
underwriter,' as is required by the by-laws of the NASD. Among the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public  offering price will be the  sales,
earnings and certain other financial and operating information of the Company in
recent periods, the future prospects of the Company and its industry in general,
and  certain  ratios,  market prices  of  securities and  certain  financial and
operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to those of the
Company.
 
                                       88
 
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Common Stock  and certain other legal matters  relating
to  the Equity Offerings have been passed upon for the Company by Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher  & Flom,  New York,  New York.  Certain legal  matters have  been
passed  upon for the  Underwriters by Shearman  & Sterling, New  York, New York.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom  also represented MSLEF II and the  Company
in  connection with  the 1989  Transaction, the  1992 Transaction  and regularly
represents the  Company, MS&Co.  and MSLEF  II on  a variety  of legal  matters.
Shearman & Sterling regularly represents MSLEF II on a variety of legal matters.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The  consolidated  financial statements  and  schedules of  the  Company at
December 31, 1993 and 1992, and for each of the three years in the period  ended
December 31, 1993, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have
been  audited by  Ernst &  Young, independent  auditors, as  set forth  in their
report thereon appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement  and
are  included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm
as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with  the Commission a Registration Statement  (which
term shall encompass any amendment thereto) on Form S-1 under the Securities Act
with  respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus does
not contain all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and  the
exhibits  and schedules thereto,  to which reference  is hereby made. Statements
made in this Prospectus as to the  contents of any contract, agreement or  other
document  referred to  are not necessarily  complete. With respect  to each such
contract, agreement or other  document filed as an  exhibit to the  Registration
Statement,  reference is made to the exhibit  for a more complete description of
the matter involved, and  each such statement shall  be deemed qualified in  its
entirety by such reference.
 
     Upon  completion  of the  Offerings,  the Company  will  be subject  to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith will
be required  to file  reports and  other information  with the  Commission.  The
Registration  Statement  and the  exhibits and  schedules  thereto filed  by the
Company with the Commission, as well as such reports and other information filed
by the Company with the  Commission, may be inspected  and copied at the  public
reference  facilities maintained  by the Commission  at 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,
Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549, and  should also be available for  inspection
and   copying  at  the  regional  offices  of  the  Commission  located  in  the
Northwestern Atrium  Center,  500  West Madison  Street,  Suite  1400,  Chicago,
Illinois  60661 and  Seven World  Trade Center, 13th  Floor, New  York, New York
10048. Copies of  such material can  also be  obtained by mail  from the  Public
Reference  Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549 at prescribed rates.
 
     The Company anticipates that copies of such materials and other information
concerning the Company  also will be  available for inspection  at the New  York
Stock  Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005 on which Exchange the
Company's Common Stock will be traded.
 
                                       89

<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Consolidated Financial Statements of Jefferson Smurfit Corporation
  (formerly SIBV/MS Holdings, Inc.):
  Report of Independent Auditors...........................................................................   F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1993 and 1992................................................   F-3
  For the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991:
     Consolidated Statements of Operations.................................................................   F-4
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit......................................................   F-5
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.................................................................   F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................   F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
 
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors
JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
(formerly SIBV/MS Holdings, Inc.)
 
     We  have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Jefferson
Smurfit Corporation (formerly SIBV/MS  Holdings, Inc.) as  of December 31,  1993
and  1992, and the related  consolidated statements of operations, stockholders'
deficit and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December
31,  1993. Our audits also included  the financial statement schedules listed in
the  Index  at  Item  16(b)  of  the  Registration  Statement.  These  financial
statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility  is  to  express an  opinion  on these  financial  statements and
schedules based on our audits.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material respects,  the  consolidated financial  position  of Jefferson
Smurfit Corporation at December 31, 1993 and 1992, and the consolidated  results
of  its operations and its cash flows for  each of the three years in the period
ended December  31,  1993,  in conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.  Also, in  our opinion,  the related  financial statement schedules,
when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a  whole,
present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
     As described in Note 6 and Note 8 to the financial statements, in 1993, the
Company  changed its  method of accounting  for income  taxes and postretirement
benefits.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG
 
St. Louis, Missouri
January 28, 1994
 
                                      F-2
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                ----------------------
                                                                                                  1993         1992
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                 (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT
                                                                                                     SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                                             <C>          <C>
                                           ASSETS
Current assets
    Cash and cash equivalents................................................................   $    44.2    $    45.0
    Receivables, less allowances of $9.2 in 1993 and $7.8 in 1992............................       243.2        243.7
    Refundable income taxes..................................................................          .7         17.0
    Inventories
        Work-in-process and finished goods...................................................        96.1         91.4
        Materials and supplies...............................................................       137.2        132.6
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                    233.3        224.0
    Deferred income taxes....................................................................        41.9         41.1
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................................         5.2         10.1
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
            Total current assets.............................................................       568.5        580.9
Property, plant and equipment
    Land.....................................................................................        60.2         47.6
    Buildings and leasehold improvements.....................................................       241.3        216.4
    Machinery, fixtures and equipment........................................................     1,601.1      1,477.8
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                  1,902.6      1,741.8
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization...........................................       563.2        525.0
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                  1,339.4      1,216.8
    Construction in progress.................................................................        35.1         53.3
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
        Net property, plant and equipment....................................................     1,374.5      1,270.1
Timberland, less timber depletion............................................................       261.5        226.4
Deferred debt issuance costs, net............................................................        52.3         67.0
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $27.6 in 1993 and $20.3 in 1992...................       261.4        226.0
Other assets.................................................................................        78.9         66.0
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                $ 2,597.1    $ 2,436.4
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities
    Current maturities of long-term debt.....................................................   $    10.3    $    32.4
    Accounts payable.........................................................................       270.6        267.8
    Accrued compensation and payroll taxes...................................................       110.1         85.7
    Interest payable.........................................................................        52.6         45.4
    Other accrued liabilities................................................................        84.9         43.9
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
            Total current liabilities........................................................       528.5        475.2
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    Nonsubordinated..........................................................................     1,839.4      1,741.3
    Subordinated.............................................................................       779.7        761.7
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
            Total long-term debt.............................................................     2,619.1      2,503.0
Other long-term liabilities..................................................................       257.1        108.1
Deferred income taxes........................................................................       232.2        159.8
Minority interest............................................................................        18.0         19.2
Stockholders' deficit
    Cumulative exchangeable preferred stock, par value and liquidation value $1,000 per
     share; authorized 500,000 shares; 167,000 issued and outstanding in 1992................                    167.0
    Common stock
        Class A, par value $.01 per share; authorized 4,010,000 shares; 1,840,000 shares
        issued and outstanding in 1993 and 1992
        Class B, par value $.01 per share; authorized 4,010,000 shares; 1,840,000 shares
        issued and outstanding in 1993 and 1992
        Class C, non-voting, par value $.01 per share; authorized 2,170,000 shares; 2,170,000
        shares issued and outstanding in 1993 and 1992
        Class D, non-voting, par value $.01 per share; authorized 2,170,000 shares; 2,170,000
        issued and outstanding in 1993; 500,000 issued and outstanding in 1992
        Class E, non-voting par value $.01 per share; authorized 603,656 shares; no shares
        issued and outstanding
    Additional paid-in capital...............................................................       798.8        631.8
    Retained earnings (deficit)
        At date of 1989 Recapitalization.....................................................    (1,421.3)    (1,421.3)
        Subsequent to 1989 Recapitalization..................................................      (435.3)      (206.4)
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                 (1,856.6)    (1,627.7)
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
            Total stockholders' deficit......................................................    (1,057.8)      (828.9)
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                $ 2,597.1    $ 2,436.4
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                                    1993        1992        1991
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                   (IN MILLIONS EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                                                               DATA)
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales......................................................................   $2,947.6    $2,998.4    $2,940.1
Costs and expenses
     Cost of goods sold........................................................    2,573.1     2,499.3     2,409.4
     Selling and administrative expenses.......................................      239.2       231.4       225.2
     Restructuring and other charges...........................................      150.0
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Income (loss) from operations........................................      (14.7)      267.7       305.5
Other income (expense)
     Interest expense..........................................................     (254.2)     (300.1)     (335.2)
     Other, net................................................................        8.1         5.2         5.4
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Loss before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates,
            minority interests, extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
            accounting changes.................................................     (260.8)      (27.2)      (24.3)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes......................................      (83.0)       10.0        10.0
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                    (177.8)      (37.2)      (34.3)
Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates........................................                     .5       (39.9)
Minority interest share of (income) loss.......................................        3.2         2.7        (2.9)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Loss before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting
            changes............................................................     (174.6)      (34.0)      (77.1)
Extraordinary item
     Loss from early extinguishments of debt, net of income tax benefit of
       $21.7 in 1993 and $25.8 in 1992.........................................      (37.8)      (49.8)
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
     Postretirement benefits, net of income tax benefit of $21.9...............      (37.0)
     Income taxes..............................................................       20.5
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Net loss.............................................................   $ (228.9)   $  (83.8)   $  (77.1)
Per share of common stock:
     Loss before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting
       changes.................................................................   $ (27.47)   $ (11.55)   $ (25.20)
     Extraordinary item........................................................      (5.95)     (10.31)
     Cumulative effect of accounting changes...................................      (2.60)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Net loss.............................................................   $ (36.02)   $ (21.86)   $ (25.20)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
                        (IN MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               CUMULATIVE
                                              EXCHANGEABLE
                                            PREFERRED STOCK              COMMON STOCK
                                         ----------------------    ------------------------
                                           AMOUNT       NUMBER      AMOUNT        NUMBER       ADDITIONAL    RETAINED
                                         ($1000 PAR       OF       ($.01 PAR        OF          PAID-IN      EARNINGS
                                           VALUE)       SHARES      VALUE)        SHARES        CAPITAL      (DEFICIT)
                                         ----------    --------    ---------    -----------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
Balance at January 1, 1991............    $  121.0      121,000     $             4,020,000      $400.0      $(1,420.8)
Net loss..............................                                                                           (77.1)
Dividend on cumulative exchangeable
  preferred stock in additional
  shares..............................        24.2       24,200                                                  (24.2)
                                         ----------    --------    ---------    -----------    ----------    ---------
Balance at January 1, 1992............       145.2      145,200                   4,020,000       400.0       (1,522.1)
Net loss..............................                                                                           (83.8)
Issuance of common stock, net of
  related expenses....................                                            2,330,000       231.8
Dividend on cumulative exchangeable
  preferred stock in additional shares
  through August 1992.................        21.8       21,800                                                  (21.8)
                                         ----------    --------    ---------    -----------    ----------    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1992..........       167.0      167,000                   6,350,000       631.8       (1,627.7)
Net loss..............................                                                                          (228.9)
Conversion of cumulative exchangeable
  preferred stock.....................      (167.0)    (167,000)                  1,670,000       167.0
                                         ----------    --------    ---------    -----------    ----------    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993..........    $                         $             8,020,000      $798.8      $(1,856.6)
                                         ----------    --------    ---------    -----------    ----------    ---------
                                         ----------    --------    ---------    -----------    ----------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                                      1993       1992       1991
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
                                                                                             (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
     Net loss.....................................................................   $(228.9)   $ (83.8)   $ (77.1)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating
      activities
          Extraordinary loss from early extinguishment of debt....................      59.5       75.6
          Cumulative effect of accounting changes
               Postretirement benefits............................................      58.9
               Income taxes.......................................................     (20.5)
          Restructuring and other charges.........................................     150.0
          Depreciation, depletion and amortization................................     130.8      134.9      130.0
          Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs............................       7.9       14.6       17.6
          Deferred income taxes...................................................    (156.9)        .1       (6.3)
          Equity in (earnings) loss of affiliates.................................                  (.5)      39.9
          Non-cash interest.......................................................      18.0       33.6       37.8
          Non-cash employee benefit expense.......................................     (12.5)     (18.8)      (9.4)
          Change in current assets and liabilities, net of effects from
             acquisitions
               Receivables........................................................        .7       12.9       (6.8)
               Inventories........................................................      14.2      (10.4)     (20.8)
               Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........................       5.0       (2.9)       2.3
               Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...........................      26.2       14.9      (30.8)
               Interest payable...................................................       4.7       (4.9)       5.5
               Income taxes.......................................................      16.2      (17.3)      13.4
          Other, net..............................................................       4.9       (2.3)      37.7
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
     Net cash provided by operating activities....................................      78.2      145.7      133.0
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
Cash flows from investing activities
     Property additions...........................................................     (97.2)     (77.5)    (102.0)
     Timberland additions.........................................................     (20.2)     (20.4)     (16.9)
     Investments in affiliates and acquisitions...................................       (.1)      (5.8)      (9.9)
     Proceeds from property and timberland disposals and sale of businesses.......      24.5        1.8        6.1
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
     Net cash used for investing activities.......................................     (93.0)    (101.9)    (122.7)
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
Cash flows from financing activities
     Borrowings under senior unsecured notes......................................     500.0
     Net borrowings (repayments) under accounts receivable securitization
      program.....................................................................       6.4       (8.8)     184.7
     Borrowings under bank credit facility........................................                400.0
     Other increases in long-term debt............................................      12.0       56.8       55.8
     Payments of long-term debt and, in 1992, related premiums....................    (479.2)    (698.6)    (203.3)
     Deferred debt issuance costs.................................................     (25.2)     (40.4)      (3.7)
     Capital contribution, net of related expenses................................                231.8
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
     Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities.........................      14.0      (59.2)      33.5
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..................................       (.8)     (15.4)      43.8
Cash and cash equivalents
     Beginning of year............................................................      45.0       60.4       16.6
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
     End of year..................................................................   $  44.2    $  45.0    $  60.4
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6

<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     Jefferson   Smurfit   Corporation   (formerly   SIBV/MS   Holdings,  Inc.),
hereinafter referred to as  the 'Company', owns 100%  of the equity interest  in
Jefferson  Smurfit Corporation (U.S.)  (formerly Jefferson Smurfit Corporation),
hereinafter referred to as 'JSC'. The  Company has no operations other than  its
investment  in JSC. Fifty percent of the voting stock of the Company is owned by
Smurfit Packaging  Corporation  ('SPC')  and  Smurfit  Holdings  B.V.  ('SHBV'),
indirect  wholly-owned subsidiaries of Jefferson Smurfit Group plc ('JS Group'),
a public corporation organized  under the laws of  the Republic of Ireland.  The
remaining  50% is  owned by  The Morgan Stanley  Leveraged Equity  Fund II, L.P.
('MSLEF II').
 
     In December  1989,  pursuant  to  a  series  of  transactions  referred  to
hereafter as the '1989 Recapitalization', the Company acquired the entire equity
interest in JSC and Container Corporation of America ('CCA') acquired its equity
interest  not  owned  by  JSC.  Prior  to  the  1989  Recapitalization,  Smurfit
International B.V. ('SIBV'),  an indirect wholly-owned  subsidiary of JS  Group,
owned  78% of  JSC's outstanding common  equity, the public  owned the remaining
common equity of JSC and JSC indirectly  owned 50% of the common stock and  100%
of  the preferred stock  of CCA. The  other 50% of  the common stock  of CCA was
owned by  The Morgan  Stanley Leveraged  Equity Fund  L.P. and  other  investors
('MSLEF  I Group').  Both MSLEF II  and MSLEF  I Group are  affiliates of Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated ('MS&Co.'). Unless otherwise indicated, references to
the Company include JSC and CCA.
 
     For financial accounting purposes, the Company's purchase of the JSC common
equity owned by SIBV and  the acquisition by CCA of  its common equity owned  by
MSLEF  I Group were accounted for as purchases of treasury stock, resulting in a
deficit  balance  in  stockholders'  equity  in  the  accompanying  consolidated
financial  statements.  The Company's  acquisition  of JSC's  minority interest,
representing approximately 22% of  JSC's common equity, was  accounted for as  a
purchase.
 
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Principles  of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of  the Company  and its  majority-owned subsidiaries.  Significant
intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
 
     Cash  Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid investments with
a maturity of three  months or less  when purchased to  be cash equivalents.  At
December  31, 1993 cash and cash equivalents  of $42.9 million are maintained as
collateral for obligations under the accounts receivable securitization  program
(see Note 5).
 
     Revenue  Recognition:  Revenue  is  recognized  at  the  time  products are
shipped.
 
     Inventories: Inventories  are  valued  at  the lower  of  cost  or  market,
principally  under  the  last-in,  first-out ('LIFO')  method  except  for $50.6
million in 1993  and $51.9  million in  1992 which are  valued at  the lower  of
average cost or market. First-in, first-out costs (which approximate replacement
costs)  exceed the LIFO value by $44.7 million and $46.3 million at December 31,
1993 and 1992, respectively.
 
     Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are carried at
cost. Provisions for depreciation and amortization are made using  straight-line
rates over the estimated useful lives of the related assets and the terms of the
applicable leases for leasehold improvements.
 
     Effective  January 1, 1993, the Company  changed its estimate of the useful
lives of certain machinery and  equipment. Based upon historical experience  and
comparable  industry practice, the  depreciable lives of  the papermill machines
that previously ranged from 16  to 20 years were increased  to an average of  23
years,  while  major  converting  equipment  and  folding  carton  presses  that
previously averaged 12  years were increased  to an average  of 20 years.  These
changes were made to better reflect
 
                                      F-7
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
the  estimated  periods during  which such  assets will  remain in  service. The
change had the  effect of  reducing depreciation  expense by  $17.8 million  and
decreasing net loss by $11.0 million in 1993.
 
     Timberland:  The portion of the costs  of timberland attributed to standing
timber is charged against income as timber is cut, at rates determined annually,
based on the relationship of unamortized timber costs to the estimated volume of
recoverable timber. The costs of  seedlings and reforestation of timberland  are
capitalized.
 
     Deferred  Debt Issuance Costs:  Deferred debt issuance  costs are amortized
over the terms of the respective debt obligations using the interest method.
 
     Goodwill: The excess of cost over the fair value assigned to the net assets
acquired is recorded as goodwill and is being amortized using the  straight-line
method over 40 years.
 
     Income  Taxes: Effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of
accounting for income  taxes from the  deferred method to  the liability  method
required  by  Statement  of  Financial Accounting  Standards  ('SFAS')  No. 109,
'Accounting for Income Taxes' (see Note 6).
 
     Interest Rate Swap Agreements: The  Company enters into interest rate  swap
agreements  which  involve  the exchange  of  fixed and  floating  rate interest
payments  without  the  exchange  of   the  underlying  principal  amount.   The
differential  to be paid or received is  accrued as interest rates change and is
recognized over the life of the agreements as an adjustment to interest expense.
 
     Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share:  The computations of earnings (loss)  per
common  share  are  based  on  the  weighted  average  number  of  common shares
outstanding of 6,355,000, 4,831,000  and 4,020,000 during  1993, 1992 and  1991,
respectively,  after recognition of preferred  dividend requirements in 1992 and
1991 of $21.8 million and $24.2  million, respectively. The computations do  not
assume  the inclusion of common stock  equivalents associated with stock options
or the conversion of the cumulative exchangeable preferred stock as the  results
would have been antidilutive.
 
     Reclassifications:  Certain reclassifications  of prior  year presentations
have been made to conform to the 1993 presentation.
 
3. INVESTMENTS
 
     Equity in loss  of affiliates of  $39.9 million  in 1991, which  is net  of
deferred  income  tax  benefits of  $18.5  million, includes  the  Company's (i)
write-off of  its equity  investment in  Temboard, Inc.,  formerly Temboard  and
Company   Limited  Partnership  ('Temboard'),   totalling  $29.3  million,  (ii)
write-off of its remaining equity  investment in PCL Industries Limited  ('PCL')
totaling  $6.7 million, and (iii) proportionate share  of the net loss of equity
affiliates, including PCL prior  to the write-off  of that investment,  totaling
$3.9 million.
 
                                      F-8
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH JS GROUP
 
     Transactions  with  JS  Group,  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             -------------------------
                                                                             1993      1992      1991
                                                                             -----     -----     -----
<S>                                                                          <C>       <C>       <C>
Product sales............................................................    $18.4     $22.8     $21.0
Product and raw material purchases.......................................     49.3      60.1      11.8
Management services income...............................................      5.8       5.6       5.4
Charges from JS Group for services provided..............................       .4        .3        .7
Charges from JS Group for letter of credit and commitment fees (see Note
  5).....................................................................      2.9
Charges to JS Group for costs pertaining to the No. 2 paperboard
  machine................................................................     62.2      54.7      10.9
Receivables at December 31...............................................      1.7       3.3       2.4
Payables at December 31..................................................     11.6      10.2       3.4
</TABLE>
 
     Product sales  to  and  purchases  from JS  Group,  its  subsidiaries,  and
affiliates  are consummated on terms generally  similar to those prevailing with
unrelated parties.
 
     JSC provides certain subsidiaries and  affiliates of JS Group with  general
management  and elective management services  under separate Management Services
Agreements. In consideration for general management services, JSC is paid a  fee
up  to 2% of the subsidiaries' or  affiliate's gross sales. In consideration for
elective services,  JSC is  reimbursed for  its direct  cost of  providing  such
services.
 
     In  October 1991 an affiliate of JS Group  completed a rebuild of the No. 2
paperboard machine owned by  the affiliate that is  located in CCA's  Fernandina
Beach, Florida paperboard mill (the 'Fernandina Mill'). Pursuant to an operating
agreement  between CCA and  the affiliate, the affiliate  engaged CCA to operate
and manage the No. 2 paperboard machine. As compensation to CCA for its services
the affiliate reimburses  CCA for  production and  manufacturing costs  directly
attributable  to the  No. 2  paperboard machine  and pays  CCA a  portion of the
indirect manufacturing, selling and administrative costs incurred by CCA for the
entire Fernandina  Mill.  The compensation  is  determined by  applying  various
formulas and agreed upon amounts to the subject costs. The amounts reimbursed to
CCA  are  reflected  as  reductions  of  cost  of  goods  sold  and  selling and
administrative  expenses  in   the  accompanying   consolidated  statements   of
operations.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH TIMES MIRROR
 
     Under  the terms  of a  long-term agreement,  Smurfit Newsprint Corporation
('SNC'), a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, supplies newsprint to Times
Mirror, a minority shareholder of  SNC, at amounts which approximate  prevailing
market  prices. The obligations  of the Company  and Times Mirror  to supply and
purchase newsprint, respectively,  are wholly or  partially terminable upon  the
occurrence  of certain defined events. Sales to  Times Mirror for 1993, 1992 and
1991 were $115.2 million, $114.0 million and $150.6 million, respectively.
 
                                      F-9
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt at December 31 consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1993                       1992
                                                           -----------------------    -----------------------
                                                            CURRENT                    CURRENT
                                                           MATURITIES    LONG-TERM    MATURITIES    LONG-TERM
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
1992 term loan..........................................     $           $  201.3       $           $  392.3
1989 term loan..........................................                    412.3                      608.8
Revolving loans.........................................                    196.5                      223.0
Senior secured notes....................................                    270.5                      270.5
Accounts receivable securitization program loans........                    182.3                      175.9
Senior unsecured notes..................................                    500.0
Other...................................................       10.3          76.5          9.5          70.8
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
          Total non-subordinated........................       10.3       1,839.4          9.5       1,741.3
13.95% Subordinated note, due 1993......................                                  22.9
13.5% Senior subordinated notes, due 1999...............                    350.0                      350.0
14.0% Subordinated debentures, due 2001.................                    300.0                      300.0
15.5% Junior subordinated accrual debentures, due
  2004..................................................                    129.7                      111.7
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
          Total subordinated............................                    779.7         22.9         761.7
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
                                                             $ 10.3      $2,619.1       $ 32.4      $2,503.0
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1993, for the
next five  years are  $10.3 million  in  1994, $220.6  million in  1995,  $379.8
million  in  1996,  $431.5 million  in  1997,  and $273.0  million  in  1998. In
addition, approximately $77.7 million in accrued interest related to the  Junior
Subordinated Accrual Debentures (the 'Junior Accrual Debentures') becomes due in
1994. Accrued interest of approximately $58.9 million is classified as long-term
debt  in  the  accompanying financial  statements  because it  is  the Company's
intention to refinance the Junior Accrual  Debentures in December 1994 with  the
proceeds from its $200 million commitment from SIBV described below.
 
1992 TERM LOAN
 
     In  August 1992, the  Company repurchased $193.5  million of Junior Accrual
Debentures, and repaid $19.1 million of  the Subordinated Note and $400  million
of  the 1989 term loan  facility ('1989 Term Loan').  Proceeds of $231.8 million
from the issuance of  additional common stock  (see Note 7)  and a $400  million
senior  secured term loan ('1992 Term Loan')  were used to repurchase the Junior
Accrual Debentures and repay  the loans. Premiums paid  in connection with  this
transaction,  the write-off of related deferred  debt issuance costs, and losses
on interest rate  swap agreements,  totaling $49.8  million (net  of income  tax
benefits  of $25.8 million), are reflected in the accompanying 1992 consolidated
statement of operations as an extraordinary loss.
 
     Outstanding loans under the 1992 Term Loan bear interest primarily at rates
for which Eurodollar deposits are offered plus 3% (6.375% at December 31, 1993).
The 1992 Term Loan,  which matures on December  31, 1997, may require  principal
prepayments before then as defined in the 1992 Term Loan.
 
1989 TERM LOAN AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
 
     The  1989 Amended and  Restated Credit Agreement  ('1989 Credit Agreement')
consists of the 1989  Term Loan and a  $400.0 million revolving credit  facility
(which  expires in 1995) of which up to $125.0 million may consist of letters of
credit.   The   1989    Term   Loan,   which    expires   in   1997,    requires
 
                                      F-10
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
minimum  annual principal  reductions, subject  to additional  reductions if the
Company has excess cash flows or  excess cash balances, as defined, or  receives
proceeds  from certain sales of assets, issuance of equity securities, permitted
indebtedness or any pension fund termination.
 
     Outstanding loans under the 1989  Credit Agreement bear interest  primarily
at  rates for  which Eurodollar  deposits are  offered plus  2.25%. The weighted
average interest  rate at  December  31, 1993  on outstanding  Credit  Agreement
borrowings was 5.95%. A commitment fee of 1/2 of 1% per annum is assessed on the
unused  portion  of the  revolving credit  facility. At  December 31,  1993, the
unused portion of the revolving  credit facility, after giving consideration  to
outstanding letters of credit, was $112.1 million.
 
SENIOR SECURED NOTES
 
     The  Senior Secured Notes due in 1998 may be prepaid at any time. Mandatory
prepayment is required from a pro rata  portion of net cash proceeds of  certain
sales of assets or additional borrowings. The Senior Secured Notes bear interest
at rates for which three month Eurodollar deposits are offered plus 2.75% (6.25%
at December 31, 1993).
 
     Obligations  under the 1992  Term Loan, the 1989  Credit Agreement, and the
Senior Secured Notes Agreement share  pro rata in certain mandatory  prepayments
and   the  collateral  and  guarantees  that  secure  these  obligations.  These
obligations are secured by the common stock of JSC and CCA and substantially all
of their  assets, with  the exception  of cash  and cash  equivalents and  trade
receivables, and are guaranteed by the Company. These agreements contain various
business  and financial covenants including, among other things, (i) limitations
on the incurrence  of indebtedness;  (ii) limitations  on capital  expenditures;
(iii)  restrictions on paying dividends, except  for dividends paid by SNC; (iv)
maintenance  of  minimum  interest  coverage  ratios;  and  (v)  maintenance  of
quarterly and annual cash flows, as defined.
 
     In  anticipation of violation  of certain financial  covenants at September
30, 1993, in connection with its 1992  Term Loan, 1989 Credit Agreement and  the
Senior Secured Notes, the Company requested and received waivers from its lender
group.  In addition,  the Company's credit  facilities were  amended in December
1993, to  modify financial  covenants that  had become  too restrictive  due  to
continued  pricing weakness in the paper industry. The Company complied with the
amended covenants at December 31, 1993.
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SECURITIZATION PROGRAM LOANS
 
     The   $230.0   million    accounts   receivable   securitization    program
('Securitization  Program') provides  for the sale  of certain  of the Company's
trade  receivables  to  a  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy  remote,  limited   purpose
subsidiary, Jefferson Smurfit Finance Corporation ('JS Finance'), which finances
its  purchases of  the receivables,  through borrowings  from a  limited purpose
finance company (the 'Issuer') unaffiliated with the Company. The Issuer,  which
is  restricted to making loans to JS Finance, issued $95.0 million in fixed rate
term notes, issued $13.8 million under a subordinated loan, and may issue up  to
$121.2  million in  trade receivables  backed commercial  paper or  obtain up to
$121.2 million under a revolving liquidity facility to fund loans to JS Finance.
At December  31, 1993,  $47.1 million  was available  for additional  borrowing.
Borrowings under the Securitization Program, which expires April 1996, have been
classified  as long-term debt because of  the company's intent to refinance this
debt on a long-term basis and the availability of such financing under the terms
of the program.
 
     At December 31, 1993, all assets  of JS Finance, principally cash and  cash
equivalents  of  $42.9  million and  trade  receivables of  $173.8  million, are
pledged as collateral  for obligations  of JS  Finance to  the Issuer.  Interest
rates  on borrowings under this  program are at a fixed  rate of 9.56% for $95.0
million of the  borrowings and at  a variable  rate on the  remainder (3.94%  at
December 31, 1993).
 
                                      F-11
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES
 
     In  April 1993, CCA  issued $500.0 million of  9.75% Senior Unsecured Notes
due 2003 which  are unconditionally  guaranteed by  JSC. Net  proceeds from  the
offering  were used  to repay:  $100.0 million  outstanding under  the revolving
credit facility, $196.5 million outstanding under the 1989 Term Loan, and $191.0
million outstanding under the 1992 Term Loan. The write-off of related  deferred
debt issuance costs and losses on interest rate swap agreements, totalling $37.8
million  (net of  income tax  benefits of $21.7  million), are  reflected in the
accompanying 1993 consolidated statement of operations as an extraordinary item.
 
     In connection with the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes, the  Company
entered  into an agreement  with SIBV whereby  SIBV committed to  purchase up to
$200 million of  11.5% Junior  Subordinated Notes to  be issued  by the  Company
maturing  December  1, 2005.  From time  to  time until  December 31,  1994, the
Company, at their option, may issue the Junior Subordinated Notes, the  proceeds
of  which must be used to repurchase  or otherwise retire subordinated debt. The
Company is obligated to pay SIBV for  letter of credit fees incurred by SIBV  in
connection  with  this commitment  in addition  to an  annual commitment  fee of
1.375% on the undrawn principal amount (See Note 4).
 
     The Senior Unsecured  Notes due  April 1,  2003, which  are not  redeemable
prior  to maturity,  rank pari passu  with the  1992 Term Loan,  the 1989 Credit
Agreement and  the Senior  Secured Notes.  The Senior  Unsecured Note  Agreement
contains   business  and  financial  covenants   which  are  substantially  less
restrictive than  those  contained  in  the 1992  Term  Loan,  the  1989  Credit
Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes Agreement.
 
OTHER NON-SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
     Other  non-subordinated long-term debt at December  31, 1993, is payable in
varying installments through the year 2004. Interest rates on these  obligations
averaged approximately 9.76 % at December 31, 1993.
 
SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
     The  Senior Subordinated Notes, Subordinated  Debentures and Junior Accrual
Debentures are unsecured obligations of  CCA and are unconditionally  guaranteed
on   a  senior   subordinated,  subordinated  and   junior  subordinated  basis,
respectively, by JSC. Semi-annual interest  payments are required on the  Senior
Subordinated  Notes, and Subordinated Debentures. Interest on the Junior Accrual
Debentures accrues and compounds on a  semi-annual basis until December 1,  1994
at  which time accrued  interest is payable. Thereafter,  interest on the Junior
Accrual Debentures will be payable semi-annually.
 
     The Senior  Subordinated Notes  are redeemable  at CCA's  option  beginning
December  1, 1994 with premiums  of 6.75% and 3.375%  of the principal amount if
redeemed during  the 12-month  periods  commencing December  1, 1994  and  1995,
respectively. The payment of principal and interest is subordinated to the prior
payment, when due, of all senior indebtedness, as defined.
 
     The  Subordinated  Debentures  are  redeemable  at  CCA's  option beginning
December 1,  1994 with  premiums  of 7%  and 3.5%  of  the principal  amount  if
redeemed  during  the 12-month  periods commencing  December  1, 1994  and 1995,
respectively. The payment of principal and interest is subordinated to the prior
payment, when  due, of  all  senior indebtedness,  as  defined, and  the  Senior
Subordinated  Notes. Sinking  fund payments  to retire  33 1/3%  of the original
aggregate principal amount of the  Subordinated Debentures are required on  each
of December 15, 1999 and 2000.
 
     The  Junior  Accrual Debentures  are redeemable  at CCA's  option beginning
December 1, 1994 at 100% of the  principal amount. The payment of principal  and
interest is subordinated to the prior
 
                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
payment,   when  due,  of  all  senior  indebtedness,  as  defined,  the  Senior
Subordinated Notes and  the Subordinated  Debentures. Sinking  fund payments  to
retire  33 1/3% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Junior Accrual
Debentures are required on each of December 1, 2002 and 2003.
 
     Holders of  the Senior  Subordinated  Notes, Subordinated  Debentures,  and
Junior  Accrual Debentures  have the right,  subject to  certain limitations, to
require the Company  to repurchase  their securities  at 101%  of the  principal
amount  plus accrued  and unpaid  interest, upon the  occurrence of  a change of
control or in certain events from proceeds of major asset sales, as defined. The
Senior Subordinated Notes, Subordinated Debentures and Junior Accrual Debentures
contain various business and financial covenants which are less restrictive than
those contained in the 1992 Term Loan, the 1989 Credit Agreement and the  Senior
Secured Notes Agreement.
 
INTEREST RATE SWAPS
 
     At  December 31, 1993, the Company has interest rate swap and other hedging
agreements with commercial banks which effectively fix (for remaining periods up
to 3  years)  the Company's  interest  rate on  $215  million of  variable  rate
borrowings  at average all-in rates of approximately 9.1%. At December 31, 1993,
the Company had $435 million of  swap commitments outstanding which were  marked
to  market in April  1993. The Company  also has outstanding  interest rate swap
agreements related to the Securitization Program that effectively convert  $95.0
million  of fixed rate borrowings to a variable rate (5.6% at December 31, 1993)
through December 1995, and convert $80.0 million of variable rate borrowings  to
a  fixed rate of 7.2% through January 1996. In addition, the Company is party to
interest rate  swap  agreements related  to  the Senior  Unsecured  Notes  which
effectively  converts $500.0 million of fixed rate borrowings to a variable rate
(8.6% at December  31, 1993)  maturing at various  dates through  May 1995.  The
Company  is exposed to credit loss in  the event of non-performance by the other
parties to the  interest rate  swap agreements.  However, the  Company does  not
anticipate non-performance by the counter parties.
 
     Interest  costs capitalized on construction projects in 1993, 1992 and 1991
totalled $3.4 million,  $4.2 million  and $2.4  million, respectively.  Interest
payments  on all debt instruments  for 1993, 1992 and  1991 were $226.2 million,
$257.6 million and $273.1 million, respectively.
 
6. INCOME TAXES
 
     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for
income taxes from the deferred method  to the liability method required by  SFAS
No.  109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes'. As permitted under the new rules, prior
years' financial statements have not been restated.
 
     The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 109 as of January 1, 1993 was to
increase net income  by $20.5  million. For 1993,  application of  SFAS No.  109
increased  the pretax  loss by $14.5  million because  of increased depreciation
expense as  a result  of the  requirement  to report  assets acquired  in  prior
business combinations at pretax amounts.
 
     In  adopting this new accounting principle, the Company (i) adjusted assets
acquired and  liabilities  assumed in  prior  business combinations  from  their
net-of-tax  amounts to their pre-tax amounts and recognized the related deferred
tax assets  and  liabilities  for those  temporary  differences,  (ii)  adjusted
deferred income tax assets and liabilities to statutory income tax rates and for
previously unrecognized tax benefits related to certain state net operating loss
carryforwards  and, (iii) adjusted asset and liability accounts arising from the
1986 acquisition  and  the  1989 Recapitalization  to  recognize  potential  tax
liabilities  related to those transactions. The  net effect of these adjustments
on assets  and liabilities  was to  increase inventory  $23.0 million,  increase
property,  plant and equipment and timberlands $196.5 million, increase goodwill
$42.0 million,  increase liabilities  by $12.6  million, and  increase  deferred
income taxes by $228.4 million.
 
                                      F-13
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     At  December 31, 1993, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for
federal income tax  purposes of  approximately $308.6 million  (expiring in  the
years  2005 through 2008),  none of which are  available for utilization against
alternative minimum taxes.
 
     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
at December 31, 1993 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:

     Depreciation and depletion..................................................   $354.5
     Pensions....................................................................     26.7
     Other.......................................................................    104.0
                                                                                    ------
          Total deferred tax liabilities.........................................    485.2
                                                                                    ------
Deferred tax assets:
     Retiree medical.............................................................   $ 44.6
     Other employee benefit and insurance plans..................................     70.3
     Restructuring and other charges.............................................     49.3
     NOL and tax credit carryforwards............................................    108.4
     Other.......................................................................     47.1
                                                                                    ------
          Total deferred tax assets..............................................    319.7
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets......................................    (24.8)
                                                                                    ------
     Net deferred tax assets.....................................................    294.9
                                                                                    ------
     Net deferred tax liabilities................................................   $190.3
                                                                                    ------
                                                                                    ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     Provisions for (benefit  from) income taxes  before extraordinary item  and
cumulative effect of accounting changes were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           LIABILITY
                                                                            METHOD               DEFERRED METHOD
                                                                           ---------    ----------------------------------
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                                                             1993            1992               1991
                                                                           ---------    ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>                <C>
Current
     Federal............................................................    $   28.1         $(2.2)             $14.4
     State and local....................................................         2.2           2.1                1.9
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                                30.3           (.1)              16.3
Deferred
     Federal............................................................       (53.5)          9.7               (7.1)
     State and local....................................................         6.0            .4                 .8
     Benefits of net operating loss carryforwards.......................       (71.5)
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                              (119.0)         10.1               (6.3)
Adjustment of deferred tax assets and liabilities for enacted tax rate
  change................................................................         5.7
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                            $  (83.0)        $10.0              $10.0
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company increased its deferred tax assets and liabilities in 1993 as a
result of  legislation  enacted during  1993  increasing the  corporate  federal
statutory tax rate from 34% to 35% effective January 1, 1993.
 
     The  Internal Revenue  Service completed  the examination  of the Company's
consolidated federal income  tax returns for  1987 and 1988.  The provision  for
current taxes includes settlement of the additional tax liabilities.
 
     The  components of the provision for  (benefit from) deferred taxes were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      1992                       1991
                                                                             -----------------------    -----------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                        <C>
Depreciation and depletion................................................           $  15.2                    $  21.8
Alternative minimum tax...................................................              10.2                       (7.5)
Tax loss carryforwards....................................................             (24.3)                      (9.7)
Equity in affiliates......................................................               6.8                        3.2
Other employee benefits...................................................               2.7                      (10.7)
Other, net................................................................               (.5)                      (3.4)
                                                                                     -------                    -------
                                                                                     $  10.1                    $  (6.3)
                                                                                     -------                    -------
                                                                                     -------                    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     A reconciliation of the difference between the statutory Federal income tax
rate and the effective  income tax rate  as a percentage  of loss before  income
taxes,  equity  in  earnings  (loss)  of  affiliates,  extraordinary  items, and
cumulative effect of accounting changes is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           LIABILITY
                                                                            METHOD               DEFERRED METHOD
                                                                           ---------    ----------------------------------
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                                                             1993            1992               1991
                                                                           ---------    ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>                <C>
U.S. Federal statutory rate.............................................     (35.0)%         (34.0)%            (34.0)%
Adjustment of deferred tax assets and liabilities for enacted tax rate
  change................................................................       2.2
State and local taxes, net of Federal tax benefit.......................      (2.0)            5.8                7.3
Permanent differences from applying purchase accounting.................       3.5            62.7               65.4
Taxes on foreign distributions..........................................        .1              .8                4.5
Effect of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, net of Federal
  benefit...............................................................       1.2
Other, net..............................................................      (1.8)            1.5               (2.1)
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                             (31.8)%          36.8%              41.1%
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
</TABLE>
 
     The Company made income  tax payments of $33.0  million, $6.6 million,  and
$5.9 million in 1993, 1992, and 1991, respectively.
 
7. CAPITAL STOCK
 
     On  August 26, 1992, the Company's shareholders approved an increase in the
authorized number of shares of Class C  and Class D common stock of the  Company
from  500,000 shares to 2,170,000  shares, and authorized the  issuance of up to
603,656 shares  of  Class  E  non-voting shares.  The  Company  then  issued  an
additional  330,000 shares of  Class A common  stock to SHBV,  and an additional
330,000 shares of Class B  common stock and 1,670,000  shares of Class C  common
stock  to MSLEF II  Group. Net proceeds  from the shares  issued totalled $231.8
million and were used to  repay a portion of  the Company's long-term debt  (see
Note  5).  At  December  31,  1993,  SPC  converted  its  shares  of  Cumulative
Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  ('Preferred  Stock'),  bearing  dividends  at  a
quarterly  rate of 4.664%  payable in additional  preferred shares, to 1,670,000
shares of Class D common stock at a value of $167 million.
 
     Because the Preferred Stock shares were converted at December 31, 1993 into
1,670,000 shares of Class D common stock  with a fixed value at August 26,  1992
of  $167 million,  no Preferred Stock  dividends were recognized  by the Company
subsequent to August 26, 1992.
 
     The Company's Class A, Class B, Class  C, Class D and Class E common  stock
are  identical in  all respects,  except for voting  rights and  except that the
Company's Board of Directors  can cause the  exchange of shares  of the Class  C
stock  into Class B stock at any  time, thereby causing the automatic conversion
of an equal number of shares of Class D stock into Class A stock.
 
8. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
PENSION PLANS
 
     The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering
substantially all  employees not  covered by  multi-employer plans.  Plans  that
cover  salaried and management employees provide pension benefits that are based
on the employee's five highest  consecutive calendar years' compensation  during
the  last ten years of service.  Plans covering non-salaried employees generally
provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. These plans provide
reduced benefits for
 
                                      F-16
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
early retirement.  The  Company's  funding  policy is  to  make  minimum  annual
contributions  required by applicable regulations. The Company also participates
in several  multi-employer  pension plans,  which  provide defined  benefits  to
certain union employees.
 
     In  order to minimize significant year-to-year fluctuations in pension cost
caused by  financial market  volatility, the  Company changed,  effective as  of
January 1, 1993 the method of accounting used for determining the market-related
value  of  plan  assets.  The method  changed  from  a fair  market  value  to a
calculated value  that recognizes  all changes  in a  systematic manner  over  a
period  not to exceed four  years and eliminates the  use of a corridor approach
for amoritizing gains and losses. The effect  of this change on 1993 results  of
operations, including the cumulative effect of prior years, was not material.
 
     Assumptions used in the accounting for the defined benefit plans were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993       1992       1991
                                                                          ------     ------     -------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Weighted average discount rates........................................    7.60%      8.75%        9.0%
Rates of increase in compensation levels...............................     4.0%       5.5%        6.0%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets............................    10.0%      10.0%       10.0%
</TABLE>
 
     The  components of net pension income for the defined benefit plans and the
total contributions  charged to  pension expense  for the  multi-employer  plans
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           ----------------------------
                                                                            1993       1992      1991
                                                                           ------     ------    -------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>       <C>
Defined benefit plans:
     Service cost-benefits earned during the period.....................   $ 12.7     $ 12.1    $  11.3
     Interest cost on projected benefit obligations.....................     54.0       50.1       47.6
     Actual (return) loss on plan assets................................    (91.1)     (26.4)    (147.9)
     Net amortization and deferral......................................      8.8      (54.6)      80.3
Multi-employer plans....................................................      2.2        2.1        1.5
                                                                           ------     ------    -------
          Net pension income............................................   $(13.4)    $(16.7)   $  (7.2)
                                                                           ------     ------    -------
                                                                           ------     ------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     The  following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized in
the consolidated  balance  sheets at  December  31  for the  Company's  and  its
subsidiaries' defined benefit pension plans:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1993      1992
                                                                                        ------    ------
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
     Vested benefit obligations......................................................   $616.7    $530.5
                                                                                        ------    ------
     Accumulated benefit obligations.................................................   $664.3    $543.0
                                                                                        ------    ------
     Projected benefit obligations...................................................   $716.0    $599.0
Plan assets at fair value............................................................    778.1     729.2
                                                                                        ------    ------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligations...............................     62.1     130.2
Unrecognized net (gain) loss.........................................................     34.5     (45.2)
Unrecognized net asset at December 31, being recognized over 14 to 15 years..........    (29.2)    (33.2)
                                                                                        ------    ------
          Net pension asset..........................................................   $ 67.4    $ 51.8
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     Approximately  44% of plan assets at December 31, 1993 are invested in cash
equivalents or  debt  securities and  56%  are invested  in  equity  securities,
including common stock of JS Group having a market value of $87.7 million.
 
                                      F-17
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS
 
     The  Company provides certain  health care and  life insurance benefits for
all salaried and certain hourly employees.  The Company has various plans  under
which  the cost may be borne either by the Company, the employee or partially by
each party. The Company does not currently fund these plans. These benefits  are
discretionary  and are not a commitment to long-term benefit payments. The plans
were amended effective January 1, 1993 to allow employees who retire on or after
January 1, 1994 to become eligible for these benefits only if they retire  after
age 60 while working for the Company.
 
     Effective  January 1, 1993,  the Company adopted  SFAS No. 106, 'Employers'
Accounting for  Postretirement Benefits  Other  Than Pensions',  which  requires
companies  to accrue the  expected cost of retiree  benefit payments, other than
pensions, during  employees'  active  service period.  The  Company  elected  to
immediately recognize the accumulated liability, measured as of January 1, 1993.
The  cumulative  effect of  this change  in accounting  principle resulted  in a
charge of  $37.0 million  (net of  income tax  benefits of  $21.9 million).  The
Company  had previously  recorded an obligation  of $36.0  million in connection
with prior business combinations. The  net periodic postretirement benefit  cost
for  1993 was  $9.8 million. In  1992 and  1991, the cost  of the postretirement
benefits was  recognized as  claims were  paid  and was  $6.4 million  and  $5.3
million, respectively.
 
     The  following  table  sets forth  the  accumulated  postretirement benefit
obligation ('APBO') with respect to these benefits as of December 31, 1993:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>
Retirees...................................................................   $ 58.3
Active employees...........................................................     51.8
                                                                              ------
Total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation........................    110.1
Unrecognized net loss......................................................    (11.9)
                                                                              ------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost........................................   $ 98.2
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
</TABLE>
 
     Net periodic  postirement  benefit cost  for  1993 included  the  following
components:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>
Service cost of benefits earned............................................   $  1.5
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.............      8.3
                                                                              ------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost...................................   $  9.8
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
</TABLE>
 
     A  weighted-average discount rate of 7.6%  was used in determining the APBO
at December 31, 1993.  The weighted-average annual assumed  rate of increase  in
the  per capita cost of covered benefits ('healthcare cost trend rate') was 11%,
with an annual  decline of  1% until the  rate reaches  5%. The effect  of a  1%
increase  in the assumed healthcare cost trend  rate would increase both APBO as
of December 31, 1993 by $5.7 million and the annual net periodic  postretirement
benefit cost for 1993 by $.8 million.
 
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     Effective  August 26, 1992, the Company  adopted the 1992 Stock Option Plan
(the 'Plan') which replaced the 1990 Long-Term Management Incentive Plan.  Under
the  Plan, selected employees of the Company and its affiliates and subsidiaries
are granted non-qualified stock options, up  to a maximum of 603,656 shares,  to
acquire shares of common stock of the Company. The stock options are exercisable
at  a price equal to the fair market  value, as defined, of the Company's common
stock on the date of grant. The options vest pursuant to the schedule set  forth
for  each option and  expire upon the earlier  of twelve years  from the date of
grant or termination of  employment. The stock  options become exercisable  upon
the  earlier of the occurrence  of certain trigger dates,  as defined, or eleven
years from  the date  of grant.  Options for  494,215 and  502,645 shares,  were
outstanding  at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively at an exercise price of
$100.00, none of which were exercisable.
 
                                      F-18
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
9. LEASES
 
     The Company leases certain facilities and equipment for production, selling
and  administrative  purposes  under  operating  leases.  Future  minimum  lease
payments at December 31, 1993, required under operating leases that have initial
or  remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess  of one year are $30.3 million
in 1994, $22.5 million in  1995, $15.5 million in  1996, $11.3 million in  1997,
$8.3 million in 1998 and $19.1 million thereafter.
 
     Net  rental expense was $45.0 million, $42.2 million, and $38.7 million for
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
 
10. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The estimated fair  values of  the Company's financial  instruments are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
                                                                              1993                    1992
                                                                      --------------------    --------------------
                                                                      CARRYING      FAIR      CARRYING      FAIR
                                                                       AMOUNT      VALUE       AMOUNT      VALUE
                                                                      --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash and cash equivalents..........................................   $   44.2    $   44.2    $   45.0    $   45.0
Long-term debt, including current maturities.......................    2,629.4     2,686.4     2,535.4     2,540.4
Gain (loss) on interest rate swap agreements.......................                   (3.9)                  (35.5)
</TABLE>
 
     The  carrying amount of cash equivalents  approximate fair value because of
the short  maturity  of those  instruments.  The  fair value  of  the  Company's
long-term  debt is estimated based  on the quoted market  prices for the same or
similar issues or on the  current rates offered to the  Company for debt of  the
same  remaining maturities. The fair value  of the interest rate swap agreements
is the estimated amount the Company would pay, net of accrued interest  expense,
to  terminate the agreements  at December 31, 1993,  taking into account current
interest rates and the current credit worthiness of the swap counterparties.
 
11. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
 
     In September 1993, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $150 million to
recognize the  effects  of  a  restructuring program  designed  to  improve  the
Company's long-term competitive position and future profitability and to provide
for  environmental  and  other  matters. Charges  related  to  the restructuring
program consist of approximately $96  million of expenses associated with  plant
closures,  reductions  in workforce,  realignment  and consolidation  of various
manufacturing operations  and write-downs  of nonproductive  assets. The  charge
also  includes a  provision of  $54 million  related primarily  to environmental
remediation costs  associated  with  plant closures,  and  existing  and  former
operating  sites. See  Restructuring and  Other Charges  section of Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Operation.
 
12. CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company is a defendant in a  number of lawsuits and claims arising  out
of  the conduct  of its business.  While the  ultimate results of  such suits or
other proceedings against the  Company cannot be  predicted with certainty,  the
management  of the  Company believes that  resolution of these  matters will not
have a  material  adverse effect  on  its consolidated  financial  condition  or
results of operation.
 
13. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
     The  Company's  business  segments  are  paperboard/packaging  products and
newsprint. Substantially all the Company's operations are in the United  States.
The Company's customers represent a diverse
 
                                      F-19
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
range  of  industries including  paperboard  and paperboard  packaging, consumer
products, wholesale  trade, retailing  agri-business, and  newspaper  publishing
located  throughout the United States. Credit is extended based on an evaluation
of the customer's financial condition. The paperboard/packaging products segment
includes the  manufacture  and  distribution  of  containerboard,  boxboard  and
cylinderboard,  corrugated containers, folding cartons, fibre partitions, spiral
cores and tubes, labels and flexible packaging. A summary by business segment of
net sales,  operating  profit,  identifiable assets,  capital  expenditures  and
depreciation, depletion and amortization follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                                    1993        1992        1991
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $2,699.5    $2,751.0    $2,653.9
     Newsprint.................................................................      248.1       247.4       286.2
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  $2,947.6    $2,988.4    $2,940.1
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
Operating profit (loss)
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $   13.3    $  281.4    $  273.0
     Newsprint.................................................................      (21.4)      (10.3)      (36.4)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Total operating profit (loss)........................................       (8.1)      271.1       309.4
Interest expense, net..........................................................     (252.7)     (298.3)     (333.7)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
     Loss before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates,
       minority interests, extraordinary item, and cumulative effect of
       accounting changes......................................................   $ (260.8)   $  (27.2)   $  (24.3)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
Identifiable assets
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $2,153.3    $1,960.6    $1,971.6
     Newsprint.................................................................      224.9       235.1       253.1
     Corporate assets..........................................................      218.8       240.7       235.4
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  $2,597.1    $2,436.4    $2,460.1
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
Capital expenditures
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $  107.2    $   91.6    $  114.7
     Newsprint.................................................................       10.2         6.3         4.2
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  $  117.4    $   97.9    $  118.9
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $  115.2    $  121.2    $  116.7
     Newsprint.................................................................       15.6        13.7        13.3
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  $  130.8    $  134.9    $  130.0
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     Sales  and transfers  between segments are  not material.  Export sales are
less than 10% of total sales.  Corporate assets consist principally of cash  and
cash   equivalents,  refundable  and  deferred   income  taxes,  investments  in
affiliates, deferred debt issuance costs and other assets which are not specific
to a segment.
 
                                      F-20
 
<PAGE>
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
14. QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  unaudited  quarterly  results   of
operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH
                                                                    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
                                                                    -------    -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1993
     Net sales...................................................   $735.9     $734.9     $745.7     $731.1
     Gross profit................................................    100.1       99.4       95.8       79.2
     Income (loss) from operations(1)............................     39.8       40.0     (111.6 )     17.1
     Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative
       effect of accounting changes..............................    (15.5 )    (14.6 )   (116.7 )    (27.8 )
     Loss from early extinguishment of debt......................               (37.8 )
     Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles
          Postretirement benefits................................    (37.0 )
          Income taxes...........................................     20.5
     Net loss....................................................    (32.0 )    (52.4 )   (116.7 )    (27.8 )
1992
     Net sales...................................................   $741.9     $794.0     $773.0     $734.5
     Gross profit................................................    110.7      121.5      140.5      126.4
     Income from operations......................................     53.7       65.3       83.6       65.1
     Income (loss) before extraordinary item.....................    (19.9 )    (11.3 )      1.6       (4.4 )
     Loss from early extinguishment of debt......................                          (49.8 )
     Net loss....................................................    (19.9 )    (11.3 )    (48.2 )     (4.4 )
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) In  the third quarter of 1993, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $150
    million for restructuring and  other charges to recognize  the effects of  a
    restructuring   program  designed   to  improve  the   Company's  long  term
    competitive  position   and  future   profitability  and   to  provide   for
    environmental and other matters.
 
                                      F-21

<PAGE>
                                      [LOGO]
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION

<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED FEBRUARY 18, 1994
                               14,650,000 SHARES
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
ALL  OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE BEING SOLD BY THE COMPANY.
OF THE 14,650,000 SHARES  OF COMMON STOCK BEING  OFFERED, 2,930,000 SHARES  ARE
 BEING  OFFERED  INITIALLY  OUTSIDE OF  THE  UNITED  STATES AND  CANADA  BY THE
 INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS AND 11,720,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY
   IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA  BY  THE  U.S.  UNDERWRITERS.   SEE
     'UNDERWRITERS'.  PRIOR  TO THIS  OFFERING,  THERE HAS  BEEN  NO PUBLIC
     MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY. IT IS CURRENTLY ESTIMATED
      THAT THE INITIAL  PUBLIC OFFERING  PRICE PER  SHARE WILL  BE IN  THE
      RANGE OF $        TO $        . SEE 'UNDERWRITERS' FOR A DISCUSSION
       OF  THE  FACTORS  CONSIDERED  IN  DETERMINING  THE  INITIAL PUBLIC
                                  OFFERING PRICE.
 
        THE COMPANY IS  ALSO SELLING            SHARES  OF COMMON  STOCK
        (ASSUMING  THE PRICE TO PUBLIC IS EQUAL TO THE MIDPOINT OF THE
          RANGE SET FORTH ABOVE) TO SMURFIT INTERNATIONAL, B.V. (OR  A
          CORPORATE  AFFILIATE), THE CURRENT  BENEFICIAL OWNER OF 50%
           OF THE COMPANY'S OUTSTANDING STOCK,  AT A PRICE PER  SHARE
           EQUAL  TO THE PRICE  TO PUBLIC PER  SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
            OFFERED HEREBY (OR FOR AN AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE  OF
              $100  MILLION).  FOR  A FURTHER  DESCRIPTION  OF THE
              TERMS AND  CONDITIONS  OF  SUCH  SALE  AND  CERTAIN
                  RELATED MATTERS SEE 'RECAPITALIZATION PLAN'.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                    APPLICATION WILL BE MADE TO LIST THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NEW
                              YORK STOCK EXCHANGE.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
  SEE 'RISK FACTORS' FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE
                                   INVESTORS.
 
    --------------------------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
    SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
      PASSED UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
                   REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
        ----------------------------------------
 
                               PRICE $   A SHARE
 
              ----------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               UNDERWRITING
                                                PRICE TO      DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO
                                                 PUBLIC       COMMISSIONS(1)      COMPANY(2)
                                              ------------    --------------     ------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>                <C>
Per Share.................................         $                $                 $
Total(3)..................................         $                $                 $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
     (1)  The  Company has agreed to  indemnify the Underwriters against certain
          liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
     (2)  Before  deducting  expenses  payable  by  the  Company  estimated   at
          $          . Excludes  proceeds of sale  of shares of  Common Stock to
          Smurfit International, B.V. No  underwriting discounts or  commissions
          will be paid on the sale of such shares.
     (3)  The  Company has granted the  U.S. Underwriters an option, exercisable
          within 30 days from the date hereof to purchase in the aggregate up to
          2,197,500 additional shares of  Common Stock, at  the Price to  Public
          less  underwriting discounts and commissions,  for purpose of covering
          over-allotments, if any. If the option is exercised in full, the total
          Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions, and  Proceeds
          to  Company will be $       ,  $       and $       , respectively. See
          'Underwriters'.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
    The Shares are offered, subject to prior  sale, when, as and if accepted  by
the  Underwriters and subject to approval of certain legal matters by Shearman &
Sterling, counsel for  the Underwriters.  It is  expected that  delivery of  the
Shares  will be made on or  about               , 1994,  at the office of Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, New York, New York, against payment therefor in  New
York funds.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
       INTERNATIONAL
                  KIDDER, PEABODY INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
                                          SALOMON BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
            , 1994
 
                 [ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
 
                                      A-1

<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The  following  table  sets forth  all  fees  and expenses  payable  by the
Registrant in connection with  the offering of  the securities being  registered
hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All of such expenses,
except  the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fees, are estimated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              EXPENSES                                                   AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Security and Exchange Commission registration fee...................................................   $  153,578
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee.........................................
Blue Sky fees and expenses..........................................................................
New York Stock Exchange listing fees................................................................
Printing and engraving expenses.....................................................................
Legal fees and expenses.............................................................................
Accounting fees and expenses........................................................................
Transfer Agent fees and expenses....................................................................
Miscellaneous.......................................................................................
                                                                                                       ----------
          Total.....................................................................................   $
                                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                                       ----------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     The Restated Certificate  of Incorporation of  the Registrant provides  the
Registrant  with the authority  to indemnify directors,  officers, employees and
agents of the Registrant to the full extent allowed by the laws of the State  of
Delaware  as  those laws  exist  now or  as they  may  hereafter be  amended. In
addition, the stockholders of the Registrant have approved the execution by  the
Registrant  of  indemnification agreements  with directors  and officers  of the
Registrant. The indemnification agreements approved by the stockholders  provide
that the Registrant shall indemnify directors and officers to the same extent as
would  otherwise  be available  to the  indemnified  parties had  the Registrant
purchased directors and officers  liability insurance. To date,  indemnification
agreements  with all of the Registrant's respective directors have been executed
by the Registrant and such directors.
 
     See  Item   17   for  the   Registrant's   undertaking  with   respect   to
indemnification.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      TITLE OF SECURITIES       SHARES OF
   DATE OF SALE              SOLD            SECURITIES SOLD*                   PURCHASERS
- ------------------   ---------------------   ----------------   ------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C>                     <C>                <C>
August 26, 1992      Class A Common Stock          330,000                   Smurfit Holdings
August 26, 1992      Class B Common Stock          330,000                       MSLEF II
August 26, 1992      Class C Common Stock        1,212,788                       MSLEF II
August 26, 1992      Class C Common Stock          150,000                     Leeway & Co.
August 26, 1992      Class C Common Stock          250,000        Mellon Bank, N.A. as trustee of First
                                                                            Plaza Group Trust
August 26, 1992      Class C Common Stock           52,333                    MSLEF II, Inc.
August 26, 1992      Class C Common Stock            4,879            SIBV/MS Equity Investors, L.P.
December 31, 1993    Class D Common Stock        1,670,000                  Smurfit Packaging
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  Share  data are not adjusted to  reflect the ten-for-one stock split pursuant
   to the Reclassification.
 
     The sales described above were made in reliance upon the exemption provided
under SS 4(2) of the  Securities Act of 1933. Each  share of stock was sold  for
$100  with the  exception of  the 1,670,000 Class  D shares  received by Smurfit
Packaging upon the conversion of all of its Old Preferred Stock.
 
                                      II-1
 
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
(a) Exhibits.
 
<TABLE>
    <C>               <S>
          1.1*        Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement.
          1.2*        Form of International Underwriting Agreement.
          3.1*        Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.
          3.2*        Form of By-laws of the Company.
          4.1*        Form of certificate for the Company's Common Stock.
          4.2*        Form of Indenture for the 1993 Notes.
          4.3*        Form of Indenture for the Senior Notes.
          4.4*        Form of Indenture for the Senior Subordinated Notes.
          4.5*        Form of Indenture for the Subordinated Debentures.
          4.6*        Form of Indenture for the Junior Subordinated Accrual Debentures.
          5.1*        Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom.
         10.1(a)      Financial Advisory Services Agreement, dated September 12, 1989, among MS&Co., the Company
                      and SIBV (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8(a) to JSC/CCA's Registration Statement
                      on Form S-1 (File No. 33-31212)).
         10.1(b)      Financial Advisory  Services Agreement  Amendment, dated  as of  October 19,  1989,  among
                      MS&Co.,  the Company and SIBV  (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit 10.8(b) to JSC/CCA's
                      Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33 31212)).
         10.2         Stock Purchase Agreement,  dated as  of January  15, 1986,  between JSC  and Times  Mirror
                      (incorporated  by  reference to  Exhibit  2 to  JSC's Current  Report  on Form  8-K, dated
                      February 21, 1986).
         10.3         Shareholders Agreement,  dated as  of February  21,  1986, between  JSC and  Times  Mirror
                      (incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit  4.2 to  JSC's Current  Report on  Form 8-K, dated
                      February 21, 1986).
         10.4         1989 Management  Incentive Plan  (incorporated by  reference to  Exhibit 10(ab)  to  JSC's
                      quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1989).
         10.5         Deferred  Compensation Agreement, dated January 1, 1979,  between JSC and James B. Malloy,
                      as amended and effective November 10, 1983 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)  to
                      JSC's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 2-86554)).
         10.6(a)      JSC  Deferred Compensation Capital Enhancement Plan  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10(r) to JSC's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1985).
         10.6(b)      Amendment No. 1  to the Deferred  Compensation Capital Enhancement  Plan (incorporated  by
                      reference  to Exhibit 10.37  to JSC/CCA's Annual Report  on Form 10-K  for the fiscal year
                      ended December 31, 1989).
         10.7         Letter Agreement, dated November 24, 1982,  between C. Larry Bradford and Alton  Packaging
                      Corporation,  as amended  and effective  November 10,  1983 (incorporated  by reference to
                      Exhibit 10(g) to JSC's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 2-86554)).
         10.8         Form  of  Agreement  for  Indemnification  of  Directors  and  Officers  of  JSC  and  CCA
                      (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(v) to JSC's Annual Report  on Form 10-K for the
                      fiscal year ended December 31, 1986).
         10.9(a)      JSC Deferred Director's Fee Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to  JSC/CCA's
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989).
         10.9(b)      Amendment  No. 1 to JSC Deferred Director's Fee Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.34 to JSC/CCA's  Annual Report  on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year  ended December  31,
                      1989).
         10.10*       JSC Management Incentive Plan 1994.
         10.11        Restated  Newsprint Agreement,  dated January 1,  1990, by  and between SNC  and The Times
                      Mirror Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to JSC's Annual Report on  Form
                      10-K  for the  fiscal year ended  December 31, 1990).  Portions of this  exhibit have been
                      excluded pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
    <C>               <S>
         10.12        Operating Agreement,  dated  as  of  April  30, 1992,  by  and  between  CCA  and  Smurfit
                      Paperboard,  Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to JSC's quarterly report on
                      Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992).
         10.13        Rights Agreement, dated  as of April  30, 1992,  among CCA, Smurfit  Paperboard, Inc.  and
                      Bankers  Trust Company, as collateral trustee  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43
                      to JSC's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992).
         10.14        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as  of August 26, 1992,  among MSLEF II, the  Company
                      and  SIBV (incorporated by  reference to Exhibit  10.45 to JSC's  quarterly report on Form
                      10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1992).
         10.15*       Amendment No. 1, dated April 15, 1993,  to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as  of
                      August 26, 1992, among the Company, MSLEF II and SIBV.
         10.16        1992  SIBV/MS Holdings, Inc. Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48
                      to JSC's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1992).
         10.17*       Form of Stockholders Agreement, dated as of                   , 1994, among MSLEF II,  the
                      Company and SIBV.
         10.18*       Commitment  Letter, dated February 10, 1994, among  JSC, CCA, Chemical, Bankers Trust, CSI
                      and BTSC.
         11.1         Calculation of Historical Per Share Earnings.
         12.1         Calculation of Historical Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
         21.1         Subsidiaries of the Company.
         23.1*        Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (included in Exhibit 5).
         23.2         Consent of Ernst & Young.
         24.1         Powers of Attorney.
</TABLE>
 
     (b) ** Financial Statement Schedules:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>              <C>
        Schedule II:     Amounts Receivable From  Related Parties  and Underwriters,  Promoters and  Employees
                           Other than Related Parties
        Schedule V:      Property, Plant and Equipment
        Schedule VI:     Accumulated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization of Property, Plant and Equipment
        Schedule VIII:   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
        Schedule X:      Supplementary Income Statement Information
</TABLE>
 
*  To be filed by amendment.
 
** All  other schedules specified  under Regulation S-X  for the Registrant have
   been omitted because they are either not applicable, not required or  because
   the  information  required is  included in  the  Financial Statements  of the
   Registrant or notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of  1933  ('Securities  Act')  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
controlling  persons of the Registrant pursuant  to the foregoing provisions, or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as
expressed  in the Securities Act and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a  claim  for indemnification  against  such liabilities  (other  than  the
payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling  person of the  Registrant in the successful  defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling  person
in  connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
in the  opinion  of its  counsel  the matter  has  been settled  by  controlling
precedent,  submit to a  court of appropriate  jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification  by  it  is  against public  policy  as  expressed  in  the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The Registrant hereby undertakes:
 
          (1)   That  for  purposes  of  determining  any  liability  under  the
     Securities Act, the information omitted  from the form of prospectus  filed
     as    part   of    this   registration    statement   in    reliance   upon
 
                                      II-3
 
<PAGE>
     Rule 430A and  contained in a  form of prospectus  filed by the  Registrant
     pursuant  to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall
     be deemed to be part of this  registration statement as of the time it  was
     declared effective.
 
          (2)  That  for  the purpose  of  determining any  liability  under the
     Securities Act,  each  post-effective amendment  that  contains a  form  of
     prospectus  shall be deemed to be  a new registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
          (3) To  provide  the underwriters  at  the closing  specified  in  the
     underwriting  agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered
     in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery  to
     each purchaser.
 
                                      II-4

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration  Statement to be signed  on its behalf by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 18, 1994.
 
                                          SIBV/MS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
                                          By          /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE
                                             ...................................
                                                       John R. Funke
                                                     Vice President and
                                                  Chief Financial Officer
 
     Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration Statement has  been signed below  by the following  persons in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                               DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                                         <C>                                              <C>
                    *                       Director, Chairman of the Board
 .........................................
           MICHAEL W.J. SMURFIT
                    *                       Director, President and Chief Executive
 .........................................  Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
             JAMES E. TERRILL
            /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE               Vice President and Chief Financial Officer       February 18, 1994
 .........................................  (Principal Financial and
              JOHN R. FUNKE                 Accounting Officer)
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
             HOWARD E. KILROY
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
            DONALD P. BRENNAN
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
             ALAN E. GOLDBERG
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
             DAVID R. RAMSAY
</TABLE>
 
                                          *By          /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE
                                              ..................................
                                                        JOHN R. FUNKE
                                                      ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
                                                      FEBRUARY 18, 1994
 
                                      II-5

<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
             SCHEDULE II -- AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTIES
                AND UNDERWRITERS, PROMOTERS, AND EMPLOYEES OTHER
                              THAN RELATED PARTIES
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               COLUMN A                    COLUMN B      COLUMN C           COLUMN D                 COLUMN E
- --------------------------------------    ----------     --------     ---------------------     -------------------
                                                                                                  BALANCE AT END
                                                                           DEDUCTIONS                OF PERIOD
                                                                      ---------------------     -------------------


                                          BALANCE AT                                AMOUNTS
                                          BEGINNING                    AMOUNTS      WRITTEN                   NOT
            NAME OF DEBTOR                OF PERIOD      ADDITIONS    COLLECTED       OFF       CURRENT     CURRENT
- --------------------------------------    ----------     --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993
  JS Group............................       $             $            $            $           $           $
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
Year ended December 31, 1992
  JS Group............................       $             $            $            $           $           $
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
Year ended December 31, 1991
  JS Group............................       $5.2          $            $ 5.2        $           $           $
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1
 
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
                  SCHEDULE V -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   COLUMN A                         COLUMN B      COLUMN C     COLUMN D       COLUMN E      COLUMN F
- -----------------------------------------------   ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                   BALANCE AT                                   OTHER
                                                  BEGINNING OF                                 CHANGES      BALANCE
                                                   PERIOD, AS     ADDITIONS                  ADD(DEDUCT)     AT END
                                                   PREVIOUSLY     AT COSTS                    DESCRIBE         OF
                CLASSIFICATION                      REPORTED        (A)       RETIREMENTS        (B)         PERIOD
- -----------------------------------------------   ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993
     Land......................................     $   47.6       $            $  (1.3)       $  13.9      $  60.2
     Buildings and leasehold improvements......        216.4          9.6          (2.6)          17.9        241.3
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.........      1,477.8        119.7         (40.0)          43.6      1,601.1
     Construction in progress..................         53.3        (14.9)         (1.8)          (1.5)        35.1
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                    $1,795.1       $114.4       $ (45.7)       $  73.9      $1,937.7
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
     Timberland, less timber depletion.........     $  226.4       $ 20.1       $   (.7)       $  15.7      $ 261.5
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
Year ended December 31, 1992
     Land......................................     $   47.3       $   .2       $              $    .1      $  47.6
     Buildings and leasehold improvements......        211.3          5.3           (.3)            .1        216.4
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.........      1,418.8         79.1         (23.5)           3.4      1,477.8
     Construction in progress..................         59.1         (5.8)                                     53.3
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                    $1,736.5       $ 78.8       $ (23.8)       $   3.6      $1,795.1
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
     Timberland, less timber depletion.........     $  228.5       $ 20.4       $  (2.2)       $ (20.3)     $ 226.4
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
Year ended December 31, 1991
     Land......................................     $   50.4       $   .3       $   (.1)       $  (3.3)     $  47.3
     Buildings and leasehold improvements......        205.0          4.9          (2.0)           3.4        211.3
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.........      1,329.7         99.9         (13.4)           2.6      1,418.8
     Construction in progress..................         56.4          2.5                           .2         59.1
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                    $1,641.5       $107.6       $ (15.5)       $   2.9      $1,736.5
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
     Timberland, less timber depletion.........     $  231.9       $ 16.9       $  (2.3)       $ (18.0)     $ 228.5
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(A) Includes  capitalized  leases which  are not  reflected in  the Consolidated
    Statements of Cash Flow.
 
(B) See next page.
 
                                      S-2
 
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
                  SCHEDULE V -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                          COMPONENTS OF OTHER CHANGES
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                                           TIMBER                 OTHER
           CLASSIFICATION              ACQUISITIONS    SFAS 109(A)    RESTRUCTURING(B)    DEPLETION    OTHER     CHANGES
- ------------------------------------   ------------    -----------    ----------------    ---------    ------    -------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>            <C>                 <C>          <C>       <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993
     Land...........................       $             $  15.2           $ (1.5)         $           $   .2    $ 13.9
     Buildings and leasehold
       improvements.................                        27.7             (9.9)                         .1      17.9
     Machinery, fixtures and
       equipment....................        1.4            120.5            (78.0)                        (.3)     43.6
     Construction in progress.......         .1                              (1.5)                        (.1)     (1.5 )
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                           $1.5          $ 163.4           $(90.9)         $           $  (.1)   $ 73.9
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
     Timberland, less timber
       depletion....................       $             $  35.9                           $ (20.2)    $         $ 15.7
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
Year ended December 31, 1992
     Land...........................       $             $                 $               $           $   .1    $   .1
     Buildings and leasehold
       improvements.................                                                                       .1        .1
     Machinery, fixtures and
       equipment....................        5.2                                                          (1.8)      3.4
     Construction in progress.......
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                           $5.2          $                 $               $           $ (1.6)   $  3.6
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
     Timberland, less timber
       depletion....................       $             $                 $               $ (20.3)    $         $(20.3 )
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
Year ended December 31, 1991
     Land...........................       $ .1          $                 $               $           $ (3.4)   $ (3.3 )
     Buildings and leasehold
       improvements.................         .8                                                           2.6       3.4
     Machinery, fixtures and
       equipment....................        3.2                                                           (.6)      2.6
     Construction in progress.......         .3                                                           (.1)       .2
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                           $4.4          $                 $               $           $ (1.5)   $  2.9
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
     Timberland, less timber
       depletion....................       $             $                 $               $ (18.1)    $   .1    $(18.0 )
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (A) Represents increase in property balances in connection with the adoption of
     SFAS No.  109.  See  footnote  6 to  the  December  31,  1993  consolidated
     financial statements.
 
 (B) Represents  reduction in property balances in connection with restructuring
     and other charges. See  footnote 11 to the  December 31, 1993  consolidated
     financial statements.
 
                                      S-3
 
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
      SCHEDULE VI -- ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND AMORTIZATION
                        OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  COLUMN B
                                                ------------     COLUMN C                      COLUMN E      COLUMN F
                                                 BALANCE AT     ----------                   ------------    --------
                                                BEGINNING OF    ADDITIONS                       OTHER        BALANCE
                  COLUMN A                       PERIOD, AS     CHARGED TO     COLUMN D        CHANGES        AT END
- ---------------------------------------------    PREVIOUSLY     COSTS AND     -----------    ADD (DEDUCT)       OF
                 DESCRIPTION                      REPORTED       EXPENSES     RETIREMENTS    DESCRIBE(A)      PERIOD
- ---------------------------------------------   ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993:
     Buildings and leasehold improvements....      $ 52.1         $ 11.2        $  (1.6)        $ (5.8)       $ 55.9
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.......       472.9           92.1          (19.1)         (38.6)        507.3
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                   $525.0         $103.3        $ (20.7)        $(44.4)       $563.2
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
Year ended December 31, 1992:
     Buildings and leasehold improvements....      $ 41.9         $ 10.6        $   (.2)        $  (.2)       $ 52.1
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.......       397.2           95.9          (20.2)                       472.9
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                   $439.1         $106.5        $ (20.4)        $  (.2)       $525.0
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
Year ended December 31, 1991:
     Buildings and leasehold improvements....      $ 34.1         $  9.7        $  (1.9)        $             $ 41.9
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.......       312.0           96.1          (11.7)            .8         397.2
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                   $346.1         $105.8        $ (13.6)        $   .8        $439.1
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (A) See next page.
 
     The  annual provisions for  depreciation have been  computed principally in
accordance with the following estimated lives:
 
          Building and leasehold improvements -- 20 to 50 years
 
          Machinery, fixtures and equipment -- 3 to 30 years
 
                                      S-4
 
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
       SCHEDULE VI -- ACCMULATED DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND AMORTIZATION
                          COMPONENTS OF OTHER CHANGES
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                                                                  OTHER
                  CLASSIFICATION                     ACQUISITIONS    SFAS 109(1)    RESTRUCTURING(2)    OTHER    CHANGES
- --------------------------------------------------   ------------    -----------    ----------------    -----    -------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>                 <C>      <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1993
     Building and leasehold improvements..........       $              $  .2            $ (5.7)        $(.3 )   $ (5.8 )
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment............         .4             2.8             (41.8)                  (38.6 )
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                         $ .4           $ 3.0            $(47.5)        $(.3 )   $(44.4 )
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
Year ended December 31, 1992
     Buildings and leasehold improvements.........       $              $                $              $(.2 )   $  (.2 )
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment............
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                         $              $                $              $(.2 )   $  (.2 )
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
Year Ended December 31, 1991
     Buildings and leasehold improvements.........       $ .1           $                $              $(.1 )   $
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment............         .8                                                        .8
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                         $ .9           $                $              $(.1 )   $   .8
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Represents increase in property balances in connection with the adoption  of
    SFAS No. 109. See footnote 6 to the December 31, 1993 consolidated financial
    statements.
 
(2) Represents  reduction in property balances  in connection with restructuring
    and other charges.  See footnote 11  to the December  31, 1993  consolidated
    financial statements.
 
                                      S-5
 
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
               SCHEDULE VIII -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     COLUMN B
                                                   ------------            COLUMN C                          COLUMN E
                                                    BALANCE AT     ------------------------     COLUMN D     --------
                                                   BEGINNING OF                  CHARGED TO    ----------    BALANCE
                    COLUMN A                        PERIOD, AS     CHARGED TO      OTHER       DEDUCTIONS     AT END
- ------------------------------------------------    PREVIOUSLY     COSTS AND      ACCOUNTS      DESCRIBE        OF
                  DESCRIPTION                        REPORTED       EXPENSES      DESCRIBE        (A)         PERIOD
- ------------------------------------------------   ------------    ----------    ----------    ----------    --------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993
     Allowance for doubtful accounts............       $7.8           $4.0          $             $2.6         $9.2
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
Year ended December 31, 1992
     Allowance for doubtful accounts............       $8.2           $3.5          $             $3.9         $7.8
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
Year ended December 31, 1991
     Allowance for doubtful accounts............       $7.8           $3.6          $             $3.2         $8.2
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(A) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
 
                                      S-6
 
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
            SCHEDULE X -- SUPPLEMENTARY INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        COLUMN B
                                                                          -------------------------------------
                     COLUMN A                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
- ---------------------------------------------------                       -------------------------------------
                       ITEM                                    1993                       1992                       1991
- ---------------------------------------------------   -----------------------    -----------------------    -----------------------
<S>                                                   <C>                        <C>                        <C>
Maintenance and repairs............................           $ 237.8                    $ 232.0                    $ 208.5
</TABLE>
 
     Amounts  for  (i)  depreciation  and  amortization  of  intangible  assets,
pre-operating costs and similar  deferrals, (ii) taxes,  other than payroll  and
income  taxes, (iii) royalties  and (iv) advertising costs  are not presented as
such amounts are less than 1% of total sales and revenue in all periods.
 
                                      S-7



<PAGE>
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 23, 1994
 
                                                      REGISTRATION NO.
________________________________________________________________________________
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-2
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                                     UNDER
 
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                        CONTAINER CORPORATION OF AMERICA
           (EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
                             DELAWARE                                                          36-2659288
                 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                                            (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                  INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                                         IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
                     JEFFERSON SMURFIT CENTRE                                                JOHN R. FUNKE
                       8182 MARYLAND AVENUE                                    VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                    ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105                                             8182 MARYLAND AVENUE
                          (314) 746-1100                                               ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA                           (314) 746-1100
      CODE, OF CO-REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)            (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                                                                               INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
                         JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
              (TO BE RENAMED JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.))
           (EXACT NAME OF CO-REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
                             DELAWARE                                                          36-2931273
                 (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                                            (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                  INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                                         IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
                     JEFFERSON SMURFIT CENTRE                                                JOHN R. FUNKE
                       8182 MARYLAND AVENUE                                    VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                    ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105                                             8182 MARYLAND AVENUE
                          (314) 746-1100                                               ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63105
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA                           (314) 746-1100
      CODE, OF CO-REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)            (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                                                                               INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
                        LOU R. KLING, ESQ.                                                FRED H. COHEN, ESQ.
               SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM                                       SHEARMAN & STERLING
                         919 THIRD AVENUE                                                 599 LEXINGTON AVENUE
                     NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022                                           NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                          (212) 735-3000                                                     (212) 848-4000
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933
check the following box. [x]
 
     If  either of the co-registrants elects to deliver its latest annual report
to security holders, or  a complete and legible  facsimile thereof, pursuant  to
Item 11(a)(1) of this Form, check the following box. [ ]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>               <C>
                                                                                          PROPOSED          PROPOSED
                                                                                          MAXIMUM           MAXIMUM
                                                                       AMOUNT TO BE    OFFERING PRICE      AGGREGATE
         TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED             REGISTERED        PER UNIT       OFFERING PRICE
 
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>               <C>
   % Series A Senior Notes Due 2004.................................   $500,000,000         100%*         $ 500,000,000*
Guarantees of    % Series A Senior Notes Due 2004...................
   % Series B Senior Notes Due 2002.................................   $100,000,000         100%*         $ 100,000,000*
Guarantees of    % Series B Senior Notes Due 2002...................
     Total..........................................................   $600,000,000         100%*         $ 600,000,000*
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AMOUNT OF
         TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED           REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                                                    <C>
   % Series A Senior Notes Due 2004.................................      $172,414
Guarantees of    % Series A Senior Notes Due 2004...................      $      0**
   % Series B Senior Notes Due 2002.................................      $ 34,483
Guarantees of    % Series B Senior Notes Due 2002...................      $      0**
     Total..........................................................      $206,897
</TABLE>
 
*  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
** Pursuant  to  Rule  457(n)  no  separate filing  fee  is  required  for these
   guarantees.
 
                            ---------------------------
     THE CO-REGISTRANTS HEREBY AMEND THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO  DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE  CO-REGISTRANTS
SHALL  FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
     This  Registration Statement contains a Prospectus relating to the offering
by Container Corporation of America (the 'Debt Offerings') of its      %  Series
A  Senior  Notes due  2004  and its          % Series  B  Senior Notes  due 2002
(collectively, the 'Senior Notes'),  guaranteed on a  senior basis by  Jefferson
Smurfit Corporation, together with separate Prospectus pages relating to certain
market-making  transactions in the Senior Notes. The complete Prospectus for the
Debt Offerings follows immediately after  this Explanatory Note. Following  such
Prospectus  are certain  pages of the  Prospectus relating  to the market-making
transactions, which include an alternate cover page, alternate pages 2 and 3,  a
new  paragraph captioned 'Trading Market for the Senior Notes' to be inserted in
the section  captioned  'Risk  Factors',  in lieu  of  the  paragraph  captioned
'Absence  of  Public Market',  a section  entitled 'Market-Making  Activities of
MS&Co.' to be inserted in lieu of the 'The Underwriter' section and an alternate
'Legal Matters' section. All  other sections of the  Prospectus for the  initial
sale  of the  Senior Notes  other than  the section  entitled 'Use  of Proceeds'
(including in the  Summary) are to  be used  in the Prospectus  relating to  the
market-making transactions.
 

     Prior  to  the  date  on  which  this  Registration  Statement  is declared
effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, one of the  Co-Registrants,
Jefferson  Smurfit Corporation, intends to change its name to 'Jefferson Smurfit
Corporation (U.S.)' and its  parent, SIBV/MS Holdings,  Inc., intends to  change
its name to 'Jefferson Smurfit Corporation'. All references in the Prospectus to
the  'Company'  refer  to  the  corporation  currently  named  Jefferson Smurfit
Corporation and,  when  the  context requires,  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,
including  CCA;  all references  in the  Prospectus to  'Holdings' refer  to the
corporation currently named SIBV/MS Holdings, Inc.


<PAGE>
                        CONTAINER CORPORATION OF AMERICA
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(b) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        FORM S-2 PART I ITEM                                 PROSPECTUS LOCATION OR CAPTION
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
<S>   <C>                                                              <C>
  1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover
        Page of Prospectus...........................................  Outside Front Cover Page
  2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus........  Inside Front Cover Page; Additional
                                                                         Information
  3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to
        Fixed Charges................................................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Selected
                                                                         Historical Financial Data; Pro Forma
                                                                         Financial Data
  4.  Use of Proceeds................................................  Use of Proceeds
  5.  Determination of Offering Price................................  *
  6.  Dilution.......................................................  *
  7.  Selling Security Holders.......................................  *
  8.  Plan of Distribution...........................................  Cover Page; The Underwriter
  9.  Description of Securities to be Registered.....................  Prospectus Summary; Description of the
                                                                         Senior Notes
 10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.........................  *
 11.  Information with Respect to the Co-Registrants.................  Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus
                                                                         Summary; Risk Factors; Recapitalization
                                                                         Plan; Use of Proceeds; Capitalization;
                                                                         Selected Historical Financial Data; Pro
                                                                         Forma Financial Data; Management's
                                                                         Discussion and Analysis of Results of
                                                                         Operations and Financial Condition;
                                                                         Business; Management; Security Ownership
                                                                         of Certain Beneficial Owners; Certain
                                                                         Transactions; Description of Certain
                                                                         Indebtedness; Description of the Senior
                                                                         Notes; Index to Financial Statements
 12.  Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference..............  Incorporation of Certain Documents by
                                                                         Reference; Additional Information
 13.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for
        Securities Act Liabilities...................................  *
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  Not applicable.

<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED                   , 1994
 
                                  $600,000,000
                        CONTAINER CORPORATION OF AMERICA
 
                $500,000,000    % SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
                $100,000,000    % SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2002
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                           UNCONDITIONALLY  GUARANTEED  ON  A  SENIOR  BASIS  BY
          JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
          INTEREST ON THE SERIES A SENIOR NOTES PAYABLE         AND
          INTEREST ON THE SERIES B SENIOR NOTES PAYABLE         AND

 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
THE SERIES A SENIOR NOTES WILL BE REDEEMABLE  AT THE OPTION OF CCA, IN WHOLE  OR
IN  PART, AT  ANY TIME  ON OR  AFTER    ,  1999, INITIALLY  AT    %  OF THEIR
   PRINCIPAL AMOUNT,  PLUS  ACCRUED  INTEREST, DECLINING  TO  100%  OF  THEIR
   PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT, PLUS ACCRUED INTEREST,  ON OR AFTER    . IN ADDITION,
     CCA MAY REDEEM, AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO             , 1997, UP TO  $175
       MILLION  AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF  THE SERIES A SENIOR NOTES,
       AT A REDEMPTION PRICE OF     %  OF THEIR PRINCIPAL AMOUNT,  PLUS
         ACCRUED  INTEREST,  WITH  THE  NET  CASH  PROCEEDS  FROM  AN
           ISSUANCE OF CAPITAL STOCK OF CCA  OR JSC OR ANY PARENT  OF
           CCA TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH PROCEEDS ARE CONTRIBUTED TO
              CCA.   THE  SERIES  B  SENIOR   NOTES  WILL  NOT  BE
              REDEEMABLE                               PRIOR  TO
                                   MATURITY.

 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
THE SERIES A SENIOR NOTES AND THE SERIES B SENIOR NOTES WILL BE SENIOR UNSECURED
OBLIGATIONS  OF CCA AND  THE GUARANTEES OF  THE SERIES A  SENIOR NOTES AND THE
       SERIES B SENIOR NOTES WILL BE SENIOR UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS OF JSC.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
          SEE 'RISK FACTORS' FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED
                           BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION,  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
       PASSED  UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
          SERIES A SENIOR NOTES  --  PRICE     % AND ACCRUED INTEREST
          SERIES B SENIOR NOTES  --  PRICE     % AND ACCRUED INTEREST
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         UNDERWRITING
                                                     PRICE TO           DISCOUNTS AND          PROCEEDS TO
                                                    PUBLIC(1)           COMMISSIONS(2)        COMPANY(1)(3)
                                               --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
<S>                                            <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Per Series A Senior Note.....................                     %                     %                     %
     Total...................................                     $                     $                     $
Per Series B Senior Note.....................                     %                     %                     %
     Total...................................                     $                     $                     $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
  (1) Plus accrued interest from     , 1994.
 
  (2) CCA has agreed to indemnify  the Underwriter against certain  liabilities,
      including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
  (3) Before deducting expenses payable by CCA estimated at $        .
 

 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
     The  Series  A Senior  Notes and  the  Series B  Senior Notes  are offered,
subject to prior sale, when, as and  if accepted by the Underwriter and  subject
to  approval of certain  legal matters by  Shearman & Sterling,  counsel for the
Underwriter. It is expected that delivery of  the Series A Senior Notes and  the
Series  B Senior Notes will be made on or about                   , 1994, at the
office of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, New York, New York, against payment
therefor in New York funds.

 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                                MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
                                     INCORPORATED
 
                , 1994
 
INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES HAS  BEEN FILED  WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR  MAY
OFFERS  TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO  THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR  THE
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL  PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.

<PAGE>
     NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY  INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
AND, IF GIVEN  OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION  MUST NOT BE  RELIED
UPON  AS  HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED BY  THE  COMPANY OR  BY THE  UNDERWRITER. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY ANY  SECURITY  OTHER  THAN  THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY,  NOR  DOES  IT
CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES
OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE
SUCH AN  OFFER OR  SOLICITATION TO  SUCH PERSON.  NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF  THIS
PROSPECTUS  NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER  SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCE CREATE ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THE  INFORMATION CONTAINED  HEREIN IS  CORRECT AS  OF ANY  DATE
SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     Container  Corporation of America ('CCA') and Jefferson Smurfit Corporation
(U.S.) ('JSC')  have filed  with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
'Commission') a Registration Statement (which term shall encompass any amendment
thereto)  on Form S-2 under  the Securities Act of  1933 (the 'Securities Act'),
with respect to  the Series A  Senior Notes and  the Series B  Senior Notes  and
JSC's  guarantees thereof. This Prospectus does  not contain all the information
set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules  thereto,
to  which reference is hereby made. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the
contents of  any contract,  agreement  or other  document  referred to  are  not
necessarily  complete. With  respect to each  such contract,  agreement or other
document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to
the exhibit for  a more complete  description of the  matter involved, and  each
such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.
 
     JSC is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act  of 1934 (the  'Exchange Act'), and  in accordance therewith  is required to
file reports  and  other  information  with  the  Commission.  The  Registration
Statement  and the exhibits thereto filed by CCA and JSC with the Commission, as
well as such reports and other information filed by JSC with the Commission, may
be inspected and  copied at the  public reference facilities  maintained by  the
Commission  at 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,  Room 1024, Washington,  D.C. 20549, and
should also be available for inspection  and copying at the regional offices  of
the  Commission  located in  the Northwestern  Atrium  Center, 500  West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661  and Seven World Trade Center,  13th
Floor, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can also be obtained by
mail  from the Public Reference  Section of the Commission  at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington,  D.C.  20549  at  prescribed rates.  Such  reports  and  other
information  may also be inspected at the offices of the Pacific Stock Exchange,
301 Pine Street, Suite 1104, San Francisco, California 94104, until consummation
of the Subordinated Debt Refinancing (as defined below).
 
     The respective indentures pursuant to which  the Series A Senior Notes  and
Series  B Senior Notes  will be issued  require JSC to  file with the Commission
annual reports  containing consolidated  financial  statements and  the  related
report  of  independent  public  accountants  and  quarterly  reports containing
unaudited condensed  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  first  three
quarters  of each fiscal year for so long as any Series A Senior Notes or Series
B Senior Notes, as the case may be, are outstanding.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
     The following documents which  have been filed with  the Commission by  JSC
are hereby incorporated by reference in this Prospectus:
 
          (1)  JSC's  Annual  Report on  Form  10-K  for the  fiscal  year ended
     December 31, 1992, filed with the  Commission on March 30, 1993; and  JSC's
     Amendment  to Annual Report on  Form 8, filed with  the Commission on April
     28, 1993;
 
          (2) JSC's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarters ended
     March 31,  1993,  June 30,  1993  and September  30,  1993 filed  with  the
     Commission  on  May  5,  1993,  August  12,  1993  and  November  15, 1993,
     respectively;
 
          (3) JSC's Current Reports  on Form 8-K, filed  with the Commission  on
     February 25, 1993 and October 14, 1993; and
 
                                       2
 
<PAGE>
          (4)  All other reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
     Exchange Act since December 31, 1992.
 
     Any statement  contained in  a document  incorporated by  reference  herein
shall  be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus to
the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently  filed
document  which also is incorporated by  reference herein modifies or supersedes
such statement.  Any such  statement  so modified  or  superseded shall  not  be
deemed,  except  as so  modified or  superseded,  to constitute  a part  of this
Prospectus.
 
     Copies of all  documents which  are incorporated herein  by reference  (not
including   the  exhibits  to   such  information,  unless   such  exhibits  are
specifically incorporated by  reference in  such information)  will be  provided
without  charge to  each person,  including any  beneficial owner,  to whom this
Prospectus  is  delivered,  upon  written  or  oral  request.  Copies  of   this
Prospectus,  as  amended  or  supplemented  from time  to  time,  and  any other
documents (or parts of documents) that  constitute part of the Prospectus  under
Section 10(a) of the Securities Act will also be provided without charge to each
such  person, upon written or oral request.  Requests should be directed to JSC,
Attention: Patrick J. Moore,  8182 Maryland Avenue,  St. Louis, Missouri  63105;
telephone (314) 746-1100.
 
     No  action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction by CCA, JSC or the
Underwriter that would permit a public offering of the Series A Senior Notes and
the Series B Senior  Notes or possession or  distribution of this Prospectus  in
any  jurisdiction where action for  that purpose is required,  other than in the
United States. Persons into whose possession this Prospectus comes are  required
by  CCA, JSC and the  Underwriter to inform themselves  about and to observe any
restrictions as to the offering  of the Series A Senior  Notes and the Series  B
Senior Notes and the distribution of this Prospectus.
 
     In  this Prospectus,  references to 'dollar'  and '$' are  to United States
dollars, and the  terms 'United  States' and 'U.S.'  mean the  United States  of
America,  its states, its territories, its  possessions and all areas subject to
its jurisdiction. All tons referenced are short tons.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE
                                                  ----
<S>                                               <C>
Additional Information.........................     2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
  Reference....................................     2
Prospectus Summary.............................     4
Risk Factors...................................    12
Recapitalization Plan..........................    20
Use of Proceeds................................    24
Capitalization.................................    26
Selected Historical Financial Data.............    27
Pro Forma Financial Data.......................    28
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results
  of Operations and Financial Condition........    33
 
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE
                                                  ----
<S>                                               <C>
Business.......................................    40
Management.....................................    57
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
  Owners.......................................    66
Certain Transactions...........................    67
Description of Certain Indebtedness............    73
Description of the Senior Notes................    80
The Underwriter................................   108
Legal Matters..................................   109
Experts........................................   109
Index to Financial Statements..................   F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
     The principal executive offices of the Company are located at 8182 Maryland
Avenue, St. Louis, Missouri 63105, and  the Company's telephone number is  (314)
746-1100. The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1989.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
     IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITER MAY OVERALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SERIES A SENIOR
NOTES AND SERIES  B SENIOR NOTES  AT A  LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE
PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED
AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       3

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following information is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and the financial statements and notes thereto that appear elsewhere
in  this Prospectus.  The Series A  Senior Notes  and the Series  B Senior Notes
(collectively, the  'Senior  Notes')  are obligations  of  CCA,  unconditionally
guaranteed  on  a  senior basis  by  JSC.  Unless otherwise  indicated,  (i) all
references in this Prospectus to per  share amounts and numbers and  percentages
of shares outstanding reflect the Reclassification (as defined below) which will
occur  immediately prior to  the consummation of the  Debt Offerings (as defined
below) and assume that there is no exercise of the overallotment option  granted
in  connection with the Equity Offerings  (as defined below), (ii) references to
the 'Company' refer to JSC and its consolidated subsidiaries, including CCA  and
(iii)  references  to 'Holdings'  refer  to Jefferson  Smurfit  Corporation, the
parent of  JSC.  Capitalized terms  not  defined  in this  Summary  are  defined
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     The  Company  believes  it is  one  of  the nation's  largest  producers of
paperboard and  packaging  products and  is  the largest  producer  of  recycled
paperboard   and  recycled  packaging  products.  The  Company's  system  of  16
paperboard mills  produces virgin  and recycled  containerboard, solid  bleached
sulfate ('SBS') and recycled boxboard, and recycled cylinderboard, which is sold
to  the Company's own  converting operations or to  third parties. The Company's
converting operations  consist of  52 corrugated  container plants,  18  folding
carton  plants, and 16  industrial packaging plants  located across the country,
with three plants  located outside  the U.S.  In 1993,  the Company's  container
plants  converted an amount  of containerboard equal  to approximately 105.5% of
the amount the Company produced, its  folding carton plants converted an  amount
of  SBS, recycled boxboard and coated natural kraft equal to approximately 65.4%
of the  amount  the  Company  produced,  and  its  industrial  packaging  plants
converted  an amount of  recycled cylinderboard equal  to approximately 59.7% of
the amount  the Company  produced. The  Company's Paperboard/Packaging  Products
segment  contributed 91.6%  of the  Company's net  sales in  1993. The Company's
paperboard operations  are supported  by  its reclamation  division and  by  its
timber  operations  which manage  approximately one  million  acres of  owned or
leased timberland located in close proximity to its virgin fibre mills.
 
     In addition,  the  Company believes  it  is  one of  the  nation's  largest
producers  of recycled newsprint. The  Company's newsprint division includes two
newsprint mills  in  Oregon  and  two facilities  that  produce  Cladwood'r',  a
construction material produced from newsprint and wood by-products.
 
     The  predecessor to the Company was  founded in 1974 when Jefferson Smurfit
Group plc ('JS Group'), a worldwide  leader in the packaging products  industry,
commenced operations in the United States by acquiring 40% of a small paperboard
and  packaging products company. The remaining  60% of that company was acquired
in 1977, and in  1978 net sales  were $42.9 million.  The Company implemented  a
strategy  to  build  a  fully  integrated,  broadly  based,  national  packaging
business, primarily through acquisitions, including  Alton Box Board Company  in
1979,   the  paperboard   and  packaging  divisions   of  Diamond  International
Corporation in 1982, 80% of Smurfit  Newsprint Corporation ('SNC') in 1986,  and
50% of CCA in 1986. The Company financed its acquisitions by using leverage, and
in   several  cases,  utilized  joint  venture  financing  whereby  the  Company
eventually obtained control of the acquired company. While no major  acquisition
has  been made  since 1986,  the Company  has made  18 smaller  acquisitions and
started up  five new  facilities which  had  combined sales  in 1993  of  $280.3
million.  JSC was formed in  1983 to consolidate the  operations of the Company,
and today  the Company  ranks among  the industry  leaders in  its two  business
segments,  Paperboard/Packaging Products and Newsprint. In 1993, the Company had
net sales of  $2.9 billion,  achieving a compound  annual sales  growth rate  of
32.6% for the period since 1978.
 
     The  principal components  of the  Company's business  strategy include the
following:
 
           Maintain Focus on Recycled Products. The Company believes that it  is
           the  largest recycler of  wastepaper; the largest  producer of coated
           recycled paperboard  and one  of the  largest producers  of  recycled
           newsprint  in the United States, and  is well positioned to supply an
           increasing demand for environmentally friendly packaging.
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
           Focus on Cost Reduction. The  Company is implementing a  company-wide
           cost  reduction program designed to  improve the cost competitiveness
           of all  the  Company's  operating  facilities  and  staff  functions.
           Additionally,  in 1993 the  Company began a  restructuring program to
           realign and  consolidate various  manufacturing operations  over  the
           next 2 to 3 years.
 
           Continue  to Pursue Vertical Integration. The Company's high level of
           integration assures  the  Company  of top  quality  and  economically
           priced  supplies of fibre for its  paperboard mills, and protects the
           Company from  potential regional  supply  and demand  imbalances  for
           recycled  fibre grades.  Integration also  reduces the  volatility of
           pricing for  the Company's  containerboard  products and  allows  the
           Company  to run its  mills at higher  operating rates during industry
           downturns.
 
           Continue Growth in Core Businesses.  The Company intends to  continue
           its  strategy of building its  core packaging businesses primarily by
           pursuing acquisitions and through capital improvement programs.
 
           Maintain Leading Market  Positions. The Company's  prominence in  the
           United   States  packaging  industry  provides  the  Company  certain
           advantages in marketing  its products,  including excellent  customer
           visibility,  which has  enabled the  Company to  enter into strategic
           alliances with select large national account customers. The Company's
           broad range of packaging products provides a single source option  to
           supply all of a customer's packaging needs.
 
           Improve  Financial  Profile.  The Recapitalization  Plan  (as defined
           below) will improve operating  and financial flexibility by  reducing
           the  level and overall cost of  its debt, extending maturities of its
           indebtedness, increasing  stockholders'  equity  and  increasing  its
           access to capital markets.
 
     All  of  the  outstanding shares  of  capital  stock of  JSC  are  owned by
Holdings. Prior to the consummation of the Debt Offerings and the  substantially
concurrent  Equity Offerings, 50% of  the common stock of  Holdings was owned by
direct and  indirect subsidiaries  of Smurfit  International, B.V.  ('SIBV')  an
indirect  wholly-owned subsidiary  of JS  Group, a  public corporation organized
under the laws of the Republic  of Ireland,     % was beneficially owned by  The
Morgan  Stanley Leveraged Equity  Fund II, L.P.,  a Delaware limited partnership
investment fund formed  to make  investments in industrial  and other  companies
('MSLEF  II'), and certain related  entities and     % was beneficially owned by
certain other  investors. MSLEF  II is  an  affiliate of  Morgan Stanley  &  Co.
Incorporated ('MS&Co.'), the Underwriter.
 
     After the consummation of the Recapitalization Plan, SIBV will beneficially
own  approximately   %, MSLEF II  and certain related entities will beneficially
own in the aggregate  approximately   %,  and all other stockholders  (including
public  stockholders) will beneficially own approximately   % of the outstanding
shares of common stock of Holdings (after giving effect to the Reclassification,
the 'Holdings  Common Stock').  See 'Security  Ownership of  Certain  Beneficial
Owners' and 'Certain Transactions'.
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
     The  following chart illustrates  the corporate structure  of Holdings, JSC
and CCA, and the indebtedness of such corporations following the consummation of
the Recapitalization Plan.


     [GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION of the corporate structure and principal assets and
indebtedness   of  Jefferson  Smurfit  Corporation****  ('Holdings'),  Jefferson
Smurfit Corporation  (U.S.) ****  ('JSC' and,  including its  subsidiaries,  the
'Company')  and Container Corporation of America ('CCA'), illustrating that: (i)
the principal assets  of Holdings include  100% of  the stock of  JSC, (ii)  the
principal  assets of JSC include 100%  of the stock of CCA,  80% of the stock of
Smurfit Newsprint  Corporation, paper  mills,  converting facilities  and  other
operating  assets,  (iii)  the  principal assets  of  CCA  include  paper mills,
converting  facilities,  timberland  and  other  operating  assets,  (iv)  JSC's
indebtedness  consists of  Senior Obligations*  (New Revolving  Credit Facility,
Guarantees of CCA debt under New  Revolving Credit Facility, Initial Term  Loan,
Delayed  Term Loan**, 1993  Notes and Senior Notes),  other indebtedness *** and
Subordinated Obligations (None**) and (v) CCA's indebtedness consists of  Senior
Obligations*  (New Revolving  Credit Facility,  Initial Term  Loan, Delayed Term
Loan**, Guarantee of JSC  debt under New Revolving  Credit Facility, 1993  Notes
and Senior Notes), other indebtedness and Subordinated Obligations (None**). The
asterisks relate to the four footnotes following the graphic representation.]



 
   * Includes those obligations (other than intercompany indebtedness) that  are
     senior with respect to all subordinated obligations listed and rank equally
     with  each  other senior  obligation listed  (except  that certain  of such
     obligations, but not all, are secured).
 
  ** Prior to the consummation of the Subordinated Debt Refinancing (as  defined
     below), CCA will have outstanding, and JSC will guarantee on a subordinated
     basis,  subordinated  obligations  consisting  of  the  Senior Subordinated
     Notes, the Subordinated Debentures and the Junior Accrual Debentures  (each
     as defined below) and no indebtedness will be outstanding under the Delayed
     Term  Loan (as  defined below),  except to  the extent  borrowings are made
     thereunder to fund purchases  of such subordinated  debt prior to  December
     15,  1994 pursuant to open market or privately negotiated transactions, and
     to repay  amounts  under  the  New Revolving  Credit  Facility  which  were
     borrowed prior to December 15, 1994 for such repurchases.
 
 *** A limited-purpose subsidiary of the Company has certain borrowings pursuant
     to   the   Company's  accounts   receivable  securitization   program.  See
     'Description of Certain Indebtedness  -- Securitization' and  'Management's
     Discussion   and   Analysis  of   Results   of  Operations   and  Financial
     Condition -- Liquidity and Capital Resources'.
 
**** Prior to April 1994, Holdings had  been named 'SIBV/MS Holdings, Inc.'  and
     JSC had been named 'Jefferson Smurfit Corporation'.
 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
                             RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
 
     Holdings  and  the Company  are implementing  a recapitalization  plan (the
'Recapitalization  Plan')   to  refinance   a  substantial   portion  of   their
indebtedness in order to improve operating and financial flexibility by reducing
the  level and overall cost of their debt, extending maturities of indebtedness,
increasing stockholders' equity and increasing their access to capital  markets.
For  the year ended December 31, 1993, the Recapitalization Plan would, on a pro
forma basis for such year, have  resulted in $68.7 million of aggregate  savings
in  interest expense,  of which $53.8  million represents  cash interest expense
savings (in each case on a pre-tax basis).
 
     The Recapitalization Plan includes the following primary components:
 
          (i)      (a) The offering  by CCA pursuant to this Prospectus of  $500
              million aggregate principal amount of      % Series A Senior Notes
              due  2004 and $100  million aggregate principal amount  of       %
              Series B Senior Notes due 2002 (the 'Debt Offerings');
 
                   (b) The offering by Holdings of 14,650,000 shares of Holdings
              Common Stock through a U.S. offering and an international offering
              (the 'Equity  Offerings').  The  Equity  Offerings  and  the  Debt
              Offerings are collectively referred to herein as the 'Offerings';
 
                   (c) The purchase by SIBV (or a corporate affiliate) of shares
              of  Holdings Common Stock for an  aggregate purchase price of $100
              million (the 'SIBV Investment');
 
                   (d)  The entering into of a  new credit agreement by CCA  and
              JSC  (the  'New Credit  Agreement') consisting  of a  $450 million
              revolving credit facility (the 'New Revolving Credit Facility'), a
              $200 million  term loan  (the  'Initial Term  Loan') and  an  $850
              million  delayed term loan (the  'Delayed Term Loan' and, together
              with the Initial Term Loan, the 'New Term Loans').
 
          (ii) The application of the net proceeds of the Offerings and the SIBV
     Investment, together with  borrowings under  the New  Credit Agreement,  to
     refinance  (the 'Bank Debt Refinancing')  all of the Company's indebtedness
     outstanding under (a)  the Second  Amended and  Restated Credit  Agreement,
     dated  as of November 9, 1989, among  Holdings, JSC, CCA, the lenders which
     are parties thereto, Bankers Trust Company  as agent and Chemical Bank  and
     Bank  of America National  Trust and Savings  Association as co-agents (the
     '1989 Credit  Agreement');  (b)  the Amended  and  Restated  Note  Purchase
     Agreement,  dated as of December 14, 1989, among Holdings, JSC, CCA and the
     purchasers of the  secured notes  (the 'Secured  Notes') issued  thereunder
     (the 'Secured Note Purchase Agreement'), and (c) the Loan and Note Purchase
     Agreement,  dated  as of  August 26,  1992, among  Holdings, JSC,  CCA, the
     lenders which are party  thereto, Chemical Bank as  agent and the  managing
     agents  and collateral  trustee which are  party thereto  (the '1992 Credit
     Agreement' and,  together with  the 1989  Credit Agreement,  the 'Old  Bank
     Facilities').
 
          (iii)  The  application, on  approximately  December 1,  1994,  of the
     borrowings under the Delayed  Term Loan to  redeem (the 'Subordinated  Debt
     Refinancing')  CCA's (a)  13 1/2% Senior  Subordinated Notes  due 1998 (the
     'Senior Subordinated Notes'), (b) 14% Subordinated Debentures due 2001 (the
     'Subordinated Debentures')  and (c)  15  1/2% Junior  Subordinated  Accrual
     Debentures due 2004 (the 'Junior Accrual Debentures' and, together with the
     Senior   Subordinated   Notes   and   the   Subordinated   Debentures,  the
     'Subordinated Debt').  The  earliest  date the  Subordinated  Debt  may  be
     redeemed  is December 1, 1994. Borrowings  under the Delayed Term Loan will
     be subject to the satisfaction of certain limited conditions.
 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
SOURCES AND USES
 
     The following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds to be used  to
effect the Recapitalization Plan:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              ($ MILLIONS)
                                                                                              ------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Sources of Funds
     The Debt Offerings(a).................................................................      $  600
     The Equity Offerings(a)...............................................................         300
     SIBV Investment(a)....................................................................         100
     New Revolving Credit Facility(b)......................................................          --
     New Term Loans........................................................................       1,050
                                                                                              ------------
          Total............................................................................      $2,050
                                                                                              ------------
                                                                                              ------------
Uses of Funds
     Prepayment of debt under Old Bank Facilities..........................................      $  810
     Prepayment of Secured Notes...........................................................         271
     Redemption of Subordinated Debt(c)....................................................         844
     Fees and expenses(d)..................................................................         104
     Increase in cash(e)...................................................................          21
                                                                                              ------------
          Total............................................................................      $2,050
                                                                                              ------------
                                                                                              ------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Assuming  an initial public  offering price of $      per share of Holdings
     Common Stock  (which  is  equal  to  the  midpoint  of  the  range  of  the
     anticipated  high and low per share public offering prices set forth on the
     cover of the Prospectus relating to the Equity Offerings) and, in the  case
     of  the Offerings,  without deducting estimated  underwriting discounts and
     commissions and expenses.
 
 (b) The maximum amount available under such facility will be $450 million, with
     up to $150 million of such amount being available for letters of credit. It
     is anticipated that immediately following the Offerings, letters of  credit
     of  approximately $90 million will be  outstanding under such facility. See
     also (c) below.
 
 (c) Represents  the  outstanding  principal  amount  and  redemption   premiums
     required  to be paid on the  Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subordinated
     Debentures,  and  the  estimated  accreted  value  of  the  Junior  Accrual
     Debentures  as of  December 1, 1994.  The Company expects  that accrued and
     unpaid interest at June 1 and  December 1, 1994 on the Senior  Subordinated
     Notes  and the Subordinated  Debentures will be  paid through internal cash
     flow or with additional borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility.
 
 (d) Expenses include estimated commissions and underwriting discounts  relating
     to  the Debt Offerings and the Equity Offerings, respectively. There are no
     underwriting discounts or commissions on the sale of Holdings Common  Stock
     pursuant to the SIBV Investment.
 

 (e) If  the underwriters in  the Equity Offerings  exercise their overallotment
     option in full, cash will be increased by an additional $    million.

 
     The aggregate  amount of  proceeds, net  of estimated  expenses,  necessary
immediately  following  the Offerings  to  consummate the  Recapitalization Plan
(excluding the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing) is approximately $1,120  million.
The  sources of funds for such amount are set forth in the above table. Prior to
consummation of the Offerings, however, the Company may determine to change  the
size  of the various  components of the  Recapitalization Plan and, accordingly,
among other things may change the size  of the Debt Offerings and/or the  Equity
Offerings  which could, in turn, affect the size of the Initial Term Loan and/or
the Delayed Term Loan.
 
     In order to consummate the  Recapitalization Plan, the Company must  obtain
certain  consents and waivers, consisting, among others, of the consent of (i) a
majority in principal amount  of the holders  of CCA's 9  3/4% Senior Notes  due
2003  (the '1993 Notes'), (ii)  60% of the holders  of the outstanding principal
amount of Secured Notes  and (iii) certain parties  under JSC's and CCA's  trade
receivables  securitization (the 'Securitization')  (collectively, the 'Consents
and Waivers'). The Company expects that, prior to entering into the Underwriting
Agreement (as defined below), it shall  have obtained the Consents and  Waivers.
For  more information concerning the Consents and Waivers, see 'Recapitalization
Plan -- Consents and Waivers'.
 
     All of the  transactions contemplated by  the Recapitalization Plan  (other
than  the  Subordinated Debt  Refinancing) are  expected to  occur substantially
contemporaneously. Consummation  of the  Debt Offerings  is conditioned  on  the
substantially   concurrent  consummation   of  the   other  components   of  the
Recapitalization Plan (other than the Subordinated Debt Refinancing), including,
among other things,  consummation of  (i) the  Equity Offerings,  (ii) the  SIBV
Investment and (iii) the Bank Debt Refinancing. In addition, consummation of the
Debt Offerings is conditioned on the Company obtaining the Consents and Waivers.
 
     For   more   information   concerning   the   Recapitalization   Plan,  see
'Recapitalization Plan'.
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
                                 THE OFFERINGS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Issuer....................................  Container Corporation of America.
<S>                                         <C>
Securities Offered........................  $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of   % Series A Senior  Notes
                                            due  2004 (the  'Series A  Senior Notes')  and $100,000,000 aggregate
                                            principal amount of   % Series B Senior Notes due 2002 (the 'Series B
                                            Senior Notes', and collectively with  the Series A Senior Notes,  the
                                            'Senior Notes').
Interest Payment Dates....................  and                , commencing                , 1994.
Maturity..................................  ,  2004 for the Series A Senior Notes and                  , 2002 for
                                            the Series B Senior Notes.
Redemption................................  The Series A Senior Notes  may be redeemed at  the option of CCA,  in
                                            whole  or in part, at any  time on or after                   , 1999,
                                            initially at   % of their principal amount at maturity and  declining
                                            to   100%  of  such   principal  amount  at   maturity  on  or  after
                                                           , in each case plus accrued interest. In addition,  at
                                            the option of CCA at any time prior to                , 1997, CCA may
                                            redeem  up to $175 million aggregate  principal amount at maturity of
                                            the Series  A  Senior Notes  with  the  Net Cash  Proceeds  from  the
                                            issuance of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of CCA or JSC
                                            or  any parent of CCA to the extent that the proceeds are contributed
                                            to CCA or used to acquire Capital Stock of CCA (other than Redeemable
                                            Stock) in a single  transaction or a  series of related  transactions
                                            (other  than the Equity Offerings or an issuance to a Subsidiary), at
                                            a redemption  price of     % of  the principal  amount thereof,  plus
                                            accrued interest.
                                            The Series B Senior Notes will not be redeemable prior to maturity.
Ranking...................................  The  Senior Notes will  be senior unsecured  obligations of CCA, will
                                            rank pari passu with the other senior indebtedness of CCA, including,
                                            without limitation, CCA's obligations under the New Credit  Agreement
                                            and  the 1993 Notes,  and will be  senior in right  of payment to the
                                            Subordinated Debt. CCA's obligations under the New Credit  Agreement,
                                            but  not the Senior Notes, are  secured by liens on substantially all
                                            of the assets of CCA and its subsidiaries with the exception of  cash
                                            and  cash equivalents and  trade receivables. After  giving pro forma
                                            effect to  the Recapitalization  Plan and  the Recapitalization  Plan
                                            (excluding  the Subordinated  Debt Refinancing),  as of  December 31,
                                            1993, CCA would have  had outstanding approximately $2,169.9  million
                                            and   approximately   $1,319.9  million,   respectively,   of  senior
                                            indebtedness  (excluding   intercompany   indebtedness),   of   which
                                            approximately  $1,066.5  million  and  approximately  $216.5 million,
                                            respectively,  would  have  been  senior  secured  indebtedness.  The
                                            secured  indebtedness will have  priority over the  Senior Notes with
                                            respect  to  the  assets   securing  such  indebtedness.  See   'Risk
                                            Factors -- Effect of Secured Indebtedness on the Senior Notes'.
Covenants.................................  The indentures pursuant to which the Senior Notes will be issued (the
                                            'Indentures')  will  contain  certain  covenants  that,  among  other
                                            things, will limit the ability of JSC and its subsidiaries (including
                                            CCA) to incur indebtedness, pay  dividends and make other  restricted
                                            payments,  engage in  transactions with  shareholders and affiliates,
                                            issue  capital   stock,  create   liens,  sell   assets,  engage   in
                                            sale-leaseback  transactions, allow the imposition of restrictions on
                                            the ability  of  Restricted Subsidiaries  to  pay dividends  to  CCA,
                                            engage  in  mergers and  consolidations and  make investments  in Un-
                                            restricted Subsidiaries. The limitations imposed by the covenants  on
                                            JSC    and   its    subsidiaries   (including    CCA)   are   subject
</TABLE>

 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            to certain  exceptions.  See  'Description of  the  Senior  Notes  --
                                            Covenants'.
Put Option................................  Upon  a Change  of Control,  CCA will make  an offer  to purchase the
                                            Senior Notes  at a  purchase price  equal to  101% of  the  principal
                                            amount  thereof,  plus  accrued interest.  Certain  transactions with
                                            affiliates of the Company may not constitute a Change of Control. See
                                            'Description of the Senior Notes -- Covenants -- Repurchase of Senior
                                            Notes upon Change of Control'.
Guarantees................................  The payment  of  principal  and  interest  on  the  Senior  Notes  is
                                            unconditionally  guaranteed on a senior  unsecured basis by JSC. Such
                                            guarantee will rank pari passu with the other senior indebtedness  of
                                            JSC,  including, without limitation, JSC's  obligations under the New
                                            Credit Agreement  (including  its  guarantees  of  CCA's  obligations
                                            thereunder)  and JSC's guarantee of  CCA's obligations under the 1993
                                            Notes, and will be senior in right of payment to JSC's guarantees  of
                                            the  Subordinated  Debt.  JSC's  obligations  under  the  New  Credit
                                            Agreement are secured by liens on substantially all the assets of JSC
                                            and its subsidiaries with the exception of cash and cash  equivalents
                                            and  trade  receivables,  and  are  guaranteed  by  CCA  and  certain
                                            subsidiaries of JSC  and CCA. After  giving pro forma  effect to  the
                                            Recapitalization  Plan and  the Recapitalization  Plan (excluding the
                                            Subordinated Debt Refinancing),  as of December  31, 1993, JSC  would
                                            have had outstanding approximately $2,419.1 million and approximately
                                            $1,569.1  million,  respectively, of  senior  indebtedness (including
                                            indebtedness of  CCA and  JSC's other  consolidated subsidiaries  but
                                            excluding intercompany indebtedness), of which approximately $1,311.7
                                            million  and approximately  $461.7 million,  respectively, would have
                                            been senior secured indebtedness. The secured indebtedness will  have
                                            priority  over JSC's guarantees  of the Senior  Notes with respect to
                                            the assets securing such indebtedness. See 'Risk Factors -- Effect of
                                            Secured Indebtedness on the  Senior Notes'. In the  event that (i)  a
                                            purchaser  of capital stock of CCA  acquires a majority of the voting
                                            rights thereunder or (ii) there  occurs a merger or consolidation  of
                                            CCA  that results in CCA  having a parent other  than JSC and, at the
                                            time of and after giving effect to such transactions, such  purchaser
                                            or   parent  satisfies  certain  minimum  net  worth  and  cash  flow
                                            requirements, JSC will be released  from its guarantee of the  Senior
                                            Notes.  Such sale, merger or  consolidation will be prohibited unless
                                            certain other requirements are met,  including that the purchaser  or
                                            the entity surviving such a merger or consolidation expressly assumes
                                            JSC's  or CCA's obligations, as the case may be, and that no Event of
                                            Default (as defined below) occur  or be continuing. See  'Description
                                            of the Senior Notes -- Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets'.
Use of Proceeds...........................  The  net proceeds  to the Company  from the  Debt Offerings, together
                                            with the  net  proceeds  from  the  Equity  Offerings  and  the  SIBV
                                            Investment  will  be  used  to  effect  certain  of  the transactions
                                            contemplated by  the  Recapitalization  Plan.  See  'Recapitalization
                                            Plan.'
</TABLE>

 
     For  more complete information regarding the Senior Notes, see 'Description
of the Senior Notes'.
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     For a discussion of certain factors that should be considered in evaluating
an investment in the Senior Notes, see 'Risk Factors'.
 
                                       10

<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
     The  summary historical and  pro forma financial  data presented below were
derived from the consolidated financial  statements and the pro forma  financial
statements  of  the Company  included  elsewhere herein  and  should be  read in
conjunction with  'Selected Historical  Financial  Data', 'Pro  Forma  Financial
Data',  'Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Results  of  Operations and
Financial Condition' and the consolidated financial statements and the pro forma
financial statements of the Company  included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The
summary  pro forma financial data presented below give effect to the offering of
the 1993 Notes in April 1993 (the '1993 Note Offering') and the Recapitalization
Plan as if such transactions had occurred as of January 1, 1993, in the case  of
operating   results.  The   pro  forma   balance  sheet   data  is   as  if  the
Recapitalization Plan occurred at December 31, 1993.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     YEAR ENDED
                                                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                                        1993
                                                                                       HISTORICAL                 ----------------
                                                                           -----------------------------------    AS ADJUSTED FOR
                                                                                                                  RECAPITALIZATION
                                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              PLAN AND
                                                                           -----------------------------------       1993 NOTE
                                                                             1991           1992        1993        OFFERING(a)
                                                                           --------       --------    --------    ----------------
                                                                             (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIOS AND
                                                                                    STATISTICAL DATA)
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>         <C>         <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
    Net sales...........................................................   $2,940.1       $2,998.4    $2,947.6        $2,947.6
    Restructuring and other charges.....................................                                 150.0           150.0
    Income (loss) from operations.......................................      305.5          267.7       (14.7)          (14.7)
    Interest expense....................................................     (335.2)        (300.1)     (254.2)         (185.5)
    Loss before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting
      changes(b)........................................................      (77.1)         (34.0)     (174.6)         (129.9)
    Extraordinary item -- (loss) from early extinguishment of debt, net
      of income tax benefit.............................................                     (49.8)      (37.8)          (98.2)
    Cumulative effect of accounting changes.............................                                 (16.5)          (16.5)
    Net loss............................................................      (77.1)         (83.8)     (228.9)         (244.6)
    Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (c)..............................         (d)            (d)         (d)             (d)
OTHER DATA:
    Gross profit margin(e)..............................................       18.1%          16.6%       12.7%           12.7%
    Selling and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales.......        7.7            7.7         8.1             8.1
    EBITDA(f)...........................................................   $  440.9       $  407.8    $  274.2        $  274.2
    Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense.................................       1.32x          1.36x       1.08x           1.48x
    Property and timberland additions...................................   $  118.9       $   97.9    $  117.4        $  117.4
    Depreciation, depletion and amortization............................      130.0          134.9       130.8           130.8
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
    Working capital.....................................................   $   76.9       $  105.7    $   40.0        $   81.9
    Total assets........................................................    2,460.1        2,436.4     2,597.1         2,667.4
    Long-term debt (excluding current maturities).......................    2,650.4        2,503.0     2,619.1         2,408.8
    Stockholders' deficit...............................................     (976.9)        (828.9)   (1,057.8)         (745.8)
STATISTICAL DATA:
    Containerboard production (thousand tons)...........................      1,830          1,918       1,840
    Boxboard production (thousand tons).................................        826            832         829
    Newsprint production (thousand tons)................................        614            615         615
    Corrugated shipping containers sold (thousand tons).................      1,768          1,871       1,936
    Folding cartons sold (thousand tons)................................        482            487         475
    Fibre reclaimed and brokered (thousand tons)........................      3,666          3,846       3,907
    Timberland owned or leased (thousand acres).........................        978            978         984
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) See 'Pro Forma Financial Data' for certain pro forma financial data  giving
     effect  to  the  Recapitalization  Plan  (excluding  the  Subordinated Debt
     Refinancing).
 
 (b) The loss before  extraordinary item for  the year ended  December 31,  1991
     includes  after-tax  charges  of $29.3  million  and $6.7  million  for the
     write-off of the Company's equity  investments in Temboard, Inc.,  formerly
     Temboard  and Company Limited Partnership  ('Temboard'), and PCL Industries
     Limited ('PCL'), respectively.  See Note  3 to  the Company's  consolidated
     financial statements at and for the year ended December 31, 1993.
 
 (c) For  purposes  of these  calculations,  earnings consist  of  income (loss)
     before income  taxes, equity  in earnings  (loss) of  affiliates,  minority
     interests,  extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting changes,
     plus fixed  charges. Fixed  charges consist  of interest  on  indebtedness,
     amortization  of deferred  debt issuance  costs and  that portion  of lease
     rental expense  considered  to be  representative  of the  interest  factor
     therein (deemed to be one-fourth of lease rental expense).
 
 (d) For  the  years  ended December  31,  1991,  1992 and  1993,  earnings were
     inadequate to cover fixed charges by $26.7 million, $31.4 million and 264.2
     million, respectively.  On  a  pro  forma basis  for  1993,  earnings  were
     inadequate  to cover  fixed charges by  $195.5 million as  adjusted for the
     1993 Note Offering and the Recapitalization Plan.
 
 (e) Gross profit margin represents the excess  of net sales over cost of  goods
     sold divided by net sales.
 
 (f) EBITDA  represents  net  income  before  interest  expense,  income  taxes,
     depreciation, depletion  and amortization,  equity  in earnings  (loss)  of
     affiliates,  minority  interests  and  extraordinary  items  and cumulative
     effect of accounting  changes and in  1993, nonrecurring restructuring  and
     other  charges. The restructuring and other  charges include $43 million of
     asset writedowns and $107  million of future  cash expenditures. EBITDA  is
     presented  here, not  as a  measure of operating  results, but  rather as a
     measure of the Company's debt service ability.
 
                                       11

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     In  addition to  the other  information contained  in this  Prospectus, the
following factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment  in
the securities offered by this Prospectus.
 
SUBSTANTIAL LEVERAGE; ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT; SUBORDINATED DEBT REFINANCING
 
     The  Company has,  and following  the consummation  of the Recapitalization
Plan will continue  to have,  on a consolidated  basis a  substantial amount  of
debt,  much of which  was originally incurred  to finance (or  to refinance debt
originally incurred to  finance) the  1989 Transaction (as  defined below).  The
Company's long-term debt at December 31, 1993 was $2,619.1 million and, on a pro
forma  basis after  giving effect  to the  Recapitalization Plan,  the Company's
long-term debt as of such date would  have been $2,408.8 million. The amount  of
long-term  indebtedness at such date on a  historical basis was greater than the
book value of  the Company's  total assets, as  reflected on  its balance  sheet
(which is not based on fair saleable or fair value), and is substantial relative
to  the Company's stockholders' equity, which  has been negative in recent years
due to the accounting treatment of  the 1989 Transaction and recent net  losses.
See   '  --  Recent   Losses;  Negative  Stockholders'   Equity'.  Although  the
consummation of the Recapitalization Plan will reduce the Company's consolidated
interest expense over the next several years, JSC and CCA will remain  obligated
to  make  substantial interest  payments on  indebtedness  under the  New Credit
Agreement, the 1993 Notes  and the Senior Notes  and, until the consummation  of
the  Subordinated Debt Refinancing, on the  Subordinated Debt. For a description
of the  terms  of  the  Company's  indebtedness,  see  'Description  of  Certain
Indebtedness'. For the year ended December 31, 1993, the Company's earnings were
inadequate  to cover fixed charges by $264.2  million and, on a pro forma basis,
after giving effect  to the  Recapitalization Plan and  to the  Recapitalization
Plan  (excluding the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing), would have been inadequate
to cover fixed charges by $195.5  million and $254.1 million, respectively.  See
'Capitalization' and 'Pro Forma Financial Data'.
 
     The  Company  generally  expects to  fund  its and  its  subsidiaries' debt
service obligations,  capital  expenditures  and  working  capital  requirements
through  funds generated from operations and additional borrowings under the New
Revolving  Credit  Facility.  As  of  the  closing  of  the  Offerings  and  the
consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Recapitalization Plan
(other  than the Subordinated Debt Refinancing),  the Company expects to have in
the aggregate approximately $360 million in unused borrowing capacity under  the
New  Revolving  Credit  Facility.  See 'Capitalization'.  In  1991,  the Company
financed its receivables through the Securitization, thereby reducing borrowings
under the 1989 Credit  Agreement. See 'Management's  Discussion and Analysis  of
Results   of  Operations  and  Financial  Condition  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources' and  'Description of  Certain  Indebtedness --  Securitization'.  The
Securitization  matures  in April  1996, at  which time  the Company  expects to
refinance it. Although the Company  believes that it will be  able to do so,  no
assurances can be given in this regard.
 
     The  ability of the Company to meet  its obligations and to comply with the
financial covenants contained in  the New Credit Agreement,  the 1993 Notes  and
the   Senior  Notes  and,  until  the  consummation  of  the  Subordinated  Debt
Refinancing, the  Subordinated  Debt,  is  largely  dependent  upon  the  future
performance  of the  Company, which will  be subject to  financial, business and
other factors  affecting it.  Many of  these factors  are beyond  the  Company's
control,  such as the state of the economy, demand for and selling prices of its
products, costs of its raw materials  and legislative factors and other  factors
relating  to its industry generally or to  specific competitors. There can be no
assurance that  the Company  will  generate sufficient  cash  flow to  meet  its
obligations  under  its  indebtedness,  which  includes  repayment  obligations,
assuming consummation  of the  Subordinated Debt  Refinancing, of  $102  million
during  the second and $152 million during each of the third through fifth years
following consummation  of the  Offerings (and  increasing thereafter).  If  the
Company  were unable to generate sufficient  cash flow or otherwise obtain funds
necessary to make required payments on its indebtedness, or if the Company fails
to comply  with the  various covenants  in  such indebtedness,  it would  be  in
default  under the terms  thereof, which would permit  the lenders thereunder to
accelerate the  maturity of  such indebtedness  and could  cause defaults  under
other  indebtedness of the Company or result in a bankruptcy of the Company. See
'Management's  Discussion   and   Analysis   of  Results   of   Operations   and
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
Financial  Condition  -- Liquidity  and Capital  Resources' and  'Description of
Certain Indebtedness'. In addition, if a  'Change of Control' as defined in  the
New  Credit Agreement,  the 1993  Notes or  the Senior  Notes is  deemed to have
occurred, then  the holders  of such  indebtedness shall  have the  right to  be
repaid 101% of the principal amount of such indebtedness plus accrued and unpaid
interest  thereon.  See 'Description  of  Certain Indebtedness'.  Similarly, the
exercises of such rights could also trigger cross-default or  cross-acceleration
provisions, and lead to the bankruptcy of the Company.
 
     The   Subordinated   Debt  Refinancing   is   an  integral   part   of  the
Recapitalization Plan and a significant portion  of the benefits intended to  be
achieved  as  a result  of the  Recapitalization  Plan is  derived from  it. The
availability of the financing  under the Delayed Term  Loan necessary to  effect
the  Subordinated Debt  Refinancing is  subject to  the satisfaction  of certain
conditions, although the failure to satisfy  such conditions will in almost  all
instances  indicate  that  a significant  and  adverse change  in  the Company's
financial condition has occurred. The Company expects to be able to satisfy such
conditions, although, in any event, it reserves the right not to consummate  the
Subordinated   Debt   Refinancing   for   any   reason.   See  'Recapitalization
Plan -- Subordinated Debt Refinancing'. In addition, the Company believes  that,
even  if the Subordinated  Debt Refinancing is not  consummated, it will realize
substantial benefits  from  the consummation  of  the other  components  of  the
Recapitalization Plan, including a decrease in leverage and a resulting increase
in stockholders' equity. See 'Pro Forma Financial Data'.
 
CERTAIN RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
 
     The  limitations  contained in  the  agreements relating  to  the Company's
indebtedness, together with its  highly leveraged position,  as well as  various
provisions  in the  agreements relating  to the  governance of  Holdings and the
Company, including  the  Stockholders  Agreement  and  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement  (as defined below), could limit the  ability of the Company to effect
future  debt  or  equity  financings   and  may  otherwise  restrict   corporate
activities,  including its  ability to avoid  defaults and to  respond to market
conditions, to provide  for capital  expenditures beyond those  permitted or  to
take  advantage  of  business  opportunities.  If  the  Company  cannot generate
sufficient  cash  flow  from  operations  to  meet  its  obligations,  then  its
indebtedness  might have to  be refinanced. There  can be no  assurance that any
such refinancing could be effected successfully or on terms that are  acceptable
to  the Company. In the absence of such refinancing, the Company could be forced
to dispose of assets in order to make  up for any shortfall in the payments  due
on its indebtedness under circumstances that might not be favorable to realizing
the  best price  for such assets.  Further, there  can be no  assurance that any
assets could be sold  quickly enough, or for  amounts sufficient, to enable  the
Company to make any such payments.
 
RECENT LOSSES; NEGATIVE STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
 
     Although  the Company  has consistently  generated substantial  income from
operations, it  has  experienced, primarily  as  a result  of  interest  expense
resulting  from high leverage (see ' -- Substantial Leverage; Ability to Service
Debt; Subordinated Debt  Refinancing'), net  losses for the  fiscal years  ended
December  31, 1993, 1992 and 1991.  See 'Selected Historical Financial Data' and
'Pro Forma Financial Data'. Improvements  in the Company's consolidated  results
of  operations  depend  largely  upon  its ability  to  increase  prices  of its
products; accordingly, there can be no assurances as to its ability to  generate
net   income  in  future  periods.  See   '  --  Pricing  and  Competition'  and
'Management's Discussion and  Analysis of  Results of  Operations and  Financial
Condition'.
 
     The  Company  has had  a deficit  in stockholder's  equity since  1989 when
Holdings was organized to effect the acquisition of the publicly held shares  of
JSC  and the shares  of CCA not then  owned by JSC,  and the recapitalization of
such companies (the '1989 Transaction'), since such transaction was treated as a
recapitalization for financial  accounting purposes. On  a historical basis,  at
December 31, 1993, the Company's stockholder's deficit was $1,057.8 million and,
on  a pro forma basis,  after giving effect to  the Recapitalization Plan, there
would have been a stockholder's deficit of $745.8 million. See  'Capitalization'
and 'Pro Forma Financial Data'.
 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
EFFECT OF SECURED INDEBTEDNESS ON THE SENIOR NOTES
 
     Although  the Senior Notes  (and JSC's guarantees  thereof) rank pari passu
with indebtedness  outstanding under  the  New Credit  Agreement (and  the  1993
Notes),  such bank debt (including  all guarantee obligations of  JSC and CCA in
respect thereof) is secured by (i)  a security interest in substantially all  of
the  assets,  with  the  exception  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents  and  trade
receivables, of JSC, CCA and their  material subsidiaries, (ii) a pledge of  all
of  the capital stock of material subsidiaries of JSC and CCA and (iii) a pledge
of all intercompany  notes. The Senior  Notes and JSC's  guarantees thereof  are
unsecured  and therefore do not have the benefit of such collateral; that is, if
an event  of default  occurs under  the New  Credit Agreement,  the banks  party
thereto  will have a prior right to  the Company's assets and may foreclose upon
such  collateral  to  the  exclusion  of  the  holders  of  the  Senior   Notes,
notwithstanding  the  existence of  an event  of  default with  respect thereto.
Accordingly, in such an event the Company's assets would first be used to  repay
in  full  amounts outstanding  under the  New Credit  Agreement, resulting  in a
portion of  the Company's  assets being  unavailable to  satisfy the  claims  of
holders  of Senior Notes and other pari passu, unsecured indebtedness (including
the 1993 Notes). After giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization Plan  and
the  Recapitalization Plan (excluding  the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing) as of
December 31, 1993, the Company would have had outstanding approximately $1,311.7
million and approximately $461.7 million, respectively, of secured indebtedness,
including indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement.
 
     In addition, SNC, an  80% owned subsidiary of  JSC, will guarantee  amounts
owing  under  the New  Credit  Agreement but  not  the Senior  Notes. Additional
subsidiaries of JSC or CCA may also in the future own assets, incur indebtedness
and liabilities or  guarantee senior  indebtedness other than  the Senior  Notes
provided  that,  if  the  aggregate amount  of  indebtedness  guaranteed  by any
Restricted Subsidiary (as defined in the indenture relating to the Senior Notes)
of JSC  (other  than CCA  and  SNC) exceeds  $50  million, then  the  indentures
relating  to the Senior  Notes and the  1993 Notes require  such subsidiaries to
also guarantee  the Senior  Notes  and the  1993  Notes. Such  guarantees  will,
however,  be unsecured, whereas the guarantees of the indebtedness under the New
Credit Agreement will be secured. Consequently,  the Senior Notes to the  extent
not  so guaranteed  will be effectively  subordinated to claims  of creditors of
such subsidiaries, including, in the case  of SNC and, subject to the  foregoing
proviso,  other subsidiary guarantors and the banks  that are parties to the New
Credit Agreement. As a result of the foregoing, in an event of default,  holders
of  Senior Notes may recover  less, ratably, than the  banks that are parties to
the New Credit  Agreement and other  secured creditors  of CCA or  JSC or  their
respective subsidiaries.
 
PAYMENTS DUE ON COMPANY INDEBTEDNESS PRIOR TO MATURITY OF SENIOR NOTES;
REFINANCING RISKS
 

     The Securitization matures in April 1996, at which time the Company expects
to  refinance it. After  giving effect to the  Subordinated Debt Refinancing, an
aggregate of  approximately  $1,915.5 million  and  $1,299.0 million  of  senior
indebtedness (excluding intercompany indebtedness) matures prior to the Series A
Senior  Notes and the Series B Senior Notes, respectively. Without giving effect
to the Subordinated  Debt Refinancing,  an aggregate  of approximately  $1,065.5
million  and  $449.0  million  of  senior  indebtedness  (excluding intercompany
indebtedness) matures prior  to the Series  A Senior Notes  and Series B  Senior
Notes,  respectively, and an  aggregate of $713.1 million  and $698.9 million of
Subordinated Debt matures prior to the Series A Senior Notes and Series B Senior
Notes,  respectively.  Accordingly,  the  Company  will  have  to  refinance  or
otherwise generate sufficient cash to repay a substantial amount of indebtedness
prior to the time the Senior Notes mature. The Company's ability to do this will
depend,  in  part, on  the Company's  financial  condition at  the time  and the
covenants and other provisions in its debt agreements. In this regard, it should
be noted that  the Company's  ability to incur  new indebtedness  will be  quite
limited  by the terms of its outstanding indebtedness and, in particular, unless
and until  the  Subordinated Debt  Refinancing  is consummated,  the  indentures
governing the Subordinated Debt.

 
PRICING AND COMPETITION
 
     Most markets in which the Company competes are subject to significant price
fluctuations.  The Company's sales and profitability have historically been more
sensitive to price changes than changes in
 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
volume, and  recent reductions  in prices  have  had an  adverse impact  on  the
Company's results of operations. Future decreases in prices (or the inability to
achieve  price increases) for the Company's  products would adversely affect its
operating results. These  factors, coupled with  the highly leveraged  financial
position  of the Company, may adversely  impact the Company's ability to respond
to competition and to other market conditions or to otherwise take advantage  of
business opportunities.
 
     Operating  rates in the industry  during 1991 and 1992  were at high levels
relative to demand,  which was  lower due  to the  sluggish U.S.  economy and  a
decline  in export markets. This imbalance resulted in excess inventories in the
industry and  lower  prices  for the  Company's  containerboard  and  corrugated
shipping  container  products,  which  began early  in  1991  and  has continued
throughout 1992 and  most of 1993.  During 1993, industry  operating rates  were
lower  as many containerboard producers, including the Company, took downtime at
containerboard mills to reduce the excess  inventories. By the end of the  third
quarter  of 1993, inventory levels had  decreased significantly. The lower level
of inventories and the stronger U.S. economy provided what the Company  believes
were improved market conditions late in 1993. Although the Company believes that
containerboard  pricing will be improved in 1994, there can be no assurance that
price increases will hold or that  the Company's containerboard prices will  not
decline from current levels.
 
     Newsprint  prices have  fallen substantially since  1990 due  to supply and
demand imbalances.  During 1991  and  1992, new  capacity of  approximately  two
million  tons annually came on line, representing an approximate 12% increase in
supply. At the same time, U.S. consumption of newsprint fell due to declines  in
readership  and  ad linage.  As  prices fell,  certain  high cost,  virgin paper
machines, primarily in  Canada, representing approximately  1.2 million tons  of
annual  production capacity, were shut down and remained idle during 1993. While
supply was diminished,  a price  increase announced for  1993 was  unsuccessful.
Although  market demand has improved in the  fourth quarter of 1993, the Company
does not expect significant improvement in  prices before the second quarter  of
1994.
 
     The  paperboard and  packaging products industries  are highly competitive,
and no  single company  is dominant.  The Company's  competitors include  large,
vertically  integrated paperboard and packaging  products companies and numerous
smaller companies. In recent years, there has been a trend toward  consolidation
within  the  paperboard  and  packaging  products  industries,  and  the Company
believes that  this trend  is  likely to  continue.  See 'Business  --  Industry
Overview'.  The  primary competitive  factors  in the  paperboard  and packaging
products industries  are  price,  design,  quality  and  service,  with  varying
emphasis  on these factors depending on the product line. To the extent that one
or more of the Company's competitors becomes more successful with respect to any
key competitive factor,  the Company's business  could be materially,  adversely
affected. See 'Business -- Competition'.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     Federal,  state and local environmental requirements, particularly relating
to air and water  quality, are a significant  factor in the Company's  business.
The Company faces potential environmental liability as a result of violations of
permit  terms and similar authorizations that have occurred from time to time at
its facilities. In addition, the Company faces potential liability for 'response
costs' at various sites  with respect to which  the Company has received  notice
that it may be a 'potentially responsible party' as well as for contamination of
certain   Company-owned  properties,   under  the   Comprehensive  Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability  Act, analogous state  laws and other  laws
concerning  hazardous substance contamination. While  the Company believes it is
currently in compliance with all  applicable environmental laws in all  material
respects  and has  budgeted for  future expenditures  required to  maintain such
compliance,  unforeseen  significant  expenditures   in  connection  with   such
compliance  could have an  adverse effect on  the Company's financial condition.
See 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial
Condition -- General' and 'Business -- Environmental Matters'.
 
POTENTIAL FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE LIABILITY
 
     Various laws enacted for  the protection of creditors  may have applied  to
the  Company's incurrence of indebtedness and  the making of certain payments in
connection with the 1989 Transaction, including the issuance of the Subordinated
Debt,  debt   under  the   1989  Credit   Agreement  and   the  Secured   Notes,
 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
and  JSC's guarantees thereof.  Such state and  federal fraudulent transfer laws
may also apply to refinancings  of such debt, including  the issuance by CCA  of
the  1993 Notes and the  Senior Notes, the entering  into and incurrence of debt
under the New Credit Agreement, guarantees  by JSC and its subsidiaries  thereof
and  the application  of the  proceeds thereof. If  a court  in a  lawsuit by an
unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of Holdings, JSC or CCA, such  as
a trustee in bankruptcy or Holdings, JSC or CCA as debtor in possession, were to
find  that, at the  time of the 1989  Transaction, Holdings, JSC  or CCA (a) was
insolvent or was  rendered insolvent by  reason of the  1989 Transaction or  the
indebtedness incurred and payments made in connection therewith, (b) was engaged
in  a business or transaction for which  the assets remaining with Holdings, JSC
or CCA constituted unreasonably small capital, (c) intended to, or believed that
it would, incur debts  beyond its ability  to pay as such  debts matured or  (d)
intended  to hinder,  delay or  defraud its  creditors, such  court could, under
state or federal fraudulent transfer law,  avoid the Senior Notes or such  other
indebtedness  (including under the 1993 Notes  and the New Credit Agreement) and
order that all payments  made by Holdings,  JSC or CCA  with respect thereto  be
returned  to it or to a fund for  the benefit of its creditors. Such court could
also subordinate the Senior  Notes or such  other indebtedness (including  under
the  1993 Notes and the  New Credit Agreement) or  the guarantees thereof to all
existing and future indebtedness of JSC or CCA. Such avoidance or  subordination
would result in an event of default under the New Credit Agreement.
 
     The  measure  of  insolvency  for  purposes  of  the  foregoing  would vary
depending upon the law of the jurisdiction being applied. Generally, however,  a
company  would be considered insolvent  if the sum of  such company's debts were
greater than  all of  such company's  property at  a fair  valuation or  if  the
present  fair saleable value of such company's  assets were less than the amount
that would  be required  to pay  its probable  liability on  its existing  debts
(including   contingent  liabilities)  as  they  become  absolute  and  matured.
Accordingly, the Company does not believe that the fact that the liabilities  of
it  or Holdings exceed the book value of such corporation's assets, as reflected
on its balance sheet (which is not based on fair saleable value or fair  value),
would be a significant factor in any fraudulent conveyance analysis.
 
     The  Company believed at the time of  the 1989 Transaction and continues to
believe today, that at the time of the 1989 Transaction, and after giving effect
thereto, none of Holdings, JSC or CCA came within any of the clauses (a) through
(d) above and  that therefore the  incurrence of indebtedness  under the  Senior
Notes  or such other  indebtedness (including under  the 1993 Notes  and the New
Credit Agreement) will not constitute  fraudulent transfers. These beliefs  were
(and  are) based on  management's analysis of, among  other things, (i) internal
cash flow projections, (ii) the  Company's historical financial information  and
(iii)  valuations of  assets and  liabilities of  the Company.  There can  be no
assurance, however, that a court passing on such questions would agree with  the
Company's analysis.
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
     Upon  completion of the Equity Offerings,  SIBV and the MSLEF II Associated
Entities (as defined below) will beneficially own   % and   %, respectively, and
will in the aggregate beneficially own   % of the outstanding shares of Holdings
Common Stock. As a result, upon completion of the Equity Offerings, SIBV and the
MSLEF II Associated Entities will, acting together, be able to control the  vote
on  all matters  submitted to a  vote of  holders of Holdings  Common Stock. The
presence of SIBV and, until they dispose of their shares (see below), the  MSLEF
II  Associated Entities, as controlling stockholders,  is also likely to deter a
potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to  obtain
control  of  Holdings,  even if  such  events  might be  favorable  to Holdings'
stockholders.
 
     SIBV, MSLEF II and Holdings will, at  or prior to completion of the  Equity
Offerings,  enter into  a Stockholders Agreement  (the 'Stockholders Agreement')
which contains, among other things, provisions for various corporate  governance
matters, including the election as directors of certain of their designees. SIBV
and  MSLEF II  collectively will  have the power,  particularly in  light of the
terms of the Stockholders Agreement which effectively consolidates their  voting
power,  to elect  all of  the directors  of Holdings,  JSC and  CCA, and thereby
influence and control the management and  policies of Holdings and the  Company.
In  addition,  all officers  of  Holdings, JSC  and  CCA (other  than  the Chief
 
                                       16
 
<PAGE>

Financial Officer) will be nominated  and appointed by the respective  directors
of  Holdings, JSC and  CCA designated by  SIBV, and the  Chief Financial Officer
will be nominated and appointed by the respective directors of Holdings, JSC and
CCA designated by MSLEF II. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement,  operational
decisions  concerning  Holdings  and  the  Company  will  be  made  generally by
management; however certain transactions  that do not  generally pertain to  the
day-to-day management of Holdings and the Company will be subject to approval by
certain  of the directors designated by SIBV  and MSLEF II. The possibility of a
deadlock exists with  respect to  such approval and  may hinder  the ability  of
management  to  take  a certain  course  of  action. For  a  description  of the
Stockholders Agreement, see 'Management -- Provisions of Stockholders  Agreement
Pertaining to Management' and 'Certain Transactions -- Stockholders Agreement'.

 
     SIBV,  which  owns  its  Holdings  Common  Stock  through  two wholly-owned
subsidiaries, is  itself an  indirect wholly-owned  subsidiary of  JS Group,  an
international  paperboard and packaging corporation  organized under the laws of
the Republic of  Ireland. JS  Group is  listed on  the London  and Dublin  Stock
Exchanges and is the largest industrial corporation in Ireland. JS Group and its
subsidiaries  have  a number  of  operations similar  to  those of  the Company,
although for the most part outside the United States other than their  newsprint
operations.  Accordingly, JS Group's interests  with respect to various business
decisions of  Holdings  and the  Company  may  conflict with  the  interests  of
Holdings and the Company.
 

     MSLEF II, Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund II, Inc. ('MSLEF II, Inc.'),
a Delaware corporation that is a wholly owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Group
Inc.  ('Morgan Stanley Group') and the general  partner of MSLEF II, and SIBV/MS
Equity Investors, L.P., a  Delaware limited partnership  the general partner  of
which  is a wholly owned subsidiary of Morgan Stanley Group ('Equity Investors',
and together  with  MSLEF  II and  MSLEF  II,  Inc., the  'MSLEF  II  Associated
Entities')  will hold approximately     %,     % and     %, respectively, of the
shares of Holdings Common Stock immediately following the Equity Offerings.  The
intention  of the MSLEF  II Associated Entities  is to dispose  of the shares of
Holdings Common  Stock  owned  by  them.  The timing  of  such  sales  or  other
dispositions by them (which could include distributions to the partners of MSLEF
II)  will depend  on market  and other conditions,  but could  occur or commence
relatively soon after the 180 day  hold back period imposed by the  underwriters
in  the Equity Offerings. MSLEF  II is unable to predict  the timing of sales by
any of its limited partners in the event of a distribution to them. Pursuant  to
the  terms of the Stockholders Agreement, SIBV may, at its option, terminate the
Stockholders Agreement once the MSLEF II  Group (as defined in the  Stockholders
Agreement)  ceases to own six percent or more of the outstanding Holdings Common
Stock. Upon the termination of the  Stockholders Agreement, SIBV will no  longer
be  contractually  limited to  electing  only four  of  the eight  directors. In
addition, if the MSLEF II  Group's ownership is 10%  or less of the  outstanding
Holdings Common Stock, SIBV will no longer be required to obtain the approval of
two  directors who  are designees of  MSLEF II  for Holdings and  the Company to
engage in certain activities, for which  such approval is otherwise required  by
the  Stockholders  Agreement.  See  'Management  --  Provisions  of Stockholders
Agreement Pertaining to Management'. Furthermore, MSLEF II has the right at  any
time  to waive any of the provisions  of the Stockholders Agreement, to agree to
the early  termination  thereof  or  to  fail to  exercise  any  of  its  rights
thereunder.

 
     In addition, although SIBV and the MSLEF II Associated Entities have in the
past  made  additional investments  in Holdings  and the  Company, they  are not
obligated to do so  in the future.  Investors should not  assume or expect  that
either  or both of such shareholders  or their affiliates will invest additional
capital, whether in the form of debt  or equity, in the future, particularly  in
light  of the intention of the MSLEF  II Associated Entities to dispose of their
shares of Holdings Common Stock  and the fact that  SIBV's ability to make  such
investments  is  subject  to  limitations contained  in  agreements  relating to
indebtedness of SIBV and its affiliates.
 
TAX NET OPERATING LOSS CARRYFORWARDS
 
     As of  December  31,  1993,  the  Company and  the  other  members  of  its
consolidated  group had  aggregate net  operating loss  ('NOL') carryforwards of
approximately $309 million for federal income
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
tax purposes. These carryforwards, if not  utilized to offset taxable income  in
future periods, will expire at various times in 2005 through 2008.
 
     If Holdings experiences an 'ownership change' within the meaning of Section
382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 'Code'), the Company's
ability  to use NOL  carryforwards existing at  such time to  offset its taxable
income, if any, generated in taxable periods after the ownership change would be
subject to an annual limitation (the 'Section 382 Limitation') described  below.
In  general, an  ownership change  occurs if  the percentage  of stock  owned by
certain '5% shareholders' increases by more  than 50 percentage points over  the
lowest  percentage  of  stock owned  by  such shareholders  during  a prescribed
testing period (generally the preceding three years). Under special rules in the
Code  and   applicable   Treasury  regulations,   certain   shareholders   which
individually own less than 5% of Holdings' stock are aggregated and treated as a
single 5% shareholder. Thus, purchasers of less than 5% of Holdings Common Stock
in  the Equity Offerings generally would be  treated as a single 5% shareholder.
The amount  of  NOL carryforwards  which  may be  utilized  on an  annual  basis
following  an ownership change  generally would be  equal to the  product of the
value of the outstanding  stock of Holdings immediately  prior to the  ownership
change  (reduced by certain  contributions to Holdings' capital  made in the two
years prior to  the ownership  change) multiplied by  the 'long-term  tax-exempt
rate', which is determined monthly and was 5.15% for February 1994.
 
     Although  the Company  does not  believe that  Holdings will  experience an
ownership change upon consummation of the Equity Offerings, it is possible  that
during  the three year period following the Equity Offerings, future events that
are beyond  the  control of  the  Company and  Holdings  (such as  transfers  of
Holdings  Common Stock by  5% shareholders, including  MSLEF II, its affiliates,
its partners and SIBV and its affiliates, in registered sales or otherwise),  or
certain stock issuances or other actions by Holdings or the Company, could cause
Holdings  to  experience an  ownership  change. By  way  of example  and without
limitation, a sale by MSLEF II of a substantial amount of Holdings Common  Stock
in  one or more registered secondary offerings  would generally be treated as if
MSLEF II sold such stock  to a new 5% shareholder  (i.e., the public group  that
purchased  such stock) whose lowest percentage  ownership in Holdings during the
three years  prior to  such sale  was zero.  Accordingly, the  increase in  such
public  group's  percentage ownership  in  Holdings, combined  with  prior owner
shifts in the three years preceding the sale by MSLEF II, would likely result in
an ownership change. As indicated under ' -- Control by Principal  Shareholders'
MSLEF  II currently intends to dispose of its Holdings Common Stock and sales or
other dispositions by it could occur relatively soon after the 180 day hold back
period for the Equity Offerings.
 
     Under special rules  contained in temporary  Treasury regulations,  certain
options  are treated  as exercised  solely for  purposes of  Section 382  if the
deemed exercise thereof would result in an ownership change. Accordingly,  under
these  rules, it is possible that the deemed exercise by SIBV and its affiliates
of their option to purchase all of the Holdings Common Stock owned by the  MSLEF
II  Group (see under 'Certain Transactions -- Stockholders Agreement'), combined
with certain transfers of even a relatively small percentage of Holdings  Common
Stock by certain shareholders after the consummation of the Equity Offerings, or
any  sales of Holdings Common Stock by MSLEF II Associated Entities, would cause
an ownership change. Proposed Treasury regulations which would apply to  testing
dates  on or after November 5, 1992 but which have not yet been adopted in final
form, however,  do not  contain  such a  'deemed  exercise' rule  applicable  to
options.  Although it appears likely, based on informal statements from Treasury
officials, that the proposed regulations will be adopted in substantially  their
current form with respect to this issue, there can be no assurance as to whether
or  in  what form  such proposed  regulations  will be  finalized or  what their
retroactive application, if any, would be.
 
     If Holdings experienced an ownership change (as described in either of  the
two  preceding paragraphs) at a  time at which the  value of the Holdings Common
Stock was equal to the Price to Public set forth on the cover of the  Prospectus
relating  to the Equity Offerings of $     per share, the Section 382 Limitation
would be  $[70-80]  million  using  a 'long-term  tax  exempt  rate'  of  5.15%.
Depending  on the  circumstances, such  an ownership  change could significantly
restrict the Company's ability to utilize  NOLs existing at such time to  offset
subsequent  taxable income.  Accordingly, due  to uncertainty  as to  whether an
ownership  change  will  occur  following  the  Equity  Offerings,   prospective
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
purchasers  of Senior Notes  should not assume  the unrestricted availability of
currently existing  or  future  NOL carryforwards  in  making  their  investment
decisions.
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET
 
     There  is currently no established trading  market for the Senior Notes and
the Company does not intend to have  the Senior Notes listed for trading on  any
securities  exchange or on  any automated dealer  quotation system. Although the
Underwriter has advised the  Company that it  will make a  market in the  Senior
Notes,  there can be  no assurance that  an active public  market for the Senior
Notes will develop. The Underwriter  is not obligated to  make a market for  the
Senior  Notes  and may  discontinue or  suspend such  market-making at  any time
without notice. Accordingly, no assurance can  be given as to the liquidity  of,
or  trading market for, the Senior Notes. Further, the liquidity of, and trading
market for,  the  Senior  Notes  may  be  adversely  affected  by  declines  and
volatility  on the market for high yield  securities generally as well as by any
changes in the Company's financial performance or prospects.
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
                             RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
 
     Holdings and  the Company  are implementing  the Recapitalization  Plan  to
refinance  a  substantial  portion of  their  indebtedness in  order  to improve
operating and financial flexibility  by reducing the level  and overall cost  of
their  debt,  extending  maturities  of  indebtedness,  increasing stockholders'
equity and increasing their access to  capital markets. As described below,  the
Recapitalization  Plan includes the following  primary components in addition to
others described below: (i) the Debt Offerings, (ii) the Equity Offerings, (iii)
the SIBV Investment,  (iv) the Bank  Debt Refinancing and  (v) the  Subordinated
Debt  Refinancing, which  is anticipated to  occur on  approximately December 1,
1994.
 
     For the year ended December 31, 1993, the Recapitalization Plan would, on a
pro forma  basis for  such year,  have resulted  in $68.7  million of  aggregate
savings  in interest  expense, of which  $53.8 million  represents cash interest
expense savings (in  each case  on a pre-tax  basis). See  'Pro Forma  Financial
Data'.
 
SOURCES AND USES
 
     The  following table sets forth the sources and uses of funds to be used to
effect the Recapitalization Plan:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            ($ MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Sources of Funds
     The Debt Offerings(a).............................................................        $  600
     The Equity Offerings(a)...........................................................           300
     SIBV Investment(a)................................................................           100
     New Revolving Credit Facility(b)..................................................       --
     Initial Term Loan.................................................................           200
     Delayed Term Loan.................................................................           850
                                                                                              -------
          Total........................................................................        $2,050
                                                                                              -------
                                                                                              -------
Uses of Funds
     Prepayment of debt under 1989 Credit Agreement....................................        $  609
     Prepayment of debt under 1992 Credit Agreement....................................           201
     Prepayment of Secured Notes.......................................................           271
     Redemption of Senior Subordinated Notes(c)........................................           374
     Redemption of Subordinated Debentures(c)..........................................           321
     Redemption of Junior Accrual Debentures(d)........................................           149
     Fees and expenses(e)..............................................................           104
     Increase in cash(f)...............................................................            21
                                                                                              -------
          Total........................................................................        $2,050
                                                                                              -------
                                                                                              -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Assuming an initial public offering price of $       per share of  Holdings
     Common  Stock  (which  is  equal  to  the  midpoint  of  the  range  of the
     anticipated high and low per share  offering prices set forth on the  cover
     of the Prospectus relating to the Equity Offerings) and, in the case of the
     Offerings,   without   deducting  estimated   underwriting   discounts  and
     commissions and expenses.
 
 (b) The maximum amount available under such facility will be $450 million, with
     up to $150 million of such amount being available for letters of credit. It
     is anticipated that immediately following  the Offerings letters of  credit
     of  approximately $90 million will be  outstanding under such facility. See
     also (c) below.
 
 (c) Represents  the  outstanding  principal  amount  and  redemption   premiums
     required  to be paid on such  securities. Aggregate redemption premiums for
     the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subordinated Debentures are estimated
     to be $24 million and $21  million, respectively. The Company expects  that
     accrued  and unpaid interest at  June 1 and December  1, 1994 on the Senior
     Subordinated Notes and  the Subordinated  Debentures will  be paid  through
     internal  cash flow or  with additional borrowings  under the New Revolving
     Credit Facility.
 
 (d) Represents the estimated accreted value of the Junior Accrual Debentures as
     of December 1, 1994.
 
 (e) Expenses include  commissions and  underwriting discounts  relating to  the
     Debt  Offerings  and  the  Equity  Offerings,  respectively.  There  are no
     underwriting discounts or commissions on the sale of Holdings Common  Stock
     pursuant to the SIBV Investment.
 
 (f) If  the underwriters in  the Equity Offerings  exercise their overallotment
     option in full, cash will be increased by an additional $    million.
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
     The aggregate  amount of  proceeds, net  of estimated  expenses,  necessary
immediately  following  the Offerings  to  consummate the  Recapitalization Plan
(excluding the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing) is approximately $1,120  million.
The  sources of funds for such amount are set forth in the above table. Prior to
consummation of the Offerings, however, the Company may determine to change  the
size  of the various  components of the  Recapitalization Plan and, accordingly,
among other things may change the size  of the Debt Offerings and/or the  Equity
Offerings  which could, in turn, affect the size of the Initial Term Loan and/or
the Delayed Term Loan. If the Company and its lenders determine to decrease  the
amount  of the Delayed Term  Loan, with a corresponding  increase in the Initial
Term Loan, or, if for any other reason, any of the proceeds to be used to effect
the Subordinated Debt Refinancing  are provided by any  of the sources of  funds
set  forth above other than the Delayed Term Loan, the Company intends to invest
the proceeds so received and which are  to be so used in short term  investments
until  such  proceeds are  used to  acquire Subordinated  Debt (pursuant  to the
Subordinated  Debt  Refinancing  or  in  privately  negotiated  or  open  market
purchases) or until the abandonment of the Subordinated Debt Refinancing.
 
DEBT OFFERINGS
 
     Concurrently with the Equity Offerings, CCA is offering Senior Notes in the
Debt  Offerings. The closings of the Debt Offerings and the Equity Offerings are
conditioned  on  one  another  as  well  as  on  the  substantially   concurrent
consummation  of the other  components of the  Recapitalization Plan (other than
the Subordinated  Debt Refinancing)  and on  the satisfaction  of certain  other
closing  conditions contained in the  respective underwriting agreements related
thereto.
 

     The Senior Notes will be  general unsecured obligations of CCA,  guaranteed
by  JSC, and  will rank  pari passu in  right of  payment with  all other senior
indebtedness of CCA. For a description of certain terms of the Senior Notes  see
'Description of the Senior Notes'.

 
EQUITY OFFERINGS
 
     Concurrently  with the Debt Offerings, Holdings is offering       shares of
Holdings Common  Stock initially  in the  United States  and Canada  (the  'U.S.
Equity  Offering') and         shares of Holdings Common Stock initially outside
the United States and Canada (the 'International Equity Offering'). The closings
of the Equity Offerings and the Debt Offerings are conditioned on one another as
well as on the substantially concurrent consummation of the other components  of
the  Recapitalization Plan (other than the Subordinated Debt Refinancing) and on
the satisfaction of certain other closing conditions contained in the respective
underwriting agreements related thereto.
 
SALE OF STOCK TO SIBV
 
     SIBV has agreed to purchase, or to cause a corporate affiliate to purchase,
from Holdings pursuant to  the SIBV Investment               shares of  Holdings
Common  Stock for an aggregate purchase price  of $100 million. Such purchase by
SIBV  is  conditioned  on  the  substantially  concurrent  consummation  of  the
Offerings  and the  other components  of the  Recapitalization Plan  (other than
Subordinated Debt Refinancing)  and the  satisfaction of  certain other  closing
conditions  contained in the  purchase agreement related  thereto. Following the
consummation of the Equity Offerings  and the SIBV Investment, SIBV,  indirectly
through  its subsidiaries, will beneficially own     % of the outstanding shares
of Holdings Common Stock. See 'Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners'.
 
BANK DEBT REFINANCING
 
     As part of the Recapitalization Plan, CCA  and JSC will enter into the  New
Credit  Agreement.  Substantially  concurrently  with  the  consummation  of the
Offerings, CCA will use borrowings under  the Initial Term Loan pursuant to  the
New  Credit Agreement and net proceeds of  the Offerings and the SIBV Investment
contributed to it by Holdings,  to refinance its indebtedness outstanding  under
the  Old  Bank  Facilities  and  Secured  Notes.  See  'Description  of  Certain
Indebtedness -- Terms of New Credit Agreement'.
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
RECLASSIFICATION AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
     The capital  stock  of  Holdings  currently consists  of  four  classes  of
outstanding  common stock (Class  A, Class B, Class  C and Class  D) and a fifth
class of  common stock  (Class E)  reserved for  issuance upon  the exercise  of
outstanding  options. Currently, the only outstanding  shares of voting stock of
Holdings are the shares of Class A common stock (all outstanding shares of which
are indirectly owned by SIBV) and  Class B common stock (all outstanding  shares
of  which are owned by  MSLEF II). Immediately prior  to the consummation of the
Equity Offerings, the Reclassification will  occur, pursuant to which  Holdings'
five classes of common stock will be converted into one class, on a basis of ten
shares  of Holdings Common Stock for each  share of stock outstanding of each of
the old classes. Following the Reclassification, Holdings' only class of  common
stock  will be  the Holdings  Common Stock,             shares of  which will be
outstanding immediately prior to the  Equity Offerings and the SIBV  Investment.
The  Company intends prior to or  substantially concurrently with the Offerings,
to cause CCA  Enterprises, Inc. a  wholly-owned subsidiary of  CCA, to become  a
direct wholly owned subsidiary of JSC and then, to merge it and JSC Enterprises,
Inc.,  also a wholly-owned subsidiary of JSC,  into JSC. This will result in the
cancellation of the  intercompany notes held  by such entities  which are  their
only  assets. Holdings intends to interpose a wholly-owned subsidiary between it
and JSC which would  own all of  the capital stock of  JSC. See 'Description  of
Certain Indebtedness -- Substitution Transaction'.
 
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT; CHARTER AND BY-LAW AMENDMENTS
 
     Since  the  1989  Transaction, Holdings,  JSC  and CCA  have  been operated
pursuant  to  the  terms  of   an  organization  agreement  (the   'Organization
Agreement'),  which, among other things, provides for the election of directors,
the selection of  officers and  the day-to-day  management of  Holdings and  the
Company.  Pursuant to the terms of the Organization Agreement and as part of the
Recapitalization Plan, (i)  the Organization Agreement  will terminate upon  the
closing  of  the  Equity  Offerings  and,  at  or  prior  to  such  closing, the
Stockholders Agreement shall be entered into by SIBV, MSLEF II and Holdings  and
(ii)  the certificates of incorporation and by-laws of each of Holdings, JSC and
CCA will,  at  or  prior to  the  closing  of the  Offerings,  be  amended.  See
'Management  -- Directors', 'Management --  Provisions of Stockholders Agreement
Pertaining to Management' and  'Certain Transactions -- Stockholders  Agreement'
for   a  description  of  the  Stockholders  Agreement.  In  addition,  a  prior
commitment, subject to certain conditions, of SIBV to purchase subordinated debt
of CCA guaranteed by JSC in order  to fund purchases by CCA of its  Subordinated
Debt,  will  be  terminated upon  consummation  of the  Offerings.  See 'Certain
Transactions -- Other Transactions'.
 
SUBORDINATED DEBT REFINANCING
 
     On approximately December 1, 1994, CCA intends to use borrowings under  the
Delayed Term Loan to effect the Subordinated Debt Refinancing, which consists of
the redemption of the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Subordinated Debentures and
the  Junior Accrual Debentures (and, to  the extent necessary, to use borrowings
under the New Revolving  Credit Facility to pay  accrued but unpaid interest  on
the  Senior Subordinated  Notes and  the Subordinated  Debentures). The earliest
date such  securities may  be redeemed  is December  1, 1994.  CCA reserves  the
right,  however, to  acquire the Subordinated  Debt in open  market or privately
negotiated transactions prior  to such date.  Such acquisitions of  Subordinated
Debt are expected to be financed with borrowings under the New Credit Agreement,
subject  to the limitation that the indentures  governing each of the classes of
the Subordinated Debt prohibit borrowings under  the New Credit Agreement to  be
used  to acquire  Subordinated Debt  junior to  such class.  See 'Description of
Certain Indebtedness  --  Terms of  New  Credit Agreement'  and  ' --  Terms  of
Subordinated  Debt'. This is likely to  result in only Senior Subordinated Notes
being acquired prior  to December 1,  1994. The amount  of Subordinated Debt  so
acquired,  if any,  will depend  on market  conditions and  availability of such
securities at acceptable prices. JSC and CCA also reserve the right to determine
not to consummate the Subordinated Debt Refinancing for any reason, even if they
are able to do so.
 
     Borrowings under the Delayed Term Loan,  which are necessary to effect  the
Subordinated  Debt Refinancing,  will be subject  to the following  and only the
following conditions: (a) no order, judgment
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
or decree shall purport to enjoin  or restrain (x) borrowings under the  Delayed
Term Loan or (y) CCA from redeeming the Subordinated Debt, (b) certain events of
bankruptcy,  insolvency or reorganization  with respect to  Holdings, JSC or CCA
shall not have occurred, (c) there shall  not have occurred and be continuing  a
payment default under the New Credit Agreement, the 1993 Notes, the Senior Notes
or  under any subordinated debt  (in each case, other  than under the New Credit
Agreement, after the expiration of any applicable grace period), (d) the lenders
under the New  Credit Agreement shall  not have  accelerated all or  any of  the
loans  under the New Credit Agreement, (e)  there shall not have occurred and be
continuing any  event of  default under  the New  Credit Agreement  relating  to
cross-acceleration  of certain other debt and (f)  in the event of any borrowing
under the Delayed Term  Loan prior to December  15, 1994, the Subordinated  Debt
repurchased  with the proceeds  thereof shall have  been repurchased pursuant to
open-market or negotiated transactions for a price not in excess of 113% of  the
aggregate principal amount of the Subordinated Debt to be so repurchased.
 
CONSENTS AND WAIVERS
 
     As described below, the Company must obtain the Consents and Waivers under,
among  other things, the 1993 Notes, the Secured Notes and the Securitization in
order to consummate the Recapitalization  Plan. The Company expects that,  prior
to entering into the Underwriting Agreement, it shall have obtained the Consents
and Waivers.
 
     1993  Notes. The  terms of  the 1993  Notes prohibit  the Subordinated Debt
Refinancing because the indebtedness incurred  to effect such refinancing  would
be  unsubordinated secured  debt under  the New  Credit Agreement.  The Company,
however, intends to  solicit the consent  of the  holders of the  1993 Notes  to
amend  the related indenture (the '1993 Note Indenture'), among other things, in
order to allow the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing to be consummated without  any
violation  thereof (the 'Proposed 1993 Note Amendment'). In connection with such
solicitation, CCA will make certain consent  payments, in cash, for each  $1,000
principal  amount  of  such  securities for  which  consents  have  been validly
tendered (and not revoked)  on or before the  date a supplemental indenture  has
been executed. CCA's obligation to make the consent payments with respect to the
1993 Notes is subject to the terms of the solicitation and is conditioned on the
execution of a supplemental indenture.
 

     Pursuant  to the Proposed 1993 Note Amendment (i) the covenant contained in
the 1993 Note Indenture  which limits debt  incurrence by JSC  and CCA would  be
modified  to allow Holdings,  JSC or CCA to  refinance the existing Subordinated
Debt (or any portion  thereof) with indebtedness for  borrowed money or with  an
exchange  for indebtedness of any  such company, so long as,  at or prior to the
time such indebtedness is incurred  but in no event  later than April 30,  1995,
Holdings,  JSC or CCA shall have consummated one or more public or private sales
of its capital stock and applied not less than $        million of the  proceeds
therefrom  to the repayment  of indebtedness of JSC  or CCA which  is not by its
terms expressly subordinated  in right of  payment to the  1993 Notes, (ii)  the
covenant  contained in the 1993 Note  Indenture which limits certain payments by
JSC and CCA would be modified to  allow the payment of dividends on the  capital
stock  of JSC or CCA, following the  initial public offering of capital stock of
Holdings provided for in the Recapitalization Plan, of up to 6% per annum of the
net proceeds received by JSC  or CCA, as the case  may be, from Holdings out  of
the  proceeds of (a)  such public offering  and (b) the  SIBV Investment (net of
underwriting discounts and  commissions, but  without deducting  other fees  and
expenses  therefrom), (iii)  certain technical amendments  would be  made to the
1993 Note  Indenture  to  clarify the  circumstances  under  which  wholly-owned
subsidiaries would be permitted to merge into JSC or CCA, (iv) the definition of
'change  of control' would be amended to delete therefrom a change in a majority
of the outstanding directors, (v) the Substitution Transaction (as defined under
'Description of  Certain Indebtedness  --  Substitution Transaction')  would  be
permitted to occur and (vi) certain other technical amendments.

 
     The  1993 Note  Indenture requires  a majority  in principal  amount of the
holders of the 1993 Notes to consent  to the adoption of the Proposed 1993  Note
Amendment.
 
     Secured  Notes.  Under  the  terms  of the  Secured  Notes,  the  Bank Debt
Refinancing (which involves  a prepayment  of the Secured  Notes) would  require
that  the holders of the  Secured Notes be given a  30 day notice of prepayment.
The Company  intends to  request that  the holders  of the  Secured Notes  waive
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
such  30  day notice  of prepayment.  Such  waiver requires  the consent  of the
holders of 60%  of the holders  of the outstanding  principal amount of  Secured
Notes.
 
     Securitization.  In 1991, JSC and CCA  entered into the Securitization. The
Securitization involved  the sale  of  JSC's and  CCA's trade  receivables  (the
'Receivables')  to  Jefferson Smurfit  Finance  Corporation ('JSFC'),  a special
purpose  subsidiary  of  JSC.  Under  the  Securitization,  JSFC  currently  has
borrowings  of  $182.3 million  outstanding at  December  31, 1993  from Emerald
Funding Corporation ('EFC'), a third-party owned corporation not affiliated with
JSC, and  has  pledged its  interest  in such  Receivables  to EFC.  EFC  issued
commercial  paper notes  ('CP Notes')  and term  notes ('Term  Notes'). EFC also
entered into a liquidity facility with a group of banks, for whom Dresdner  Bank
AG  acted as  agent (the 'Liquidity  Banks'), and a  subordinated loan agreement
with Bank Brussels  Lambert (the  'Subordinated Lender')  to provide  additional
sources  of funding. EFC pledged its interest  in the Receivables assigned to it
by JSFC to  secure EFC's obligations  to the Liquidity  Banks, the  Subordinated
Lender, and the holders of the CP Notes and the Term Notes.
 
     Under the terms of the Master Agreement relating to the Securitization, the
completion  of  the  Equity  Offerings  would  result  in  the  occurrence  of a
'Liquidation Event' because JS  Group and its affiliates  would cease to own  or
control  at least 50% of  the issued and outstanding  shares of capital stock of
Holdings entitled to vote for the election of members of the Holdings' Board  of
Directors.  In  addition, the  consummation of  a  merger of  JSC into  CCA (see
'Description  of  Certain  Indebtedness  --  Substitution  Transaction')   would
constitute  a 'Liquidation Event.' The effect of the occurrence of a Liquidation
Event which  is not  waived is  that collections  on receivables  are no  longer
applied  to purchase  new receivables, but  are used  to pay down  the amount of
outstanding debt owed to  the Liquidity Banks, the  Subordinated Lender and  the
holders of the CP Notes and the Term Notes.
 
     JSC  intends to solicit the consents  necessary to amend the Securitization
documents  to  amend  the  definition   of  'Liquidation  Event'  so  that   the
consummation  of the Equity Offerings and of a subsequent merger of JSC into CCA
will not result in the occurrence of a Liquidation Event.
 
     Such proposed Securitization  amendment requires the  unanimous consent  of
all  of the Liquidity Banks,  the Subordinated Lender and  all of the holders of
the Term Notes.
 
     Other. The  consent of  The  Times Mirror  Company  is required  under  the
shareholders  agreement between  JSC and  The Times  Mirror Company  in order to
consummate the Recapitalization Plan.
 
CERTAIN CONDITIONS
 
     All of the  transactions contemplated by  the Recapitalization Plan  (other
than the Subordinated Debt Refinancing) are expected to occur contemporaneously.
Consummation   of  the  Debt  Offerings  is  conditioned  on  the  substantially
concurrent consummation of  the other  components of  the Recapitalization  Plan
(other  than the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing), including, among other things,
consummation of (i) the Equity Offerings (ii) the SIBV Investment, and (iii) the
Bank Debt  Refinancing.  In addition,  consummation  of the  Debt  Offerings  is
conditioned  on obtaining the  Consents and Waivers  and the execution  of (i) a
supplemental indenture providing for  the Proposed 1993  Note Amendment, (ii)  a
waiver  to the  Secured Note  Purchase Agreement and  (iii) an  amendment to the
Securitization documents.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds  to the  Company (after  deducting estimated  underwriting
discounts  and commissions) from the sale of  Senior Notes in the Debt Offerings
are estimated  to be            million.  The net  proceeds to  Holdings  (after
deducting  estimated underwriting  discounts and  commissions) from  the sale of
shares of Holdings Common Stock in  the Equity Offerings (at an assumed  initial
public  offering price  of $       per share, the  midpoint of the  range of the
anticipated high and low public offering prices per share set forth on the cover
of the Prospectus relating  to the Equity Offerings)  are estimated to be  $
million  ($      million if the overallotment option  is exercised in full). The
proceeds to Holdings from the  sale of shares of  Holdings Common Stock to  SIBV
(or a corporate affiliate) pursuant to the SIBV Investment will be $100 million.
 
     The  Company  intends  to  use  all of  such  net  proceeds,  together with
borrowings under the New Credit Agreement, to pay in full all amounts under  the
1989 and 1992 Credit Agreements and the
 
                                       24
 
<PAGE>
Secured  Notes. Specifically, the Company  will repay $196.5 million outstanding
at December 31, 1993 under the  revolving credit facility under the 1989  Credit
Agreement  (the  'Revolving  Credit  Facility'),  which  bears  interest  at the
Adjusted Eurodollar Rate (as defined therein) plus 2.25%; $412.3 million of term
loan indebtedness  outstanding  at  December  31, 1993  under  the  1989  Credit
Agreement,  which bears  interest at  the Adjusted  Eurodollar Rate  (as defined
therein) plus  2.25%  (the  weighted  average  rate  at  December  31,  1993  on
outstanding  1989 Credit Agreement borrowings was 5.95%); $201.3 million of term
loan indebtedness at December  31, 1993 under the  1992 Credit Agreement,  which
bears  interest at the Adjusted Eurodollar  Rate (as defined therein) plus 3.00%
(6.375% at December 31, 1993); and  $270.5 million of Secured Notes at  December
31,  1993  bearing  interest at  the  three-month Adjusted  Eurodollar  Rate (as
defined therein)  plus 2.75%  (6.25%  at December  31,  1993). The  Company  has
interest  rate swaps  and other hedging  agreements with  commercial banks which
effectively fix (for remaining periods of up to 3 years) the Company's  interest
rate on $215 million of such variable rate borrowings at average all-in rates of
approximately  9.10%. The Revolving Credit Facility is scheduled to terminate on
December 14, 1995,  the term loan  indebtedness under the  1989 and 1992  Credit
Agreements is scheduled to mature on December 31, 1997 and the Secured Notes are
scheduled to mature on December 1, 1998.
 
     If  the overallotment  option granted  as part  of the  Equity Offerings is
exercised, proceeds from the  sale of shares of  Holdings Common Stock  pursuant
thereto will be used by the Company for general corporate purposes.
 
     The Company may enter into floating rate interest rate swap agreements with
respect to some or all of its obligations under the Senior Notes and, if it does
so,  will  be  sensitive to  prevailing  interest  rates for  the  term  of such
agreements, which may range from one year to the maturity of the Senior Notes.
 
                                       25

<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
     The  following table sets forth  the historical consolidated capitalization
of the Company  as of December  31, 1993, as  adjusted for the  Recapitalization
Plan  (at an assumed  initial public offering price  of $         per share, the
midpoint of the range of the anticipated high and low public offering prices per
share set forth on the cover of the Prospectus relating to the Equity Offerings,
for the Equity Offerings and the SIBV Investment). This table should be read  in
conjunction  with  the  historical  consolidated  statements  of  operations and
balance sheet of the Company and  'Pro Forma Financial Data' included  elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                                                                   ------------------------------
                                                                                                  AS ADJUSTED FOR
                                                                                                        THE
                                                                                                  RECAPITALIZATION
                                                                                    ACTUAL            PLAN(a)
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
                                                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                                <C>            <C>
Short-term debt (represents current maturities of long-term debt)...............   $   10.3          $    10.3
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
Long-term debt:
     New Revolving Credit Facility(b)(c)........................................   $  --             $      --
     Initial Term Loan(b).......................................................      --                 200.0
     Delayed Term Loan(b).......................................................      --                 850.0
     Revolving Credit Facility(c)...............................................      196.5                 --
     1989 Term Loan Facility....................................................      412.3                 --
     1992 Term Loan Facility....................................................      201.3                 --
     Secured Notes..............................................................      270.5                 --
     1993 Notes(d)..............................................................      500.0              500.0
     Senior Notes(e)............................................................                         600.0
     Securitization Loans.......................................................      182.3              182.3
     Other senior indebtedness (excluding current maturities)...................       76.5               76.5
     Senior Subordinated Notes(f)...............................................      350.0                 --
     Subordinated Debentures(f).................................................      300.0                 --
     Junior Accrual Debentures(f)(g)............................................      129.7                 --
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
     Total long-term debt.......................................................    2,619.1            2,408.8
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
Minority interest in subsidiary.................................................       18.0               18.0
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
Stockholder's deficit:
     Additional paid-in capital and common stock................................      731.8            1,099.5
     Retained deficit(h)........................................................   (1,789.6)          (1,845.3)
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
     Total stockholder's deficit................................................   (1,057.8)            (745.8)
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
          Total capitalization..................................................   $1,579.3          $ 1,681.0
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
                                                                                   --------       ---------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Until  the Subordinated Debt  Refinancing occurs, or if  it does not occur,
     and  assuming  no  open  market   or  privately  negotiated  purchases   of
     Subordinated   Debt  prior  to  the   Subordinated  Debt  Refinancing  (see
     'Description   of   Certain   Indebtedness   --   Terms   of   New   Credit
     Agreement  -- The New Bank Facilities'), the Senior Subordinated Notes, the
     Subordinated Debentures  and  the  Junior Accrual  Debentures  will  remain
     outstanding and no borrowings will be made under the Delayed Term Loan.
 
 (b) For  further  information  about  the New  Revolving  Credit  Facility, the
     Initial Term Loan  and the Delayed  Term Loan see  'Description of  Certain
     Indebtedness -- Terms of New Credit Agreement'.
 
 (c) Represents  funds  utilized  under such  revolving  credit  facilities. The
     maximum amount available under  each of the  New Revolving Credit  Facility
     (including the amount anticipated to be drawn down upon consummation of the
     Recapitalization  Plan) and the  Revolving Credit Facility  is $450 million
     (with up to  $150 million  of such amount  being available  for letters  of
     credit)  and $400  million (with  up to $125  million of  such amount being
     available for  letters of  credit), respectively.  It is  anticipated  that
     immediately  following the Offerings letters of credit of approximately $90
     million will be outstanding  under the New  Revolving Credit Facility.  The
     Company  expects that accrued and unpaid interest at June 1 and December 1,
     1994 on the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subordinated Debentures  will
     be  paid through internal cash flow or with additional borrowings under the
     New Revolving Credit Facility.
 
 (d) For further information about the  1993 Notes, see 'Description of  Certain
     Indebtedness -- Terms of 1993 Notes'.
 

 (e) For  further information  about the Senior  Notes, see  'Description of the
     Senior Notes'.

 (f) For further information  about the Subordinated  Debt, see 'Description  of
     Certain Indebtedness -- Terms of Subordinated Debt'.
 
 (g) The  Junior Accrual  Debentures accrete  in value  at the  rate of  15 1/2%
     compounded semi-annually. The aggregate  accreted value, including  accrued
     interest, of the Junior Accrual Debentures was approximately $129.7 million
     at  December 31, 1993 and will  be approximately $148.7 million at December
     1, 1994.
 
 (h) The  change   in  retained   earnings  (deficit)   as  a   result  of   the
     Recapitalization Plan represents $55.7 million of after-tax cost related to
     the extraordinary loss from early extinguishment of debt. The extraordinary
     loss  on a  pre-tax basis  includes a  $35.3 million  write-off of existing
     deferred debt issuance costs,  $44.6 million of call  premiums, and a  $5.9
     million  adjustment to reflect the result of marking-to-market the interest
     rate swaps related to the long-term debt to be repaid with borrowings under
     the New Credit  Agreement and net  proceeds of the  Offerings and the  SIBV
     Investment. See 'Pro Forma Financial Data'.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
     For  information concerning possible  changes in sources  and uses of funds
pertaining to the Recapitalization Plan,  see 'Recapitalization Plan --  Sources
and Uses'.
 
                                       26

<PAGE>
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The  following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data of the
Company as of and  for each of  the years ended December  31, 1989, 1990,  1991,
1992  and  1993. This  data  should be  read  in conjunction  with 'Management's
Discussion and Analysis of  Results of Operations  and Financial Condition'  and
the  consolidated  financial statements  of the  Company  and the  related notes
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected consolidated financial  data
of  the Company presented under the captions Operating Results and Balance Sheet
Data, with the exception of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, were derived
from the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which were audited by
independent auditors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                                1989           1990          1991          1992
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                               (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT RATIOS AND STATISTICAL DATA)
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
  Net sales................................................................   $ 2,936.3      $2,910.9      $2,940.1      $2,998.4
  Cost of goods sold.......................................................     2,275.9       2,296.1       2,409.4       2,499.3
  Selling and administrative expenses......................................       254.9         218.8         225.2         231.4
  Restructuring and other charges..........................................
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Income (loss) from operations............................................       405.5         396.0         305.5         267.7
  Recapitalization expenses................................................      (139.2)
  Interest expense.........................................................      (119.1)       (337.8)       (335.2)       (300.1)
  Other, net...............................................................         8.4           6.5           5.4           5.2
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of
    affiliates, minority interests, extraordinary item and cumulative
    effect of accounting changes...........................................       155.6          64.7         (24.3)        (27.2)
  Provision for (benefit from) income taxes................................        74.0          35.4          10.0          10.0
  Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates(a)...............................        11.9          (2.2)        (39.9)          0.5
  Minority interest share of income (loss) in:
    Smurfit Newsprint Corporation..........................................         3.6           5.3           2.9          (2.7)
    CCA, prior to acquisition..............................................        24.4
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
    accounting changes.....................................................        65.5          21.8         (77.1)        (34.0)
  Extraordinary item:
    Loss from early extinguishment of debt, net of income tax benefit......       (29.7)                                    (49.8)
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes:
    Postretirement benefits................................................
    Income taxes...........................................................
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Net income (loss)........................................................   $    35.8      $   21.8      $  (77.1)     $  (83.8)
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(b)....................................        2.24          1.17            (c)           (c)
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
                                                                              ---------      --------      --------      --------
OTHER DATA:
  Gross profit margin(d)...................................................        22.5%         21.1%         18.1%         16.6%
  Selling and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales............         8.7           7.5           7.7           7.7
  EBITDA(e)................................................................   $   508.8      $  525.1      $  440.9      $  407.8
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense......................................        4.27x         1.55x         1.32x         1.36x
  Property and timberland additions........................................   $   201.3      $  192.0      $  118.9      $   97.9
  Depreciation, depletion and amortization.................................        94.9         122.6         130.0         134.9
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Working capital..........................................................   $   156.9      $   60.7      $   76.9      $  105.7
  Property, plant and equipment and timberland, net........................     1,422.3       1,527.3       1,525.9       1,496.5
  Total assets.............................................................     2,436.7       2,447.9       2,460.1       2,436.4
  Long-term debt (excluding current maturities)............................     2,684.4       2,636.7       2,650.4       2,503.0
  Deferred income taxes (excluding current portion)........................       145.5         168.6         158.3         159.8
  Stockholders' deficit....................................................      (921.6)       (899.4)       (976.9)       (828.9)
STATISTICAL DATA:
  Containerboard production (thousand tons)................................       1,792         1,797         1,830         1,918
  Boxboard production (thousand tons)......................................         816           809           826           832
  Newsprint production (thousand tons).....................................         582           623           614           615
  Corrugated shipping containers sold (thousand tons)......................       1,581         1,655         1,768         1,871
  Folding cartons sold (thousand tons).....................................         444           455           482           487
  Fibre reclaimed and brokered (thousand tons).............................       3,549         3,547         3,666         3,846
  Timberland owned or leased (thousand acres)..............................         992           968           978           978
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                               1993
                                                                             --------
 
<S>                                                                            <C>
OPERATING RESULTS:
  Net sales................................................................  $2,947.6
  Cost of goods sold.......................................................   2,573.1
  Selling and administrative expenses......................................     239.2
  Restructuring and other charges..........................................     150.0
                                                                             --------
  Income (loss) from operations............................................     (14.7)
  Recapitalization expenses................................................
  Interest expense.........................................................    (254.2)
  Other, net...............................................................       8.1
                                                                             --------
  Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of
    affiliates, minority interests, extraordinary item and cumulative
    effect of accounting changes...........................................    (260.8)
  Provision for (benefit from) income taxes................................     (83.0)
  Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates(a)...............................
  Minority interest share of income (loss) in:
    Smurfit Newsprint Corporation..........................................      (3.2)
    CCA, prior to acquisition..............................................
                                                                             --------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
    accounting changes.....................................................    (174.6)
  Extraordinary item:
    Loss from early extinguishment of debt, net of income tax benefit......     (37.8)
  Cumulative effect of accounting changes:
    Postretirement benefits................................................     (37.0)
    Income taxes...........................................................      20.5
                                                                             --------
  Net income (loss)........................................................  $ (228.9)
                                                                             --------
                                                                             --------
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(b)....................................        (c)
                                                                             --------
                                                                             --------
OTHER DATA:
  Gross profit margin(d)...................................................      12.7%
  Selling and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales............       8.1
  EBITDA(e)................................................................  $  274.2
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense......................................      1.08x
  Property and timberland additions........................................  $  117.4
  Depreciation, depletion and amortization.................................     130.8
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Working capital..........................................................  $   40.0
  Property, plant and equipment and timberland, net........................   1,636.0
  Total assets.............................................................   2,597.1
  Long-term debt (excluding current maturities)............................   2,619.1
  Deferred income taxes (excluding current portion)........................     232.2
  Stockholders' deficit....................................................  (1,057.8)
STATISTICAL DATA:
  Containerboard production (thousand tons)................................     1,840
  Boxboard production (thousand tons)......................................       829
  Newsprint production (thousand tons).....................................       615
  Corrugated shipping containers sold (thousand tons)......................     1,936
  Folding cartons sold (thousand tons).....................................       475
  Fibre reclaimed and brokered (thousand tons).............................     3,907
  Timberland owned or leased (thousand acres)..............................       984
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(a) Equity in earnings (loss) of  affiliates in 1991 includes after-tax  charges
    of  $29.3 million and $6.7 million for the write-off of the Company's equity
    investments in Temboard and PCL, respectively.
 
(b) For purposes of these calculations, earnings consist of income (loss) before
    income taxes, equity  in earnings (loss)  of affiliates, minority  interests
    and  extraordinary item  and cumulative  effect of  accounting changes, plus
    fixed  charges.  Fixed   charges  consist  of   interest  on   indebtedness,
    amortization  of  deferred debt  issuance costs  and  that portion  of lease
    rental expense  considered  to  be representative  of  the  interest  factor
    therein (deemed to be one-fourth of lease rental expense).
 
(c) For  the  years  ended  December  31, 1991,  1992  and  1993,  earnings were
    inadequate to cover fixed charges by 26.7 million, $31.4 million and  $264.2
    million, respectively.
 
(d) Gross  profit margin represents the  excess of net sales  over cost of goods
    sold divided by net sales.
 
(e) EBITDA  represents  net  income  before  interest  expense,  income   taxes,
    depreciation,  depletion  and  amortization, equity  in  earnings  (loss) of
    affiliates, minority interests,  recapitalization expense and  extraordinary
    items  and cumulative effect of accounting changes and in 1993, nonrecurring
    restructuring and other charges. The restructuring and other charges include
    $43  million  of  asset   writedowns  and  $107   million  of  future   cash
    expenditures.  EBITDA  is  presented here,  not  as a  measure  of operating
    results, but rather as a measure of the Company's debt service ability.
 
                                       27

<PAGE>
                            PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
     The  following  unaudited  pro forma  condensed  consolidated  statement of
operations for the  year ended  December 31, 1993  and the  unaudited pro  forma
condensed  consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1993 have been prepared
to  reflect  the  following:  (i)  the  Recapitalization  Plan  (excluding   the
Subordinated Debt Refinancing) and (ii) the Recapitalization Plan (including the
Subordinated  Debt Refinancing). The  statement of operations  also includes the
pro forma effects  of the  1993 Note  Offering. The  pro forma  effects of  such
transactions have been presented assuming that they occurred as of the beginning
of  the  period  presented in  the  unaudited pro  forma  condensed consolidated
statement of operations. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated  balance
sheet  was prepared as if the  Recapitalization Plan (excluding the Subordinated
Debt Refinancing) and the Recapitalization Plan (including the Subordinated Debt
Refinancing) occurred as of December 31, 1993.
 
     The pro  forma financial  data set  forth  below in  giving effect  to  the
Recapitalization  Plan assumes an  initial public offering price  of $       per
share, the midpoint of the range of the anticipated high and low public offering
prices per share set forth on the cover of the Prospectus relating to the Equity
Offerings, for the Equity Offerings and the SIBV Investment.
 
     The estimated transaction fees and  expenses included in the following  pro
forma  financial data  are provided  solely for  purposes of  presenting the pro
forma financial data set forth below.  The actual transaction fees and  expenses
may differ from the assumptions set forth below.
 
     The  pro forma financial data are  provided for informational purposes only
and do  not purport  to be  indicative of  the Company's  financial position  or
results  which  would actually  have been  obtained  had such  transactions been
completed as of the date or for the periods presented, or which may be  obtained
in the future.
 
     The  pro  forma  financial data  should  be  read in  conjunction  with the
historical financial  statements  of  the  Company  and  related  notes  thereto
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                  PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AS ADJUSTED FOR THE         AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                                  RECAPITALIZATION PLAN       RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                      (EXCLUDING THE              (INCLUDING THE
                                                                       SUBORDINATED                SUBORDINATED
                                               JEFFERSON            DEBT REFINANCING)           DEBT REFINANCING)
                                                SMURFIT          ------------------------    ------------------------
                                           CORPORATION (U.S.)     PRO FORMA                   PRO FORMA
                                               HISTORICAL        ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA    ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                           ------------------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                                         (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                        <C>                   <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>
Net sales...............................       $  2,947.6           $           $2,947.6        $           $2,947.6
Cost of goods sold......................          2,573.1                        2,573.1                     2,573.1
Selling and administrative expenses.....            239.2                          239.2                       239.2
Restructuring and other charges.........            150.0                          150.0                       150.0
                                           ------------------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Loss from operations....................            (14.7)                         (14.7 )                     (14.7 )
Interest expense(a).....................           (254.2)           10.1         (244.1 )       68.7         (185.5 )
Other -- net............................              8.1                            8.1                         8.1
                                           ------------------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Loss before income taxes, minority
  interest, extraordinary item, and
  cumulative effect of accounting
  changes...............................           (260.8)           10.1         (250.7 )       68.7         (192.1 )
Provision for (benefit) from income
  tax(b)................................            (83.0)            3.4          (79.6 )       24.0          (59.0 )
                                           ------------------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                                   (177.8)            6.7         (171.1 )       44.7         (133.1 )
Minority interest share of loss.........              3.2                            3.2                         3.2
                                           ------------------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
Loss before extraordinary item and
  cumulative effect of accounting
  changes(c)............................       $   (174.6)            6.7         (167.9 )       44.7         (129.9 )
                                           ------------------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
                                           ------------------    -----------    ---------    -----------    ---------
</TABLE>

 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
              NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATION
 
(a) Interest expense is based upon pro forma consolidated indebtedness following
    consummation  of the  1993 Notes,  the Recapitalization  Plan (excluding the
    Subordinated Debt Refinancing), and the Recapitalization Plan (including the
    Subordinated Debt Refinancing) as if  the transactions had been  consummated
    as of the beginning of the period presented, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                                             ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                               RECAPITALIZATION PLAN           AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                                   (EXCLUDING THE             RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                 SUBORDINATED DEBT         (INCLUDING THE SUBORDINATED
                                                                    REFINANCING)                DEBT REFINANCING)
                                                             --------------------------    ----------------------------
                                                                                   (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                          <C>                           <C>
1993 Notes:
     Net increase of interest expense, interest rate swap
       payments and mark-to-market adjustment, and
       amortization of related deferred debt issuance
       costs in connection with the issuance of the 1993
       Notes and repayment of existing indebtedness(1)....             $  5.3                         $  5.3
                                                                      -------                        -------
                                                                          5.3                            5.3
Recapitalization Plan:
     Interest expense related to Initial Term Loan and
       Debt Offerings(2)..................................               56.5                           56.5
     Net reduction of interest expense, interest rate swap
       payments and amortization of related deferred debt
       issuance costs on indebtedness assumed to be
       retired(3).........................................              (76.7)                         (76.7)
     Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs
       associated with the above debt(4)..................                4.8                            4.8
                                                                      -------                        -------
                                                                        (15.4)                         (15.4)
Subordinated Debt Refinancing:
     Interest expense related to Delayed Term Loan(5).....                                              48.5
     Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs
       associated with the above debt(4)..................                                               3.5
     Net reduction of interest expense and amortization of
       related deferred debt issuance costs on
       indebtedness assumed to be retired(6)..............                                            (110.6)
                                                                                                     -------
                                                                                                       (58.6)
                                                                      -------                        -------
Net decrease of interest expense..........................             $(10.1)                        $(68.7)
                                                                      -------                        -------
                                                                      -------                        -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Represents  the actual  interest expense  incurred, amortization  of related
    deferred debt  issuance  costs, and  cash  payments and  the  mark-to-market
    adjustment  of the  related interest  rate swap  agreements during  the year
    ended December  31,  1993 on  indebtedness  assumed  to be  retired  in  the
    refinancing of the term loan indebtedness under the 1989 Credit Agreement in
    connection  with  the  1993  Notes.  The  pro  forma  condensed consolidated
    statement of operations assumes  that the interest  rate swap agreements  on
    debt  assumed to be retired were marked-to-market as of the beginning of the
    period presented.  The  loss associated  with  marking these  agreements  to
    market  was treated as an extraordinary charge and therefore does not appear
    in the pro forma  statements of operations.  See Note (c)  to the pro  forma
    condensed consolidated statement of operations.
 
(2) Interest  expense on the Initial Term Loan is at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as
    defined below)  plus 3.0%.  Assumes  the Debt  Offerings  are swapped  to  a
    floating  interest rate of  LIBOR plus 3.77%  (average rate of approximately
    6.98% for the year ended December 31, 1993). A change in the Adjusted  LIBOR
    Rate  of  .25%  would  change  interest expense  on  the  Debt  Offerings by
    approximately $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1993.
 
(3) Represents the  actual interest  expense incurred,  amortization of  related
    deferred debt issuance costs, and cash payments under swap agreements during
    the  year ended December 31, 1993 on  indebtedness assumed to be repaid with
    the proceeds from the Equity Offerings, Debt Offerings and the Initial  Term
    Loan.  Assumes that the interest rate swap  agreements on debt assumed to be
    repaid were marked-to-market as  of the beginning  of the period  presented.
    The  loss associated with marking these  agreements to market was treated as
    an extraordinary  charge and  therefore does  not appear  in the  pro  forma
    statements   of  operations.  See  Note  (c)  to  the  pro  forma  condensed
    consolidated statement of operations.
 
(4) Deferred debt costs will be amortized over the term of the related debt.
 
(5) Interest expense on the Delayed Term Loan is at the Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus
    2.5%. A change  in the  Adjusted LIBOR Rate  of .25%  would change  interest
    expense by approximately $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1993.
 
(6) Represents  the actual  interest expense  incurred, amortization  of related
    deferred debt issuance  costs during  the year  ended December  31, 1993  on
    indebtedness assumed to be retired by the Subordinated Debt Refinancing.
 
                                       29
 
<PAGE>
(b) Tax expense related to reduction in the interest expense at an effective tax
    rate of 35.0%.
 
(c) The preceding historical statement of operations for the year ended December
    31, 1993 excludes an after tax extraordinary loss of $37.8 million resulting
    from  the early extinguishment  of debt as  a result of  the 1993 Notes. The
    following details  the additional  nonrecurring charges  resulting from  the
    Recapitalization   Plan  including  and   excluding  the  Subordinated  Debt
    Refinancing. These charges would  be treated as  an extraordinary loss  from
    early  extinguishment of debt  and consequently are not  included on the pro
    forma statements of operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                   AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                  RECAPITALIZATION PLAN            AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                      (EXCLUDING THE              RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                    SUBORDINATED DEBT          (INCLUDING THE SUBORDINATED
                                                       REFINANCING)                 DEBT REFINANCING)
                                                --------------------------    -----------------------------
                                                                       (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                             <C>                           <C>
1993 Notes:
     Write-off of existing deferred debt
       issuance costs related to long-term
       debt repaid...........................             $  2.6                          $ 2.6
     Impact of marking-to-market the interest
       rate swap agreements related to the
       1993 Notes............................               (2.4)                          (2.4)
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                              .2                             .2
Recapitalization Plan:
     Write-off of existing deferred debt
       issuance costs related to indebtedness
       assumed to be retired and consent
       fees..................................                8.9                            8.9
     Impact of marking-to-market the interest
       rate swap agreements..................               12.5                           12.5
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                            21.4                           21.4
Subordinated Debt Refinancing:
     Write-off of deferred debt issuance
       costs related to subordinated debt
       repaid or retired.....................                                              26.7
     Premiums paid on subordinated debt
       retired...............................                                              44.6
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                                                           71.3
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                            21.6                           92.9
Assumed tax benefit at 35%...................                7.6                           32.5
                                                          ------                         ------
Pro forma adjustment to extraordinary item...               14.0                           60.4
Extraordinary item, net of income tax benefit
  of $21.7 million on a historical basis.....               37.8                           37.8
                                                          ------                         ------
Pro forma extraordinary item, net of tax
  benefit....................................             $ 51.8                          $98.2
                                                          ------                         ------
                                                          ------                         ------
</TABLE>
 
                                       30
 
<PAGE>
                 PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                                                   RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                                       (EXCLUDING THE
                                                                   JEFFERSON         SUBORDINATED DEBT
                                                                    SMURFIT             REFINANCING)
                                                                  CORPORATION    --------------------------
                                                                    (U.S.)        PRO FORMA
                                                                  HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
                                                                                (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>              <C>       <C>
                            ASSETS
Current assets
     Cash and cash equivalents.................................    $    44.2      $    14.9(b)    $   59.1
     Receivables...............................................        243.2                         243.2
     Inventories...............................................        233.3                         233.3
     Refundable income taxes...................................           .7                            .7
     Deferred income taxes.....................................         41.9                          41.9
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................          5.2                           5.2
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
          Total current assets.................................        568.5           14.9          583.4
Property, plant and equipment, net.............................      1,374.5                       1,374.5
Timberland, net................................................        261.5                         261.5
Deferred debt issuance costs...................................         52.3           53.0(a)       105.3
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization........................        261.4                         261.4
Other assets...................................................         78.9                          78.9
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
          Total assets.........................................    $ 2,597.1      $    67.9       $2,665.0
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
Current liabilities
     Current maturities of long-term debt......................    $    10.3                      $   10.3
     Accounts payable..........................................        270.6                         270.6
     Other accrued expenses....................................        247.6      $    (1.3)(b)      246.3
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
          Total current liabilities............................        528.5           (1.3)         527.2
Existing long-term debt, less current maturities:
     Nonsubordinated...........................................      1,839.4       (1,080.6)(c)      758.8
     Subordinated..............................................        779.7                         779.7
Initial Term Loan..............................................                       200.0(c)       200.0
Delayed Term Loan..............................................
Debt Offerings.................................................                       600.0(c)       600.0
Other long-term liabilities....................................        257.1                         257.1
Deferred income taxes..........................................        232.2           (6.3)(d)      225.9
Minority interests.............................................         18.0                          18.0
Stockholder's deficit
     Common stock and additional paid-in capital...............        731.8          367.7(e)     1,099.5
     Retained deficit..........................................     (1,789.6)         (11.6)(f)   (1,801.2)
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
          Total stockholder's deficit..........................     (1,057.8)         356.1         (701.7)
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
                                                                   $ 2,597.1      $    67.9       $2,665.0
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
                                                                  -----------    -----------      ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                     AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
 
                                                                                    RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
 
                                                                        (INCLUDING THE SUBORDINATED DEBT REFINANCING)
 
                                                                             -----------------------------------
 
                                                                           PRO FORMA
                                                                          ADJUSTMENTS                    PRO FORMA
 
                                                                 ----------------------------- -----------------------------
 
<S>                                                               <C>                        <C>
                            ASSETS
Current assets
     Cash and cash equivalents.................................            $    40.6(b)                  $    84.8 
     Receivables...............................................                                              243.2
     Inventories...............................................                                              233.3 
     Refundable income taxes...................................                                                 .7 
     Deferred income taxes.....................................                                               41.9 
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................                                                5.2 
                                                                         -----------                   ----------- 
          Total current assets.................................                 40.6                         609.1
Property, plant and equipment, net.............................                                            1,374.5 
Timberland, net................................................                                              261.5 
Deferred debt issuance costs...................................                 29.7 (a                       82.0 
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization........................                                              261.4 
Other assets...................................................                                               78.9 
                                                                         -----------                   ----------- 
          Total assets.........................................            $    70.3                     $ 2,667.4 
                                                                         -----------                   ----------- 
                                                                         -----------                   ----------- 
             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
Current liabilities
     Current maturities of long-term debt......................                                          $    10.3 
     Accounts payable..........................................                                              270.6 
     Other accrued expenses....................................                 (1.3)(b)                     246.3 
                                                                         -----------                   ----------- 
          Total current liabilities............................                 (1.3)                        527.2 
Existing long-term debt, less current maturities:
     Nonsubordinated...........................................             (1,080.6)(c)                     758.8 
     Subordinated..............................................               (779.7)(c)
Initial Term Loan..............................................                200.0 (c                      200.0 
Delayed Term Loan..............................................                850.0                         850.0 
Debt Offerings.................................................                600.0 (c                      600.0 
Other long-term liabilities....................................                                              257.1 
Deferred income taxes..........................................                (30.1)(d)                     202.1 
Minority interests.............................................                                               18.0 
Stockholder's deficit
     Common stock and additional paid-in capital...............                367.7 (e                    1,099.5 
     Retained deficit..........................................                (55.7)(f)                  (1,845.3) 
                                                                         -----------                   ----------- 
          Total stockholder's deficit..........................                312.0                        (745.8) 
                                                                         -----------                   ----------- 
                                                                           $    70.3                     $ 2,667.4 
                                                                         -----------                   ----------- 
                                                                         -----------                   ----------- 
</TABLE>
 
                                                         (footnote on next page)
 
                                       31
 
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
 
(a) Net increase in deferred debt issuance is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS AS        PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                 ADJUSTED FOR THE        AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                               RECAPITALIZATION PLAN    RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                  (EXCLUDING THE           (INCLUDING THE
                                                                 SUBORDINATED DEBT        SUBORDINATED DEBT
                                                                   REFINANCING)             REFINANCING)
                                                               ---------------------    ---------------------
                                                                               (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                            <C>                      <C>
Estimated costs and expenses associated with the
  Recapitalization (which will be capitalized and amortized
  over the term of the Debt Offerings, Initial and Delayed
  Term Loan and the New Revolving Credit Facility)..........           $62.5                    $62.5
Reduction in deferred debt issuance costs related to the
  existing long-term debt to be repaid or retired...........            (9.5)                   (32.8)
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                       $53.0                    $29.7
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                      ------                   ------
</TABLE>
 
(b) Represents increase  in cash  and net  reduction in  accrued expenses  as  a
    result of the Recapitalization Plan.
 
(c) Represents   repayment   of   existing   nonsubordinated   indebtedness  and
    subordinated indebtedness and issuance of new indebtedness under the Initial
    and Delayed Term Loan  including payments of fees  and expenses of $71.7  in
    connection  with  the  Recapitalization  Plan  including  Subordinated  Debt
    Refinancing.
 
(d) Changes in deferred taxes  related to the tax  benefit of the  extraordinary
    loss from early extinguishment of debt.
 
(e) Issuance  of $400 million common equity net of $32.3 million in fees related
    to the Equity Offerings.
 
(f) Represents the after-tax costs related to the extraordinary loss from  early
    extinguishment  of  debt  as  a  result  of  the  Recapitalization  Plan and
    Subordinated Debt Refinancing. Summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                  ADJUSTMENTS AS        PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                 ADJUSTED FOR THE        AS ADJUSTED FOR THE
                                                               RECAPITALIZATION PLAN    RECAPITALIZATION PLAN
                                                                  (EXCLUDING THE           (INCLUDING THE
                                                                 SUBORDINATED DEBT        SUBORDINATED DEBT
                                                                   REFINANCING)             REFINANCING)
                                                               ---------------------    ---------------------
                                                                               (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                            <C>                      <C>
Write-off of existing deferred debt issuance costs related
  to long-term debt repaid or retired and write-off of
  consent fees and miscellaneous expenses...................           $12.0                    $35.3
Adjustment to reflect the result of marking-to-market the
  interest rate swaps related to long-term debt to be repaid
  with the proceeds of the Recapitalization.................             5.9                      5.9
Call premiums on existing subordinated debt to be repaid or
  retired...................................................                                     44.6
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                        17.9                     85.8
Assumed tax benefit at 35.0%................................            (6.3)                   (30.1)
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                       $11.6                    $55.7
                                                                      ------                   ------
                                                                      ------                   ------
</TABLE>
 
                                       32

<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
     The  following discussion and  analysis should be  read in conjunction with
the selected historical financial data and the historical consolidated financial
statements  of  the  Company.  Except  as  otherwise  indicated,  the  following
discussion  relates  solely  to historical  results  and does  not  consider the
potential impact from the Recapitalization Plan.
 
GENERAL
 
  INDUSTRY CONDITIONS
 
     Sales of  containerboard and  corrugated shipping  containers, two  of  the
Company's  most important products, are generally subject to changes in industry
capacity and cyclical changes  in the economy, both  of which can  significantly
impact  selling prices and  the Company's profitability.  Operating rates in the
industry during 1991 and 1992 were at high levels relative to demand, which  was
lower  due to the  sluggish U.S. economy  and a decline  in export markets. This
imbalance resulted in excess  inventories in the industry  and lower prices  for
the  Company's containerboard and corrugated  shipping container products, which
began early in 1991 and has continued throughout 1992 and most of 1993. From the
first quarter of  1991 through  the third  quarter of  1993 industry  linerboard
prices  fell from $347 per ton to  $295 per ton. During 1993, industry operating
rates were lower as many  containerboard producers, including the Company,  took
downtime at containerboard mills to reduce the excess inventories. By the end of
the  third quarter  of 1993, inventory  levels had  decreased significantly. The
lower level  of inventories  and  the stronger  U.S. economy  provided  improved
market  conditions late  in 1993,  enabling the  Company and  other producers to
implement a $25 per ton price increase for containerboard. A further  linerboard
increase   of  $30  per   ton  has  been  announced   by  all  major  integrated
containerboard producers, including the Company, for March 1, 1994.
 
     Newsprint prices have  fallen substantially  since 1990 due  to supply  and
demand  imbalances.  During 1991  and 1992,  new  capacity of  approximately two
million tons annually came on line, representing an approximate 12% increase  in
supply. At the same time, U.S. consumption of newsprint fell, due to declines in
readership  and  ad linage.  As  prices fell,  certain  high cost,  virgin paper
machines, primarily in  Canada, representing approximately  1.2 million tons  of
annual  production capacity, were shut down and remained idle during 1993. While
supply was diminished,  a price  increase announced for  1993 was  unsuccessful.
Although  market demand has improved in the  fourth quarter of 1993, the Company
does not expect significant improvement in  prices before the second quarter  of
1994.
 
     In  addition, prices  for many of  the Company's  other products, including
solid bleached sulfate, recycled boxboard,  folding cartons and reclaimed  fibre
weakened  in  1993 and  1992.  While the  effect  of the  reclaimed  fibre price
decreases is unfavorable to the  reclamation products division, it is  favorable
to  the Company overall because of the  reduction in fibre cost to the Company's
paper mills that  use reclaimed fibre.  The Company has  taken various steps  to
extend  its  business  into  less cyclical  product  lines,  such  as industrial
packaging and consumer packaging.
 
     As a  result  of these  industry  conditions, the  Company's  gross  margin
declined from 18.1% in 1991 to 16.6% in 1992 and 12.7% in 1993.
 
     The Company's sales and profitability have historically been more sensitive
to  price  changes  than changes  in  volume.  There can  be  no  assurance that
announced price increases for the Company's products can be implemented, or that
prices for the Company's products will not decline from current levels.
 
  COST REDUCTION INITIATIVES
 
     The recent cyclical downturn  in the Paperboard/Packaging Products  segment
has  led management  to undertake several  major cost  reduction initiatives. In
1991, the Company implemented an austerity program to freeze staff levels, defer
certain discretionary  spending programs  and more  aggressively manage  capital
expenditures  and working capital in order  to conserve cash and reduce interest
expense. While these measures successfully  reduced expenses and increased  cash
flow, the length and extent of
 
                                       33
 
<PAGE>
the  industry downturn led the Company, in 1993, to initiate a new six year plan
to reduce costs, increase volume and improve product mix (the 'Plan').
 
     The Plan is a systematic Company-wide  effort designed to improve the  cost
competitiveness  of all the Company's  operating facilities and staff functions.
In addition to  increases in volume  and improvements in  product mix  resulting
from  a focus on less commodity  oriented business at its converting operations,
the program will  focus on  opportunities to  reduce costs  and other  measures,
including  (i) productivity  improvements, (ii)  capital projects  which provide
high returns and quick paybacks, (iii) reductions in fibre cost, (iv) reductions
in the purchase cost  of materials, (v) reductions  in personnel costs and  (vi)
reductions in waste cost. See 'Business -- Business Strategy'.
 
     RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
 
     In September 1993, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $150 million to
implement  a  restructuring program  (the  'Restructuring Program')  designed to
improve the Company's long-term competitive position and to provide for  various
environmental  and  other  matters.  The charge  consists  of  approximately $96
million related to the  restructuring program and  approximately $54 million  of
other  charges  related primarily  to  environmental matters.  The restructuring
component of the charge includes a provision for direct expenses associated with
plant closures, reductions  in workforce, and  realignment and consolidation  of
various  manufacturing operations over an approximate  two to three year period.
The restructuring  program  is  expected to  reduce  production  cost,  employee
expense  and depreciation  charges. As  part of  the Restructuring  Program, the
Company closed  certain  high  cost operating  facilities,  including  a  coated
recycled boxboard mill and five converting plants, in January 1994. While future
benefits  of the  Restructuring Program are  uncertain, the  operating losses in
1993 for the  plants shut down  in January  1994 and those  contemplated in  the
future  were $31 million. While the Company believes that it would have realized
financial benefits in 1993 had these plants  been shut down at the beginning  of
the  year,  and  that  it  will realize  such  benefits  in  future  periods, no
assurances can be given in this regard and, in particular, no assurances can  be
given  as to what portion of such loss  would not have been realized in 1993 had
such plants been shut down for the entire year.
 
     Approximately $39  million in  other charges  consists of  a provision  for
environmental  and legal matters which primarily represent remediation and other
clean-up costs  related  to  plant closures,  existing  facilities,  and  former
operating sites. These estimates mainly include clean-up costs for contamination
at  certain Company-owned properties, and to  a lesser extent, probable expenses
for response costs at various sites  where the Company has received notice  that
it  is  a  potentially  responsible  party  ('PRP').  As  discussed  under 'Risk
Factors -- Environmental Matters' and  'Business -- Environmental Matters',  the
Company,   as  well  as  other  companies   in  the  industry,  faces  potential
environmental liability related to various sites at which wastes have  allegedly
been  deposited. The Company has received notice that it is or may be a PRP at a
number of federal  and state sites  (the 'Sites') where  remedial action may  be
required. Because the laws that govern the clean up of waste disposal sites have
been  construed to authorize joint and several liability, government agencies or
other parties could seek to recover all response costs for any Site from any one
of the PRPs  for such Site,  including the Company,  despite the involvement  of
other  PRPs. Although the  Company is unable to  estimate the aggregate response
costs in connection with the remediation of all Sites, if the Company were  held
jointly and severally liable for all response costs at some or all of the Sites,
it  would have a material adverse effect  on financial condition of the Company.
However, joint and several liability generally has not in the past been  imposed
on PRPs, and, based on such past practice, the Company's past experience and the
financial  conditions of other PRPs with respect  to the Sites, the Company does
not expect to be held jointly and severally liable for all response costs at any
Site. Liability at waste disposal sites is typically shared with other PRPs  and
costs  generally are allocated according to relative volumes of waste deposited.
At most Sites, the waste  attributed to the Company is  a very small portion  of
the  total waste deposited  at the Site (generally  significantly less than 1%).
There are approximately ten  Sites where final settlement  has not been  reached
and  where the  Company's potential liability  is expected to  exceed de minimis
levels. Accordingly,  the Company  believes that  its estimated  total  probable
liability  for response costs  at the Sites was  adequately reserved at December
31, 1993. Further,  the estimate takes  into consideration the  number of  other
PRPs at each site, the identity, and financial
 
                                       34
 
<PAGE>
position  of  such parties,  in light  of the  joint and  several nature  of the
liability, but does not take into  account possible insurance coverage or  other
similar reimbursement.
 
     The  $150 million charge  in connection with  the Restructuring Program and
various environmental and  other matters consists  of approximately $43  million
for   the  write-down  of   assets  at  closed   facilities  and  certain  other
nonproductive assets and $107 million of probable future cash expenditures.  The
Company anticipates that the cash expenditures will be funded through operations
and that a substantial portion related to the Restructuring Program will be paid
in 1994, 1995 and 1996.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The  following tables present  net sales on  a segment basis  for the years
ended December  31, 1993,  1992 and  1991 and  an analysis  of  period-to-period
increases (decreases) in net sales (in millions):
 
                              NET SALES BY SEGMENT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        --------------------------------
                                                                          1993        1992        1991
                                                                        --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
Paperboard/Packaging Products........................................   $2,699.5    $2,751.0    $2,653.9
Newsprint............................................................      248.1       247.4       286.2
                                                                        --------    --------    --------
     Total net sales.................................................   $2,947.6    $2,998.4    $2,940.1
                                                                        --------    --------    --------
                                                                        --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
                               NET SALES ANALYSIS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1993           1992
                                                                              COMPARED TO    COMPARED TO
                                                                                 1992           1991
                                                                              -----------    -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>
Increase (decrease) due to:
     Sales price and product mix
          Paperboard/Packaging Products....................................     $ (91.2)       $    .8
          Newsprint........................................................        (3.0)         (39.4)
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                                  (94.2)         (38.6)
     Sales volume
          Paperboard/Packaging Products....................................        15.8           88.7
          Newsprint........................................................         3.7             .6
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                                   19.5           89.3
     Acquisitions and new facilities
          Paperboard/Packaging Products....................................        34.9            9.8
     Plant closings and asset distributions
          Paperboard/Packaging Products....................................       (11.0)          (2.2)
                                                                              -----------    -----------
               Total net sales increase (decrease).........................     $ (50.8)       $  58.3
                                                                              -----------    -----------
                                                                              -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
1993 COMPARED TO 1992
 
     The  Company's net sales for 1993  decreased 1.7% to $2.95 billion compared
to $3.0 billion in  1992. Net sales decreased  1.9% in the  Paperboard/Packaging
Products segment and increased 0.3% in the Newsprint segment.
 
     The  decrease in Paperboard/Packaging  Products segment sales  for 1993 was
due primarily to  lower prices and  changes in product  mix for  containerboard,
corrugated  shipping containers and folding cartons. This decrease was partially
offset  by  an  increase  in  sales  volume  primarily  of  corrugated  shipping
containers, which set a record in 1993. A newly constructed corrugated container
facility  and several  minor acquisitions in  1992 caused net  sales to increase
$34.9 million for 1993.
 
     The net sales increase in the Newsprint segment was a result of an increase
in sales volume in 1993 compared to 1992, partially offset by a decline in sales
prices.
 
                                       35
 
<PAGE>
     Cost of goods sold as a percent of  net sales for 1993 and 1992 were  85.9%
and  81.9%,  respectively,  for the  Paperboard/Packaging  Products  segment and
102.8% and 99.0%, respectively, for the Newsprint segment. The increase in  cost
of  goods sold as a  percent of net sales  for the Paperboard/Packaging Products
segment was due primarily to the  aforementioned changes in pricing and  product
mix.  The increase in the cost  of goods sold as a  percent of net sales for the
Newsprint segment was due primarily to the  higher cost of energy and fibre  and
decreases in sales price. The Company changed the estimated depreciable lives of
its  paper machines and  major converting equipment. These  changes were made to
better reflect the  estimated periods  during which  the assets  will remain  in
service  and were based upon the  Company's historical experience and comparable
industry practice. These changes were made effective January 1, 1993 and had the
effect of reducing depreciation expense by $17.8 million and decreasing the 1993
net loss by $11.0 million.
 
     Selling and administrative expenses increased to $239.2 million (3.4%)  for
1993  compared to  $231.4 million  for 1992. The  increase was  due primarily to
higher provisions for retirement costs,  acquisitions, new facilities and  other
costs.
 
     In  order to minimize significant year-to-year fluctuations in pension cost
caused by financial market volatility, the Company changed, effective January 1,
1993, the method of accounting for the recognition of fluctuations in the market
value of  pension  assets.  The  effect  of  this  change  on  1993  results  of
operations,  including the cumulative  effect of prior  years, was not material.
See Note 8 to the Company's consolidated financial statements.
 
     The Company reduced  its weighted  average discount rate  in measuring  its
pension  obligations from 8.75% to 7.6% and its rate of increase in compensation
levels from 5.5% to 4.0% at December 31, 1993. The net effect of changing  these
assumptions  was the  primary reason for  the increase in  the projected benefit
obligations  and  the  changes  are   expected  to  increase  pension  cost   by
approximately $3.4 million in 1994.
 
     As  a  result of  the $150  million provision  for restructuring  and other
charges and  the  lower  margins, primarily  for  newsprint  and  containerboard
products,  the Company  had a  loss from operations  of $14.7  million for 1993,
compared to $267.7 million income from operations for 1992.
 
     Interest expense for  1993 declined  $45.9 million due  to lower  effective
interest  rates and the  lower level of  subordinated debt outstanding resulting
primarily from the 1992 Transaction (as defined below).
 
     The benefit from income taxes for 1993 was $83.0 million compared to a  tax
provision of $10.0 million in 1992. The significant difference in the income tax
provision  from 1993  to 1992 results  from the  use of the  liability method of
accounting which restored deferred income taxes and increased the related  asset
values for tax effects previously recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount
of the related assets under prior business combinations. The Company's effective
tax  rate for  1993 was  lower than the  Federal statutory  tax rate  due to the
nondeductibility of goodwill amortization and a $5.7 million provision to adjust
deferred tax assets and  liabilities in 1993 due  to the enacted Federal  income
tax rate change from 34% to 35%.
 
     Effective  January  1, 1993,  the  Company adopted  Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards ('SFAS') No.  109, 'Accounting for  Income Taxes' and  SFAS
No.   106,  'Employers'  Accounting  for   Postretirement  Benefits  Other  Than
Pensions'. The cumulative effect  of adopting SFAS No.  109 was to increase  net
income  for  1993  by  approximately $20.5  million.  The  cumulative  effect of
adopting SFAS No. 106 was to decrease  net income for 1993 by approximately  $37
million.  The  Company  will  adopt  SFAS  No.  112  'Employers'  Accounting for
Postemployment Benefits' in  1994, the  effect of which  is not  expected to  be
material.
 
     The  loss  before extraordinary  item and  cumulative effect  of accounting
changes for  1993  was  $174.6  million,  compared  to  $34.0  million  for  the
comparable  period in 1992. The Company  recorded an extraordinary loss of $37.8
million  (net  of  income  tax  benefits   of  $25.8  million)  for  the   early
extinguishment of debt associated with the issuance of the 1993 Notes.
 
                                       36
 
<PAGE>
1992 COMPARED TO 1991
 
     Net  sales  for 1992  increased to  $3.0 billion  (2.0%) compared  to $2.94
billion in 1991. Net sales  increased 3.7% in the Paperboard/Packaging  Products
segment and decreased 13.6% in the Newsprint segment.
 
     The  increase  in  Paperboard/Packaging  Products  segment  sales  was  due
primarily to a 5.6% increase in sales volume for corrugated shipping containers.
Segment sales were also  positively affected by increases  in sales volumes  for
papertubes  and  partitions  and to  a  lesser  extent for  folding  cartons and
reclamation products. Prices of containerboard  products improved over 1991  but
did  not increase  sufficiently to cover  cost increases, causing  margins to be
somewhat lower  in  1992. Prices  for  most  of the  Company's  other  packaging
products  have declined compared  to 1991. A  minor acquisition in  1992 and the
operation  of  new  facilities  in  the  Paperboard/Packaging  Products  segment
resulted  in an  increase in  net sales  of $9.8  million, while  plant closings
caused net sales to decrease by $2.2 million.
 
     The net sales decrease in the Newsprint  segment was a result of the  lower
sales  prices as discussed above. Newsprint  sales volume for 1992 was virtually
the same as 1991.
 
     The Company  continued to  benefit from  certain austerity  measures  first
implemented  during  1991 to  help  offset the  impact  of the  recession. These
measures  had  a  positive  effect  on  cost  of  goods  sold  and  selling  and
administrative  expenses. Cost of goods sold as  a percent of net sales for 1992
and 1991  were 81.9%  and  81.8% ,  respectively, for  the  Paperboard/Packaging
Products  segment and 99.0%  and 83.1% respectively,  for the Newsprint segment.
The increase in the  Newsprint segment was due  primarily to the  aforementioned
decrease in sales price.
 
     Selling  and administrative expense as a percent  of net sales for 1992 was
7.7%, unchanged from 1991.  The Company continues to  benefit from certain  cost
containment  measures implemented in 1991 to  reduce expenses to help offset the
impact of the recession and inflation.
 
     Income from operations  for 1992  decreased 12.4%  to $267.7  million as  a
result  of the low  average selling prices for  newsprint and packaging products
discussed above.
 
     Interest expense  for  1992  was  lower by  $35.1  million,  due  to  lower
effective  interest rates and the lower level of debt outstanding as a result of
the 1992 Transaction. During 1992, the Company replaced $425.0 million of mature
swaps with $400.0 million of  the new two-year fixed  interest rate swaps at  an
annual  savings of  approximately 3.8% on  such amount (equivalent  to an annual
savings of approximately $15.1 million).
 
     The Company recorded a $10.0 million income tax provision in both 1992  and
1991  on income before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates and
extraordinary item of $27.2 and $24.3 million, respectively. The tax  provisions
for 1992 and 1991 were higher than the Federal statutory tax rate due to several
factors,  the most significant of which  was the impact of permanent differences
from applying purchase accounting.
 
     Equity in  loss of  affiliates  for 1991  included  a write-down  of  $36.0
million with respect to the Company's equity investments in Temboard and Company
Limited  Partnership and  PCL Industries  Limited. See  Note 3  to the Company's
consolidated financial statements.  For 1992  the Company  had an  extraordinary
loss  of $49.8  million (net of  income tax  benefits of $25.8  million) for the
early extinguishment of debt associated with the 1992 Transaction.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES
 
     The Company uses the LIFO method of accounting for approximately 81% of its
inventories. Under  this method,  the  cost of  products  sold reported  in  the
financial  statements approximates current cost  and thus reduces the distortion
in reported income due to increasing  costs. In recent years, inflation has  not
had  a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of the
Company.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     The Company's  primary uses  of cash  for the  next several  years will  be
principal and interest payments on its indebtedness and capital expenditures.
 
                                       37
 
<PAGE>
     In  April 1993, the Company issued  $500 million aggregate principal amount
of the  1993  Notes.  Proceeds of  the  1993  Notes were  used  to  refinance  a
substantial  portion of indebtedness in order to improve operating and financial
flexibility by extending maturities of indebtedness and improving liquidity.  As
a  result of the issuance of the  1993 Notes, there are no significant scheduled
payments due  on  bank  term loans  until  June  1996 (assuming  the  Bank  Debt
Refinancing  is not  consummated). In connection  with the issuance  of the 1993
Notes, a  subsidiary  of JS  Group  committed to  purchase  up to  $200  million
aggregate  principal amount of 11 1/2%  Junior Subordinated Notes maturing 2005,
the  proceeds  of  which  must  be  used  to  repurchase  or  otherwise   retire
Subordinated  Debt. The  Company does  not intend to  use the  commitment if the
Recapitalization Plan occurs.
 
     Holdings and  the Company  are implementing  the Recapitalization  Plan  to
refinance  a  substantial  portion of  their  indebtedness in  order  to improve
operating and financial flexibility by (i)  reducing the level and overall  cost
of  their  debt, (ii)  extending  maturities of  indebtedness,  (iii) increasing
stockholders' equity and (iv)  increasing their access  to capital markets.  The
Recapitalization Plan includes (i) the offering by CCA of $500 million aggregate
principal  amount of    % Series A Senior Notes, which will be due 2004 and $100
million aggregate principal amount of    % Series B Senior Notes, which will  be
due  2002, (ii) the offering by Holdings of            shares of Holdings Common
Stock, (iii) the SIBV Investment, and  (iv) the New Credit Agreement  consisting
of a $450 million New Revolving Credit Facility due 2001, a $200 million Initial
Term  Loan due 2002 and an $850 million  Delayed Term Loan due 2001. Proceeds of
the Recapitalization Plan, exclusive of the $850 million Delayed Term Loan, will
be used to refinance all of the  Company's indebtedness under the 1989 and  1992
Credit  Agreements and the  Secured Notes. The  applications of borrowings under
the Delayed Term  Loan shall be  used to redeem  or repurchase the  Subordinated
Debt. It is anticipated that letters of credit of approximately $90 million will
be outstanding under the New Revolving Credit Facility immediately following the
Offerings.  After  giving effect  to the  Recapitalization Plan  on a  pro forma
basis, at December 31,  1993 the Company would  have had approximately  $2,408.8
million of total long-term debt outstanding, all of which would have been senior
debt,  as compared  to $2,619.1  million of  long-term debt  outstanding had the
Recapitalization   Plan   not   been   effected.   After   completion   of   the
Recapitalization  Plan there  will be no  significant scheduled  payments due on
bank debt (other than required payments out  of 'excess cash', if any) until  18
months  following  consummation of  the Offerings,  at which  time approximately
$51.0 million will be payable.
 
     The Company's earnings are significantly affected by the amount of interest
on its  indebtedness. At  December 31,  1993, the  Company had  $215 million  of
variable  rate debt which had  been swapped to a  weighted average fixed rate of
approximately 9.1%. The Company also  had interest rate swap agreements  related
to  the Securitization Program  that effectively converted  $95 million of fixed
rate borrowings to a variable rate of 5.6% (at December 31, 1993) and  converted
$80  million of variable rate borrowings to a fixed rate of 7.2% through January
1996. In addition, the Company is party to interest rate swap agreements related
to the 1993  Notes which  convert $500  million of  fixed rate  borrowings to  a
variable rate of 8.6% (at December 31, 1993).
 
     Capital  expenditures  consist  of property  and  timberland  additions and
acquisitions of businesses. Capital  expenditures for 1993,  1992 and 1991  were
$117.4  million,  $97.9  million  and  $118.9  million,  respectively. Financing
arrangements entered  into in  connection with  the 1989  Transaction impose  an
annual  limit  on  future  capital expenditures,  as  defined  in  the financing
arrangements, of approximately  $125.0 million.  The capital  spending limit  is
subject  to increase in any year if the  prior year's spending was less than the
maximum amount allowed.  For 1993,  such carryover  from 1992  was $75  million.
Because  the Company has invested  heavily in its core  businesses over the last
several years, management believes the annual limitation on capital expenditures
should  not  impair   its  plans  for   maintenance,  expansion  and   continued
modernization  of its facilities.  It is expected that  the New Credit Agreement
will contain limitations on capital expenditures substantially similar to  those
contained in the financing arrangements entered into in connection with the 1989
Transaction.   The   Company   anticipates   making   capital   expenditures  of
approximately $142 million in 1994.
 
     Under the terms  of the  Old Bank Facilities,  the Company  is required  to
comply  with certain financial covenants, including maintenance of quarterly and
annual interest coverage  ratios and  earnings, as defined.  In anticipation  of
violating    these   financial   covenants   at    September   30,   1993,   the
 
                                       38
 
<PAGE>
Company requested and received waivers from  its lender group, and in  December,
1993  amended the Old Bank Facilities to modify financial covenants. The Company
was in compliance with the amended  covenants at December 31, 1993. The  Company
expects to have similar covenants in the New Credit Agreement.
 
     Operating  activities have historically  been the major  source of cash for
the Company's working capital needs, capital expenditures and debt payments. For
1993 and 1992, net cash provided  by operating activities was $78.2 million  and
$145.7 million, respectively.
 
     At  December 31, 1993,  the Company had $112.1  million in unused borrowing
capacity under  the  Revolving Credit  Facility.  Following the  Offerings,  the
Company anticipates having $360.0 million of unused borrowing capacity under the
New Credit Agreement. The Company has borrowing capacity of $230.0 million under
the   Securitization  subject  to  the  Company's  level  of  eligible  accounts
receivable. At December 31, 1993, the Company had borrowed $182.3 million  under
the  Securitization and  the level  of eligible  receivables did  not permit any
additional borrowings under the Securitization  at the date. The  Securitization
matures  in  April 1996,  at which  time  the Company  expects to  refinance it.
Although the Company believes that it will be able to do so, no assurance can be
given in this regard.
 
     The Company's existing indebtedness imposes restrictions on its ability  to
incur  additional  indebtedness.  Such restrictions,  together  with  the highly
leveraged  position  of  the  Company,  could  restrict  corporate   activities,
including  the Company's ability to respond to market conditions, to provide for
unanticipated  capital   expenditures  or   to   take  advantage   of   business
opportunities.  However, the Company  believes that cash  provided by operations
and available financing sources  will be sufficient to  meet the Company's  cash
requirements for the next several years.
 
                                       39

<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
     The  predecessor  to the  Company  was founded  in  1974 when  JS  Group, a
worldwide leader in the packaging products industry, commenced operations in the
United States by  acquiring 40%  of a  small paperboard  and packaging  products
company. The remaining 60% of that company was acquired by JS Group in 1977, and
in  1978 net  sales were  $42.9 million. The  Company implemented  a strategy to
build a fully integrated, broadly based, national packaging business,  primarily
through  acquisitions, including Alton Box Board Company in 1979, the paperboard
and packaging divisions of Diamond International Corporation in 1982, 80% of SNC
in 1986 and 50% of CCA in  1986. The Company financed its acquisitions by  using
leverage  and, in  several cases, utilized  joint venture  financing whereby the
Company eventually  obtained control  of the  acquired company.  While no  major
acquisition  has  been  made  since  1986,  the  Company  has  made  18  smaller
acquisitions and started up five new facilities which had combined sales in 1993
of $280.3 million. JSC was formed in  1983 to consolidate the operations of  the
Company,  and today  the Company  ranks among  the industry  leaders in  its two
business segments,  Paperboard/Packaging Products  and Newsprint.  In 1993,  the
Company  had net sales of $2.9 billion, achieving a compound annual sales growth
rate of 32.6% for the period since 1978.
 
     The Company  believes  it is  one  of  the nation's  largest  producers  of
paperboard  and  packaging  products and  is  the largest  producer  of recycled
paperboard and recycled packaging products. In 1993, the Company's system of  16
paperboard  mills produced 1,840,000 tons of virgin and recycled containerboard,
829,000 tons of coated and uncoated  recycled boxboard and SBS and 206,000  tons
of  recycled  cylinderboard, which  were sold  to  the Company's  own converting
operations or to third parties.  The Company's converting operations consist  of
52  corrugated container  plants, 18  folding carton  plants, and  16 industrial
packaging plants located across the  country, with three plants located  outside
the  U.S. In  1993, the Company's  container plants converted  1,942,000 tons of
containerboard, an  amount  equal  to  approximately 105.5%  of  the  amount  it
produced,  its folding  carton plants  converted 542,000  tons of  SBS, recycled
boxboard and coated natural kraft, an amount equal to approximately 65.4% of the
amount it produced, and its  industrial packaging plants converted 123,000  tons
of  recycled cylinderboard, an amount equal to approximately 59.7% of the amount
it produced.
 
     The Company's  paperboard  operations  are  supported  by  its  reclamation
division,  which processed or  brokered 3.9 million tons  of wastepaper in 1993,
and by its  timber division  which manages  approximately one  million acres  of
owned or leased timberland located in close proximity to its virgin fibre mills.
The  paperboard/packaging products operations also include 14 consumer packaging
plants.
 
     In addition,  the  Company believes  it  is  one of  the  nation's  largest
producers  of recycled newsprint. The  Company's newsprint division includes two
newsprint mills in Oregon, which produced 615,000 tons of recycled newsprint  in
1993,  and  two facilities  that  produce Cladwood'r',  a  construction material
produced from newsprint and wood by-products. The Company's newsprint mills  are
also supported by the Company's reclamation division.
 
DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS
 
     Since  its founding in 1974, the Company has followed a strategy to build a
broadly based packaging business, primarily through acquisitions. The  Company's
acquisitions  were principally  motivated by opportunities  to expand productive
capacity, both geographically and into new product lines, further integrate  its
operations and broaden its existing product lines and customer base. The Company
has  sought to improve the productivity of plants and operations acquired by it.
The most significant acquisitions were:
 
      1979 -- Acquired  51% of Alton  Box Board Company;  the remaining 49%  was
      acquired   in  1981.  Alton's   containerboard  and  industrial  packaging
      businesses consisted  of fully  integrated containerboard  and  paperboard
      operations.  The  Alton acquisition  significantly enhanced  the Company's
      presence in the midwest and expanded  its operations to the southeast.  In
      addition,  the Alton acquisition  expanded the Company's  product lines to
      include folding cartons and industrial packaging and provided a network of
      reclamation facilities which supplied wastepaper to the Company's recycled
      mills.  Alton  owned  a  kraft  linerboard  mill  and  a  recycled  medium
 
                                       40
 
<PAGE>
      mill,  two recycled  cylinderboard mills,  32 converting  facilities and 9
      recycled wastepaper plants. Alton's total annual paperboard production  at
      the  date of acquisition was 471,775 tons,  as compared to 582,017 tons in
      1993.
 
      1982 -- Acquired 50% of the paperboard and packaging divisions of  Diamond
      International  Corporation through a joint  venture; the remaining 50% was
      acquired in 1983. In addition to expanding the Company's existing  product
      lines  and customer base, the Diamond acquisition added new product lines,
      including labels  and other  consumer packaging,  and a  related  business
      which  produced  rotogravure cylinders  for use  on printing  presses used
      extensively by  the  folding carton  industry.  Diamond owned  two  coated
      recyled  boxboard  mills, which  provided the  Company with  an integrated
      source of recycled boxboard for use in its folding carton plants, as  well
      as  three folding carton plants, three shipping container plants and three
      consumer packaging plants. Diamond's operations were located primarily  in
      the   midwest.  Diamond's  annual  coated  recycled  boxboard  production,
      exclusive of a  mill recently shut  down, at the  date of acquisition  was
      74,494 tons, as compared to 113,006 tons in 1993.
 
      1986  -- Acquired 80%  of SNC, formerly Publishers  Paper Company. The SNC
      acquisition extended the Company's product  line to include newsprint  and
      also  expanded the Company's reclamation operations to the west coast. The
      SNC acquisition  consisted  of two  newsprint  mills and  two  Cladwood'r'
      manufacturing  plants, all  of which are  located in  Oregon. SNC's annual
      newsprint production  at the  date  of acquisition  was 592,804  tons,  as
      compared to 615,151 tons in 1993.
 
      1986  --  Acquired 50%  of CCA  through  a joint  venture with  the Morgan
      Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund I, L.P.;  the remaining 50% was acquired  in
      1989.  The  total  CCA  acquisition cost  was  $1,130  million,  which was
      financed with $1,060  million of  debt and  $70 million  of preferred  and
      common  equity. The  CCA acquisition substantially  enhanced the Company's
      production capacity and  further integrated the  Company's operations.  It
      also  expanded its paperboard and packaging  operations to the west coast,
      which enabled the Company to compete  on a national level and broaden  its
      customer  base. The  CCA acquisition  consisted primarily  of 9 paperboard
      mills, 40  converting  plants and  5  reclamation facilities  as  well  as
      approximately  1,000,000  acres  of  owned  or  leased  timberlands. CCA's
      operations are located  throughout the United  States. CCA's total  annual
      paperboard  production at the  date of acquisition  was 1,760,039 tons, as
      compared to 2,002,064 tons in 1993.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
  PAPERBOARD
 
General
 
     Paperboard is a general term used to describe certain heavyweight grades of
paper primarily used for  packaging products. Paperboard  is produced from  four
basic  types of pulp: (i) unbleached  kraft; (ii) bleached kraft; (iii) recycled
and (iv)  semi-chemical.  Unbleached  kraft, bleached  kraft  and  semi-chemical
paperboards,  are  produced primarily  from  wood pulp.  Recycled  paperboard is
produced primarily from wastepaper.  Recycled paperboard demand  has grown at  a
more  rapid rate than virgin grades based primarily on its increased quality and
rising environmental awareness by consumers.
 
     Paperboard is classified by three major end-uses: (i) containerboard,  (ii)
boxboard   and  (iii)   other  paperboard.   Containerboard  primarily  includes
linerboard and corrugating medium,  the components of  corrugated boxes used  in
the  transportation  of  manufactured goods.  Boxboard  includes  folding carton
stock, setup boxboard  and food  board. Folding  cartons, the  major segment  of
boxboard,  are used to package a wide  range of consumer products such as health
and beauty products,  dry cereals and  soap powders. Folding  cartons are  often
clay-coated  for  better  printability  and  consumer  appeal.  Other paperboard
includes paperboard used in  a number of  industrial applications: fiber  drums,
composite cans, spiral tubes, cores, gypsum wallboard liner and box partitions.
 
                                       41
 
<PAGE>
     According  to the  American Forest  & Paper  Association (the  'AFPA'), the
following table represents  1993 containerboard and  boxboard production in  the
United States.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             %
                                                        --------------------------------------------------
                                                        UNBLEACHED    BLEACHED
END-USE                               PRODUCTION(1)    % OF TOTAL      KRAFT        KRAFT      RECYCLED    SEMICHEMICAL
- -----------------------------------   -------------     ----------    ----------    --------    --------    ------------
                                       (TONS IN
                                       THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>              <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Containerboard.....................       26,175            77%          64            1          14         21
Boxboard...........................        7,718            23           16           45          39         --
                                      -------------    ----------
                                          33,893           100%
                                      -------------    ----------
                                      -------------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Excludes  approximately  3.0  million  export  containerboard  tons  and 1.1
    million export boxboard tons.
 
Containerboard
 
     Demand. Containerboard production grew  from 21.3 million  tons in 1983  to
29.2  million  tons  in  1993  (consisting  of  26.2  million  tons  of domestic
production and 3.0 million  tons of exports) for  a compound annual growth  rate
('Rate')   of  3.3%.  From  1983-1993,  containerboard  produced  from  recycled
paperboard grew at a much faster rate than unbleached kraft, experiencing a 7.6%
Rate. Containerboard demand is highly  cyclical and fluctuates with the  general
level of economic activity.

[GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION of the relationship between the change in Gross Domestic
Product  ('GDP') and the change in  containerboard production from 1983 to 1993.
For each year during the period  1983-1993, the annual percentage change in  GDP
was  3.9%, 6.2%,  3.2%, 2.9%,  3.1%, 3.9%,  2.5%, 1.2%,  (0.7)%, 2.6%  and 2.9%,
respectively.  During  this  same  period,  the  annual  percentage  change   in
containerboard production was 10.2%, 7.1%, (3.7)%, 8.4%, 7.1%, 1.8%, 1.1%, 3.7%,
2.2%,  4.2% and 1.0%, respectively. The  source of the containerboard production
data is the American Forest and Paper Association.]


     Overall, containerboard demand is a function of the level of corrugated box
shipments  from  box  converting  plants  and,  to  some  extent,  the  level of
containerboard inventories on hand. Over the last six months of 1993, corrugated
box demand was very strong with shipments from August 1993 through December 1993
exceeding corresponding  1992  months by  9.1%,  6.6%, 5.7%,  12.3%  and  10.1%,
respectively.  Box plant  containerboard inventory  levels were  at 2.16 million
tons on December 31,  1993, up slightly  from 1.98 million  tons on October  31,
1993,  their lowest level  on a tonnage basis  since 1987. Containerboard demand
has also been assisted in recent months  by an increase in exports. The  Company
is  currently experiencing strong  demand and believes that  it will continue as
the economy improves. Resource Information Systems, Inc. ('RISI'), a well  known
industry consultant, projects domestic containerboard production to grow to 28.9
million tons by 1996, a 3.3% Rate from 1993.
 
                                       42
 
<PAGE>
     Supply. U.S. containerboard capacity totaled 31.1 million tons in 1993, for
a 2.9% Rate from 1983 to 1993. From 1983 to 1993, capacity utilization reached a
high  of 97.8% in  1987 and a low  of 90.3% in  1985. Approximately, 4.0 million
tons of  new  capacity  was  added between  year-end  1988  and  year-end  1993,
decreasing operating rates from 1987 levels.
 
     Operating  rates in the industry during 1991 and 1992, however, ran at high
levels relative to demand, which was lower due to the sluggish U.S. economy  and
a  decline in export  markets. This imbalance resulted  in excess inventories in
the industry and lower  prices for the  Company's containerboard and  corrugated
shipping  container products, which continued throughout most of 1993. To reduce
rising inventories, many containerboard  producers, including the Company,  took
downtime  at containerboard mills which resulted  in lowering operating rates to
93.7% for 1993. By the  end of the third quarter  of 1993, inventory levels  had
decreased significantly.
 
     According to the AFPA, producers plan to add only a modest 2.1 million tons
of  containerboard capacity in 1994-1996. 1.4 million  tons, or 70% of the added
capacity, will  be recycled  linerboard and  corrugating medium.  The  following
graph  reflects  the  historical  relationship  between  containerboard capacity
utilization and  linerboard prices,  the  predominant grade  for  containerboard
products.



[GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION of the relationship between the level of  containerboard
capacity  utilization and  linerboard prices  from 1983  to 1993.  For each year
during the  period 1983-1993,  annual  containerboard capacity  utilization  was
90.4%,  94.5%, 90.3%, 95.2%, 97.8%, 95.4%, 94.6%, 95.1%, 95.2%, 95.6% and 93.7%,
respectively. For each year during this same period, unbleached kraft linerboard
prices per short ton (42 lb., Eastern Market) were $290, $335, $274, $295, $361,
$403, $405, $378, $336, $345 and $316, respectively (1983-1984 prices are as  of
December  31.  1985-1993  prices reflect  the  average of  the  four quarter-end
prices). The  source of  the  containerboard capacity  utilization data  is  the
American  Forest and Paper  Association. The source of  the linerboard prices is
the Pulp and Paper North American Factbook.]



     Pricing.  Pricing  historically  has  been correlated  with  the  levels of
industry capacity  utilization. Over  the  past business  cycle,  containerboard
prices  peaked  in 1989.  Linerboard peaked  at approximately  $410 per  ton and
reached a  low  of $280-$290  per  ton the  second  quarter of  1993,  owing  to
decreased  demand  and  increased  inventories. Over  the  past  several months,
containerboard pricing  has strengthened  as demand  has increased,  inventories
have  fallen, and  corrugated box producers  have been  successful in increasing
prices to customers.  For example,  a $25 per  ton increase  for linerboard  was
implemented  in November 1993, raising prices to  $315-$325 per ton, and most of
the major linerboard producers, including the Company, have announced a $30  per
ton  increase effective March 1,  1994. Although there can  be no assurance that
this price increase will be  successfully implemented, management believes  that
such price increase will hold.
 
                                       43
 
<PAGE>
Boxboard
 
     Demand.  Total boxboard production (including  exports) grew to 8.8 million
tons in  1993  from  6.8  million  tons  in  1983,  representing  a  2.5%  Rate.
Traditionally,  recycled  and  SBS have  been  by  far the  largest  segments of
boxboard production,  representing 40%  and 49%,  respectively. During  1983  to
1993,  recycled boxboard grew at  a 2.0% Rate, SBS boxboard  grew at a 1.0% Rate
and unbleached kraft, starting from  a much smaller base,  grew at a 5.2%  Rate.
Like  containerboard, boxboard demand tends to  fluctuate with the general level
of economic activity.  During the late  1980s, the use  of clay coated  recycled
boxboard  as  a substitute  for  SBS boxboard  increased  based on  its improved
quality, heightened environmental awareness by consumers and increased demand by
customers for less expensive packaging alternatives. RISI projects both recycled
boxboard production and SBS production to increase  at a 2.2% Rate from 1993  to
1996.
 
     Supply.  From 1983  to 1993 total  boxboard capacity grew  from 7.6 million
tons to 9.3 million tons, a 2.0% Rate. SBS folding boxboard grew at a 1.7% Rate,
reaching 2.5 million tons by 1993,  while recycled folding boxboard grew to  3.0
million tons by 1993, a 1.1% Rate.

[GRAPHIC  REPRESENTATION of the level of boxboard capacity utilization from 1983
to 1993. For  each year during  the period 1983-1993,  annual boxboard  capacity
utilization  was 89.9%, 92.9%, 87.5%, 89.5%,  90.2%, 92.2%, 92.8%, 90.7%, 93.5%,
92.6% and 94.8%, respectively.  The source of this  data is the American  Forest
and Paper Association.]
 
     According  to the AFPA, 1.2 million tons of boxboard capacity will be added
between 1993-1996.  Recycled  boxboard accounts  for  16%  and SBS  for  56%  of
announced capacity additions.
 
     Pricing. While general boxboard pricing levels are dependent on the overall
balance  of supply and demand, relative  pricing of different grades of boxboard
is affected by the substitutability of one grade for another in various customer
applications. For example, although the  clay coated recycled demand and  supply
situation  is positive for  the upcoming years, clay  coated recycled prices are
influenced by SBS prices. During the  late 1980s, SBS prices were  substantially
higher  than  clay coated  recycled  prices. In  recent  years, SBS  prices have
declined at a greater percentage than clay  coated recycled, so that on a  yield
basis,  there is not currently a significant price differential between the two.
Future price  growth  in some  grades  of SBS  may  be tempered  by  recent  and
projected capacity increases.
 
     NEWSPRINT
 
     General.  Newsprint  is an  uncoated  paper used  in  newspaper production.
Virgin newsprint is manufactured primarily from mechanical or groundwood  pulps.
In  recent years, the majority of  U.S. state legislatures have enacted recycled
content   laws    requiring    newspaper    publishers    to    use    newsprint
 
                                       44
 
<PAGE>
containing  various percentages  of recycled fiber.  Although the  bulk of North
American newsprint  capacity is  located  in Canada,  the majority  of  recycled
newsprint  capacity is  located in  the U.S. because  of the  close proximity of
wastepaper collection sites.
 
     Demand. According to the AFPA, the total U.S. newsprint production in  1993
remained flat, compared to 1992, with 7.08 million tons being produced. Canadian
production  is estimated to  have been 10.39  million tons in  1993, compared to
9.84 million  tons  in  1992.  From  1983  to  1993,  North  American  newsprint
production  grew at a  1.6% Rate. Newsprint  demand is dependent  on the general
level  of  newspaper  advertising.  RISI  estimates  North  American   newsprint
shipments will remain flat through 1995.
 
     According  to the AFPA, North American production is also influenced by the
export levels to major  newsprint consuming regions such  as Western Europe  and
Asia.  In 1992, U.S. and Canadian  producers increased export shipments 17% over
1991. 1993 witnessed  a significant  decline in  North American  exports due  to
unfavorable currency exchange rates and new capacity in Europe and Asia.
 
     Supply.  According to the AFPA, North  American newsprint capacity was 18.1
million tons in 1993, reflecting a 1.2% Rate since 1983. During the period  from
year end 1989 to year end 1991, 1.26 million tons of U.S. newsprint capacity and
.95  million tons of Canadian newsprint capacity were added, severely depressing
utilization rates  in  the early  1990s.  Capacity expansion  in  the  newsprint
industry  has been  concentrated on  recycling and,  over the  last three years,
eleven new deinking plants have been brought into operation with the capacity to
recycle 2.9 million tons of recovered paper.
 
     Capacity utilization has  been at  relatively low levels  during the  early
1990s  as a large growth  in capacity has coincided  with a decline in newsprint
demand, which has led to lower rates for North American mills overall.  Capacity
utilization from 1983 to 1993 is shown in the table below:

[GRAPHIC  REPRESENTATION of the  level of newsprint  capacity utilization in the
United States and  Canada from 1983  to 1993.  For each year  during the  period
1983-1993,  U.S. newsprint capacity utilization  was 89.5%, 94.7%, 93.8%, 97.0%,
97.3%, 97.8%, 96.7%, 97.3%, 97.0%, 97.0% and 98.0%, respectively. For each  year
during  this  same period,  Canadian newsprint  capacity utilization  was 85.1%,
91.8%, 91.4%,  93.9%,  97.7%,  98.9%,  96.2%, 89.8%,  87.3%,  88.6%  and  95.7%,
respectively.  The  source of  these figures  is the  American Forest  and Paper
Association.]

     According  to the AFPA, North American newsprint capacity will decline from
16.7 million metric  tons in  1992 to  16.6 million  metric tons  in 1996.  This
decline  in capacity is  expected because no  new mills or  machines are planned
during these  years  and capacity  gains  resulting from  rebuilds  of  existing
machines  and miscellaneous improvements  will be offset  by the reallocation of
capacity in several mills to produce groundwood and specialty papers rather than
newsprint. Several new recycled newsprint mills have been announced recently  in
Western  Europe, and such mills  are expected to affect  future exports by North
American producers.
 
                                       45
 
<PAGE>
     Pricing. Newsprint  is  a commodity  paper  grade with  pricing  largely  a
function  of  capacity  utilization.  West  coast prices  fell  from  a  peak of
approximately $595 per metric ton  (30-lb, delivered) in 1988  to a low of  $420
per  metric  ton in  the second  quarter  of 1992.  In December,  1993 newsprint
producers,  including  the  Company,   announced  price  increases  which   were
unsuccessful. Although market demand has improved in the fourth quarter of 1993,
the  Company does not expect significant improvement in prices before the second
quarter of 1994.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
     The principal components  of the  Company's business  strategy include  the
following:
 
  MAINTAIN FOCUS ON RECYCLED PRODUCTS
 
     The Company believes it is the largest processor of wastepaper, the largest
producer  of coated recycled paperboard, the largest producer of recycled medium
and one of the largest producers of  recycled newsprint in the U.S. The  Company
has historically utilized a significant amount of recycled fibre in its products
and  has  maintained a  strategy  to allow  it to  supply  all of  the Company's
recycled fibre  needs for  its  paper producing  operations. There  are  several
advantages  to this strategy. First, the  Company's national operations allow it
to minimize  costs of  transporting wastepaper  to its  mills. Second,  recycled
fibre  has  a lower  cost base  than  virgin fibre  and wastepaper  supplies are
increasing. Third, recycled products are gaining in popularity with customers as
a result of increased environmental awareness and improved quality, making  them
more  competitive  with products  made from  virgin  fibre. The  following chart
indicates  the  significant  percentage  of  recycled  paperboard  produced  and
consumed, by the Company's operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1991     1992     1993
                                                                        -----    -----    -----
                                                                          (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>
Total paperboard produced by the Company.............................   2,852    2,963    2,875
     Percent recycled................................................    46.5%    46.1%    47.5%
Total paperboard consumed by the Company.............................   2,476    2,569    2,607
     Percent recycled................................................    34.5%    35.9%    32.3%
</TABLE>
 
  FOCUS ON COST REDUCTION
 
     The Company continuously strives to reduce operating costs on a system-wide
basis  through  the  implementation of  cost  reduction programs.  In  1991, the
Company implemented  an austerity  program  to offset  the impact  of  declining
prices.   This   austerity  program   froze   staff  levels,   deferred  certain
discretionary  spending   programs  and   more  aggressively   managed   capital
expenditures  and working capital to conserve  cash and reduce interest expense.
For example, as a result of the austerity program the Company's average  working
capital  as a  percentage of annual  sales has  averaged 2.8% over  the last two
years.
 
     While the austerity  program succeeded in  reducing expenses and  improving
cash  flow, the length and  extent of the recession led  the Company in 1993, to
initiate the Plan and the Restructuring Program.
 
     The Plan is a systematic Company-wide  effort designed to improve the  cost
competitiveness  of all the Company's  operating facilities and staff functions.
The Plan focuses on reducing costs and other measures, including:
 
      Productivity improvements  to  reduce  variable unit  cost  at  production
      facilities and to increase volume.
 
      Identification of approximately $100 million of high return, quick payback
      capital projects for which spending will be accelerated.
 
      Reduction in fibre cost.
 
      Reduction  in cost of  materials generated through  a Company-wide council
      which will negotiate large national purchasing activities.
 
                                       46
 
<PAGE>
      Reductions in personnel cost through a Company-wide freeze on compensation
      for salaried employees in 1994 and reductions in workforce.
 
      Reduction in waste cost in the manufacturing process.
 
      Increased focus on  specialty niche  businesses which  are less  commodity
      oriented and carries pricing premiums.
 
     The  Company  is  implementing  the Restructuring  Program  to  improve the
Company's long-term  competitive position.  The Restructuring  Program  includes
plant  closures, reductions in workforce,  and the realignment and consolidation
of various  manufacturing operations  over an  approximately two  to three  year
period.  The  Restructuring  Program  is  expected  to  reduce  production cost,
employee  expense  and  depreciation  charges.  While  future  benefits  of  the
Restructuring Program are uncertain, the operating losses in 1993 for the plants
shut down in January 1994 and those contemplated in the future were $31 million.
While  the Company  believes that it  would have realized  financial benefits in
1993 had these plants been shut down at  the beginning of the year, and that  it
will realize such benefits in future periods, no assurances can be given in this
regard and, in particular, no assurances can be given as to what portion of such
loss would not have been realized in 1993 had such plants been shut down for the
entire  year.  The  Company  closed  certain  high  cost  operating  facilities,
including a coated recycled boxboard mill and five converting plants, in January
1994.
 
  CONTINUE TO PURSUE VERTICAL INTEGRATION
 
     The Company's operations are vertically integrated in that the Company uses
significant amounts  of timber  harvested from  its timberlands  and  wastepaper
provided  by its  reclamation operations  in the  manufacture of  paperboard and
newsprint, and converts its production  of paperboard into shipping  containers,
folding  cartons, papertubes  and other products.  The Company  also exchanges a
significant amount of containerboard with other major companies in the industry.
These exchanges are generally used when shipment from the Company's mills  would
not  be freight cost efficient or when  container plants require a certain grade
of containerboard not manufactured by the Company.
 
     The Company's  integration  reduces  the  volatility  of  pricing  for  its
containerboard  products, allows it  to run its mills  at higher operating rates
during industry  downturns  and protects  the  Company from  potential  regional
supply and demand imbalances for recycled fibre grades.
 
     The   following  table  illustrates  the   balance  between  the  Company's
production and consumption  levels for its  core businesses for  the last  three
years.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            1991     1992     1993
                                                                                            -----    -----    -----
                                                                                              (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>      <C>      <C>
Wastepaper
     Collected by reclamation division...................................................   3,666    3,846    3,907
     Consumed by paperboard and newsprint mills..........................................   1,822    1,910    1,905
Containerboard
     Produced by containerboard mills....................................................   1,830    1,918    1,840
     Consumed by containerboard plants...................................................   1,813    1,898    1,942
SBS and Recycled Boxboard
     Produced by SBS and recycled boxboard mills.........................................     826      832      829
     Consumed by folding carton plants...................................................     561      551      542
</TABLE>
 
  CONTINUE GROWTH IN CORE BUSINESSES
 
     The Company has built its core businesses through selective acquisitions of
existing businesses and ongoing capital improvements.
 
     Over the years, the Company's acquisition strategy has accomplished several
objectives, including (i) geographic expansion of its operations, (ii) growth of
its  recycling capacity and  expertise, (iii) expansion of  its product lines in
order to satisfy most of the packaging needs of large national and multinational
customers, (iv) expansion of its operations  into related products which can  be
successfully
 
                                       47
 
<PAGE>
marketed  to existing customers  as well as  into related products  to which the
Company can  apply  its  papermaking  expertise,  and  (v)  integration  of  its
operations.  The Company intends  to continue its  current strategy by exploring
potential acquisitions and pursuing those which meet its business objectives.
 
  MAINTAIN LEADING MARKET POSITIONS
 
     The Company  believes  it is  one  of  the most  broadly  based  paperboard
packaging  producers in the United States.  The Company has achieved this status
through its selective acquisitions and its ongoing capital improvements program.
The Company believes  it maintains significant  U.S. market positions  including
the following:
 
                 largest producer of recycled paperboard
 
                 largest producer of folding cartons
 
                 largest producer of coated recycled boxboard
 
                 largest processor of wastepaper
 
                 largest producer of mottled white linerboard
 
                 one of the largest producers of recycled newsprint
 
                 second largest producer of corrugated shipping containers
 
                 largest producer of recycled medium
 
                 fifth largest producer of containerboard
 
     The Company believes that its size, as evidenced by its leading U.S. market
positions,  provides certain advantages in marketing its products. The Company's
prominence  in  the  U.S.  packaging   industry  gives  it  excellent   customer
visibility.  The  Company  is well  recognized  by  its customers  as  a quality
producer and has recently  entered a select number  of strategic alliances  with
certain  large, national account customers to supply packaging. In addition, the
Company's broad range  of packaging  products provides a  single source  option,
whereby all of the customers' packaging needs can be satisfied by the Company.
 
  IMPROVE FINANCIAL PROFILE TO GROW CORE BUSINESSES
 
     Since  the 1989 recapitalization of JSC, the Company has pursued a strategy
designed to reduce its financial risk  profile. During this period, the  Company
has  accessed various capital markets through several transactions, resulting in
improved financial flexibility.
 
     In  1991,  the  Company  completed  a  $230  million  accounts   receivable
securitization.  Initial  proceeds  of $168  million  were raised  by  an A1/D1+
commercial paper issue and a AA-medium  term note issue. The proceeds were  used
to  retire debt, while the transaction increased the liquidity of the Company by
$180 million.
 
     In 1992, Holdings  received cash  equity capital  from a  subsidiary of  JS
Group and MSLEF II (and certain of its limited partners who owned Junior Accrual
Debentures)  of $33 million and $200 million, respectively, and in December 1993
a subsidiary of JS Group converted  $167 million of preferred stock of  Holdings
into common stock of Holdings. The Company also negotiated a $400 million senior
secured  term loan. The equity and loan  proceeds were used to repurchase $193.5
million of the  Junior Accrual  Debentures and to  prepay a  portion of  certain
subordinated  indebtedness  and  $400  million  of  the  1989  term  loan.  This
transaction reduced near term debt service requirements and also reduced  annual
interest expense by $30 million.
 
     In  1993,  in order  to improve  operating  and financial  flexibility, CCA
issued $500 million aggregate  principal amount of 1993  Notes, the proceeds  of
which  were used to repay  $100 million of revolving  credit indebtedness and an
aggregate of $387.5 million of term loan indebtedness under its existing  credit
agreements.  As a result of such  refinancing, the Company successfully extended
maturities of its indebtedness and improved its liquidity.
 
                                       48
 
<PAGE>
     The Company anticipates that the Recapitalization Plan will further improve
operating and financial flexibility  by reducing the level  and overall cost  of
its  debt, extending maturities of indebtedness, increasing stockholders' equity
and increasing its access to capital markets.
 
PRODUCTS
 
  PAPERBOARD/PACKAGING PRODUCT SEGMENT
 
     Containerboard  and   Corrugated   Shipping   Containers.   The   Company's
containerboard  operations are highly  integrated and the  Company believes this
integration enhances its ability to respond quickly and efficiently to customers
and to fill  orders on  short lead times.  Tons of  containerboard produced  and
converted for the last three years were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1991     1992     1993
                                                                                  -----    -----    -----
                                                                                    (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                               <C>      <C>      <C>
Containerboard
     Production................................................................   1,830    1,918    1,840
     Consumption...............................................................   1,813    1,898    1,942
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company's  mills  produce  a full  line  of  containerboard, including
unbleached kraft linerboard, mottled white linerboard and recycled medium.
 
     The Company believes it is the  nation's largest producer of mottled  white
linerboard,  the  largest  producer of  recycled  medium and  the  fifth largest
producer of  containerboard.  Unbleached kraft  linerboard  is produced  at  the
Company's  mills  located  in  Fernandina Beach  and  Jacksonville,  Florida and
mottled white  linerboard is  produced at  its Brewton,  Alabama mill.  Recycled
medium  is produced at the Company's mills located in Alton, Illinois, Carthage,
Indiana, Circleville, Ohio  and Los  Angeles, California. In  1993, the  Company
produced  1,018,000, 315,000  and 507,000  tons of  unbleached kraft linerboard,
mottled white linerboard and recycled medium, respectively.
 
     Large  capital   investment   is   required  to   sustain   the   Company's
containerboard  mills,  which  employ  state  of  the  art  computer  controlled
machinery in  their manufacturing  processes. During  the last  five years,  the
Company  has  invested approximately  $246 million  to enhance  product quality,
reduce costs, expand  capacity and  increase production efficiency,  as well  as
make required improvements to stay in compliance with environmental regulations.
Major capital projects completed in the last five years include (i) a rebuild of
Jacksonville's  linerboard machine  to produce high  performance, lighter weight
grades now experiencing higher demand,  (ii) modifications to Brewton's  mottled
white  machine to increase run speed by 100  tons per day and (iii) a project to
reduce sulfur  emissions  from  the  Fernandina Beach  linerboard  mill.  A  key
strategy  for the next few years will be to reduce wood cost at its virgin fibre
mills by modifying methods of woodchip production and handling, utilizing random
length roundwood  forms and  continuing to  pursue forest  management  practices
designed to enhance timberland productivity.
 
     The   Company's  sales  of  containerboard  in  1993  were  $670.6  million
(including $384.1 million of intracompany sales). Sales of containerboard to its
52 container  plants are  reflected  at prices  based  upon those  published  by
Official  Board  Markets which  are generally  higher than  those paid  by third
parties except in exchange contracts.
 
     The Company  believes  it is  the  second largest  producer  of  corrugated
shipping  containers in  the U.S.  Corrugated shipping  containers, manufactured
from containerboard in converting plants, are used to ship such diverse products
as home appliances, electric motors, small machinery, grocery products, produce,
books, tobacco and furniture, and  for many other applications, including  point
of  purchase  displays. The  Company  stresses the  value  added aspects  of its
corrugated  containers,   such  as   labeling  and   multi-color  graphics,   to
differentiate  its products and respond  to customer requirements. The Company's
container plants  serve local  customers  and large  national accounts  and  are
located nationwide, generally in or near large metropolitan areas. The Company's
total  sales of  corrugated shipping  containers in  1993 were  $1,175.7 million
(including $81.1 million of intracompany sales).
 
                                       49
 
<PAGE>
Corrugated shipping container sales volumes for 1991, 1992 and 1993 were 25,178,
26,593 and 27,268 million square feet, respectively.
 
  RECYCLED BOXBOARD, SBS AND FOLDING CARTONS
 
     The Company's recycled boxboard, SBS and folding carton operations are also
well integrated. Tons of  recycled boxboard and SBS  produced and converted  for
the last three years are provided below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1991    1992    1993
                                                                        ----    ----    ----
                                                                        (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>     <C>     <C>
Recycled Boxboard and SBS
     Production......................................................   826     832     829
     Consumption.....................................................   561     551     542
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company's mills produce recycled coated and uncoated boxboard and SBS.
The Company  believes  it  is  the  nation's  largest  producer  of  clay-coated
boxboard,  made from 100 percent recycled fibre, which offers comparable quality
to virgin boxboard  for most applications.  The Company also  believes that  its
premium-priced SBS offers a high quality product for packaging applications.
 
     Coated  recycled boxboard  is produced  at the  Company's mills  located in
Middletown,  Ohio,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania,  Santa  Clara,  California  and
Wabash,  Indiana. The  Company produces  uncoated recycled  boxboard at  its Los
Angeles, California  mill and  SBS at  its Brewton,  Alabama mill.  The  Company
believes  its coated recycled boxboard, known as MASTERCOAT'r', is recognized in
the industry for its  high quality and extensive  range of grades and  calipers.
The  Brewton machine produces four basic grades of SBS including MASTERPRINT'r',
which is ideally  suited for  converting into  folding cartons  and related  end
uses, MASTERSEAL'r' and MASTERVAC'r', which are used for visual carded packaging
that facilitates merchandising at the point of sale, and MASTERWITE'r', which is
designed  for intricately printed and die-cut greeting cards and other specialty
uses. In  1993,  the Company  produced  653,000  and 176,000  tons  of  recycled
boxboard  and SBS, respectively. The Company's  total sales of recycled boxboard
and SBS in 1993  were $409.7 million (including  $197.2 million of  intracompany
sales).
 
     The  Company  believes  it  is the  nation's  largest  producer  of folding
cartons, offering the broadest range  of converting capabilities, including  web
and  sheet litho, rotogravure and  flexo printing and a  full line of structural
and design graphics  services. The  Company's 18 folding  carton plants  convert
recycled  boxboard and SBS, including approximately  49% of the boxboard and SBS
produced by  the  Company,  into  folding  cartons.  Folding  cartons  are  used
primarily  to  protect customers'  products  while providing  point  of purchase
advertising.  The  Company  makes  folding   cartons  for  a  wide  variety   of
applications,  including  food  and  fast  foods,  detergents,  paper  products,
beverages, health and beauty aids  and other consumer products. Customers  range
from  small local  accounts to  large national  and multinational  accounts. The
Company's folding carton  plants are  located nationwide, generally  in or  near
large  metropolitan areas. The  Company's sales of folding  cartons in 1993 were
$648.2 million (including  $2.2 million of  intracompany sales). Folding  carton
sales  volumes for 1991, 1992  and 1993 were 482,000,  487,000 and 475,000 tons,
respectively.
 
     The Company has focused  its capital expenditures  in these operations  and
its  marketing activities to support a  strategy of enhancing product quality as
it relates to packaging graphics, increasing flexibility while reducing customer
response time and assisting customers in innovating package designs.
 
     The Company provides marketing consultation and research activities, a  key
competitive  factor within the  folding carton industry,  through its Design and
Market Research (DMR) Laboratory. It provides customers with graphic and product
design  tailored  to  the  specific  technical  requirements  of   lithographic,
rotogravure  and flexographic  printing, as  well as  photography for packaging,
sales promotion concepts, and point of purchase displays.
 
                                       50
 
<PAGE>
  RECYCLED CYLINDERBOARD AND INDUSTRIAL PACKAGING
 
     The Company's recycled  cylinderboard and  industrial packaging  operations
are  also integrated. Tons of recycled  cylinderboard produced and converted for
the last three years are shown in the table below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1991    1992    1993
                                                                                      ----    ----    ----
                                                                                      (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>     <C>     <C>
Recycled Cylinderboard
     Production....................................................................   196     213     206
     Consumption...................................................................   102     120     123
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company's  recycled  cylinderboard  mills  are  located  in:   Tacoma,
Washington,  Monroe,  Michigan  (2 mills),  Lafayette,  Indiana,  and Cedartown,
Georgia. In  1993, total  sales  of recycled  cylinderboard were  $61.8  million
(including $17.9 million of intracompany sales).
 
     The   Company's   16   industrial   packaging   plants   convert   recycled
cylinderboard, including a portion of the recycled cylinderboard produced by the
Company, into papertubes and cores. Papertubes and cores are used primarily  for
paper,  film and  foil, yarn carriers  and other textile  products and furniture
components.  The  Company   also  produces  solid   fibre  partitions  for   the
pharmaceutical, electronics, cosmetics and plastics industries. In addition, the
Company  produces  a  patented  self-locking  partition  especially  suited  for
automated packaging  and product  protection.  The Company  believes it  is  the
nation's  third largest  producer of tubes  and cores.  The Company's industrial
packaging  sales  in  1993  were  $88.1  million  (including  $1.6  million   in
intracompany sales).
 
  CONSUMER PACKAGING
 
     The  Company manufactures  a wide  variety of  consumer packaging products,
which are  generally non-cyclical.  These products  include flexible  packaging,
printed  paper  labels, foil  labels, and  labels that  are heat  transferred to
plastic  containers  for  a  wide  range  of  industrial  and  consumer  product
applications.  The contract packaging plants provide cartoning, bagging, liquid-
or powder-filling, high-speed overwrapping and fragranced advertising  products.
The  Company produces high-quality rotogravure  cylinders and has a full-service
organization highly  experienced  in the  production  of color  separations  and
lithographic  film  for  the  commercial  printing,  advertising  and  packaging
industries. The Company  also designs, manufactures  and sells custom  machinery
including  specialized machines that  apply labels to  customers' packaging. The
Company currently has  14 facilities  including the  engineering service  center
referred   to  below  and  has  improved  their  competitiveness  by  installing
state-of-the-art production equipment.
 
     In addition, the Company has  an engineering services center,  specializing
in  automated  production systems  and  highly specialized  machinery, providing
expert  consultation,  design  and   equipment  fabrication  for  consumer   and
industrial products manufacturers, primarily from the food, beverage and medical
products industries.
 
     Total sales of consumer packaging products and services were $179.8 million
(including $15.1 million of intracompany sales).
 
  RECLAMATION OPERATIONS; FIBRE RESOURCES AND TIMBER PRODUCTS
 
     The  raw materials essential to the  Company's business are reclaimed fibre
from  wastepaper  and  wood,  in  the  form  of  logs  or  chips.  The  Brewton,
Circleville,  Jacksonville and Fernandina mills use primarily wood fibres, while
the other paperboard mills use reclaimed fibre exclusively. The newsprint  mills
use approximately 45% wood fibre and 55% reclaimed fibre.
 
     The Company believes it is the nation's largest recycler of wastepaper. The
use of recycled products in the Company's operations begins with its reclamation
division  which  operates  26  facilities that  collect,  sort,  grade  and bale
wastepaper, as  well as  collect aluminum  and glass.  The reclamation  division
provides  valuable fibre resources to both the paperboard and newsprint segments
of the Company as well as to other producers. Many of the reclamation facilities
are located  in  close  proximity  to  the  Company's  recycled  paperboard  and
newsprint   mills,   assuring  availability   of   supply,  when   needed,  with
 
                                       51
 
<PAGE>
minimal shipping  costs. In  1993, the  Company processed  3.9 million  tons  of
wastepaper,  which the  Company believes  is approximately  twice the  amount of
wastepaper processed  by  its  closest  competitor.  The  amount  of  wastepaper
collected  and the proportions  sold internally and  externally by the Company's
reclamation division for the last three years were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1991     1992     1993
                                                                        -----    -----    -----
                                                                          (TONS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>      <C>      <C>
Wastepaper collected by Reclamation Division.........................   3,666    3,846    3,907
     Percent sold internally.........................................   49.7%    49.7%    48.8%
     Percent sold to third parties...................................   50.3%    50.3%    51.2%
</TABLE>
 
     The reclamation  division  also  operates  a  nationwide  brokerage  system
whereby it purchases and resells wastepaper (including wastepaper for use in its
recycled  fibre mills) on a regional and national contract basis. Such contracts
provide bulk purchasing, resulting in lower prices and cleaner wastepaper. Total
sales of  recycled materials  for  1993 were  $242.9 million  (including  $120.8
million of intracompany sales).
 
     During   1993,  the  wastepaper  which   was  reclaimed  by  the  Company's
reclamation plants and brokerage operations satisfied all of the Company's  mill
requirements for reclaimed fibre.
 
     The  Company's timber division  manages approximately one  million acres of
owned and leased timberland. In 1993, approximately 53% of the timber  harvested
by  the Company was used in its  Jacksonville, Fernandina and Brewton Mills. The
Company harvested 808,000 cords of timber which would satisfy approximately  32%
of   the  Company's   requirements  for  woodfibres.   The  Company's  woodfibre
requirements not satisfied internally are purchased on the open market or  under
long-term  contracts. In  the past, the  Company has  not experienced difficulty
obtaining an adequate supply of wood  through its own operations or open  market
purchases.  The Company is  not aware of any  circumstances that would adversely
affect its ability to satisfy its  wood requirements in the foreseeable  future.
In  recent years,  a shortage of  wood fibre in  the spotted owl  regions in the
Northwest has resulted in increases in  the cost of virgin wood fibre.  However,
the  Company's use of reclaimed  fibre in its newsprint  mills has mitigated the
effect of this in significant part.
 
     In 1993, the Company's total sales  of timber products were $227.8  million
(including $185.1 million of intracompany sales).
 
  NEWSPRINT SEGMENT
 
     Newsprint  Mills. The Company believes it is one of the largest producer of
recycled newsprint and the fourth largest  producer overall of newsprint in  the
United  States. The Company's newsprint mills  are located in Newberg and Oregon
City, Oregon. During 1991, 1992 and 1993, the Company produced 614,000,  615,000
and  615,000 tons of newsprint, respectively.  In 1993, total sales of newsprint
were $219.5 million (none of which were intracompany sales).
 
     For the past three years, an average of approximately 56% of the  Company's
newsprint  production has been sold to The Times Mirror Company ('Times Mirror')
pursuant to a long-term newsprint agreement (the 'Newsprint Agreement')  entered
into in connection with the Company's acquisition of SNC stock in February 1986.
Under  the terms of  the Newsprint Agreement, the  Company supplies newsprint to
Times Mirror  generally  at  prevailing  West  Coast  market  prices.  Sales  of
newsprint to Times Mirror in 1993 amounted to $115.2 million.
 
     Cladwood'r'.  Cladwood'r' is  a wood  composite panel  used by  the housing
industry, manufactured  from  sawmill  shavings and  other  wood  residuals  and
overlayed  with  recycled  newsprint.  The Company  has  two  Cladwood'r' plants
located in Oregon. Total sales for  Cladwood'r' in 1993 were $29.1 million  ($.5
million of which were intracompany sales).
 
MARKETING
 
     The  marketing strategy  for the  Company's mills  is to  maximize sales of
products to  manufacturers  located  within an  economical  shipping  area.  The
strategy in the converting plants focuses on both specialty products tailored to
fit   customers'  needs  and  high  volume  sales  of  commodity  products.  The
 
                                       52
 
<PAGE>
Company also seeks to broaden the customer base for each of its segments  rather
than to concentrate on only a few accounts for each plant. These objectives have
led  to decentralization of marketing efforts, such  that each plant has its own
sales force, and many  have product design engineers,  who are in close  contact
with  customers to respond  to their specific needs.  National sales offices are
also maintained  for customers  who purchase  through a  centralized  purchasing
office.  National  account business  may  be allocated  to  more than  one plant
because of production capacity and equipment requirements.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The paperboard and  packaging products markets  are highly competitive  and
are  comprised of many participants. Although no single company is dominant, the
Company does  face  significant  competitors  in each  of  its  businesses.  The
Company's  competitors include large vertically  integrated companies as well as
numerous smaller companies.  The industries  in which the  Company competes  are
particularly  sensitive  to  price  fluctuations as  well  as  other competitive
factors including design, quality  and service, with  varying emphasis on  these
factors  depending on product line. The market for the Newsprint segment is also
highly competitive.
 
BACKLOG
 
     Demand for  the  Company's  major  product  lines  is  relatively  constant
throughout   the  year  and  seasonal  fluctuations  in  marketing,  production,
shipments and  inventories are  not significant.  The Company  does not  have  a
significant  backlog of orders, as most orders are placed for delivery within 30
days.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     The Company's research and development center works with its  manufacturing
and  sales operations, providing state-of-the-art technology, from raw materials
supply through finished packaging  performance. Research programs have  provided
improvements  in  coatings  and  barriers, stiffeners,  inks  and  printing. The
technical staff  conducts  basic,  applied  and  diagnostic  research,  develops
processes and products and provides a wide range of other technical services.
 
     The Company actively pursues applications for patents on new inventions and
designs  and attempts to protect its patents against infringement. Nevertheless,
the Company believes that its success and growth are dependent on the quality of
its products and its relationships with its customers, rather than on the extent
of its  patent protection.  The Company  holds  or is  licensed to  use  certain
patents, but does not consider that the successful continuation of any important
phase of its business is dependent upon such patents.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     At  December 31, 1993,  the Company had  approximately 16,600 employees, of
which approximately  11,300  employees  (68%),  are  represented  by  collective
bargaining units. The expiration date of union contracts for the Company's major
facilities are as follows: the Alton mill, expiring June 1994; the Newberg mill,
expiring  March 1995;  the Oregon  City mill,  expiring March  1997; the Brewton
mill, expiring October 1997; the Fernandina mill, expiring June 1998; a group of
12 properties,  including  4 paper  mills  and 8  corrugated  container  plants,
expiring  June 1998; and the Jacksonville  mill, expiring June 1999. The Company
believes that its employee relations are generally good and is currently in  the
process  of bargaining with unions representing production employees at a number
of its other operations.
 
                                       53
 
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
 
     The Company's properties at December 31,  1993 are summarized in the  table
below.  The table  reflects the  previously mentioned  closure in  early 1994 of
three container plants, two folding carton plants and one recycled boxboard mill
but does not reflect the additional closures contemplated by the  Restructuring.
Approximately  62% of the Company's investment  in property, plant and equipment
is represented by its paperboard and newsprint mills.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               NUMBER OF       STATE
                                                                                               FACILITIES    LOCATIONS
                                                                                               ----------    ---------
<S>                                                                                            <C>           <C>
Paperboard mills
     Containerboard mills...................................................................         7            6
     Boxboard mills.........................................................................         4            4
     Cylinderboard mills....................................................................         5            4
Newsprint mills.............................................................................         2            1
Reclamation plants..........................................................................        26           12
Converting facilities
     Container plants.......................................................................        52           22
     Folding carton plants..................................................................        18           10
     Industrial packaging plants............................................................        16           11
Consumer packaging plants...................................................................        14            9
Cladwood'r' plants..........................................................................         2            1
Wood product plants.........................................................................         1            1
                                                                                                                 --
                                                                                                   ---
          Total.............................................................................       147           28
                                                                                                   ---           --
                                                                                                   ---           --
</TABLE>
 
     In addition to its  manufacturing facilities, the  Company owns and  leases
approximately  758,000 acres and 226,000  acres of timberland, respectively, and
also operates wood harvesting facilities.
 
LITIGATION
 
     In May 1993, CCA received a notice of default on behalf of Otis B.  Ingram,
as  executor of the estate of Naomi M. Ingram, and Ingram-LeGrand Lumber Company
with respect  to  certain  timber  purchase  agreements  and  timber  management
agreements  between CCA and  such parties dated November  22, 1967 pertaining to
approximately 30,000 acres of  property in Georgia  (the 'Agreements'). In  June
1993,  CCA filed suit against such parties  in the United States District Court,
Middle District  of  Georgia,  seeking declaratory  and  injunctive  relief  and
damages  in excess of $3  million arising out of  the defendants' alleged breach
and anticipatory repudiation  of the  Agreements. The defendants  have filed  an
answer  and  counterclaim seeking  damages  in excess  of  $14 million  based on
allegations that  CCA breached  the  Agreements and  failed  to pay  for  timber
allegedly stolen or otherwise removed from the property by CCA or third parties.
The  alleged thefts of  timber are being  investigated by the  Georgia Bureau of
Investigation, which has advised CCA that it  is not presently a target of  this
investigation.  CCA  has filed  a  third-party complaint  against  Keadle Lumber
Enterprises, Inc. seeking  indemnification with respect  to such alleged  thefts
and  has filed a reply to  the defendants' counterclaims denying the allegations
and any  liability to  the  defendants. Management  does  not believe  that  the
outcome  of this litigation will have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition or operations.
 
     The Company is a defendant in a  number of other lawsuits that have  arisen
in  the  normal course  of  business. While  any  litigation has  an  element of
uncertainty, the management  of the Company  believes that the  outcome of  such
suits  will not  have a  material adverse effect  on its  financial condition or
operations.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
     Federal, state and local environmental requirements, particularly  relating
to  air and water quality,  are a significant factor  in the Company's business.
The Company employs processes in the manufacture
 
                                       54
 
<PAGE>
of pulp,  paperboard and  other products,  resulting in  various discharges  and
emissions  that are subject  to numerous federal,  state and local environmental
control statutes, regulations and ordinances.  The Company operates and  expects
to  operate under permits  and similar authorizations  from various governmental
authorities that regulate such discharges and emissions.
 
     Occasional violations of permit  terms have occurred from  time to time  at
the Company's facilities, resulting in administrative actions, legal proceedings
or  consent decrees  and similar  arrangements. Pending  proceedings include the
following:
 
          In March 1992, JSC entered  into an administrative consent order  with
     the  Florida  Department  of  Environmental  Regulation  to  carry  out any
     necessary assessment and remediation of JSC-owned property in Duval County,
     Florida that was formerly the site of  a sawmill that dipped lumber into  a
     chemical  solution. Assessment is on-going, but initial data indicates soil
     and groundwater  contamination  that may  require  nonroutine  remediation.
     Management  believes that the  probable costs of this  site, taken alone or
     with  potential  costs  at   other  Company-owned  properties  where   some
     contamination  has been found,  will not have a  material adverse effect on
     its financial condition or operations.
 
          In February 1994, JSC executed a consent decree with the State of Ohio
     in full satisfaction of all liability for alleged violations of  applicable
     standards  for  particulate  and  opacity  emissions  with  respect  to two
     coal-fired boilers at its Lockland, Ohio recycled boxboard mill (which  has
     been  permanently closed as  part of the  Company's restructuring program),
     and will be  required to pay  $122,000 in penalties  and enforcement  costs
     pursuant to such consent decree. The United States Environmental Protection
     Agency  has  also  issued  a  notice  of  violation  with  respect  to such
     emissions, but  has  informally  advised  JSC's  counsel  that  no  Federal
     enforcement  is likely to be commenced in  light of the settlement with the
     State of Ohio.
 
     The Company also  faces potential  liability as  a result  of releases,  or
threatened  releases, of hazardous substances  into the environment from various
sites owned and operated by third parties at which Company-generated wastes have
allegedly been deposited.  Generators of hazardous  substances sent to  off-site
disposal  locations at which environmental problems exist, as well as the owners
of those sites and  certain other classes of  persons (generally referred to  as
'potentially responsible parties' or 'PRPs'), are, in most instances, subject to
joint  and  several  liability  for response  costs  for  the  investigation and
remediation of  such  sites  under  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation  and Liability Act ('CERCLA')  and analogous state laws, regardless
of fault or  the legality  of the original  disposal. The  Company has  received
notice  that it  is or  may be a  potentially responsible  party at  a number of
federal and/or  state sites  where remedial  action may  be required,  and as  a
result  may have joint  and several liability  for cleanup costs  at such sites.
However,  liability  of  CERCLA  sites  is  typically  shared  with  the   other
potentially  responsible parties and  costs are commonly  allocated according to
relative amounts of waste deposited.  Because the Company's relative  percentage
of  waste deposited at the majority of these sites is quite small, management of
the Company believes that its probable  liability under CERCLA, taken on a  case
by  case basis or in  the aggregate, will not have  a material adverse effect on
its financial condition  or operations. Pending  CERCLA proceedings include  the
following:
 
          In  January 1990, CCA  filed a motion  for leave to  intervene and for
     modification of  the consent  decree  in United  States v.  General  Refuse
     Services,  a  case pending  in  the United  States  District Court  for the
     Southern District  of Ohio.  CCA  contends that  it  should be  allowed  to
     participate  in the proposed consent decree, which provides for remediation
     of alleged releases  or threatened  releases of hazardous  substances at  a
     site  in Miami County, near Troy, Ohio, according to a plan approved by the
     United States Environmental Protection Agency, Region V (the 'Agency'). The
     Court granted  CCA's motion  to intervene  in this  litigation, but  denied
     CCA's   motion  for  an   order  denying  entry   of  the  consent  decree.
     Consequently, the  consent  decree has  been  entered without  CCA's  being
     included  as a party to the decree, meaning that CCA may have some exposure
     to potential claims for contribution to remediation costs incurred by other
     participants and for non-reimbursed response costs incurred by the  Agency,
     which costs are reported by the Agency as $3.4 million as of February 1994.
     CCA's  appeal of the Court's decision to the Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals
     is pending.
 
                                       55
 
<PAGE>
          In December 1991, the United States  filed a civil action against  CCA
     in  United States District Court, Southern District of Ohio, to recover its
     unreimbursed costs at the Miami County  site, and CCA subsequently filed  a
     third-party complaint against certain entities that had joined the original
     consent decree. In October 1993, the United States filed an additional suit
     against  CCA in the same court seeking  injunctive relief and damages up to
     $25,000 per day from March 27, 1989 to the present, based on CCA's  alleged
     failure  to  properly  respond  to the  Agency's  document  and information
     requests in connection with  this site. In July  1993, counsel for CCA  was
     advised  by the Office of the  United States Attorney, Northern District of
     Illinois that  a  criminal  inquiry  is also  underway  relating  to  CCA's
     responses  to  the  Agency's  document  and  information  requests.  CCA is
     investigating the circumstances  regarding its responses,  and is  pursuing
     settlement with respect to all matters relating to the Miami County site.
 
          CCA  has paid approximately  $768,000 pursuant to  two partial consent
     decrees entered into in 1990 and 1991 with respect to clean-up  obligations
     at  the  Operating  Industries site  in  Monterey Park,  California.  It is
     anticipated that  there  will be  further  remedial measures  beyond  those
     covered by these partial settlements.
 
     In  addition to other Federal and  State laws regarding hazardous substance
contamination at  sites  owned  or  operated by  the  Company,  the  New  Jersey
Industrial  Site Recovery Act ('ISRA') requires that a 'Negative Declaration' or
a 'Cleanup  Plan'  be  filed  and  approved by  the  New  Jersey  Department  of
Environmental Protection and Energy ('DEPE') as a precondition to the 'transfer'
of an 'industrial establishment'. The ISRA regulations provide that a transferor
may  close a transaction prior to the  DEPE's approval of a negative declaration
if the transferor enters into an administrative consent order with the DEPE. The
Company is currently a signatory  to administrative consent orders with  respect
to  two  formerly leased  or owned  industrial  establishments and  has recently
closed a facility and applied for  a negative declaration with respect  thereto.
Management  believes that any requirements that may  be imposed by the DEPE with
respect to  these  sites  will not  have  a  materially adverse  effect  on  the
financial condition or operations of the Company.
 
     The Company's paperboard and newsprint mills are large consumers of energy,
using  either  natural gas  or coal.  Approximately 67%  of the  Company's total
paperboard tonnage is produced by mills which have coal-fired boilers. The  cost
of  energy is dependent, in part, on environmental regulations concerning sulfur
dioxide and particulate emissions.
 
     Because various pollution control  standards are subject  to change, it  is
not  possible at this  time to predict  the amount of  capital expenditures that
will ultimately be required to comply with future standards. For the past  three
years, the Company has spent an average of approximately $10 million annually on
capital expenditures for environmental purposes. Further sums may be required in
the  future, although, in the opinion  of management, such expenditures will not
have a material  effect on  its financial  condition or  operations. The  amount
budgeted  for such  expenditures for fiscal  1994 is  approximately $10 million.
Since the  Company's competitors  are subject  to comparable  pollution  control
standards,  management is of  the opinion that  compliance with future pollution
standards will not adversely affect the Company's competitive position.
 
                                       56

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS
 
     The  following table sets forth the names  and ages of the directors of JSC
and CCA.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                  AGE
- ---------------------------------   ---
<S>                                 <C>
Michael W.J. Smurfit.............   57
Howard E. Kilroy.................   58
James E. Terrill.................   60
Donald P. Brennan................   53
Alan E. Goldberg.................   39
David R. Ramsay..................   30
</TABLE>
 
     Following completion  of the  Offerings and  pursuant to  the  Stockholders
Agreement  (as described below), JSC and CCA each intends to expand its Board of
Directors to include two  additional directors, one of  whom will be  designated
by,  but not affiliated with,  SIBV and, one of whom  will be designated by, but
not affiliated with, MSLEF II.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The following table sets forth the names and ages of the executive officers
of JSC and CCA and the positions they  will hold as of immediately prior to  the
consummation of the Offerings.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                  AGE                              POSITION
- ---------------------------------   ---   --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>   <C>
Michael W.J. Smurfit.............   57    Chairman of the Board and Director
James E. Terrill.................   60    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Howard E. Kilroy.................   58    Senior Vice President and Director
Richard W. Graham................   59    Senior Vice President and General Manager -- Folding Carton
                                            and Boxboard Mill Division
C. Larry Bradford................   57    Vice President -- Sales and Marketing
Raymond G. Duffy.................   52    Vice President -- Planning
Michael C. Farrar................   53    Vice President -- Environmental and Governmental Affairs
John R. Funke....................   52    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Richard J. Golden................   52    Vice President -- Purchasing
Michael F. Harrington............   53    Vice President -- Personnel and Human Resources
Alan W. Larson...................   55    Vice President and General Manager -- Consumer Packaging
                                            Division
Edward F. McCallum...............   59    Vice President and General Manager -- Container Division
Lyle L. Meyer....................   57    Vice President
Patrick J. Moore.................   39    Vice President and Treasurer
David C. Stevens.................   59    Vice President and General Manager -- Smurfit Recycling
                                            Company
Truman L. Sturdevant.............   59    President of SNC
Michael E. Tierney...............   45    Vice President and General Counsel and Secretary
Richard K. Volland...............   55    Vice President -- Physical Distribution
William N. Wandmacher............   51    Vice President and General Manager -- Containerboard Mill
                                            Division
Gary L. West.....................   51    Vice President and General Manager -- Industrial Packaging
                                            Division
</TABLE>
 
BIOGRAPHIES
 
     C.  Larry Bradford  has been  Vice President  -- Sales  and Marketing since
January 1993.  He served  as Vice  President and  General Manager  --  Container
Division  from February 1991 until October 1992. Prior to that time, he was Vice
President and General Manager of the  Folding Carton and Boxboard Mill  Division
from January 1983 to February 1991.
 
                                       57
 
<PAGE>
     Donald  P. Brennan joined MS&Co.  in 1982 and has  been a Managing Director
since 1984. He  is responsible  for MS&Co.'s  Merchant Banking  Division and  is
Chairman  and President of MSLEF II, Inc. and Chairman of Morgan Stanley Capital
Partners III,  Inc.  ('MSCP III,  Inc.').  Mr.  Brennan serves  as  Director  of
Agricultural  Minerals and Chemicals Inc.,  Agricultural Minerals Company, L.P.,
A/S Bulkhandling,  Beaumont  Methanol  Corporation, BMC  Holdings  Inc.,  Coltec
Industries  Inc, Fort Howard Corporation, Hamilton Services Limited, PSF Finance
Holdings, Inc.,  Shuttleway, and  Stanklav Holdings,  Inc. Mr.  Brennan is  also
Deputy Chairman and Director of Waterford Wedgwood plc.
 
     Raymond  G. Duffy has been  Vice President -- Planning  since July 1983 and
served as Director of Corporate Planning from 1980 to 1983.
 
     Michael  C.   Farrar  was   appointed  Vice   President-Environmental   and
Governmental  Affairs in March 1992. Prior to joining JSC, he was Vice President
of the American Paper Institute and the National Forest Products Association for
more than 5 years.
 
     John R. Funke  has been Vice  President and Chief  Financial Officer  since
April 1989 and was Corporate Controller and Secretary from 1982 to April 1989.
 
     Richard  J. Golden has been Vice President -- Purchasing since January 1985
and was Director of Corporate Purchasing  from October 1981 to January 1985.  In
January  1994, he was  assigned responsibility for  world-wide purchasing for JS
Group.
 
     Alan E. Goldberg has  been a member of  MS&Co.'s Merchant Banking  Division
since  its formation in 1985  and a Managing Director  of MS&Co. since 1988. Mr.
Goldberg is a member of the Finance Committee of MS&Co. Mr. Goldberg is Chairman
and President  of Morgan  Stanley  Leveraged Equity  Fund  I, Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation,  is a Vice President and a Director of MSLEF II, Inc. and is a Vice
Chairman and a Director of MSCP III,  Inc. Mr. Goldberg also serves as  Director
of   Agricultural  Minerals  and  Chemicals  Inc.,  AMC  Holdings  Inc.,  Amerin
Corporation, Amerin Guaranty Corporation, Beaumont Methanol Corporation and  BMC
Holdings Inc.
 
     Richard   W.  Graham  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President  and  General
Manager -- Folding Carton and Boxboard Mill Division in February 1994. He served
as Vice  President and  General  Manager --  Folding  Carton and  Boxboard  Mill
Division  from February 1991 to January 1994.  Mr. Graham was Vice President and
General Manager -- Folding Carton Division  from October 1986 to February  1991.
Mr.  Graham joined CCA in  1959 and has served  in various management positions,
becoming Group Vice President of Administration for CCA in 1984.
 
     Michael F.  Harrington was  appointed  Vice President-Personnel  and  Human
Resources  in January 1992. Prior  to joining JSC, he  was Corporate Director of
Labor Relations/Safety and Health with Boise Cascade Corporation for more than 5
years.
 
     Howard E. Kilroy has been Chief Operations Director of JS Group since  1978
and  President of JS  Group since October 1986.  Mr. Kilroy was  a member of the
Supervisory Board of  SIBV from  January 1978  to January  1992. He  has been  a
Director  of  JSC since  1979 and  Senior Vice  President for  over 5  years. In
addition, he is Governor (Chairman)  of Bank of Ireland  and a Director of  Aran
Energy plc.
 
     Alan  W. Larson  has been  Vice President  and General  Manager -- Consumer
Packaging Division since  October 1988.  Prior to joining  JSC in  1988, he  was
Executive Vice President of The Black and Decker Corporation.
 
     Edward F. McCallum has been Vice President and General Manager -- Container
Division  since October 1992. He served as Vice President and General Manager of
the Industrial Packaging Division  from January 1991 to  October 1992. Prior  to
that  time,  he served  in  various positions  in  the Container  Division since
joining JSC in 1971.
 
     Lyle L. Meyer has been  Vice President since April  1989. He has also  been
President of Smurfit Pension and Insurance Services Company since 1982.
 
     Patrick J. Moore has been Vice President and Treasurer since February 1993.
He  was Treasurer from  October 1990 to  February 1993. Prior  to joining JSC in
1987 as Assistant  Treasurer, Mr.  Moore was  with Continental  Bank in  Chicago
where  he  served  in  various  corporate  lending,  international  banking  and
administrative capacities.
 
                                       58
 
<PAGE>
     David R. Ramsay is a Vice  President of MS&Co.'s Merchant Banking  Division
where  he has  worked since  his graduation  from business  school in  1989. Mr.
Ramsay also serves as a Director of Agricultural Minerals and Chemicals Inc. and
Stanklav Holdings, Inc. and is President and a Director of PSF Finance Holdings,
Inc.
 
     Michael W.J. Smurfit has  been Chairman and Chief  Executive Officer of  JS
Group since 1977. Dr. Smurfit has been a Director of JSC since 1979 and Chairman
of the Board since September 1983. He was Chief Executive Officer from September
1983 to July 1990.
 
     David  C. Stevens  has been Vice  President and General  Manager -- Smurfit
Recycling Company since  January 1993. He  joined JSC in  1987 as General  Sales
Manager and was named Vice President later that year. He held various management
positions  with International Paper and was President of Mead Container Division
prior to joining JSC.
 
     Truman L. Sturdevant has been President of SNC since February 1993. He  was
Vice President and General Manager of SNC from August 1990 to February 1993. Mr.
Sturdevant  joined the Company in 1984 as  Vice President and General Manager of
the Oregon City newsprint mill.
 
     James E. Terrill  was named a  Director and President  and Chief  Executive
Officer  in February 1994.  He served as Executive  Vice President -- Operations
from August 1990 to February 1994. He also served as Executive Vice President of
SNC from February 1993 to February 1994.  He was President of SNC from  February
1986  to  February 1993.  He served  as  Vice President  and General  Manager --
Industrial Packaging Division of JSC from 1979 to February 1986.
 
     Michael E.  Tierney  has  been  Vice  President  and  General  Counsel  and
Secretary  since  January  1993.  He  served  as  Senior  Counsel  and Assistant
Secretary since joining JSC in 1987.
 
     Richard K. Volland has been  Vice President -- Physical Distribution  since
1978.
 
     William    N.   Wandmacher   has   been    Vice   President   and   General
Manager --  Containerboard  Mill  Division  since January  1993.  He  served  as
Division Vice President -- Medium Mills from October 1986 to January 1993. Since
joining  the Company in 1966, he  has held increasingly responsible positions in
production, plant management and planning, both domestic and foreign.
 
     Gary L. West  has been  Vice President  and General  Manager --  Industrial
Packaging Division since October 1992. He served as Vice President -- Converting
and Marketing for the Industrial Packaging Division from January 1991 to October
1992.  Prior to that time, he held various management positions in the Container
and Consumer Packaging divisions since joining JSC in 1980.
 
PROVISIONS OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT PERTAINING TO MANAGEMENT
 

     The Stockholders Agreement provides that SIBV and the MSLEF II Group  shall
vote their shares of Holdings Common Stock to elect as directors of Holdings (a)
four individuals selected by SIBV (each, an 'SIBV Nominee') one of whom shall be
the  Chief Executive Officer and one of  whom shall not be affiliated with SIBV,
Holdings, JSC or CCA (an 'SIBV Unaffiliated Director') and (b) four  individuals
selected  by MSLEF  II (each, a  'MSLEF II Nominee'),  one of whom  shall not be
affiliated with  MSLEF  II, Holdings,  JSC  or  CCA (a  'MSLEF  II  Unaffiliated
Director'),  if (i) the  MSLEF II Group  owns collectively more  than 10% of the
outstanding Holdings Common Stock or SIBV owns less than 25% of the  outstanding
Holdings Common Stock and the MSLEF II Group shall not have received the Initial
Return  (as defined below)  or (ii) the MSLEF  II Group owns 30%  or more of the
outstanding Holdings Common Stock or the MSLEF II Group owns a greater number of
voting shares than SIBV and the MSLEF II Group shall have collectively  received
the Initial Return; provided, however, that in the event that the MSLEF II Group
owns  10% or more and less than 30% of the outstanding Holdings Common Stock and
has received the Initial Return, then SIBV shall not be required to have one  of
its  nominees be  an SIBV  Unaffiliated Director and  MSLEF II  shall nominate a
total of (a) two MSLEF II Unaffiliated Directors if the MSLEF II Group owns  20%
or more but less than 30% of the outstanding Holdings Common Stock and (b) three
MSLEF  II Unaffiliated Directors if the MSLEF II Group owns 10% or more but less
than 20% of the Holdings Common Stock; provided, further, that in the event that
the MSLEF II Group owns 6% or more but less than 10% of the outstanding Holdings
Common Stock and has received the Initial Return, then SIBV shall nominate  four
SIBV  Nominees, MSLEF II shall nominate one MSLEF II Nominee and Holdings' Board
of Directors shall nominate three persons to

 
                                       59
 
<PAGE>
the Board of Directors, two of whom shall be SIBV Unaffiliated Directors and one
of whom shall be the Chief Executive Officer. The Stockholders Agreement defines
'Initial Return' to mean the  receipt, as dividends or as  a result of sales  of
shares  of  Holdings Common  Stock, of  $400  million in  cash or  certain other
property (or a  combination thereof)  collectively by  members of  the MSLEF  II
Group.  Calculations made for purposes of the foregoing shall not give effect to
shares of Holdings Common Stock purchased after  the date of the closing of  the
Offerings.
 
     Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, SIBV and MSLEF II will
each be entitled to designate four nominees to Holdings' Board of Directors upon
the  consummation of the Recapitalization  Plan (excluding the Subordinated Debt
Refinancing). Such  designees  include, in  the  case  of SIBV,  Michael  W.  J.
Smurfit,  Howard E. Kilroy  and James E. Terrill  and, in the  case of MSLEF II,
Donald P.  Brennan,  Alan  E.  Goldberg  and  David  R.  Ramsay.  The  MSLEF  II
Unaffiliated Director and the SIBV Unaffiliated Director will be named following
completion of the Offerings. See ' -- Directors'.
 
     Pursuant  to the Stockholders Agreement, the Board of Directors of Holdings
shall have all powers and duties and  the full discretion to manage and  conduct
the business and affairs of Holdings as may be conferred or imposed upon a board
of  directors pursuant to  Section 141 of the  Delaware General Corporation Law.
Provided that the MSLEF II Group's  ownership of Holdings Common Stock shall  be
more  than 30%,  or more  than 10%  if members  of the  MSLEF II  Group have not
received the Initial Return, approval of certain specified actions shall require
approval of (a) the sum of one and  a majority of the entire Board of  Directors
(the 'Required Majority') present at a meeting of the Board of Directors and (b)
two directors who are SIBV Nominees and two directors who are MSLEF II Nominees.
Without  limiting the foregoing, if the MSLEF II  Group owns 6% or more but less
than 10% of the Holdings Common Stock during any period when Holdings' Board  of
Directors  does not consist of eight members  (or such greater number of members
as may be  agreed to by  SIBV, MSLEF II  and Holdings) then  all actions of  the
Board of Directors shall require approval of at least one director who is a SIBV
Nominee  and one  director who  is a MSLEF  II Nominee.  The specified corporate
actions that must be  approved by a Required  Majority include the amendment  of
the  certificate  of  incorporation  or  by-laws  of  Holdings  or  any  of  its
subsidiaries; the  issuance,  sale,  purchase or  redemption  of  securities  of
Holdings  or any of  its subsidiaries; the establishment  of and appointments to
the Audit Committee of Holdings' Board of Directors; certain sales of assets  or
investments  in, or  certain transactions  with, JS  Group or  its affiliates in
excess of a specified amount  or any other person  in excess of other  specified
amounts;  certain  mergers,  consolidations,  dissolutions  or  liquidations  of
Holdings or any of its subsidiaries; the filing of a petition in bankruptcy; the
setting aside or making  of any payment  or distribution by  way of dividend  or
otherwise  to  the stockholders  of  Holdings or  any  of its  subsidiaries; the
incurrence of  new  indebtedness,  the  creation of  liens  or  guarantees,  the
institution,  termination or settlement of material litigation, the surrender of
property  or   rights,   making  certain   investments,   commitments,   capital
expenditures  or donations, in each case in excess of certain specified amounts;
entering into  any lease  (other than  a  capitalized lease)  of any  assets  of
Holdings  located in any one place having a  book value in excess of a specified
amount; the entering into any agreement or material transaction between Holdings
and a director or officer of Holdings, JSC,  JS Group, CCA, SIBV or MSLEF II  or
their affiliates; the replacement of the independent accountants for Holdings or
any  of its subsidiaries or modification  of significant accounting methods; the
amendment or termination of  Holdings' 1992 Stock Option  Plan; the election  or
removal  of directors  and officers  of each  of JSC  and CCA;  and any decision
regarding registration, except as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.
 

     Pursuant to the Stockholders  Agreement, SIBV and MSLEF  II have agreed  to
use their best efforts to cause their respective designees to Holdings' Board of
Directors  to elect directors  to the Boards of  Directors of JSC  and CCA in an
analogous manner. It is  currently anticipated that  the directors of  Holdings,
JSC and CCA will be the same individuals.

 
COMMITTEES
 
     Following  consummation of the Offerings, there  will be four committees of
the Boards  of  Directors  of each  of  Holdings,  JSC and  CCA:  the  Executive
Committee  (comprised of                           ), the Compensation Committee
(comprised of                             ), the Audit  Committee (comprised  of
                    )    and   the    Appointment   Committee    (comprised   of
                    ), which
 
                                       60
 
<PAGE>

committee shall, among  other things,  select, replace or  remove officers.  The
Stockholders  Agreement  provides that  SIBV and  MSLEF II  will use  their best
efforts to cause their respective designees on the Holdings Board of  Directors,
subject  to  their  fiduciary  duties,  to (i)  insure  that  MSLEF  II Nominees
constitute a majority of the members on the Compensation Committee and any other
committees which administer  any option or  incentive plan of  Holdings and  the
Company  and (ii) subject to certain limitations (including limitations based on
the percentage stock ownership of the  MSLEF II Group and/or SIBV), insure  that
(a)  SIBV Nominees constitute a majority of  the members, and a MSLEF II Nominee
is a member, of the Appointment Committee and (b) nominees of the SIBV  Nominees
for  officers of Holdings, JSC and CCA (other than Chief Financial Officer), and
a nominee of the MSLEF II Nominee  for Chief Financial Officer of Holdings,  JSC
and  CCA, are appointed or elected to such positions, whether by the Appointment
Committee or the Board of  Directors. In addition, SIBV  and MSLEF II shall  use
their  best efforts  to cause their  respective designees on  Holdings' Board of
Directors, subject to their fiduciary duties, to cause the officers of  Holdings
to  be the respective officers of each of  JSC and CCA, unless SIBV and MSLEF II
otherwise agree.

 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     Prior to the completion of the Offerings, no directors of Holdings, JSC and
CCA received any fees  for their services as  directors; however, the  directors
were reimbursed for their travel expenses in connection with their attendance at
board meetings. Following the completion of the Offerings, each of Holdings, JSC
and  CCA intends  to reimburse  all its directors  for their  travel expenses in
connection with their attendance at board meetings and to pay all its  directors
who are not officers an annual fee of $35,000 plus $2,000 for attendance at each
meeting which is in excess of four meetings per year.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
     The  following table sets forth the  cash and noncash compensation for each
of the last  three fiscal  years awarded  to or  earned by  the Chief  Executive
Officer  of the  Company and  the four  other most  highly compensated executive
officers of the Company (the 'Named Executive Officers') during 1993.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               LONG TERM
                                                                                              COMPENSATION
                                                                                              ------------
                                                                                                 AWARDS
                                                             ANNUAL COMPENSATION              ------------
                                                   ---------------------------------------     SECURITIES        ALL OTHER
                                                                            OTHER ANNUAL       UNDERLYING     COMPENSATION($)
      NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION          YEAR    SALARY($)   BONUS($)    COMPENSATION($)     OPTIONS(#)        (a)(b)(c)
- ----------------------------------------   ----    --------    --------    ---------------    ------------    ---------------
<S>                                        <C>     <C>         <C>         <C>                <C>             <C>
Michael W.J. Smurfit, Chairman of the
  Board.................................   1993    $832,369    $      0        $30,000                 0          $16,775
                                           1992     793,273     526,605              0           102,600           15,764
                                           1991     705,033           0              0                 0           14,042
James E. Terrill, President and Chief
  Executive Officer, formerly Executive
  Vice President -- Operations(d).......   1993     440,000           0         17,318                 0           19,545
                                           1992     367,500     243,477            944            18,100           16,346
                                           1991     326,667           0            555                 0           18,554
Alan W. Larson, Vice President and
  General Manager -- Consumer Packaging
  Division..............................   1993     292,600     121,558              0                 0            8,068
                                           1992     280,000     121,238          1,881             4,500            7,658
                                           1991     236,133      95,634          2,054                 0            3,500
C. Larry Bradford, Vice
  President -- Sales and Marketing......   1993     369,000           0         18,209                 0           15,085
                                           1992     353,000       3,644          1,361            12,100           13,658
                                           1991     299,600      23,370          2,408                 0            3,500
James B. Malloy, former President, Chief
  Executive Officer and Chief Operating
  Officer(d)............................   1993     992,000           0         24,208                 0           15,561
                                           1992     945,000     626,082         14,542            72,400           16,755
                                           1991     840,000           0         13,991                 0           14,873
</TABLE>
 
 (a) 1993 totals  consist of  a  $3,500 Company  contribution to  the  Company's
     Savings  Plan (the 'Savings Plan') for  each Named Executive Officer (other
     than  Dr.  Smurfit)  and  Company-paid  split-dollar  term  life  insurance
     premiums  for Dr. Smurfit  ($16,775) and Messrs.  Malloy ($12,061), Terrill
     ($16,045), Larson  ($4,568) and  Bradford ($11,585).  Mr. Malloy  also  had
     reportable  (above 120% of the  applicable federal long-term rate) earnings
     equal to  $6,341  credited to  his  account under  the  Company's  Deferred
     Compensation Capital Enhancement Plan (the 'Deferred Compensation Plan').
 
                                                        (footnotes on next page)
 
                                       61
 
<PAGE>
(footnotes from previous page)
 
 (b) 1992  totals consist of  a $3,500 Company contribution  to the Savings Plan
     for each Named Executive Officer (other than Dr. Smurfit) and  Company-paid
     split-dollar  term life  insurance premiums  for Dr.  Smurfit ($15,764) and
     Messrs. Malloy ($13,255), Terrill  ($12,846), Larson ($4,158) and  Bradford
     ($10,158).  Mr. Malloy also  had reportable earnings  of $6,539 credited to
     his account under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
 (c) 1991 totals consist of  a $3,500 Company contribution  to the Savings  Plan
     for  each Named Executive Officer (other than Dr. Smurfit) and Company-paid
     split-dollar term life  insurance premiums  for Dr.  Smurfit ($14,042)  and
     Messrs.  Malloy ($11,373), Terrill ($10,493),  Larson ($3,665) and Bradford
     ($8,081). Mr. Malloy also had reportable earnings of $6,036 credited to his
     account under the Deferred Compensation Plan. Mr. Terrill received a moving
     allowance of $4,561.
 
 (d) As of  February  1, 1994,  James  B.  Malloy retired  as  President,  Chief
     Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Operating  Officer,  and  James  E. Terrill
     succeeded to  Mr.  Malloy's  positions as  President  and  Chief  Executive
     Officer.    Previously,    Mr.    Terrill    was    the    Executive   Vice
     President -- Operations.
 
     Prior to  consummation  of  the  Offerings,  the  Company  intends  to  pay
aggregate  cash bonuses of $7.62 million to  a number of its and its affiliates'
officers, including approximately  $1,964,000, $347,000,  $87,000, $231,000  and
$1,386,000   to  Messrs.   Smurfit,  Terrill,   Larson,  Bradford   and  Malloy,
respectively, and  $1.77 million  to officers  of JS  Group and  its  affiliates
(other  than Michael W.J. Smurfit). In  addition, the Company paid approximately
$2.9 million of bonuses to other employees of the Company in 1992.
 
1994 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
 
     Prior to consummation  of the Equity  Offerings, JSC intends  to adopt  the
Jefferson   Smurfit  Corporation  (U.S.)  1994  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the
'Incentive Plan'). Pursuant to  the Plan, participants  will be granted  awards,
payable  in cash on June 30, 1997 (the  'Payment Date') (or earlier in the event
of death or disability) if and to the extent vested. A participant's award  will
vest  on  the  Payment Date  if  he  is still  employed  by  JSC or  any  of its
subsidiaries at such time; provided  that such award shall  vest in full if  the
participant dies or becomes disabled and shall vest 20% on June 30, 1995, and an
additional  20% on June 30, 1996 if the participant is employed on such date and
is thereafter terminated, prior to June 30, 1997, by the Company without  cause.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amounts shall be paid under the Incentive Plan
unless  the Equity  Offerings are  consummated. The  aggregate amount  of awards
under the Incentive Plan will not exceed  $5 million. The awards expected to  be
granted  to Messrs.  Terrill, Larson and  Bradford are  $1,000,000, $200,000 and
$75,000, respectively.
 
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
  OPTION PLAN
 
     Under Holdings' 1992 Stock  Option Plan, the  Named Executive Officers  and
certain other eligible employees have been granted options to purchase shares of
stock  of Holdings. The options become vested over a ten year period and vest in
their entirety  upon  the  death,  disability or  retirement  of  the  optionee.
Non-vested  options  are forfeited  upon  any other  termination  of employment.
Options may not be exercised unless  they are both exercisable and vested.  Upon
the  earliest to occur of (i) MSLEF II's  transfer of all of its Holdings Common
Stock or, if  MSLEF II  distributes its Holdings  Common Stock  to its  partners
pursuant  to its dissolution, the  transfer by such partners  of at least 50% of
the aggregate  Holdings Common  Stock received  from MSLEF  II pursuant  to  its
dissolution,  (ii) the 11th  anniversary of the  grant date of  the options, and
(iii)  a  public  offering  of  Holdings  Common  Stock  (including  the  Equity
Offerings),  all vested options  shall become exercisable  and all options which
vest subsequently shall become exercisable upon vesting; provided, however, that
if a public  offering occurs  prior to the  Threshold Date  (defined below)  all
vested  options and all options which vest subsequent to the public offering but
prior to the Threshold Date  shall be exercisable in  an amount (as of  periodic
determination  dates)  equal to  the  product of  (a)  the number  of  shares of
Holdings  Common  Stock  vested  pursuant  to  the  option  (whether  previously
exercised  or not) and (b)  the Morgan Percentage (as  defined below) as of such
date; provided  further  that in  any  event  a holder's  options  shall  become
exercisable  from time  to time in  an amount  equal to the  percentage that the
number of shares sold or distributed to  its partners by MSLEF II represents  of
its  aggregate ownership of shares (with  vested options becoming exercisable up
to such number  before any non-vested  options become so  exercisable) less  the
number  of options, if any, which have  become exercisable on January 1, 1995 as
set forth below. The Threshold Date is  the earlier of (x) the date the  members
of  the  MSLEF II  Group  (as defined  below)  shall have  received collectively
$200,000,000  in   cash   and/or  other   property   as  a   return   of   their
 
                                       62
 
<PAGE>
investment  in Holdings  (as a  result of  sales of  shares of  Holdings' common
equity) and (y)  the date  that the  members of the  MSLEF II  Group shall  have
transferred an aggregate of at least 30% of Holdings' common equity owned by the
MSLEF  II Group as of August  26, 1992. The Morgan Percentage  as of any date is
the percentage  determined from  the quotient  of (a)  the number  of shares  of
Holdings' common equity held as of August 26, 1992, that were transferred by the
MSLEF  II Group  as of the  determination date and  (b) the number  of shares of
Holdings' common equity outstanding  as of such date.  The Plan Committee,  with
the  consent  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Holdings,  may  accelerate  the
exercisability  of  options  at  such  times  and  circumstances  as  it   deems
appropriate in its discretion. The option exercise price is not adjustable other
than pursuant to an antidilution provision. Ten percent of stock options granted
prior  to 1993  vest and become  exercisable on January  1, 1995 so  long as the
Equity Offerings  have been  consummated. The  foregoing describes  the  current
terms  of the  1992 Stock Option  Plan, as intended  to be amended  prior to the
consummation of the Equity Offerings.
 
  OPTION GRANTS
 
     No option grants  were made during  1993 to any  Named Executive  Officers.
Effective  as of  February 15, 1994  options with  an exercise price  of $20 per
share of  Holdings  Common  Stock were  granted  to  a number  of  officers  and
employees  including Messrs.  Terrill and  Larson who  were granted  options for
319,000, and 5,000 shares  of Holdings Common  Stock, respectively (such  dollar
amount  and numbers have been adjusted  to reflect the ten-for-one stock split).
Such options vest over the period ending on December 31, 1999.
 
                                       63
 
<PAGE>
  OPTION EXERCISES AND YEAR-END VALUE TABLE
 
     The following table summarizes the  exercise of options relating to  shares
of  Holdings Common Stock  by the Named  Executive Officers during  1993 and the
value of  options  held by  such  officers  as of  the  end of  1993.  No  stock
appreciation rights have been granted to any Named Executive Officers. The table
gives effect to the ten-for-one stock split provided for by the Recapitalization
Plan,  but does not give effect to options granted in 1994. In addition, options
to purchase 755,000  shares (as adjusted  for the ten-to-one  stock split)  have
been  granted to officers  and employees of  JS Group and  its affiliates (other
than Michael W.J. Smurfit).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR, AND FY-END OPTION VALUE
                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                       VALUE OF
                                                                                                     UNEXERCISED
                                                                                                     IN-THE-MONEY
                                                               NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING        OPTIONS AT
                                                                         UNEXERCISED                 DECEMBER 31,
                                  SHARES                         OPTIONS AT DECEMBER 31, 1993            1993
                                ACQUIRED ON       VALUE       ----------------------------------    --------------
            NAME                EXERCISE(#)    REALIZED($)    EXERCISABLE(#)    UNEXERCISABLE(#)    EXERCISABLE($)
- -----------------------------   -----------    -----------    --------------    ----------------    --------------
<S>                             <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>                 <C>
Michael W. J. Smurfit........        0             N/A               0              1,026,000              0
James E. Terrill.............        0             N/A               0                181,000              0
Alan W. Larson...............        0             N/A               0                 45,000              0
C. Larry Bradford............        0             N/A               0                121,000              0
James B. Malloy..............        0             N/A               0                724,000             $0
 
<CAPTION>
                                    VALUE OF
                                   UNEXERCISED
                                   IN-THE-MONEY
                                    OPTIONS AT
                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                       1993
                               -----------------
            NAME               UNEXERCISABLE($)
- -----------------------------  ----------------
<S>                             <C>
Michael W. J. Smurfit........          0
James E. Terrill.............          0
Alan W. Larson...............          0
C. Larry Bradford............          0
James B. Malloy..............         $0
</TABLE>
 
PENSION PLANS
 
  SALARIED EMPLOYEES' PENSION PLAN AND SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME PENSION PLANS
 
     The Company and its subsidiaries  maintain a non-contributory pension  plan
for  salaried employees  (the 'Pension Plan')  and non-contributory supplemental
income pension plans (the 'SIP Plans')  for certain key executive officers.  The
Pension   Plan  provides  monthly  benefits  at  age  65  equal  to  1.5%  of  a
participant's final average  earnings minus 1.2%  of such participant's  primary
social  security benefit, multiplied by the number of years of credited service.
Final average earnings equals the average of the highest five consecutive  years
of  the participant's last  10 years of service,  including overtime and certain
bonuses, but  excluding  bonus payments  under  the Management  Incentive  Plan,
deferred or acquisition bonuses, fringe benefits and certain other compensation.
Employees'  pension rights vest  after five years of  service. Benefits are also
available under the Pension Plan upon early or deferred retirement. The  pension
benefits  for the  Named Executive  Officers can  be calculated  pursuant to the
following table, which shows  the total estimated  single life annuity  payments
that  would  be payable  to the  Named Executive  Officers participating  in the
Pension Plan and one of the SIP Plans after various years of service at selected
compensation levels. A limit of 20 and 22.5 years of service can be credited for
SIP I and SIP II,  respectively. Payments under the  SIP Plans are an  unsecured
liability of the Company.
 
     In  order to participate in the SIP Plans, an executive must be selected by
the Board of Directors. SIP Plan I provides annual benefits at normal retirement
age (65) equal to 2.5% of  a participant's final average earnings multiplied  by
the  number of years  of credited service  (with a limit  of 20 years  or 50% of
final average earnings),  less such participant's  regular Pension Plan  benefit
and a certain portion of the social security benefit, whereas SIP Plan II uses a
2%  multiplier (with a  limit of 22.5  years or 45%  of final average earnings).
Final average  earnings equals  the  participant's average  earnings,  including
bonus   payments  made  under  the  Management  Incentive  Plan,  for  the  five
consecutive highest-paid calendar  years out of  the last 10  years of  service.
Participants may elect to receive benefits in the form of either a life annuity,
a life annuity with ten years certain or a designated survivor annuity.
 
                                       64
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      SIP I PARTICIPANTS
                                                        ----------------------------------------------
                                                            ANNUAL BENEFITS (SINGLE LIFE ANNUITY)
                                                               UPON FINAL RETIREMENT WITH FINAL
                                                                  YEARS OF SERVICE INDICATED
                        FINAL                             (PRIOR TO ADJUSTMENT FOR SOCIAL SECURITY)
                       AVERAGE                          ----------------------------------------------
                      EARNINGS                          5 YEARS     10 YEARS    15 YEARS     20 YEARS
- -----------------------------------------------------   --------    --------    --------    ----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
$ 200,000............................................   $ 25,000    $ 50,000    $ 75,000    $  100,000
   400,000...........................................     50,000     100,000     150,000       200,000
   600,000...........................................     75,000     150,000     225,000       300,000
   800,000...........................................    100,000     200,000     300,000       400,000
 1,000,000...........................................    125,000     250,000     375,000       500,000
 1,200,000...........................................    150,000     300,000     450,000       600,000
 1,400,000...........................................    175,000     350,000     525,000       700,000
 1,600,000...........................................    200,000     400,000     600,000       800,000
 1,800,000...........................................    225,000     450,000     675,000       900,000
 2,000,000...........................................    250,000     500,000     750,000     1,000,000
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SIP II PARTICIPANTS
                                             ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                       ANNUAL BENEFITS (SINGLE LIFE ANNUITY)
                                                         UPON FINAL RETIREMENT WITH FINAL
                                                            YEARS OF SERVICE INDICATED
                                                     (PRIOR TO ADJUSTMENT FOR SOCIAL SECURITY)
                  FINAL                      ---------------------------------------------------------
                 AVERAGE                                                                        22.5
                 EARNINGS                    5 YEARS    10 YEARS    15 YEARS     20 YEARS      YEARS
- ------------------------------------------   -------    --------    --------    ----------    --------
<S>                                          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
$ 200,000.................................   $20,000    $ 40,000    $ 60,000    $   80,000    $ 90,000
   400,000................................    40,000      80,000     120,000       160,000     180,000
   600,000................................    60,000     120,000     180,000       240,000     270,000
   800,000................................    80,000     160,000     240,000       320,000     360,000
 1,000,000................................   100,000     200,000     300,000       400,000     450,000
 1,200,000................................   120,000     240,000     360,000       480,000     540,000
 1,400,000................................   140,000     280,000     420,000       560,000     630,000
 1,600,000................................   160,000     320,000     480,000       640,000     720,000
 1,800,000................................   180,000     360,000     540,000       720,000     810,000
 2,000,000................................   200,000     400,000     600,000       800,000     900,000
</TABLE>
 
     Dr.  Smurfit and Mr.  Malloy participate in SIP  Plan I and  have 21 and 15
years of credited service, respectively. SIP Plan II became effective January 1,
1993, and Mr. Terrill, Mr. Larson and Mr. Bradford participate in such plan  and
have  22,  5 and  11 years  of credited  service, respectively.  Estimated final
average earnings for each  of the the Named  Executive Officers are as  follows:
Mr.  Malloy ($1,185,000); Dr. Smurfit  ($1,040,000); Mr. Terrill ($532,000); Mr.
Larson ($366,000); and Mr. Bradford ($461,000).
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS AND TERMINATION, SEVERANCE AND CHANGE OF CONTROL
ARRANGEMENTS
 
     The Company and  its subsidiaries  maintain a  severance pay  plan for  all
salaried  employees  who  have  at  least  one  year  of  credited  service (the
'Severance Plan'). Upon a covered  termination, the Severance Plan provides  for
the  payment of  one week's  salary for  each full  year of  service, payable in
accordance with payroll practices.
 
     Mr. Malloy has a deferred compensation agreement with JSC pursuant to which
JSC intends to  pay to him,  upon his retirement,  lifetime payments of  $70,000
annually in addition to his accrued benefits under SIP Plan I.
 
  DEFERRED COMPENSATION CAPITAL ENHANCEMENT PLAN
 
     The  Company's Deferred  Compensation Capital Enhancement  Plan (the 'DCC')
allows for the deferral of compensation  of key full-time salaried employees  of
the  Company and  its subsidiaries.  Participants may  defer a  portion of their
compensation and their  employer may defer  discretionary bonuses (together  the
'Deferred   Compensation  Amount').  Deferrals  occur  in  18  month  cycles.  A
participant becomes vested with respect to amounts deferred during a  particular
cycle  if he  continues to be  employed by  the Company or  its subsidiaries for
seven years from the beginning of the cycle, retires
 
                                       65
 
<PAGE>
at age 65 or leaves employment for  reasons of death or disability. Upon  Normal
Retirement  (as  defined in  the DCC)  benefits are  distributed under  the DCC.
Certain participants  will receive  preretirement  distributions from  the  DCC,
beginning  in the eighth year of each cycle. The amounts distributed upon Normal
Retirement for  each cycle  are determined  with  reference to  the age  of  the
participant  at  the  beginning  of the  cycle  and  the  participant's Deferred
Compensation Amount with respect to the cycle. If a participant is younger  than
45 years old at the beginning of a cycle, he will receive upon Normal Retirement
a  total of fifteen annual  payments, each totalling one  and one-half times his
Deferred Compensation Amount. If  at the beginning of  a cycle a participant  is
between  the ages of 45 and 55 years old, at Normal Retirement he will receive a
total of fifteen  annual payments  that, in  the aggregate,  equal his  Deferred
Compensation  Amount  with  respect  to  the  cycle  plus  appreciation credited
annually at  100% of  the  Moody's Rate  (as  defined in  the  DCC). If  at  the
beginning  of  a  cycle a  participant  is at  least  55 years  old,  his Normal
Retirement benefit  will be  a total  of fifteen  annual payments  that, in  the
aggregate, equal his Deferred Compensation Amount with respect to the cycle plus
appreciation  credited annually at 150% of the Moody's Rate. If at the beginning
of a cycle a participant is age 65 or older, the number of such annual  payments
shall be five. If a participant dies prior to retirement, the value of his death
benefit  may be more or  less than his Normal  Retirement benefits, depending on
his age at the beginning of the  cycle. Benefits may be reduced by the  employer
if  a former participant is engaged in  a competing business within two years of
termination from the Company or its subsidiaries. Participants may receive early
distributions  in   the  event   that  they   experience  unforeseen   financial
emergencies.  Benefits otherwise payable to the participant are then actuarially
reduced to reflect such early distributions. The benefits payable under the  DCC
are  funded by the Company  through life insurance policies.  There have been no
deferrals under  the DCC  since  1986. Deferrals  made  by the  Named  Executive
Officers during 1985 and 1986 and their ages at the time of such deferrals were:
Mr.  Malloy ($30,000  at 57, $50,000  at 58),  Dr. Smurfit ($30,000  at 48), Mr.
Terrill ($15,000 at 51, $25,000 at 52), Mr. Bradford ($15,000 at 49, $25,000  at
50)  and Mr.  Larson ($0).  In 1993,  the Company  made the  first preretirement
distribution to certain participants totaling $195,000.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     The Company has not heretofore maintained a formal compensation  committee.
Dr.  Smurfit,  Mr. Malloy  and Mr.  Kilroy, executive  officers of  the Company,
participated  in  deliberations   of  the  Board   of  Directors  on   executive
compensation  matters during 1993. Following  consummation of the Offerings, JSC
and CCA will maintain  a Compensation Committee of  the Board of Directors.  See
' -- Committees'.
 
     Dr.  Smurfit and Mr. Kilroy are both directors and executive officers of JS
Group, Holdings, JSC and  CCA, and Mr. Malloy  is a director of  JS Group and  a
former director and executive officer of Holdings, JSC and CCA.
 
                SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
 
     The  table below  sets forth  certain information  regarding the beneficial
ownership of Holdings' capital stock as of February   , 1994, and as adjusted to
give effect to the Reclassification and the Equity Offerings, by (i) each person
who is known to the Company  to be the beneficial owner  of more than 5% of  any
class  of Holdings' voting stock, together with such person's address, (ii) each
of the Named Executive Officers, (iii) each of the directors of JSC and CCA  and
(iv)  all directors and executive officers of JSC  and CCA as a group. Except as
set forth below, the  stockholders named below have  sole voting and  investment
power  with respect to all shares of  stock shown as being beneficially owned by
them.
 
                                       66
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                                                           BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP                  AFTER EQUITY
                                                                              PRIOR TO EQUITY                     OFFERINGS
                       BENEFICIAL OWNERS                                         OFFERINGS                  ----------------------
                            --------                             -----------------------------------------  SHARES OF   PERCENT OF
    5% STOCKHOLDERS, NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND        NUMBER             PERCENT    PERCENT     COMMON      COMMON
           EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS AS A GROUP           OF SHARES(a)  CLASS  OF CLASS   OF STOCK    STOCK(a)     STOCK
- ---------------------------------------------------------------- ------------  ------ ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
SIBV ...........................................................  18,400,000     A        100%        50%       (b)         (b)
  Smurfit International B.V.                                      21,700,000     D        100%
  Strawinskylaan 2001                          Total ...........  40,100,000
  Amsterdam 107722, The Netherlands
  Attention: Rokin Corporate Services B.V.
MSLEF II Associated Entities ...................................  18,400,000     B        100%      39.7%
  c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated                           13,400,000     C       61.8%
  1251 Avenue of the Americas               Total ..............  31,800,000
  New York, NY 10020
  Attention: Donald P. Brennan
First Plaza Group Trust(c) .....................................   5,000,000     C         23%       6.2%
  c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
  1251 Avenue of the Americas
  New York, NY 10020
  Attention: Donald P. Brennan
Michael W.J. Smurfit(d)(e) .....................................           0                                     0
Howard E. Kilroy(d)(e) .........................................           0                                     0
James E. Terrill(d) ............................................           0                                     0
James B. Malloy(d) .............................................           0                                     0
Alan W. Larson(d) ..............................................           0                                     0
C. Larry Bradford(d) ...........................................           0                                     0
Donald P. Brennan ..............................................           0                                     0
Alan E. Goldberg ...............................................           0                                     0
David R. Ramsay ................................................           0                                     0
All directors and executive officers as a group (23
  persons)(d) ..................................................           0                                     0
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Gives effect to the Reclassification  pursuant to which, immediately  prior
     to  the consummation  of the  Equity Offerings,  Holdings' five  classes of
     common stock will be converted into one class, on a basis of ten shares  of
     Holdings  Common Stock for each share of  stock of each of the old classes.
     Following the Reclassification, Holdings' only  class of common stock  will
     be the Holdings Common Stock.
 
 (b) Includes        shares of Holdings Common Stock to be purchased by SIBV (or
     a corporate affiliate) from Holdings pursuant to the SIBV Investment.
 

 (c) Amounts shown exclude shares of Holdings Common Stock owned by MSLEF II, of
     which each of First Plaza Group Trust and State Street Bank & Trust Co.  is
     a  limited partner. If MSLEF  II were to distribute  its shares of Holdings
     Common Stock to  its partners  each of First  Plaza Group  Trust and  State
     Street  Bank & Trust Co. would receive a  number of shares based on its pro
     rata ownership of MSLEF  II. State Street Bank  & Trust Co. currently  owns
     3,000,000  shares of Class C Stock of  Holdings (after giving effect to the
     Reclassification), which following the  consummation of the Offerings  will
     be   % of the outstanding Holdings Common Stock.

 
 (d) Amounts  shown  exclude  shares of  Holdings  Common Stock  that  have been
     reserved for sale to certain directors, officers and other employees of the
     Company and  its  affiliates; the  actual  amounts  of such  shares  to  be
     purchased  by  the individuals  listed in  the foregoing  table and  by all
     directors and  executive  officers as  a  group are  undetermined.  Messrs.
     Malloy, Smurfit, Terrill, Larson, Bradford and Kilroy and all directors and
     executive  officers as a group own  options to purchase 724,000, 1,026,000,
     500,000, 50,000, 121,000, 423,000 and  3,726,000 shares of Holdings  Common
     Stock,  respectively. None  of such  options are  currently or  will become
     exercisable  within  60  days  following  consummation  of  the  Offerings.
     However,  a portion  of options  hereafter vested  will become exercisable,
     based upon the number of shares of Holdings Common Stock transferred by the
     MSLEF II  Group  (as defined  in  the  Option Plan)  following  the  Equity
     Offerings.  See 'Management -- Executive  Compensation -- 1992 Stock Option
     Plan'. Prior to the Recapitalization, the holder of an option granted under
     the 1992  Stock Option  Plan has  the right  to acquire  Holdings' Class  E
     Stock.  Subsequent to the Recapitalization, the holder of an option has the
     right to acquire Holdings Common Stock.
 
 (e) Amounts exclude shares of Holdings Common  Stock owned by SIBV as to  which
     such persons disclaim beneficial ownership.
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
     Set forth below is a summary of certain agreements and arrangements entered
into  by the Company and related parties in connection with the 1989 Transaction
and the  1992 Transaction  (as defined  below), as  well as  other  transactions
between  the  Company and  related  parties which  have  taken place  during the
Company's most recently completed three fiscal years.
 
GENERAL
 
     As a result of  certain transactions which occurred  in December 1989  (the
'1989  Transaction'), JSC became  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of Holdings and CCA
became an  indirect  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  JSC.  As  part  of  the  1989
Transaction,   Holdings  issued  (i)  1,510,000  shares  of  Holdings'  Class  A
 
                                       67
 
<PAGE>
common stock ('Class A  Stock') and 500,000 shares  of Holdings' Class D  common
stock  ('Class D Stock') to SIBV for $150 million and $50 million, respectively,
(ii) 1,510,000 shares  of Holdings' Class  B common stock  ('Class B Stock')  to
MSLEF  II for  $150 million,  (iii) 100,000 shares  of Holdings'  Class C common
stock ('Class C Stock') to MSLEF II, Inc. (the general partner of MSLEF II)  and
400,000  shares of Class C Stock to  the Direct Investors (as defined below) for
$10 million and $40 million,  respectively (the Direct Investors also  purchased
Junior  Accrual Debentures  and Subordinated  Debentures in  aggregate principal
amounts of  $129.2  million  and  $30.8 million,  respectively),  and  (iv)  its
preferred  stock  ('Old  Preferred  Stock')  to  SIBV  for  $100  million.  SIBV
subsequently transferred  all of  such  common and  preferred stock  to  Smurfit
Packaging.
 
     In  addition to the issuances of capital stock by Holdings described above,
the financing for the 1989 Transaction was  provided by (i) the issuance by  CCA
of  the Secured Notes and the Subordinated Debt, and (ii) the incurrence of term
debt and revolving credit indebtedness pursuant to the 1989 Credit Agreement.
 
     As a result of certain transactions  among Holdings and CCA and certain  of
their  securityholders which occurred  in August 1992  (the '1992 Transaction'),
(i) MSLEF II  acquired an  additional 330,000 and  1,212,788 shares  of Class  B
Stock  and Class  C Stock,  respectively, and certain  holders of  Class C Stock
acquired 457,212 additional shares  of Class C Stock,  for an aggregate of  $200
million,  (ii) Smurfit  Holdings, B.V., a  subsidiary of  SIBV, acquired 330,000
shares of Class A Stock for $33 million, (iii) Smurfit Packaging agreed that its
Old Preferred Stock  (including shares issued  since the 1989  Transaction as  a
dividend)  would convert into 1,670,000 shares of  Class D Stock on December 31,
1993, (iv) proceeds from  the issuances of shares  described in clauses (i)  and
(ii)  above  were used  to acquire,  at a  purchase price  of $1,100  per $1,000
accreted value, an aggregate of $129.2 million principal amount ($193.5  million
accreted  value) of Junior Accrual Debentures from the Direct Investors, (v) CCA
borrowed approximately $400 million  under the 1992  Credit Agreement, and  used
the  proceeds  to prepay  approximately $400  million of  scheduled installments
relating to term loan indebtedness under the 1989 Credit Agreement, (vi) various
provisions of the 1989 Credit Agreement and the Secured Note Purchase  Agreement
were  amended and restated, and (vii) MSLEF II  and SIBV amended a number of the
provisions contained in  the Organization Agreement,  agreed to the  terms of  a
Stockholders  Agreement (which will replace  the Organization Agreement upon the
closing of  the  Equity Offerings)  and  entered into  the  Registration  Rights
Agreement.
 

     Currently  Smurfit Packaging and Smurfit  Holdings, through their ownership
of all of the outstanding Class A Stock, and MSLEF II, through its ownership  of
all of the outstanding Class B Stock, each own 50% of the voting common stock of
Holdings.  MSLEF II, MSLEF II, Inc.,  Equity Investors, First Plaza Group Trust,
as trustee  for certain  pension plans  ('First Plaza'),  and Leeway  & Co.,  as
nominee  for State Street  Bank and Trust  Co., as trustee  for a master pension
trust  ('Leeway,'  and  together  with  First  Plaza,  the  'Direct  Investors')
(collectively,  the  'MSLEF  II  Group'), certain  other  investors  and Smurfit
Packaging own all of the non-voting stock of Holdings. On December 31, 1993, all
of the  Old  Preferred Stock  owned  by  Smurfit Packaging  was  converted  into
1,670,000 shares of Class D Stock. Since such conversion of Old Preferred Stock,
Smurfit  Packaging owns and the MSLEF II  Group and certain other investors own,
through their ownership of Class D Stock and Class C Stock, respectively, 50% of
the non-voting common stock of Holdings.

 
     The Holdings' capital stock  currently consists of Class  A Stock, Class  B
Stock,  Class C  Stock, Class  D Stock and  Class E  common stock  (the 'Class E
Stock' and, together with the Class A, Class  B, Class C and Class D Stock,  the
'Old  Common Stock'). The classes  of stock comprising the  Old Common Stock are
identical in all  respects except  with respect  to certain  voting rights,  and
certain  exchange provisions that do not affect the percentage of Holdings owned
by SIBV and MSLEF II. The Holdings'  Class E Stock is non-voting stock  reserved
for  issuance pursuant to  the 1992 Stock Option  Plan. In the Reclassification,
the Old Common Stock, which consists of five classes of stock, will be converted
into one class, on a basis of ten  shares of Common Stock for each share of  the
Old Common Stock. Following the Reclassification, Holdings' only class of common
stock  will be Holdings  Common Stock. Immediately prior  to the consummation of
the Equity Offerings,                 shares  of Holdings Common  Stock will  be
outstanding and such stock will be owned by Holdings' stockholders in proportion
to  their ownership of  the Old Common  Stock as described  in the two preceding
paragraphs.
 
                                       68
 
<PAGE>
Substantially concurrently with the consummation  of the Equity Offerings,  SIBV
(or  a corporate affiliate) will purchase              shares of Holdings Common
Stock from Holdings pursuant to the SIBV Investment. Accordingly, following  the
consummation  of  the  Equity  Offerings  and  the  SIBV  Investment,  MSLEF  II
Associated Entities and SIBV through its subsidiaries will beneficially own    %
and    %, respectively, of the shares of Holdings Common Stock then outstanding.
See 'Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners'.
 
     The relationships among  JSC, CCA,  Holdings and its  stockholders are  set
forth in a number of agreements described below. The summary descriptions herein
of  the terms of such  agreements do not purport to  be complete and are subject
to, and are qualified in their entirety  by reference to, all of the  provisions
of  such  agreements, which  have  been filed  as  exhibits to  the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. Capitalized terms not otherwise
defined below or elsewhere in this Prospectus have the meanings given to them in
such agreements.  Any reference  to either  SIBV or  MSLEF II  in the  following
descriptions  of the Organization Agreement and the Stockholders Agreement or in
references to the terms of those  agreements set forth in this Prospectus  shall
be  deemed to include their permitted  transferees, unless the context indicates
otherwise.
 
THE ORGANIZATION AGREEMENT
 
     Since the 1989 Transaction, the Company  has been operated pursuant to  the
terms  of  the  Organization  Agreement,  which  has  been  amended  on  various
occasions. The Organization  Agreement, among other  things, provides  generally
for  the election  of directors,  the selection  of officers  and the day-to-day
management of the Company. The Organization Agreement provides that one-half  of
the  directors of each of Holdings, CCA and JSC be elected by the holders of the
Class A  Stock (Smurfit  Holdings and  Smurfit Packaging)  and one-half  by  the
holders  of the Class B Stock (MSLEF II)  and that officers of such companies be
designated by the  designees of Smurfit  Holdings and Smurfit  Packaging on  the
respective  boards, except  that the Chief  Financial Officer of  the Company be
designated by the  holders of  the Class B  Stock (MSLEF  II). The  Organization
Agreement  also contains certain  tag along rights, rights  of first refusal and
call and put  provisions and provisions  relating to  a sale of  Holdings as  an
entirety,  as well as provisions relating  to transactions between Holdings, the
Company and its affiliates, on the one hand,  and SIBV or MSLEF II, as the  case
may  be, and their respective affiliates,  on the other. These latter provisions
are similar to those contained in the Stockholders Agreement described below.
 
     Pursuant to the terms of the Organization Agreement and in connection  with
the  Recapitalization Plan, the  Organization Agreement will  terminate upon the
closing of  the  Equity  Offerings  and,  at  or  prior  to  such  closing,  the
Stockholders Agreement shall be entered into by SIBV, MSLEF II and Holdings.
 
     The  Organization Agreement also contains  provisions whereby each of SIBV,
MSLEF II, MSLEF II, Inc.,  Holdings, JSC, CCA and the  holders of Class C  Stock
indemnify each other and related parties with respect to certain matters arising
under  the  Organization  Agreement or  the  transactions  contemplated thereby,
including losses  resulting from  a  breach of  the Organization  Agreement.  In
addition,  Holdings, JSC and CCA  have also agreed to  indemnify SIBV, MSLEF II,
MSLEF II, Inc.  and the holders  of Class  C Stock and  related parties  against
losses arising out of (i) the conduct and operation of the business of Holdings,
JSC or CCA, (ii) any action or failure to act by Holdings, JSC or CCA, (iii) the
1989  Transaction and the  1992 Transaction or  (iv) the financing  for the 1989
Transaction. Further, SIBV has agreed to  indemnify Holdings, JSC, CCA and  each
of  their subsidiaries against all liability for taxes, charges, fees, levies or
other assessments  imposed on  such entities  as a  result of  their not  having
withheld  tax upon the issuance  or payment of a specified  note to SIBV and the
transfer of certain assets to SIBV in connection with the 1989 Transaction.  The
foregoing  indemnification provisions survive a  termination of the Organization
Agreement, including a termination in connection with the closing of the  Equity
Offerings.
 
                                       69
 
<PAGE>
STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
 
     The  Stockholders  Agreement  will  be  entered into  at  or  prior  to the
consummation of the Offerings by SIBV, MSLEF II and Holdings. Holdings, SIBV and
MSLEF II  are discussing  an amendment  to the  Stockholders Agreement  and  the
Registration  Rights Agreement which would modify restrictions contained therein
on the ability of MSLEF  II and its affiliates to  sell or otherwise dispose  of
any or all of their shares of Holdings Common Stock.
 
  DIRECTORS AND MANAGEMENT
 
     For a description of certain provisions of the Stockholders Agreement which
relate  to the management of the Company (including the election of directors of
the Company), see 'Management -- Provision of Stockholders Agreement  Pertaining
to Management'.
 
  TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES; OTHER BUSINESSES
 
     The  Stockholders  Agreement specifically  permits SIBV  and MSLEF  II (and
their affiliates)  to engage  in  transactions with  Holdings,  JSC and  CCA  in
addition  to  certain  specific transactions  contemplated  by  the Stockholders
Agreement, provided such transactions (except  for (i) transactions between  any
of Holdings, JSC and CCA, (ii) the transactions contemplated by the Stockholders
Agreement, (iii) the transactions contemplated by the Operating Agreement, dated
as  of April 30, 1992,  between CCA and Smurfit  Paperboard, Inc. ('SPI'), or in
the Rights Agreement, dated as of April  30, 1992, between CCA, SPI and  Bankers
Trust  Company, (iv)  the transactions  contemplated by  the Registration Rights
Agreement, (v)  the provision  of services  pursuant to  the Financial  Advisory
Services  Agreement, dated as of  September 12, 1989, by  and among MS&Co., SIBV
and Holdings, and (vi) the provisions of certain other specified agreements) are
fully and  fairly  disclosed, have  fair  and equitable  terms,  are  reasonably
necessary  and  are  treated as  a  commercial arms-length  transaction  with an
unrelated third party.
 
     Neither SIBV nor MSLEF II (or their affiliates) is prohibited from  owning,
operating  or investing in any business,  regardless of whether such business is
competitive with Holdings, JSC or CCA, nor  is either SIBV or MSLEF II  required
to  disclose its intention to make any such investment to the other or to advise
Holdings, JSC  or CCA  of  the opportunity  presented  by any  such  prospective
investment.
 
  TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP
 
     In  general, transfers of Holdings Common Stock to entities affiliated with
SIBV or the members of the MSLEF  II Group are not restricted. The  Stockholders
Agreement  provides members of the  MSLEF II Group the  right to 'tag along' pro
rata upon  the  transfer  by SIBV  of  any  Holdings Common  Stock,  other  than
transfers to affiliates and sales pursuant to a public offering registered under
the Securities Act or pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
 
     No  member of the MSLEF II Group  may transfer, within any thirty-six month
period, in the aggregate five percent or more of the outstanding Holdings Common
Stock to  any  non-affiliated  person  or group  without  SIBV's  prior  written
consent.  Transfers of two percent  or more in the  aggregate of the outstanding
Holdings Common Stock are subject to the  right of first refusal on the part  of
SIBV;  transfers of less than two percent in the aggregate are not restricted by
the Stockholders Agreement. In the event  that there is a public trading  market
for the Holdings Common Stock, no member of the MSLEF II Group may effect a sale
of  Holdings Common Stock pursuant to  rights granted in the Registration Rights
Agreement without first  offering the shares  to be sold  to SIBV for  purchase.
SIBV and its affiliates have the right, exercisable on or after August 26, 2002,
to  purchase all, but not less than all, of the Holdings Common Stock then owned
by the MSLEF II Group at a price  equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined  in
the Stockholders Agreement).
 
     In  general, if  JS Group  either does not,  directly or  indirectly, own a
majority of the voting stock of SIBV, or directly or indirectly, have the  right
to  appoint a majority  of the directors and  officers of SIBV,  then all of the
obligations of  MSLEF  II and  the  members of  the  MSLEF II  Group  under  the
Stockholders  Agreement  and  all  the rights  of  SIBV  under  the Stockholders
Agreement shall cease.
 
                                       70
 
<PAGE>
  TERMINATION
 
     The Stockholders Agreement shall terminate either upon mutual agreement  of
SIBV  and MSLEF II, or at the option of  SIBV or the MSLEF II Group, as the case
may be, upon either the MSLEF II Group or SIBV, respectively, ceasing to own six
percent or more of the outstanding Holdings Common Stock.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 
     Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 26, 1992,
between MSLEF II, SIBV and Holdings, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated
as of April  15, 1993  (the 'Registration  Rights Agreement'),  entered into  in
connection  with the  1992 Transaction,  MSLEF II and  the other  members of the
MSLEF II Group  have the  right, upon a  notice (a  'Registration Notice')  from
MSLEF II to both Holdings and SIBV, to cause Holdings to use its best efforts to
register the shares of Holdings Common Stock owned by such holders. MSLEF II may
not  deliver a Registration Notice until the  earlier of (a) consummation of the
refinancing of certain long-term debt of CCA and (b) December 31, 1997. Upon the
consummation of the Recapitalization Plan  clause (a) of the preceding  sentence
will  be  satisfied  and  MSLEF  II will  be  entitled  to  exercise  its demand
registration rights as described herein. The MSLEF II Group is entitled to  four
such  demand registrations pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, two of
which MSLEF II  will have  the right  to effect  prior to  Holdings effecting  a
common  stock  registration for  its  own account.  MSLEF  II may  not, however,
deliver a Registration Notice (i) until  the conclusion of any pending  Holdings
Registration  Process (as  defined in  the Registration  Rights Agreement), (ii)
within 30 days of the conclusion of a MSLEF II Registration Process (as  defined
in  the  Registration  Rights  Agreement), or  (iii)  in  certain  other limited
situations. Holdings  is generally  prohibited from  'piggybacking' and  selling
stock  for its own account on a registration effected pursuant to a Registration
Notice except after  the second completed  registration for MSLEF  II, in  which
event  MSLEF II may require that any  such securities which are 'piggybacked' be
offered and sold on the  same terms as the securities  offered by MSLEF II.  The
Registration  Rights Agreement also sets forth certain waiting periods following
sales by MSLEF II pursuant  to a registration statement.  The MSLEF II Group  is
entitled,  subject to certain limitations, to register its Holdings Common Stock
in connection with  a registration  statement prepared by  Holdings to  register
Holdings  Common  Stock or  any equity  securities exercisable  for, convertible
into, or exchangeable for Holdings Common Stock. Holdings, SIBV and MSLEF II are
discussing an amendment to the Registration Rights Agreement which would  modify
restrictions contained therein on the ability of MSLEF II to exercise its demand
registration rights.
 
     Holdings  will  pay  all  registration  expenses  (other  than underwriting
discounts and commissions)  in connection  with MSLEF II's  first two  completed
demand  registrations and all  registrations made in  connection with a Holdings
registration. The Registration  Rights Agreement also  contains customary  terms
and  provisions with respect to, among other things, registration procedures and
certain rights to indemnification and contribution granted by parties thereunder
in connection with  the registration of  Holdings Common Stock  subject to  such
agreement.
 
FINANCIAL ADVISORY SERVICES AGREEMENT
 
     Under  a  financial advisory  services  agreement (the  'Financial Advisory
Services Agreement'),  MS&Co.  agreed to  act  as Holdings'  and  the  Company's
financial  advisor  and provided  certain services  and  earned certain  fees in
connection with its roles in the 1989 Transaction, with an expectation that  for
the  term  of the  Organization Agreement,  the Company  would retain  MS&Co. to
render it investment banking services at market rates to be negotiated.
 
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
 
     In connection with the 1986 acquisition  of CCA, CCA and SIBV entered  into
an  agreement pursuant  to which  CCA granted SIBV  an option  to purchase CCA's
non-U.S. operations (the 'CCA Option'). In  1987, SIBV exercised the CCA  Option
with  respect to CCA's European, Venezuelan and Puerto Rican subsidiaries for an
aggregate cash  price  of  $64.3  million,  which  was  approximately  equal  to
 
                                       71
 
<PAGE>
CCA's  investment as of the  date of exercise. In  June 1989, SIBV exercised the
remainder of the  CCA Option  and purchased  CCA's beneficial  interests in  its
Mexican  and Colombian subsidiaries for an aggregate cash price of approximately
$150.7 million, which was approximately equal to CCA's investment as of the date
of exercise.
 
     In the 1989 Transaction, (i)  Holdings acquired the entire equity  interest
in  JSC, (ii) JSC (through its ownership of JSC Enterprises) acquired the entire
equity interest in CCA, (iii) The Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund, L.P.,  a
Delaware  limited partnership ('MSLEF I'),  and certain other private investors,
including MS&Co. and  certain limited  partners of  MSLEF I  investing in  their
individual capacity (collectively, the 'MSLEF I Group') received $500 million in
respect  of their shares of  CCA common stock and  (iv) SIBV received $41.75 per
share, or an aggregate of approximately $1.25 billion, in respect of its  shares
of  JSC stock, and the public stockholders  received $43 per share of JSC stock.
Certain assets  of JSC  and CCA  were also  transferred to  SIBV or  one of  its
affiliates  (the 'Designated  Assets'). Pursuant to  a tender  offer and consent
solicitation for certain debentures of CCA  which were outstanding prior to  the
consummation  of  the 1989  Transaction, MS&Co.  received  an aggregate  of $3.7
million in consideration. MS&Co. also received $29.5 million for serving in  its
capacity  as  financial  advisor to  the  Company  in connection  with  the 1989
Transaction. In  addition,  MS&Co.  as  underwriter  of  the  Subordinated  Debt
received aggregate net discounts and commissions of $34.6 million. In connection
with  the  sale of  the Secured  Notes to  Morgan Stanley  International, MS&Co.
received a placement fee of  $7.5 million from CCA;  in addition, CCA agreed  to
indemnify  MS&Co. against certain liabilities in connection therewith, including
liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
     In connection with the issuance of the 1993 Notes, the Company entered into
an agreement with  SIBV whereby SIBV  committed to purchase  up to $200  million
aggregate principal amount of 11 1/2% Junior Subordinated Notes maturing 2005 to
be  issued  by the  Company.  From time  to time  until  December 31,  1994, the
Company, at its option, may issue the Junior Subordinated Notes, the proceeds of
which must be  used to  repurchase or  otherwise retire  Subordinated Debt.  The
Company  is obligated to pay SIBV for letter  of credit fees incurred by SIBV in
connection with  this commitment  in addition  to an  annual commitment  fee  of
1.375%  on the undrawn principal amount.  The amount payable for such commitment
for 1993 was  $2.9 million. The  above commitments will  be terminated upon  the
consummation of the Offerings.
 
     Net  sales by JSC to  JS Group, its subsidiaries  and affiliates were $18.4
million, $22.8 million and $21.0 million for the years ended December 31,  1993,
1992  and  1991,  respectively. Net  sales  by  JS Group,  its  subsidiaries and
affiliates to JSC were  $49.3 million, $60.1 million  and $11.8 million for  the
years ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. Product sales to and
purchases  from JS  Group, its subsidiaries  and affiliates  were consummated on
terms generally similar to those prevailing with unrelated parties.
 
     JSC provides certain subsidiaries and  affiliates of JS Group with  general
management  and elective management services  under separate management services
agreements. The services provided  include, but are  not limited to,  management
information  services, accounting, tax and internal auditing services, financial
management  and  treasury  services,  manufacturing  and  engineering  services,
research   and  development  services,  employee  benefit  plan  and  management
services, purchasing services, transportation  services and marketing  services.
In  consideration of general management services, JSC is  paid a fee up to 2% of
the subsidiaries'  or  affiliates'  gross  sales, which  fee  amounted  to  $2.3
million, $2.4 million and $2.5 million for 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. In
consideration  for elective  services, JSC received  approximately $3.5 million,
$3.2 million and $2.9 million in 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively, for its cost
of providing such services.  In addition, JSC paid  JS Group and its  affiliates
$0.4  million  in  1993, $0.3  million  in 1992  and  $0.7 million  in  1991 for
management services and certain other services.
 
     In October 1991, an affiliate of JS Group completed a rebuild of the No.  2
paperboard  machine  owned by  it, located  in  CCA's Fernandina  Beach, Florida
paperboard mill (the  'Fernandina Mill'). Pursuant  to the Fernandina  Operating
Agreement,  CCA operates and manages the machine, which is owned by a subsidiary
of SIBV. As  compensation to CCA  for its  services, the affiliate  of JS  Group
agreed  to  reimburse  CCA  for  production  and  manufacturing  costs  directly
attributable to the No.  2 paperboard machine  and to pay CCA  a portion of  the
indirect manufacturing, selling and administrative costs incurred by CCA for the
entire   Fernandina   Mill.   The  compensation   is   determined   by  applying
 
                                       72
 
<PAGE>
various formulas  and agreed  upon amounts  to the  subject costs.  The  amounts
reimbursed  to CCA  totaled $62.2  million, $54.7  million and  $10.9 million in
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
 
     CCA, JS Group and MSLEF II have had discussions from time to time regarding
the purchase of  the No.  2 paperboard  machine in  the Fernandina  Mill by  the
Company  from  JS  Group in  exchange  for  cash or  Holdings  Common  Stock. No
agreement has been  reached as  to any  such transaction.  The Company  expects,
however,  that  it may  in the  future reach  an agreement  with regard  to such
acquisition from  JS  Group but  cannot  predict when  and  on what  terms  such
acquisition  would be  consummated. Such  acquisition will  occur only  if it is
approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and is determined by the Board
of Directors to be on terms no less favorable than a sale made to a third  party
in an arm's length transaction.
 
     During  1990, certain assets of CCA comprising the business unit performing
management services for the  foreign subsidiaries previously  owned by CCA  were
sold  to a subsidiary of  JS Group at a  price equal to their  net book value of
approximately $5.2  million. Net  sales and  income from  operations related  to
these  assets were not material. Payment for the assets was received in February
1991.
 
     On February 21, 1986, JSC purchased from Times Mirror 80% of the issued and
outstanding capital stock  of SNC  for approximately $132  million, including  a
promissory  note to National Westminster  Bank plc in the  amount of $42 million
(the 'Subordinated Note'). The Subordinated Note was guaranteed by JS Group.  In
the  1992  Transaction, the  Company prepaid  $19.1 million  aggregate principal
amount on the Subordinated Note. The  remaining amount of $22.9 million was  due
and paid on February 22, 1993.
 
                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
 
     The  following  is  a  brief  discussion of  the  basic  terms  of  and the
instruments  governing  certain  indebtedness  of  the  Company.  The  following
discussion  does not purport to be complete  and is subject to, and is qualified
in its  entirety  by reference  to,  the instruments  governing  the  respective
indebtedness,  which  instruments  are  filed as  exhibits  to  the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
TERMS OF NEW CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
  GENERAL
 
     Pursuant to a commitment  letter dated February  10, 1994 (the  'Commitment
Letter')  among Chemical  Bank ('Chemical'),  Chemical Securities  Inc. ('CSI'),
Bankers Trust Company ('Bankers Trust'), BT Securities Corporation ('BTSC'), JSC
and CCA,  Chemical  has  committed to  provide  $250  million of  the  New  Bank
Facilities  (as  defined below),  Bankers Trust  has  committed to  provide $250
million of the New  Bank Facilities and  CSI and BTSC have  agreed to use  their
best  efforts to assemble a syndicate  of financial institutions (the 'Lenders')
to provide the balance of the remaining commitments for the New Bank  Facilities
in  a maximum aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion, all upon the terms and
subject to the  conditions set  forth in  the Commitment  Letter, including  the
execution of definitive financing agreements.
 
     Pursuant  to the Commitment Letter, the New Bank Facilities are expected to
consist of (i) the New  Term Loans, consisting of  two senior secured term  loan
facilities  to be  provided to  CCA in  an aggregate  principal amount  of $1.05
billion, to be allocated between the Delayed Term Loan in an aggregate principal
amount of  $850 million  and the  Initial Term  Loan in  an aggregate  principal
amount  of $200 million and (ii) the New Revolving Credit Facility consisting of
a seven year senior secured revolving  credit facility available to JSC and  CCA
in  an aggregate principal amount  of $450 million, of  which up to $150 million
will be  available  as  a letter  of  credit  facility (the  'Letter  of  Credit
Facility').
 
     The Commitment Letter provides that the commitments of Chemical and Bankers
Trust will terminate unless definitive financing agreements with respect thereto
shall have been executed and delivered on or prior to June 30, 1994.
 
     In  connection  with the  New  Bank Facilities,  Chemical  will act  as the
administrative agent (in such capacity, the 'Agent'), Chemical and Bankers Trust
will act as senior managing agents and CSI and
 
                                       73
 
<PAGE>
BTSC will  act as  the arrangers  for the  New Bank  Facilities. The  Commitment
Letter  also contemplates that certain managing agents will be appointed for the
New Bank Facilities.
 
     JSC and CCA have agreed, jointly and severally, to pay certain fees to  the
Agent for its own account and for the account of the other Lenders in connection
with the New Bank Facilities, payable as follows: (i) a commitment fee of 1/2 of
1%  per  annum on  the  undrawn amount  of  the Initial  Term  Loan and  the New
Revolving Credit Facility, accruing, with respect to each Lender, on the date of
acceptance of such  Lender's commitment  and (ii)  with respect  to each  Lender
which  has a commitment under the Delayed Term  Loan, (A) 1/2 of 1% per annum on
the amount of  such commitment accruing  for the period  from and including  the
date  of acceptance of such Lender's commitment to but excluding the date of the
initial funding of the New Bank  facilities (the 'Closing Date') or the  earlier
termination  of such  Lender's commitment  and (B)  3/4 of  1% per  annum on the
undrawn amount  of such  Lender's commitment,  accruing from  and including  the
Closing  Date to  the date  of the funding  of the  Delayed Term  Loan. All such
commitment fees will be payable on the Closing Date and, thereafter, in  arrears
at  the end  of each quarter  and upon  termination of any  commitment. The fees
payable in respect of letters of credit provided under the New Revolving  Credit
Facility  are in an amount equal  to the greater of (a)  the margin in excess of
the Adjusted LIBOR Rate applicable to the New Revolving Credit Facility at  such
time  minus 1/2 of 1% and (b) 1%.  In addition, a separate fronting fee shall be
payable by JSC and  CCA to the bank  issuing the letters of  credit for its  own
account in an amount to be agreed. All letter of credit fees shall be payable on
the  aggregate  face  amount of  outstanding  letters  of credit  under  the New
Revolving Credit Facility, and shall  be payable in arrears  at the end of  each
quarter and upon the termination of the New Revolving Credit Facility. CSI, BTSC
and  the Lenders shall  receive such other  fees as have  been separately agreed
upon with CSI, BTSC, Chemical and Bankers Trust.
 
     Pursuant to  the  Commitment Letter,  JSC  and CCA  agreed,  regardless  of
whether  the  financing  agreements  relating to  the  New  Bank  Facilities are
executed or the commitments to provide  the New Bank Facilities are  terminated,
to  reimburse Chemical, Bankers Trust, CSI and BTSC for, among other things, all
of their respective out-of-pocket  costs and expenses  incurred or sustained  by
such entities in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Commitment
Letter  and  to  indemnify  Chemical,  Bankers Trust,  CSI  and  BTSC,  and each
director, officer,  employee  and  affiliate  thereof  against  certain  claims,
damages,  liabilities and expenses  incurred or asserted  in connection with the
transactions contemplated by the Commitment Letter.
 
  THE NEW BANK FACILITIES
 
     The New  Bank  Facilities  will  be provided  pursuant  to  the  terms  and
conditions of the New Credit Agreement.
 
     Borrowings  under the  Initial Term  Loan will  be used,  together with the
proceeds of the Equity Offerings, the Debt Offerings and the SIBV Investment, to
consummate the Bank  Debt Refinancing.  Borrowings under the  Delayed Term  Loan
must be made on or before December 15, 1994 and will be used solely to redeem or
repurchase  the Subordinated  Debt and pay  accrued interest  and the applicable
redemption premiums  thereon, to  repay amounts  drawn under  the New  Revolving
Credit  Facility  prior to  December 15,  1994 for  the purpose  of repurchasing
Subordinated Debt, and to pay the  related fees and expenses in connection  with
such  repurchase  or  redemption.  Borrowings  under  the  New  Revolving Credit
Facility are to be used  for the sole purpose  of providing working capital  for
JSC,  CCA  and  their  subsidiaries and  for  other  general  corporate purposes
including to fund open market or privately negotiated purchases of  Subordinated
Debt  prior to December 15, 1994. Amounts borrowed and outstanding under the New
Revolving Credit  Facility  to  finance purchases  of  Subordinated  Debt  which
aggregate  at least $20 million  will be repaid with  the proceeds of borrowings
from time to time under the Delayed Term Loan.
 
     The obligations  under the  New Credit  Agreement will  be  unconditionally
guaranteed  by Holdings, JSC, CCA,  SNC (but only to  the extent permitted under
the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of February 21, 1986, between JSC and Times
Mirror) and  certain  other  existing and  subsequently  acquired  or  organized
material  subsidiaries of Holdings, JSC and CCA (each such entity providing such
a guaranty, a 'Guarantor'). The obligations of JSC and CCA under the New  Credit
Agreement  (including  all  guarantee  obligations of  JSC  and  CCA  in respect
thereof) will be secured by a security
 
                                       74
 
<PAGE>
interest in  substantially all  of the  assets of  JSC, CCA  and their  material
subsidiaries,  with the  exception of  trade receivables  of JSC,  CCA and their
material subsidiaries sold to JSFC, and by a pledge of all the capital stock  of
JSC, CCA and each material subsidiary of Holdings, JSC and CCA.
 
     The  Delayed  Term Loan  and the  New Revolving  Credit Facility  will each
mature on the date which is seven years after the Closing Date. The Initial Term
Loan will mature on the  date which is eight years  after the Closing Date.  The
outstanding principal amount of the New Term Loans is repayable as follows, such
repayments to be made at the end of each six month period after the Closing Date
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SEMI-ANNUAL                                                                         TOTAL
                     PERIOD AFTER                         DELAYED TERM LOAN     INITIAL TERM LOAN      SEMI-ANNUAL
                     CLOSING DATE                         SEMI-ANNUAL AMOUNT    SEMI-ANNUAL AMOUNT        AMOUNT
- -------------------------------------------------------   ------------------    ------------------    --------------
<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>                   <C>
First..................................................      $  --                 $  --              $            0
Second.................................................                 0                     0                    0
Third..................................................        50,000,000             1,000,000           51,000,000
Fourth.................................................        50,000,000             1,000,000           51,000,000
Fifth..................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Sixth..................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Seventh................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Eighth.................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Ninth..................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Tenth..................................................        75,000,000             1,000,000           76,000,000
Eleventh...............................................        75,000,000             5,000,000           80,000,000
Twelfth................................................        75,000,000             5,000,000           80,000,000
Thirteenth.............................................        75,000,000             6,000,000           81,000,000
Fourteenth.............................................        75,000,000             6,000,000           81,000,000
Fifteenth..............................................         --                   85,000,000           85,000,000
Sixteenth..............................................         --                   85,000,000           85,000,000
                                                          ------------------    ------------------    --------------
                                                             $850,000,000          $200,000,000       $1,050,000,000
                                                          ------------------    ------------------    --------------
                                                          ------------------    ------------------    --------------
</TABLE>
 
     The  New Term Loans and the New Revolving Credit Facility may be prepaid at
any time,  in whole  or  in part,  at the  option  of the  borrowers.  Voluntary
reductions  of the unutilized  portion of the New  Revolving Credit Facility are
permitted at any time. Pursuant  to the Commitment Letter, required  prepayments
on  the New  Bank Facilities are  to be made  in an  amount equal to  (i) 75% of
Excess Cash Flow (to be defined  as the parties shall mutually agree),  reducing
to 50% of Excess Cash Flow upon the satisfaction of certain performance tests to
be  agreed,  (ii) 100%  of the  net proceeds  of the  issuance or  incurrence of
certain indebtedness (not including the Debt  Offerings), (iii) 100% of the  net
proceeds  of  certain non-ordinary  course  asset sales,  (iv)  100% of  the net
proceeds of certain  condemnation or insurance  proceeds, (v) in  the event  the
gross  proceeds  from the  Equity  Offerings and  any  other equity  infusion in
Holdings is less  than $500 million  (the amount by  which $500 million  exceeds
such  gross proceeds,  the 'Differential'),  the lesser of  (A) 100%  of the net
proceeds to Holdings of the sale of Holdings Common Stock in connection with the
exercise of the underwriters' overallotment  option, if any, in connection  with
the Equity Offerings and (B) the amount of the Differential, and (vi) 25% of the
net  proceeds of  the issuance  of any other  equity securities  (other than the
Equity Offerings  and  the  exercise  of  management  stock  options).  Required
prepayments  will be allocated  pro rata between  the Delayed Term  Loan and the
Initial Term Loan, and will be applied pro rata against the remaining  scheduled
amortization payments under each of the New Term Loans (and, if the Delayed Term
Loan  has not  then been  drawn, the  amount allocable  thereto will permanently
reduce the commitments  thereunder) or, if  the New Term  Loans have been  fully
repaid,  to  permanently  reduce the  then  existing commitments  under  the New
Revolving Credit Facility.
 
     Interest on indebtedness outstanding  under the Delayed  Term Loan and  the
New  Revolving  Credit Facility,  from  and including  the  Closing Date  to but
excluding the first anniversary of the Closing  Date, will be payable at a  rate
per  annum, selected at  the option of the  borrower, equal to  the ABR Rate (as
defined below) plus  1.5% per annum  or the  Adjusted LIBOR Rate  plus 2.5%  per
annum.  From  and  including  the  first anniversary  of  the  Closing  Date and
thereafter, the margin in excess of the ABR Rate
 
                                       75
 
<PAGE>
or the  Adjusted LIBOR  Rate applicable  to  such New  Bank Facilities  will  be
determined  by reference  to certain  financial tests.  Interest on indebtedness
outstanding under the Initial  Term Loan will  be payable at  a rate per  annum,
selected  at the option of CCA,  equal to the ABR Rate  plus 2% per annum or the
Adjusted LIBOR Rate plus  3% per annum. Notwithstanding  the foregoing, for  the
first  90 days following the Closing Date,  all such borrowings may only be made
with reference  to  the ABR  Rate  or the  Adjusted  LIBOR Rate  for  one  month
borrowings.  All overdue installments of principal  and, to the extent permitted
by law, interest on borrowings  accruing interest based on  the ABR Rate or  the
Adjusted  LIBOR Rate  shall bear  interest at a  rate per  annum equal  to 2% in
excess of the interest rate then  borne by such borrowings. The borrowers  shall
have  the  option of  selecting  the type  of borrowing  and  the length  of the
interest period applicable thereto.
 
     'ABR Rate'  shall  mean  the higher  of  (a)  the rate  at  which  Chemical
announces  from time to time as its prime  lending rate, (b) 1/2 of 1% in excess
of the  Federal Funds  Rate and  (c) 1%  in excess  of the  base certificate  of
deposit rate.
 
     'Adjusted  LIBOR  Rate'  shall  mean  the  London  Interbank  Offered Rate,
adjusted for statutory reserves at all times.
 
     Interest based  on  the ABR  Rate  and the  Adjusted  LIBOR Rate  shall  be
determined  based on the  number of days  elapsed over a  360 day year. Interest
based on the (i)  ABR Rate shall  be payable quarterly  and (ii) Adjusted  LIBOR
Rate  shall be payable at  the end of the applicable  interest period but in any
event not less often than quarterly.
 
     The  New  Credit  Agreement   will  contain  certain  representations   and
warranties,  certain  negative,  affirmative  and  financial  covenants, certain
conditions and  certain events  of default  which are  customarily required  for
similar financings, in addition to other representations, warranties, covenants,
conditions  and  events  of  default appropriate  to  the  specific transactions
contemplated thereby. Such covenants  will include restrictions and  limitations
of  dividends, redemptions and  repurchases of capital  stock, the incurrence of
debt, liens,  leases,  sale-leaseback transactions,  capital  expenditures,  the
issuance   of  stock,  transactions  with   affiliates,  the  making  of  loans,
investments and certain payments, and on mergers, acquisitions and asset  sales,
in  each case subject to exceptions to  be agreed upon. Furthermore, the Company
will be required to maintain  compliance with certain financial covenants,  such
as  minimum levels of consolidated earnings before depreciation, interest, taxes
and amortization, and minimum interest coverage ratios.
 
     Events of default under the New Credit Agreement will include, among  other
things,  (i) failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts when due;
(ii) violation of  covenants; (iii)  failure of any  representation or  warranty
made  by the  Company to the  Lenders to be  true in all  material aspects; (iv)
cross default  and  cross  acceleration with  certain  other  indebtedness;  (v)
'change  of control' (the  definition of which  is to be  mutually agreed upon);
(vi) certain  events of  bankruptcy; (vii)  certain material  judgments;  (viii)
certain  ERISA  events;  and  (ix)  the  invalidity  of  the  guarantees  of the
indebtedness under the New Credit Agreement or of the security interests granted
to the Lenders,  in certain cases  with appropriate grace  periods to be  agreed
upon.
 
     The  conditions to  the borrowing  of the Delayed  Term Loan  are set forth
above. See 'Recapitalization Plan -- Subordinated Debt Refinancing'.
 
     The foregoing summary of the Commitment Letter is qualified in its entirety
by reference to the text of such letter, a copy of which has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission as  an exhibit to the Registration  Statement
of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
SECURITIZATION
 
     In 1991, JSC and CCA entered into the Securitization in order to reduce its
borrowings under the 1989 Credit Agreement. The Securitization involved the sale
of  Receivables  to  JSFC,  a  special  purpose  subsidiary  of  JSC.  Under the
Securitization, JSFC currently has borrowings of $182.3 million outstanding from
EFC, a third-party owned  corporation not affiliated with  JSC, and has  pledged
its interest in such Receivables to EFC. EFC issued CP Notes and Term Notes. EFC
also  entered  into  a  liquidity  facility  with  the  Liquidity  Banks  and  a
subordinated loan agreement with the  Subordinated Lender to provide  additional
sources  of funding.  EFC pledged  its interest  in the  Receivables assigned to
 
                                       76
 
<PAGE>
it by JSFC to secure EFC's obligations to the Liquidity Banks, the  Subordinated
Lender,  and the holders of the CP Notes and the Term Notes. Neither the Company
nor JSFC is  a guarantor of  CP Notes, the  Term Notes or  borrowings under  the
liquidity   facility.  See  Note  5  to  the  Company's  consolidated  financial
statements and 'Recapitalization Plan -- Consents and
Waivers -- Securitization'.
 
TERMS OF 1993 NOTES
 
     In April 1993, CCA issued $500  million aggregate principal amount of  1993
Notes.  The 1993 Notes are  unsecured senior obligations of  CCA and will mature
April 1, 2003.  The 1993 Notes  bear interest  at 9.75% per  annum. Interest  is
payable  semiannually on April 1 and October 1, of each year. The 1993 Notes are
not redeemable prior to maturity.
 
     The 1993 Notes  are senior unsecured  obligations of CCA,  which rank  pari
passu  with the other senior indebtedness of CCA, including, without limitation,
CCA's obligations under the New Credit  Agreement and the Senior Notes, and  are
senior in right to payment to the Subordinated Debt. CCA's obligations under the
New  Credit  Agreement, but  not the  1993 Notes,  will be  secured by  liens on
substantially all the assets of CCA  and its subsidiaries with the exception  of
cash  and cash equivalents and trade  receivables. The secured indebtedness will
have priority  over the  1993 Notes  with respect  to the  assets securing  such
indebtedness.
 
     The  1993  Note  Indenture  contains certain  covenants  that,  among other
things, limit the ability of JSC  and its subsidiaries (including CCA) to  incur
indebtedness,  pay  dividends,  engage  in  transactions  with  stockholders and
affiliates,  issue  capital  stock,  create  liens,  sell  assets,  enter   into
sale-leaseback  transactions,  engage  in mergers  and  consolidations  and make
investments  in  unrestricted  subsidiaries.  The  limitations  imposed  by  the
covenants  on JSC  and its subsidiaries  (including CCA) are  subject to certain
exceptions.
 
     Upon a Change of  Control (as defined  below), CCA is  required to make  an
offer  to purchase  the 1993  Notes at  a purchase  price equal  to 101%  of the
principal amount  thereof,  plus  accrued interest.  Certain  transactions  with
affiliates  of the Company  may not constitute  a Change of  Control. 'Change of
Control' is defined to mean  such time as (i)(a) a  person or group, other  than
MSLEF  II,  Morgan Stanley  Group,  SIBV, JS  Group  and any  affiliate thereof,
(collectively, the  'Original Stockholders'),  becomes the  beneficial owner  of
more  than 35% of the total voting power of the then outstanding voting stock of
Holdings or a parent of Holdings and (b) the Original Stockholders  beneficially
own,  directly or  indirectly, less  than the  then outstanding  voting stock of
Holdings or a  parent of Holdings  beneficially owned by  such person or  group;
(ii)(a)  a person  or group, other  than the Original  Stockholders, becomes the
beneficial owner  of  more than  35%  of the  total  voting power  of  the  then
outstanding voting stock of JSC, (b) the Original Stockholders beneficially own,
directly  or  indirectly, less  than the  then outstanding  voting stock  of JSC
beneficially owned by such person or group and (c) CCA is a subsidiary of JSC at
the time that the later of (a) and (b) above occurs; or (iii) individuals who at
the beginning of any  period of two consecutive  calendar years constituted  the
Board of Directors of JSC (together with any new directors whose election by the
Board  of Directors or  whose nomination for election  by JSC's shareholders was
approved by  a vote  of at  least  two-thirds of  the members  of the  Board  of
Directors  of JSC then still  in office who either were  members of the Board of
Directors of JSC at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination
for election was previously  so approved) cease for  any reason to constitute  a
majority  of  the members  of  the Board  of Directors  of  JSC then  in office.
Pursuant to the Proposed 1993 Note Amendment, the Company and JSC are seeking to
eliminate clause (iii) above.
 
     The payment of principal and interest on the 1993 Notes is  unconditionally
guaranteed  on a senior basis  by JSC. Such guarantee  ranks pari passu with the
other  senior  indebtedness  of   JSC,  including,  without  limitation,   JSC's
obligations  under the New  Credit Agreement (including  its guarantees of CCA's
obligations thereunder)  and  JSC's guarantee  of  CCA's obligations  under  the
Senior  Notes, and  is senior  in right  of payment  to JSC's  guarantees of the
Subordinated Debt. JSC's obligations under the New Credit Agreement, but not its
guarantees of the 1993 Notes, will be secured by liens on substantially all  the
assets  of  JSC  and  its  subsidiaries with  the  exception  of  cash  and cash
equivalents  and  trade   receivables,  and  guaranteed   by  CCA  and   certain
subsidiaries  of JSC and  CCA. The secured indebtedness  will have priority over
JSC's  guarantees   of   the   1993   Notes   with   respect   to   the   assets
 
                                       77
 
<PAGE>
securing  such indebtedness. In the event that  (i) a purchaser of capital stock
of CCA acquires a majority of the voting rights thereunder or (ii) there  occurs
a  merger or consolidation of CCA that results in CCA having a parent other than
JSC and,  at the  time of  and after  giving effect  to such  transaction,  such
purchaser   or  parent  satisfies  certain  minimum  net  worth  and  cash  flow
requirements, JSC will be  released from its guarantee  of the 1993 Notes.  Such
sale,   merger  or  consolidation  will   be  prohibited  unless  certain  other
requirements are met, including that the purchaser or the entity surviving  such
a  merger or consolidation expressly assumes  JSC's or CCA's obligations, as the
case may  be,  and that  no  Event  of Default  (as  defined in  the  1993  Note
Indenture) occur or be continuing.
 
     In  connection  with implementing  the  Recapitalization Plan,  the Company
intends to amend the terms of the  1993 Note Indenture. Among other things,  the
Proposed  1993  Note  Amendment will  modify  the  provisions of  the  1993 Note
Indenture which limit the ability of Holdings, JSC and CCA to incur indebtedness
and to make certain restricted payments. See 'Recapitalization Plan --  Consents
and Waivers'.
 
     In many respects, of the provisions at the 1993 Note Indenture described in
the  second through fifth paragraphs of this Section (and often giving effect to
the Proposed 1993 Note  Amendment) are substantially identical  to those of  the
Senior Notes.
 
     The  net proceeds from  the offering of  the 1993 Notes  were used to repay
certain revolving  credit indebtedness  and term  loan indebtedness  outstanding
under  the  Old  Bank Facilities.  The  Company  has also  entered  into reverse
interest rate swap agreements which hedge a portion of the 1993 Note issue.
 
     MS&Co. acted as underwriter in connection with the original offering of the
1993 Notes and received an underwriting discount of $12.5 million in  connection
therewith.
 
SUBSTITUTION TRANSACTION
 
     JSC  is  currently  the  guarantor  on  all  of  CCA's  outstanding  public
indebtedness (consisting of the 1993 Notes and the three classes of Subordinated
Debt) and will similarly  guarantee the Senior Notes.  Holdings will organize  a
new  subsidiary ('Smurfit Interco'), all the  outstanding capital stock of which
will be owned  by Holdings and  which will  own all of  the outstanding  capital
stock  of  JSC, but  which will  have  no other  significant assets  (other than
intercompany note receivables)  and, except  for guarantees  of indebtedness  of
CCA, no indebtedness for borrowed money. Subject to obtaining the consent of the
holders  of the 1993 Notes to the  Proposed 1993 Note Amendment and the consents
necessary to amend the Securitization  documents, Holdings intends (i) to  cause
Smurfit  Interco to  replace JSC as  guarantor under the  indentures relating to
CCA's public indebtedness (and  under the New Credit  Agreement), (ii) to  amend
such  indentures so that references to JSC therein and in the 1993 Notes and the
Senior Notes shall be changed  to be Smurfit Interco and  (iii) to cause JSC  to
merge  into CCA,  which shall  succeed to  all of  JSC's assets  and liabilities
(except that any guaranty  of obligations of CCA  by JSC shall be  extinguished)
(collectively,  the 'Substitution Transaction'). The purpose of the Substitution
Transaction is to maximize operating efficiencies by combining Holdings' two key
operating subsidiaries into one entity and achieve cost savings.
 
TERMS OF SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
  SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
     Terms. The  Senior Subordinated  Notes  are unsecured  senior  subordinated
obligations of CCA, limited to $350 million aggregate principal amount, and will
mature  on  December 1,  1999. The  Senior Subordinated  Notes bear  interest at
13 1/2% from the date of their issuance or from the most recent interest payment
date to which interest has been paid  or duly provided for. Interest is  payable
semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year.
 
     The  Subordinated Debentures are unsecured subordinated obligations of CCA,
limited to $300 million aggregate principal amount, and will mature on  December
1,  2001. The  Subordinated Debentures  bear interest  at 14%  from the  date of
issuance of the Subordinated Debentures or from the most recent interest payment
date to which interest has been paid  or duly provided for. Interest is  payable
semiannually on June 1 and December 1 of each year.
 
                                       78
 
<PAGE>
     The Junior Accrual Debentures are unsecured junior subordinated obligations
of  CCA, limited to $200 million aggregate  principal amount, and will mature on
December 1, 2004. The  Junior Accrual Debentures bear  interest at 15 1/2%  from
the  date of issuance. No interest will be paid on the Junior Accrual Debentures
prior to December 1,  1994. On December  1, 1994 all  interest accrued from  the
date  of issuance of the Junior Accrual Debentures to and including November 30,
1994 will be paid in one lump sum.  From and after December 1, 1994 interest  on
the  Junior Accrual Debentures will  be payable semiannually on  each June 1 and
December 1, commencing June 1, 1995.
 
     The indentures  under  which  the Subordinated  Debt  is  governed  contain
certain  restrictive  covenants  which impose  limitations  on JSC  and  CCA and
certain of  their  subsidiaries'  ability  to, among  other  things:  (i)  incur
additional  indebtedness; (ii) pay dividends and make other distributions; (iii)
create liens; and (iv) use the proceeds of certain asset sales.
 
     Optional Redemption. The  Senior Subordinated Notes  will be redeemable  in
whole  or in part,  at the option  of CCA, at  any time on  or after December 1,
1994, at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of  principal
amount)  together with  accrued and unpaid  interest to the  redemption date, if
redeemed during the 12-month period commencing:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                REDEMPTION
DECEMBER 1                                                        PRICES
- -------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                                             <C>
1994.........................................................     106.750%
1995.........................................................     103.375
1996 and thereafter..........................................     100.000
</TABLE>
 
     The Subordinated Debentures will be redeemable in whole or in part, at  the
option  of CCA,  at any  time on  or after  December 1,  1994, at  the following
redemption prices (expressed in percentages  of principal amount) together  with
accrued  and  unpaid interest  to the  redemption date,  if redeemed  during the
12-month period commencing:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                REDEMPTION
DECEMBER 1                                                        PRICES
- -------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                                             <C>
1994.........................................................     107.000%
1995.........................................................     103.500
1996 and thereafter..........................................     100.000
</TABLE>
 
     The Junior Accrual Debentures will be  redeemable, in whole or in part,  at
the  option of CCA,  at any time  on or after  December 1, 1994,  at 100% of the
principal amount  thereof, together  with  accrued and  unpaid interest  to  the
redemption date.
 
     Sinking  Fund. The Subordinated Debenture Indenture requires CCA to provide
for retirement, by redemption,  of 33 1/3% of  the original aggregate  principal
amount  of the Subordinated Debentures on each of December 15, 1999 and December
15, 2000 at a  redemption price of  100% of the  principal amount thereof,  plus
accrued  interest  to  the  redemption  date.  Such  sinking  fund  payments are
calculated to  retire  66 2/3%  of  the  principal amount  of  the  Subordinated
Debentures originally issued under the Subordinated Debenture Indenture prior to
maturity.  CCA may, at its option,  receive credit against sinking fund payments
for the  principal  amount  of  Subordinated  Debentures  acquired  by  CCA  and
surrendered for cancellation or redeemed otherwise than through operation of the
sinking fund.
 
     The  Junior  Accrual  Debenture  Indenture  requires  CCA  to  provide  for
retirement, by redemption, of 33 1/3% of the original aggregate principal amount
of the Junior Accrual  Debentures on each  of December 1,  2002 and December  1,
2003 at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
interest  to the redemption  date. Such sinking fund  payments are calculated to
retire 66  2/3%  of  the  principal amount  of  the  Junior  Accrual  Debentures
originally  issued  under  the  Junior  Accrual  Debenture  Indenture  prior  to
maturity. CCA may, at its option,  receive credit against sinking fund  payments
for  the  principal amount  of  Junior Accrual  Debentures  acquired by  CCA and
surrendered for cancellation or redeemed otherwise than through operation of the
sinking fund.
 
     Subordination. The Subordinated Debt is subordinated in right of payment to
all Senior Debt (as defined in the indentures relating to the Subordinated  Debt
(the 'Subordinated Debt Indentures') of
 
                                       79
 
<PAGE>
CCA  which includes CCA's  obligations under the New  Credit Agreement, the 1993
Notes, the Senior Notes and certain other indebtedness of CCA.
 
     Guarantees. The payment of principal and interest on the Subordinated  Debt
is  guaranteed on  a senior  subordinated, subordinated  and junior subordinated
basis, respectively,  by  JSC. Such  guarantees  are subordinated  in  right  of
payment  to all Senior Debt  of JSC, which includes  JSC's obligations under the
New Credit Agreement (including its guarantee of CCA's obligations  thereunder),
JSC's  guarantee of CCA's obligations under the  1993 Notes and the Senior Notes
and certain other borrowings of JSC.
 
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR NOTES
 
     The Series A Senior Notes are to be issued under an Indenture (the  'Series
A  Senior Note Indenture') among CCA, JSC and                       , as Trustee
(the 'Series A Senior Note Trustee'). The Series B Senior Notes are to be issued
under an Indenture (the 'Series B Senior Note Indenture', and together with  the
Series   A  Senior  Note  Indenture,  the   'Indentures')  among  CCA,  JSC  and
                    , as  Trustee  (the  'Series B  Senior  Note  Trustee',  and
together  with the Series A Senior Note Trustee, the 'Trustees'). A copy of each
of the forms of the Series A Senior Note Indenture and the Series B Senior  Note
Indenture  is filed as  an exhibit to  the Registration Statement  of which this
Prospectus  is  a  part  and   is  available  as  described  under   'Additional
Information'.  Except as described  under ' -- Optional  Redemption' below or as
otherwise indicated, this description applies to  both the Series A Senior  Note
Indenture  and the Series B Senior Note Indenture, and references to the 'Senior
Notes' shall be to the  Series A Senior Notes or  the Series B Senior Notes,  as
the  case may be, or, if the context requires, to both. The following summary of
certain provisions of  the Indentures  does not purport  to be  complete and  is
subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions
of  the Indentures, including the definitions of certain terms therein and those
terms made  a part  thereof by  the Trust  Indenture Act  of 1939,  as  amended.
Wherever  particular sections or  defined terms of  the Indentures not otherwise
defined herein  are  referred  to,  such sections  or  defined  terms  shall  be
incorporated herein by reference.
 
GENERAL
 
     Principal  of, premium, if  any, and interest  on the Senior  Notes will be
payable, and the Senior Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office  or
agency  of CCA in the Borough of Manhattan,  The City of New York (which for the
Senior Notes initially shall  be the corporate trust  office of the Trustee,  at
                    and,  for the Senior Subordinated  Notes, initially shall be
the corporate trust office of the Trustee at                        );  provided
that,  at the option of CCA, payment of  interest may be made by check mailed to
the address of the Holders as such address appears in the Senior Notes Register.
(Sections 2.01, 2.03 and 2.06)
 
     The Senior Notes  will be  issued only  in fully  registered form,  without
coupons,  in  denominations  of  $1,000 and  any  integral  multiple  of $1,000.
(Section 2.02) No service charge will  be made for any registration of  transfer
or  exchange of Senior Notes, but CCA may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover  any  transfer  tax  or  other  similar  governmental  charge  payable  in
connection  therewith. (Section 2.06) The Indentures are and will be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York except as may
otherwise be required by mandatory provisions of laws.
 
TERMS OF THE SENIOR NOTES
 
     The Senior Notes will  be unsecured senior obligations  of CCA, limited  to
$500  million  aggregate principal  amount  of Series  A  Senior Notes  and $100
million aggregate principal amount of Series B Senior Notes, and will mature  on
               ,  2004 and                  2002, respectively. Each Senior Note
will bear  interest at  the rate  per annum  shown on  the front  cover of  this
Prospectus  from                 , 1994 or from the most recent Interest Payment
Date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semi-annually  (to
the  Holders of record at the close of business on the             or
immediately preceding the  Interest Payment  Date) on                        and
               of each year, commencing                   , 1994.
 
                                       80
 
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
     CCA may not redeem the Series B Senior Notes prior to maturity.
 
     The  Series A Senior Notes will be redeemable, at CCA's option, in whole or
in part, at any time on or after                  , 1999 and prior to  maturity,
upon  not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice mailed by first class
mail to each Holder's last address as  it appears in the Senior Notes  Register,
at  the  following  Redemption  Prices (expressed  as  percentages  of principal
amount), plus accrued interest, if any,  to the Redemption Date (subject to  the
right  of  Holders of  record on  the  relevant Regular  Record Date  to receive
interest due on an Interest Payment Date  that is on or prior to the  Redemption
Date),  if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on                  of
the years set forth below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          REDEMPTION
                                 YEAR                                       PRICE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                                                       <C>
1999...................................................................           %
2000...................................................................           %
2001...................................................................           %
2002...................................................................           %
2003...................................................................           %
</TABLE>
 
and, on or after                ,      , at 100% of principal amount.  (Sections
3.1 and 3.4)
 

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing, at any time prior to                , 1997,
CCA may redeem up to $175 million in aggregate principal amount of the Series  A
Senior  Notes at a redemption  price of       %  of the principal amount thereof
plus accrued interest to  the redemption date, with  the Net Cash Proceeds  from
the  issuance of  Capital Stock  (other than  Redeemable Stock)  of CCA  (or any
entity of which it is  a Subsidiary, including JSC  and Holdings, to the  extent
such  Net Cash Proceeds are contributed to  CCA or used to acquire Capital Stock
of CCA (other than  Redeemable Stock)) in  a single transaction  or a series  of
related  transactions (other than the  initial public offering constituting part
of the Recapitalization Plan or an issuance to a Subsidiary).

 
     Selection. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Series A
Senior Notes for redemption will be made by the Series A Senior Note Trustee  in
compliance  with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange,
if any, on which the Series A Senior Notes are listed or, if the Series A Senior
Notes are not listed on a national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis,  by
lot  or by such  other method as  the Series A  Senior Note Trustee  in its sole
discretion shall deem  to be  fair and appropriate;  provided that  no Series  A
Senior  Note of $1,000 in principal amount at maturity or less shall be redeemed
in part. If any Series A Senior Note is to be redeemed in part only, the  notice
of  redemption relating to such Series A  Senior Note shall state the portion of
the principal amount  thereof to  be redeemed.  A new  Series A  Senior Note  in
principal  amount equal to the unredeemed portion  thereof will be issued in the
name of the  Holder thereof upon  cancellation of the  original Series A  Senior
Note.
 
     The Credit Agreement contains covenants prohibiting the optional redemption
of  the Senior Notes. See  'Description of Certain Indebtedness  -- Terms of New
Credit Agreement'.
 
RANKING
 

     The Indebtedness evidenced  by the  Senior Notes  will rank  pari passu  in
right  of payment with all other  senior Indebtedness of CCA, including, without
limitation, CCA's obligations under the Credit Agreement, the 1993 Notes and its
guarantee of JSC's obligations  under the Credit  Agreement. JSC's Guarantee  of
the  Senior  Notes will  rank  pari passu  in right  of  payment with  all other
unsubordinated  Indebtedness  of  JSC,  including,  without  limitation,   JSC's
obligations  under the Credit Agreement, its guarantee of the 1993 Notes and its
guarantee of CCA's obligations under the Credit Agreement.

 

     CCA's and  JSC's obligations  under  the Credit  Agreement are  secured  by
pledges  of  substantially all  of the  assets  of JSC,  CCA and  their material
subsidiaries and are guaranteed by certain subsidiaries of CCA and JSC, and  the
obligations  of each such guaranteeing subsidiary  are secured by certain assets
of such guaranteeing  subsidiary. The Senior  Notes and JSC's  Guarantee of  the
Senior Notes will be

 
                                       81
 
<PAGE>

effectively subordinated to such security interests and guarantees to the extent
of  such security interests and guarantees. After giving pro forma effect to the
Recapitalization Plan, including the Existing Subordinated Debt Refinancing,  as
of  December  31, 1993,  CCA  and its  subsidiaries  would have  had outstanding
approximately  $1,066.5  million  of  secured  Indebtedness  and  JSC  and   its
subsidiaries  (including CCA  and its  subsidiaries) would  have had outstanding
approximately $1,311.7 million of secured Indebtedness, including in each  case,
without   limitation,  Indebtedness  under  the   Credit  Agreement.  See  'Risk
Factors -- Effect of Secured Indebtedness on the Senior Notes', 'Capitalization'
and 'Pro Forma Financial Data'.

 
GUARANTEE
 
     CCA's obligations under the Senior Notes are Guaranteed by JSC.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
     Set forth below is a  summary of certain of the  defined terms used in  the
covenants  and  other provisions  of  the Indenture.  Reference  is made  to the
Indenture for the full definition of all terms as well as any other  capitalized
term used herein for which no definition is provided.
 
     'Acquired  Indebtedness'  is  defined  to  mean  Indebtedness  of  a Person
existing at  the  time such  Person  became a  Subsidiary  and not  Incurred  in
connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a subsidiary.
 
     'Adjusted  Consolidated Net Income' is defined to mean, for any period, the
aggregate net income (or loss) of  any Person and its consolidated  Subsidiaries
for  such period determined in conformity with GAAP; provided that the following
items shall be excluded in  computing Adjusted Consolidated Net Income  (without
duplication): (i) the net income (or loss) of such Person (other than net income
(or loss) attributable to a Subsidiary of such Person) in which any other Person
(other than such Person or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint interest, except
to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to
such  Person or any of its Subsidiaries by such other Person during such period,
(ii) solely for the  purposes of calculating the  amount of Restricted  Payments
that  may  be  made  pursuant  to  clause (C)  of  the  first  paragraph  of the
'Limitation on Restricted Payments' covenant described below (and in such  case,
except  to the extent includable  pursuant to clause (i)  above), the net income
(or loss) of such Person  accrued prior to the date  it becomes a Subsidiary  of
any other Person or is merged into or consolidated with such other Person or any
of  its Subsidiaries or all  or substantially all of  the property and assets of
such Person are acquired by such other Person or any of its Subsidiaries,  (iii)
the net income (or loss) of any Subsidiary (other than CCA) of any Person to the
extent  that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by
such Subsidiary of such net income is not at the time permitted by the operation
of the terms  of its  charter or  any agreement,  instrument, judgment,  decree,
order,  statute, rule or governmental  regulation applicable to such Subsidiary;
(iv) any gains or  losses (on an after-tax  basis) attributable to Asset  Sales;
(v)  except for purposes  of calculating the amount  of Restricted Payments that
may be made pursuant to clause (C) of the first paragraph of the 'Limitation  on
Restricted  Payments' covenant described  below, any amounts  paid or accrued as
dividends on Preferred Stock of such Person or Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary
of such  Person  owned  by  Persons  other than  such  Person  and  any  of  its
Subsidiaries;  (vi) all extraordinary gains  and extraordinary losses; and (vii)
all non-cash charges  reducing net income  of such Person  that relate to  stock
options  or stock appreciation rights and  all cash payments reducing net income
of such Person that relate to stock options or stock appreciation rights, to the
extent such  cash  payments  are  not  made  pursuant  to  clause  (xi)  of  the
'Limitation  on  Restricted Payments'  covenant; provided  that, solely  for the
purposes of calculating the Interest Coverage Ratio (and in such case, except to
the extent includable pursuant to clause (i) above), 'Adjusted Consolidated  Net
Income' of JSC shall include the amount of all cash dividends received by JSC or
any Subsidiary of JSC from an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
     'Adjusted  Consolidated Net Tangible  Assets' is defined  to mean the total
amount of  assets of  JSC and  its Subsidiaries  (less applicable  depreciation,
amortization  and other valuation reserves), except to the extent resulting from
write-ups of capital assets (excluding  write-ups in connection with  accounting
for  acquisitions in  conformity with GAAP),  after deducting  therefrom (i) all
current liabilities of JSC
 
                                       82
 
<PAGE>
and its Subsidiaries (excluding intercompany items) and (ii) all goodwill, trade
names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like
intangibles, all  as  set forth  on  the most  recently  available  consolidated
balance sheet of JSC and its Subsidiaries, prepared in conformity with GAAP.
 
     'Affiliate'  is defined to mean, as applied to any Person, any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled  by, or under direct or  indirect
common  control with,  such Person.  For purposes  of this  definition 'control'
(including, with correlative meanings, the terms 'controlling', 'controlled by',
and 'under common control with'), as applied  to any Person, is defined to  mean
the  possession, directly  or indirectly,  of the power  to direct  or cause the
direction of the  management and policies  of such Person,  whether through  the
ownership  of voting securities, by contract  or otherwise. For purposes of this
definition, no Bank  nor any  affiliate of  any Bank shall  be deemed  to be  an
Affiliate  of JSC  or any  of its  Subsidiaries nor  shall Morgan  Stanley & Co.
Incorporated (or any affiliate thereof) be deemed an Affiliate of JSC or any  of
its  Subsidiaries solely  by reason  of its  ownership of  or right  to vote any
Indebtedness of JSC or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
     'Asset Acquisition' is defined to mean (i)  an investment by JSC or any  of
its  Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become
a Subsidiary  of JSC  or any  of its  Subsidiaries or  shall be  merged into  or
consolidated  with JSC or any of its  Subsidiaries or (ii) an acquisition by JSC
or any of its Subsidiaries of the assets of any Person other than JSC or any  of
its  Subsidiaries that  constitute substantially  all of  a division  or line of
business of such Person.
 
     'Asset Disposition' is defined to mean the sale or other disposition by JSC
or any of its Subsidiaries (other than  to JSC or another Subsidiary of JSC)  of
(i)  all or substantially all  of the Capital Stock of  any Subsidiary of JSC or
(ii) all or substantially all of the  assets that constitute a division or  line
of business of JSC or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
     'Asset  Sale' is  defined to  mean, with respect  to any  Person, any sale,
transfer or  other disposition  (including by  way of  merger, consolidation  or
sale-leaseback   transactions)  in  one  transaction  or  a  series  of  related
transactions by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person other  than
JSC  or any of its  Subsidiaries of (i) all  or any of the  Capital Stock of any
Subsidiary of such Person  other than pursuant to  a public offering of  Capital
Stock  of CCA  or JSC pursuant  to which  at least 15%  of the  total issued and
outstanding Capital Stock of CCA or JSC  has been sold by means of an  effective
registration  statement under  the Securities Act  or sales,  transfers or other
dispositions of Capital Stock of CCA  or JSC substantially concurrently with  or
following such a public offering), (ii) all or substantially all of the property
and  assets  of an  operating unit  or business  of  such Person  or any  of its
Subsidiaries or (iii) any other property and assets of such Person or any of its
Subsidiaries outside the  ordinary course  of business  of such  Person or  such
Subsidiary  and, in  each case, that  is not  governed by the  provisions of the
Indenture applicable to Mergers,  Consolidations and Sales  of Assets (it  being
acknowledged  that  JSC and  its Subsidiaries  may dispose  of equipment  in the
ordinary course of their  respective businesses); provided  that sales or  other
dispositions  of inventory,  receivables and other  current assets  shall not be
included within the meaning of 'Asset Sale.'
 
     'Attributable Indebtedness' is  defined to  mean, when  used in  connection
with   a  sale-leaseback   transaction  referred   to  in   the  'Limitation  on
Sale-Leaseback Transactions' covenant at any date of determination, the  product
of  (i)  the  net  proceeds  from such  sale-leaseback  transaction  and  (ii) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full years of the term of  the
lease  relating  to the  property  involved in  such  sale-leaseback transaction
(without regard to any options  to renew or extend  such term) remaining at  the
date  of the  making of  such computation  and the  denominator of  which is the
number of full years of the term of such lease (without regard to any options to
renew or extend such term) measured from the first day of such term.
 
     'Average Life'  is defined  to  mean, at  any  date of  determination  with
respect  to any debt security, the quotient  obtained by dividing (i) the sum of
the product of (A) the  number of years from such  date of determination to  the
dates  of each successive scheduled principal  payment of such debt security and
(B) the amount of such principal payment  by (ii) the sum of all such  principal
payments.
 
     'Banks' is defined to mean the lenders who are from time to time parties to
any Credit Agreement.
 
                                       83
 
<PAGE>
     'Board  of Directors' is defined  to mean the Board  of Directors of JSC or
CCA, as  the case  may be,  or any  committee of  such Board  of Directors  duly
authorized to act under the Indenture.
 
     'Business  Day' means  any day  except a Saturday,  Sunday or  other day on
which commercial banks in The City of New York, or in the city of the  Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee, are authorized by law to close.
 
     'Capital  Stock' is defined  to mean, with  respect to any  Person, and all
shares, interests,  participation  or  other  equivalents  (however  designated,
whether  voting  or  nonvoting)  of such  Person's  capital  stock,  whether now
outstanding or  issued  after the  date  of the  Indenture,  including,  without
limitation, all Common Stock and Preferred Stock.
 
     'Capitalized Lease' is defined to mean, as applied to any Person, any lease
of  any  property (whether  real,  personal or  mixed)  of which  the discounted
present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee, in  conformity
with  GAAP, is required to  be capitalized on the  balance sheet of such Person;
and 'Capitalized Lease Obligation' is defined to mean the rental obligations, as
aforesaid, under such lease.
 
     'Change of Control' is defined to mean  such time as (i) (a) a 'person'  or
'group' (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act),
other than the Original Stockholders, becomes the 'beneficial owner' (as defined
in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 35% of the total voting power
of  the then outstanding Voting  Stock of Holdings or  a Holdings Parent and (b)
the Original Stockholders  beneficially own, directly  or indirectly, less  than
the  then outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings or a Holdings Parent beneficially
owned by such 'person' or 'group'; or (ii) (a) a 'person' or 'group' (within the
meaning of Sections  13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the  Exchange Act),  other than  the
Original  Stockholders, becomes the 'beneficial owner' (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act) of more than 35%  of the total voting power of the  then
outstanding Voting Stock of JSC, (b) the Original Stockholders beneficially own,
directly  or  indirectly, less  than the  then outstanding  Voting Stock  of JSC
beneficially owned by such 'person'  or 'group' and (c)  CCA is a Subsidiary  of
JSC at the time that the later of (a) and (b) above occurs.
 
     'Closing  Date' is defined to  mean the date on  which the Senior Notes are
originally issued under the Indentures.
 
     'Common Stock' is defined to mean, with respect to any Person, any and  all
shares,  interests,  participation  or  other  equivalents  (however designated,
whether voting  or  non-voting)  of  such Person's  common  stock,  whether  now
outstanding  or  issued  after the  date  of the  Indenture,  including, without
limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.
 
     'Consolidated EBITDA' is defined  to mean, with respect  to any Person  for
any  period, the sum of the amounts for such period of (i) Adjusted Consolidated
Net Income, (ii) Consolidated Interest  Expense, (iii) income taxes (other  than
income  taxes (either  positive or  negative) attributable  to extraordinary and
non-recurring gains or losses  or sales of  assets), (iv) depreciation  expense,
(v)  amortization expense  and (vi) all  other non-cash  items reducing Adjusted
Consolidated  Net   Income,  less   all  non-cash   items  increasing   Adjusted
Consolidated  Net Income,  all as  determined on  a consolidated  basis for such
Person and its Subsidiaries in conformity with GAAP; provided that, if a  Person
has  any  Subsidiary that  is  not a  Wholly  Owned Subsidiary  of  such Person,
Consolidated EBITDA of such Person shall be reduced (to the extent not otherwise
reduced by GAAP) by an amount equal to (A) the Adjusted Consolidated Net  Income
of such Subsidiary multiplied by (B) the quotient of (1) the number of shares of
outstanding  Common Stock of such  Subsidiary not owned on  the last day of such
period by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person divided by (2) the  total
number  of shares of outstanding Common Stock of such Subsidiary on the last day
of such period.
 
     'Consolidated Interest Expense'  is defined  to mean, with  respect to  any
Person  for  any  period,  the  aggregate  amount  of  interest  in  respect  of
Indebtedness  (including  amortization  of   original  issue  discount  on   any
Indebtedness  and  the  interest  portion of  any  deferred  payment obligation,
calculated in accordance with the  effective interest method of accounting;  all
commissions,  discounts and other fees and  charges owed with respect to letters
of credit  and bankers'  acceptance  financing; the  net costs  associated  with
Interest  Rate Agreements; and  Indebtedness that is  Guaranteed by such Person)
and all but the principal component  of rentals in respect of Capitalized  Lease
Obligations paid, accrued or
 
                                       84
 
<PAGE>
scheduled  to  be paid  or to  be accrued  by such  Person and  its consolidated
subsidiaries during  such period;  excluding, however,  (i) any  amount of  such
interest  of any Subsidiary of  such Person if the net  income (or loss) of such
Subsidiary is excluded in  the calculation of  Adjusted Consolidated Net  Income
for  such person pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof (but only in
the same proportion as the net income  (or loss) of such Subsidiary is  excluded
from  the  calculation  of  Adjusted Consolidated  Net  Income  for  such Person
pursuant to clause (iii) of the definition thereof) and (ii) any premiums,  fees
and  expenses (and any amortization thereof) payable in connection with the 1989
Transaction, the 1992 Transaction, the 1993 Transaction, the issuance of the New
Subordinated Notes  and  the  Recapitalization  Plan, all  as  determined  on  a
consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP.
 
     'Consolidated  Net Worth' is defined to mean, at any date of determination,
shareholders' equity as set  forth on the  most recently available  consolidated
balance  sheet of JSC and its Subsidiaries (which shall be as of a date not more
than 60  days  prior  to  the  date  of  such  computation),  less  any  amounts
attributable  to Redeemable  Stock or  any equity  security convertible  into or
exchangeable for  Indebtedness, the  cost of  treasury stock  and the  principal
amount  of any promissory notes receivable from the sale of the Capital Stock of
JSC or any Subsidiary of JSC, each item to be determined in accordance with GAAP
(excluding the effects of foreign currency exchange adjustments under  Financial
Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 52).
 
     'Credit   Agreement'  is  defined  to  mean  the  Credit  Agreement,  dated
approximately the Closing  Date or the  date of the  Prospectus relating to  the
sale  of the Senior Notes, among JSC,  CCA, the guarantors party thereto and the
Banks party  thereto,  together  with  all  other  agreements,  instruments  and
documents  executed  or delivered  pursuant thereto  or in  connection therewith
(including, without limitation,  any promissory notes,  Guarantees and  security
documents),  in each case, as such  agreements, instruments and documents may be
amended (including, without limitation, any amendment and restatement  thereof),
supplemented,  extended, renewed,  replaced or  otherwise modified  from time to
time, including, without  limitation, any  agreement increasing  the amount  of,
extending  the maturity  of, refinancing or  otherwise restructuring (including,
but not  limited to,  by the  inclusion of  additional borrowers  or  guarantors
thereunder  that are  Subsidiaries of  JSC or  by the  requirement of additional
collateral or other  credit enhancement to  support the obligations  thereunder)
all  or any portion  of the Indebtedness  under such agreement  or any successor
agreement or agreements; provided that, with respect to any agreement  providing
for  the refinancing of Indebtedness under any Credit Agreements, such agreement
shall be a Credit Agreement under the Indenture only if a notice to that  effect
is  delivered by JSC to the Trustee and there  shall be at any time no more than
two instruments that are Credit Agreements under the Indenture.
 
     'Currency Agreement'  is defined  to mean  any foreign  exchange  contract,
currency  swap agreement or  other similar agreement  or arrangement designed to
protect JSC or any of its  Subsidiaries against fluctuations in currency  values
to  or under which JSC or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary on
the date of the Indenture or becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter.
 
     'Default' is defined to mean any event that is, or after notice or  passage
of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
 
     'Existing  Subordinated Debt Refinancing'  means the refinancing  of any or
all of the  indebtedness represented  by the Junior  Accrued Debentures,  Senior
Subordinated  Notes and the  Subordinated Debentures, including  pursuant to the
Credit Agreement.
 
     'Foreign Subsidiary' is  defined to  mean any  Subsidiary of  JSC that  (i)
derives more than 80% of its sales or net income from, or (ii) has more than 80%
of  its  assets located  in, territories  and  jurisdictions outside  the United
States of America (in each case determined on a consolidated basis in conformity
with GAAP).
 
     'GAAP' is defined to mean  generally accepted accounting principles in  the
United  States  of  America  as in  effect  as  of the  date  of  the Indenture,
including,  without   limitation,  those   set  forth   in  the   opinions   and
pronouncements  of the Accounting Principles Board  of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the  Financial
Accounting  Standards Board or in such other  statements by such other entity as
approved by a significant segment of  the accounting profession. All ratios  and
computations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture
 
                                       85
 
<PAGE>
shall  be computed  in conformity with  GAAP, except that  calculations made for
purposes of determining  compliance with  the terms  of the  covenants and  with
other provisions of the Indenture shall be made without giving effect to (i) the
amortization  of any expenses incurred in  connection with the 1989 Transaction,
the 1992 Transaction, the 1993 Transaction, the issuance of the New Subordinated
Notes and  the Recapitalization  Plan, (ii)  except as  otherwise provided,  the
amortization of any amounts required or permitted by Accounting Principles Board
Opinion  Nos. 16 and  17 and (iii)  any charges associated  with the adoption of
Financial Accounting Standard Nos. 106 and 109.
 
     'Guarantee' is defined to mean any obligation, contingent or otherwise,  of
any  Person  directly  or  indirectly  guaranteeing  any  Indebtedness  or other
obligation of  any other  Person and,  without limiting  the generality  of  the
foregoing,  any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person (i) to purchase or  pay (or advance or supply  funds for the purchase  or
payment  of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such other Person (whether
arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well,  to
purchase  assets, goods, securities or services,  to take-or-pay, or to maintain
financial statement conditions or otherwise)  or (ii) entered into for  purposes
of  assuring  in any  other manner  the  obligee of  such Indebtedness  or other
obligation of the payment thereof or  to protect such obligation of the  payment
thereof  or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or
in part); provided that the term 'Guarantee' shall not include endorsements  for
collection  or deposit in the ordinary  course of business. The term 'Guarantee'
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
 
     'Holder' or 'Noteholder' or  'Senior Notes Holder' is  defined to mean  the
registered  holder of any Series  A Senior Note or Series  B Senior Note, as the
case may be.
 
     'Holdings'  is  defined  to  mean   SIBV/MS  Holdings,  Inc.,  a   Delaware
corporation.
 
     'Holdings  Parent' is  defined to  mean any entity  of which  Holdings is a
direct or indirect Subsidiary.
 
     'Incur' is defined  to mean, with  respect to any  Indebtedness, to  incur,
create,  issue, assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect
to, or become responsible for, the  payment of, contingently or otherwise,  such
Indebtedness;  provided  that  neither  the accrual  of  interest  (whether such
interest is  payable  in cash  or  kind) nor  the  accretion of  original  issue
discount shall be considered an Incurrence of Indebtedness.
 
     'Indebtedness'  is defined to mean, with respect  to any Person at any date
of determination (without duplication), (i) all indebtedness of such Person  for
borrowed  money,  (ii)  all  obligations  of  such  Person  evidenced  by bonds,
debentures, notes or other similar instruments  (other than, in the case of  JSC
and its Subsidiaries, any non-negotiable notes of JSC or its Subsidiaries issued
to  its  insurance  carriers  in  lieu  of  maintenance  of  policy  reserves in
connection with  its workers'  compensation and  liability insurance  programs),
(iii)  all obligations of such  Person in respect of  letters of credit or other
similar instruments (including reimbursement obligations with respect  thereto),
(iv)  all obligations  of such  Person to pay  the deferred  and unpaid purchase
price of property or services, which purchase price is due more than six  months
after  the date of placing such property in service or taking delivery and title
thereto or  the completion  of such  services, except  Trade Payables,  (v)  all
obligations  of  such  Person  as  lessee  under  Capitalized  Leases,  (vi) all
Indebtedness of other Persons  secured by a  Lien on any  asset of such  Person,
whether  or not such Indebtedness  is assumed by such  Person; provided that the
amount of such Indebtedness shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value  of
such   asset  at  such  date  of  determination  and  (B)  the  amount  of  such
Indebtedness, (vii) all Indebtedness of other Persons Guaranteed by such  Person
to  the  extent  such Indebtedness  is  Guaranteed  by such  Person,  (viii) all
obligations in respect of borrowed money under any Credit Agreement, the Secured
Notes and any Guarantees thereof and  (ix) to the extent not otherwise  included
in  this  definition, obligations  under Currency  Agreements and  Interest Rate
Agreements. The amount of Indebtedness  of any Person at  any date shall be  the
outstanding  balance at such date of  all unconditional obligations as described
above and the maximum liability determined by such Person's board of  directors,
in  good  faith, as  reasonably  likely to  occur,  upon the  occurrence  of the
contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such
date, provided  that the  amount outstanding  at any  time of  any  Indebtedness
issued with original issue discount is the face amount of such Indebtedness less
the  remaining  unamortized  portion  of the  original  issue  discount  of such
Indebtedness at such time  as determined in conformity  with GAAP; and  provided
further  that  Indebtedness shall  not include  (A)  any liability  for federal,
state,
 
                                       86
 
<PAGE>
local or other taxes  or (B) obligations of  JSC or its Restricted  Subsidiaries
pursuant to Receivables Programs.
 
     'Interest Coverage Ratio' is defined to mean, with respect to any Person on
any  Transaction Date,  the ratio  of (i)  the aggregate  amount of Consolidated
EBITDA of  such  Person  for  the  four  fiscal  quarters  for  which  financial
information   in  respect  thereof  is   available  immediately  prior  to  such
Transaction Date to  (ii) the  aggregate Consolidated Interest  Expense of  such
Person  during such four  fiscal quarters. In  making the foregoing calculation,
(A) pro forma effect shall be given to (1) any Indebtedness Incurred  subsequent
to the end of the four fiscal quarter period referred to in clause (i) and prior
to  the Transaction  Date (other  than Indebtedness  Incurred under  a revolving
credit or similar  arrangement to the  extent of the  commitment thereunder  (or
under  any predecessor revolving credit or  similar arrangement) on the last day
of such period), (2) any Indebtedness Incurred during such period to the  extent
such   Indebtedness  is  outstanding  at  the   Transaction  Date  and  (3)  any
Indebtedness to be Incurred  on the Transaction  Date, in each  case as if  such
Indebtedness  had been  Incurred on  the first day  of such  four fiscal quarter
period and after  giving pro  forma effect to  the application  of the  proceeds
thereof  as if such application had occurred on such first day; (B) Consolidated
Interest Expense attributable to interest on any Indebtedness (whether  existing
or being Incurred) computed on a pro forma basis and bearing a floating interest
rate  shall be  computed as  if the rate  in effect  on the  date of computation
(taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness
if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months) had
been the applicable rate for the entire period; (C) there shall be excluded from
Consolidated Interest Expense any Consolidated  Interest Expense related to  any
amount  of Indebtedness  that was  outstanding during  such four  fiscal quarter
period or thereafter  but that  is not  outstanding or is  to be  repaid on  the
Transaction  Date, except for Consolidated Interest Expense accrued (as adjusted
pursuant to clause (B)) during such four fiscal quarter period under a revolving
credit or similar  arrangement to the  extent of the  commitment thereunder  (or
under  any successor revolving credit or similar arrangement) on the Transaction
Date; (D)  pro forma  effect shall  be  given to  Asset Dispositions  and  Asset
Acquisitions  (including giving pro forma effect  to the application of proceeds
of any Asset Disposition) that occur  during such four fiscal quarter period  or
thereafter  and prior to the  Transaction Date as if  they had occurred and such
proceeds had been applied on the first  day of such four fiscal quarter  period;
(E)  with respect to any such four fiscal quarter period commencing prior to the
Refinancing, the Refinancing shall  be deemed to have  taken place on the  first
day  of  such  period;  and  (F)  pro  forma  effect  shall  be  given  to asset
dispositions and asset acquisitions  (including giving pro  forma effect to  the
application  of proceeds of  any asset disposition)  that have been  made by any
Person that has become a Subsidiary of JSC  or has been merged with or into  JSC
or any Subsidiary of JSC during the four fiscal quarter period referred to above
or  subsequent to such period  and prior to the  Transaction Date and that would
have constituted Asset Dispositions or Asset Acquisitions had such  transactions
occurred  when such Person was a Subsidiary of JSC as if such asset dispositions
or asset  acquisitions  were  Asset  Dispositions  or  Asset  Acquisitions  that
occurred  on the  first day  of such  period; provided  that to  the extent that
clause (D) or (F) of this sentence requires that pro forma effect be given to an
Asset Acquisition or an asset acquisition,  such pro forma calculation shall  be
based  upon the four full fiscal  quarters immediately preceding the Transaction
Date of the  Person, or  division or  line of business  of the  Person, that  is
acquired for which financial information is available.
 
     'Interest  Rate Agreement' is defined to  mean any interest rate protection
agreement, interest  rate  future  agreement, interest  rate  option  agreement,
interest  rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar
agreement,  interest  rate  hedge  agreement  or  other  similar  agreement   or
arrangement  designed  to  protect  JSC  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  against
fluctuations in interest rates or obtain the benefits of floating interest rates
to or under which JSC or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary  on
the date of the Indenture or becomes a party or a beneficiary thereafter.
 
     'Investment' is defined to mean any direct or indirect advance, loan (other
than  advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded
as accounts receivable on the balance  sheet of any Person or its  Subsidiaries)
or  other  extension of  credit  or capital  contribution  to (by  means  of any
transfer of cash  or other property  to others  or any payment  for property  or
services  for the account or  use of others), or  any purchase or acquisition of
Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures  or other similar instruments issued  by
any   other   Person.  For   purposes   of  the   definition   of  'Unrestricted
 
                                       87
 
<PAGE>
Subsidiary' and  the  'Limitation  on Restricted  Payments'  covenant  described
below, (i) 'Investment' shall include the fair market value of the net assets of
any  Subsidiary of JSC at the time that  such Subsidiary of JSC is designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary  and shall  exclude the  fair market  value of  the  net
assets  of  any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary at  the  time  that  such Unrestricted
Subsidiary is designated a  Restricted Subsidiary of JSC  and (ii) any  property
transferred  to or from an  Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be  valued at its fair
market value at  the time of  such transfer in  each case as  determined by  the
Board of Directors in good faith.
 
     'Junior  Accrual  Debentures'  is  defined to  mean  CCA's  15  1/2% Junior
Subordinated Accrual Debentures due 2004.
 
     'Lien'  is  defined  to  mean  any  mortgage,  pledge,  security  interest,
encumbrance,  lien or  charge of  any kind  (including, without  limitation, any
conditional sale  or other  title retention  agreement or  lease in  the  nature
thereof,  any sale  with recourse  against the  seller or  any Affiliate  of the
seller, or any agreement to give any security interest).
 
     'Net Cash Proceeds' is defined to mean, with respect to any Asset Sale, the
proceeds of such Asset Sale in the  form of cash or cash equivalents,  including
payments in respect of deferred payment obligations (to the extent corresponding
to the principal, but not interest, component thereof) when received in the form
of  cash or cash equivalents (except to the extent such obligations are financed
or sold with recourse  to JSC or  any Subsidiary of JSC)  and proceeds from  the
conversion   of  other  property  received  when   converted  to  cash  or  cash
equivalents, net  of  (i) brokerage  commissions  and other  fees  and  expenses
(including  fees and expenses of counsel and investment bankers) related to such
Asset Sale,  (ii) provisions  for all  taxes  (whether or  not such  taxes  will
actually  be paid or are payable) as a  result of such Asset Sale without regard
to the consolidated results of operations of JSC and its Subsidiaries, taken  as
a  whole,  (iii) payments  made to  repay Indebtedness  or any  other obligation
outstanding at the time of such Asset Sale that either (A) is secured by a  Lien
on the property or assets sold or (B) is required to be paid as a result of such
sale and (iv) appropriate amounts to be provided by JSC or any Subsidiary of JSC
as a reserve against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale, including,
without  limitation,  pension  and  other  post-employment  benefit liabilities,
liabilities  related  to  environmental   matters  and  liabilities  under   any
indemnification  obligations associated with such  Asset Sale, all as determined
in conformity with GAAP.
 

     'New Subordinated Notes' is defined to mean the 11 1/2% Junior Subordinated
Notes maturing 2005, in an aggregate amount  not to exceed $200 million, of  CCA
which  SIBV had  committed to purchase  (which commitment will  terminate on the
Closing Date without any of such notes having been issued).

 
     '1989 Transaction' is defined to mean the transaction in which (i) Holdings
acquired the entire equity interest in  JSC, (ii) JSC (through its ownership  of
JSC  Enterprises) acquired the entire equity interest  in CCA, (iii) the MSLEF I
Group received $500 million in respect of  its shares of CCA common stock,  (iv)
SIBV  received $41.75 per share, or an aggregate of approximately $1.25 billion,
in respect of its shares of JSC  stock and (v) the public stockholders  received
$43 per share of JSC stock.
 
     '1993 Transaction' is defined to mean the issuance and sale of an aggregate
principal  amount of $500 million of 9 3/4% Senior Notes Due 2003, the repayment
of Indebtedness with the proceeds of  such sale and the amendments (and  consent
payments  in respect  thereof) to certain  debt instruments,  and the agreements
related thereto, that were effected in April 1993.
 
     '1992 Stock Option Plan' means the Holdings 1992 Stock Option Plan, as  the
same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
 
     '1992  Transaction' is  defined to  mean the  purchase, in  August 1992, by
certain stockholders of Holdings of $231.8 million of Common Stock of  Holdings,
the  contribution by Holdings of such $231.8  million to CCA and the application
by CCA of such $231.8 million to repurchase Junior Accrual Debentures and  repay
other subordinated Indebtedness of CCA.
 
     'Original  Stockholders' is defined to mean, collectively, MSLEF II, Morgan
Stanley Group, SIBV, JS Group and any Affiliate of any such Person.
 
     'Permitted Liens'  is defined  to mean  (i) Liens  for taxes,  assessments,
governmental  charges  or  claims that  are  being  contested in  good  faith by
appropriate legal proceedings promptly instituted and
 
                                       88
 
<PAGE>
diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision,  if
any,  as shall be  required in conformity  with GAAP shall  have been made; (ii)
statutory Liens of landlords  and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics,  suppliers,
materialmen,  repairmen or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of
business and with respect  to amounts not yet  delinquent or being contested  in
good  faith by appropriate legal  proceedings promptly instituted and diligently
conducted and for  which a reserve  or other appropriate  provision, if any,  as
shall  be required  in conformity  with GAAP shall  have been  made; (iii) Liens
incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection  with
workers'   compensation,  unemployment  insurance  and  other  types  of  social
security; (iv) Liens  incurred or  deposits made  to secure  the performance  of
tenders,   bids,   leases,   statutory  or   regulatory   obligations,  bankers'
acceptances, surety  and appeal  bonds,  government contracts,  performance  and
return-of-money  bonds and other obligations of a similar nature incurred in the
ordinary course  of  business  (exclusive  of obligations  for  the  payment  of
borrowed  money); (v) easements, rights-of-way,  municipal and zoning ordinances
and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do
not materially interfere with the ordinary course  of business of JSC or any  of
its  Subsidiaries; (vi) Liens  (including extensions and  renewals thereof) upon
real or tangible  personal property  acquired after the  Closing Date;  provided
that  (a) such Lien is  created solely for the  purpose of securing Indebtedness
Incurred (1)  to  finance  the  cost  (including  the  cost  of  improvement  or
construction) of the item of property or assets subject thereto and such Lien is
created  prior to, at  the time of or  within six months after  the later of the
acquisition,  the  completion  of  construction  or  the  commencement  of  full
operation  of such property  or (2) to refinance  any Indebtedness previously so
secured, (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien  does
not  exceed 100% of such cost and (c) any such Lien shall not extend to or cover
any property  or assets  other than  such item  of property  or assets  and  any
improvements  on such item; (vii) leases or  subleases granted to others that do
not materially interfere with the ordinary course  of business of JSC or any  of
its Subsidiaries; (viii) Liens encumbering property or assets under construction
arising  from progress or  partial payments by a  customer of JSC  or any of its
Subsidiaries relating to such property or assets; (ix) any interest or title  of
a  lessor in the property  subject to any Capitalized  Lease or Operating Lease;
provided that any sale-leaseback transaction  related thereto complies with  the
'Limitation  on Sale-Leaseback  Transactions' covenant;  (x) Liens  arising from
filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases; (xi) Liens
on property  of, or  on shares  of  stock or  Indebtedness of,  any  corporation
existing  at  the time  such  corporation becomes,  or  becomes a  part  of, any
Restricted Subsidiary; (xii) Liens in favor of JSC or any Restricted Subsidiary;
(xiii) Liens arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order against JSC
or any Subsidiary of JSC that does not  give rise to an Event of Default;  (xiv)
Liens  securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that
encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the
products and  proceeds thereof;  (xv)  Liens in  favor  of customs  and  revenue
authorities  arising as a matter  of law to secure  payment of customs duties in
connection with  the importation  of goods;  (xvi) Liens  encumbering  customary
initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are either within the
general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course
of  business or  otherwise permitted  under the  terms of  either of  the Credit
Agreements, in each case securing  Indebtedness under Interest Rate  Agreements,
Currency  Agreements and  forward contracts, options,  future contracts, futures
options or similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect JSC or any  of
its  Subsidiaries from  fluctuations in the  price of  commodities; (xvii) Liens
arising out  of  conditional  sale,  title  retention,  consignment  or  similar
arrangements  for  the  sale  of  goods  entered  into  by  JSC  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries in the  ordinary course  of business  in accordance  with the  past
practices  of JSC and its Subsidiaries prior  to the Closing Date; (xviii) Liens
on or sales of receivables; and (xix) Liens securing any real property or  other
assets  of JSC  or any Restricted  Subsidiary in  favor of the  United States of
America or  any State  thereof, or  any department,  agency, instrumentality  or
political  subdivision thereof, in  connection with the  financing of industrial
revenue bond facilities or  any equipment or  other property designed  primarily
for  the purpose of air or water  pollution control; provided that any such Lien
on such facilities,  equipment or other  property shall not  apply to any  other
assets of JSC or any Restricted Subsidiary.
 
     'Person' is defined to mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an
association, a trust or any other entity or organization, including a government
or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.
 
                                       89
 
<PAGE>
     'Preferred  Stock' is defined to mean, with  respect to any Person, any and
all shares, interests, participation  or other equivalents (however  designated,
whether  voting or non-voting)  of such Person's  preferred or preference stock,
whether now outstanding or  issued after the date  of the Indenture,  including,
without  limitation,  all series  and classes  of  such preferred  or preference
stock.
 
     'Principal Property' is  defined to  mean any  manufacturing or  processing
plant,  warehouse or  other building used  by JSC or  any Restricted Subsidiary,
other than a plant, warehouse or other building that, in the good faith  opinion
of  the Board of Directors of JSC as  reflected in a Board Resolution, is not of
material importance  to  the  business  conducted  by  JSC  and  its  Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole as of the date such Board Resolution is adopted.
 
     'Recapitalization  Plan' means,  collectively, the  following transactions:
(i) the sale of the Senior Notes,  (ii) the sale by Holdings of Holdings  Common
Stock  substantially concurrently with the  transaction described in clause (i),
(iii) the  SIBV  Investment, (iv)  the  execution  and delivery  of  the  Credit
Agreement,  (v) the application of the proceeds of the transactions described in
clauses (i) through (iv), (vi) the Existing Subordinated Debt Refinancing, (vii)
the obtaining of all consents and waivers necessary or determined by CCA, JSC or
Holdings to be appropriate  in connection with the  foregoing, (viii) all  other
transactions  related  to, or  entered into  in  connection with,  the foregoing
unless CCA determines that any such transaction should not be considered part of
the Recapitalization  Plan and  (ix) the  payment and  accrual of  all fees  and
expenses related to the foregoing.
 
     'Receivables  Programs' means, with  respect to any  Person, obligations of
such Person or its Subsidiaries  pursuant to accounts receivable  securitization
programs, to the extent that the proceeds received pursuant to a pledge, sale or
other encumbrance of accounts receivable pursuant to such programs do not exceed
91%  of  the total  book  value of  such  accounts receivable  (determined  on a
consolidated basis in  accordance with GAAP  as of  the end of  the most  recent
fiscal quarter for which financial information is available), and any extension,
renewal,  modification  or  replacement  of  such  programs,  including, without
limitation, any agreement increasing the  amount of, extending the maturity  of,
refinancing  or otherwise  restructuring all or  any portion  of the obligations
under such programs or any successor agreement or agreements.
 
     'Redeemable Stock' is defined to mean any class or series of Capital  Stock
of  any Person  that by its  terms or otherwise  is (i) required  to be redeemed
prior to the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes, (ii) redeemable at the  option
of  the holder of such class or series of Capital Stock at any time prior to the
Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes,  or (iii) convertible into or  exchangeable
for Capital Stock referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above or Indebtedness having
a  scheduled maturity prior to the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes; provided
that any  Capital Stock  that  would not  constitute  Redeemable Stock  but  for
provisions  thereof giving holders  thereof the right to  require such Person to
repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock  upon the occurrence of an 'asset  sale'
or  'change of  control' occurring  prior to the  Stated Maturity  of the Senior
Notes shall not constitute  Redeemable Stock if the  'asset sale' or 'change  of
control'  provisions  applicable to  such Capital  Stock  are no  more favorable
(except with respect  to any  premium payable) to  the holders  of such  Capital
Stock  than  the  provisions  contained  in  'Limitation  on  Asset  Sales'  and
'Repurchase of Senior Notes  upon Change of  Control' covenants described  below
and  such  Capital  Stock  specifically  provides  that  such  Person  will  not
repurchase or redeem any  such stock pursuant to  such provisions prior to  such
Person's  repurchase of  such Senior  Notes, as  are required  to be repurchased
pursuant to the 'Limitation on Asset Sales' and 'Repurchase of Senior Notes upon
Change of Control' covenants described below.
 
     'Restricted Subsidiary' is defined to mean any Subsidiary of JSC other than
an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
 
     'Senior Subordinated  Notes'  is  defined  to mean  CCA's  13  1/2%  Senior
Subordinated Notes due 1999.
 
     'SIBV  Investment'  means the  purchase by  SIBV  or a  corporate affiliate
thereof of shares of Holdings Common Stock, substantially concurrently with  the
sale by CCA of the Senior Notes.
 
     'Significant  Subsidiary' is defined to mean, at any date of determination,
any Subsidiary of  JSC that, together  with its Subsidiaries,  (i) for the  most
recent  fiscal year  of JSC,  accounted for  more than  10% of  the consolidated
revenues of JSC or (ii) as of the end of such fiscal year, was the owner of more
 
                                       90
 
<PAGE>
than 10%  of the  consolidated assets  of  JSC, all  as set  forth on  the  most
recently  available  consolidated financial  statements of  JSC for  such fiscal
year.
 
     'Smurfit Newsprint' is  defined to  mean Smurfit  Newsprint Corporation,  a
Delaware corporation.
 
     'Stated  Maturity'  is  defined  to  mean, (i)  with  respect  to  any debt
security, the date specified in  such debt security as  the fixed date on  which
the  final installment of principal of such debt security is due and payable and
(ii) with respect to  any scheduled installment of  principal of or interest  on
any debt security, the date specified in such debt security as the fixed date on
which such installment is due and payable.
 
     'Subordinated  Debentures'  is  defined  to  mean  CCA's  14%  Subordinated
Debentures due 2001.
 
     'Subsidiary'  is  defined  to  mean,  with  respect  to  any  Person,   any
corporation,  association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
outstanding Voting Stock is owned, directly or  indirectly, by JSC or by one  or
more  other  Subsidiaries  of JSC,  or  by such  Person  and one  or  more other
Subsidiaries of such Person; provided that,  except as the term 'Subsidiary'  is
used  in  the  definition  of  'Unrestricted  Subsidiary'  set  forth  below, an
Unrestricted Subsidiary  shall not  be deemed  to  be a  Subsidiary of  JSC  for
purposes of the Indenture.
 
     'Times  Mirror Agreement'  is defined  to mean  the Shareholders Agreement,
dated February 21, 1986 between  JSC and The Times  Mirror Company, as the  same
may at any time be amended, modified or supplemented.
 
     'Trade  Payables'  is defined  to  mean, with  respect  to any  Person, any
accounts payable  or any  other  indebtedness or  monetary obligation  to  trade
creditors  created,  assumed  or  Guaranteed  by  such  Person  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course  of business in connection with  the
acquisition of goods or services.
 
     'Transaction  Date' is defined  to mean, with respect  to the Incurrence of
any Indebtedness by JSC or any  of its Subsidiaries, the date such  Indebtedness
is  to be Incurred  and, with respect  to any Restricted  Payment, the date such
Restricted Payment is to be made.
 
     'Unrestricted Subsidiary' is defined to mean (i) any Subsidiary of JSC that
at the time of determination shall  be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary  by
the  Board  of  Directors of  JSC  in the  manner  provided below  and  (ii) any
Subsidiary of an  Unrestricted Subsidiary.  The Board  of Directors  of JSC  may
designate  any Subsidiary of  JSC (including any newly  acquired or newly formed
Subsidiary of JSC) other than CCA  to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless  such
Subsidiary  owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property
of, JSC  or  any other  Subsidiary  of  JSC that  is  not a  Subsidiary  of  the
Subsidiary to be so designated; provided that either (A) the Subsidiary to be so
designated  has total  assets of $1,000  or less  or (B) if  such Subsidiary has
assets greater than $1,000, that such  designation would be permitted under  the
'Limitation  on  Restricted Payments'  covenant  described below.  The  Board of
Directors of JSC may  designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary  to be a  Restricted
Subsidiary  of  JSC;  provided  that immediately  after  giving  effect  to such
designation (x) JSC could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under the first
paragraph of the 'Limitation on  Indebtedness' covenant described below and  (y)
no  Default or Event of Default shall  have occurred and be continuing. Any such
designation by the Board of Directors of  JSC shall be evidenced to the  Trustee
by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the Board Resolution giving effect
to   such  designation  and  an   Officers'  Certificate  certifying  that  such
designation complied with the foregoing provisions. Any Subsidiary of JSC may be
designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or not so designated) for purposes  of
the Indenture without regard to whether such Subsidiary is so designated (or not
so  designated) for purposes of any  other agreement relating to Indebtedness of
JSC or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
     'Voting Stock'  is defined  to mean  Capital  Stock of  any class  or  kind
ordinarily having the power to vote for the election of directors.
 
     'Wholly  Owned Subsidiary' is defined to  mean, with respect to any Person,
any Subsidiary of such Person if all of the Common Stock or other similar equity
ownership interests  (but  not including  Preferred  Stock) in  such  Subsidiary
(other than any director's qualifying shares or Investments by foreign nationals
mandated by applicable law) is owned directly or indirectly by such Person.
 
                                       91
 
<PAGE>
COVENANTS
 
LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS
 
     Under  the terms of the Indentures, JSC shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness unless, after giving effect  to
the  Incurrence  of such  Indebtedness and  the receipt  and application  of the
proceeds therefrom, the Interest Coverage Ratio of JSC would be greater than
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(1) prior to July 1, 1994............................................................   1.50:1,
<S>                                                                                     <C>
(2) after June 30, 1994 and prior to July 1, 1995....................................   1.75:1,
(3) after June 30, 1995..............................................................   2.00:1.
</TABLE>
 

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, JSC and any Restricted Subsidiary (except as
expressly provided  below)  may  Incur  each  and  all  of  the  following:  (i)
Indebtedness  (A)  of  JSC and  CCA  outstanding  at any  time  in  an aggregate
principal amount not to exceed the amount of outstanding Indebtedness and unused
commitments under the Credit Agreement on the Closing Date less any Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant  to clause  (iii)  below to  refinance  or refund  the  Junior
Accrual  Debentures, Senior  Subordinated Notes or  the Subordinated Debentures,
(B) of JSC and CCA outstanding at any time in an aggregate principal amount  not
to  exceed $275  million, (C)  of JSC  Enterprises, CCA  Enterprises and Smurfit
Newsprint under the Credit Agreement and  (D) of Restricted Subsidiaries of  JSC
(other  than CCA) in an aggregate principal  amount not to exceed $50 million at
any one  time  outstanding;  and  (E) consisting  of  Guarantees  by  Restricted
Subsidiaries  of JSC (other than (CCA) of Indebtedness of JSC and its Restricted
Subsidiaries under the Credit Agreement  or any other indebtedness for  borrowed
money;  provided  that  any  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  that  Guarantees such
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement  or any other indebtedness for  borrowed
money  shall fully  and unconditionally Guarantee  the Senior Notes  on a senior
basis; provided further  that any such  Guarantees of subordinated  indebtedness
will  be subordinated in a  like manner; (ii) Indebtedness (A)  of JSC to any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries that is  a Wholly Owned Subsidiary  of JSC, or of  a
Restricted  Subsidiary to JSC  or to any  other Restricted Subsidiary  that is a
Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of  JSC, (B)  of JSC  or any  Restricted Subsidiary  to
Smurfit  Newsprint or  (C) of  JSC or any  Restricted Subsidiary  to any Foreign
Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $20 million at any one
time outstanding; (iii) Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds
of which are used to refinance or refund, outstanding Indebtedness of JSC or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other  than Indebtedness Incurred under  clauses
(i)(A), (B) or (D), (ii)(C), (vi) or (ix) of this paragraph and any refinancings
thereof,  in an amount (or, if such new Indebtedness provides for an amount less
than the principal amount thereof  to be due and  payable upon a declaration  of
acceleration  thereof, with an original issue price) not to exceed the amount so
exchanged, refinanced or  refunded (plus  premiums, accrued  interest, fees  and
expenses); provided that Indebtedness issued in exchange for, or the proceeds of
which  are used  to refinance  or refund,  the Senior  Notes or  JSC's Guarantee
thereof or  other  Indebtedness of  CCA  or JSC  that  is pari  passu  with,  or
subordinated  in  right  of payment  to,  the  Senior Notes  or  JSC's Guarantee
thereof, as the case  may be (other than  the Junior Accrual Debentures,  Senior
Subordinated  Notes and  the Subordinated  Debentures), shall  only be permitted
under this clause  (iii) if (A)  in case  the Indebtedness to  be refinanced  is
subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Notes or JSC's Guarantee thereof,
such  new  Indebtedness,  by its  terms  or by  the  terms of  any  agreement or
instrument pursuant  to  which  such  new  Indebtedness  is  issued  or  remains
outstanding,  is expressly  made subordinate in  right of payment  to the Senior
Notes or JSC's Guarantee  thereof, as the  case may be, at  least to the  extent
that  the Indebtedness to be  refinanced is subordinated to  the Senior Notes or
JSC's Guarantee thereof, as the  case may be, (B) in  case the Senior Notes  are
refinanced  in part or the Indebtedness to  be refinanced is pari passu with, or
subordinated in  right  of payment  to,  the  Senior Notes  or  JSC's  Guarantee
thereof,  such new Indebtedness, determined as of the date of Incurrence of such
new Indebtedness, does not mature prior to six months after the Stated  Maturity
of  the Indebtedness  to be  refinanced (or,  if earlier,  six months  after the
Stated Maturity  of  the  Senior  Notes)  and  the  Average  Life  of  such  new
Indebtedness is at least equal to the remaining Average Life of the Indebtedness
to be refinanced plus six months (or, if less, the remaining Average Life of the
Senior  Notes plus six months), and (C)  if the Indebtedness to be refinanced is
Indebtedness of JSC  or CCA,  such new  Indebtedness Incurred  pursuant to  this
clause  (iii) may not be Indebtedness of  any Restricted Subsidiary of JSC other
than CCA; (iv)  Indebtedness (A)  in respect  of performance,  surety or  appeal

 
                                       92
 
<PAGE>
bonds provided in the ordinary course of business, (B) under Currency Agreements
and  Interest Rate Agreements; provided that, in the case of Currency Agreements
that relate to other Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not increase  the
Indebtedness of JSC or its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding at any time other
than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason
of  fees, indemnities and compensation payable  thereunder; and (C) arising from
agreements providing  for  indemnification,  adjustment  of  purchase  price  or
similar  obligations, or from  Guarantees or letters of  credit, surety bonds or
performance bonds securing any obligations  of JSC or any Restricted  Subsidiary
of  JSC pursuant to such agreements, in any case Incurred in connection with the
disposition of any business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of JSC, other  than
Guarantees  of Indebtedness Incurred by any  Person acquiring all or any portion
of such business,  assets or  Restricted Subsidiary of  JSC for  the purpose  of
financing such acquisition; (v) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit and
bankers' acceptances Incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with
past  practice; (vi) Indebtedness  of JSC or  CCA in an  aggregate amount not to
exceed  $100  million  at   any  one  time   outstanding;  provided  that   such
Indebtedness,  by  its terms  or by  the  terms of  any agreement  or instrument
pursuant to which  such Indebtedness is  issued or remains  outstanding, (A)  is
expressly  made subordinate  in right  of payment to  the Senior  Notes or JSC's
Guarantee thereof, as the case may be, (B) provides that no required payments of
principal of such Indebtedness by way  of sinking fund, mandatory redemption  or
otherwise  shall be made  by JSC or  CCA (including, without  limitation, at the
option of the holder thereof other than an option given to a holder pursuant  to
an  'asset sale'  or 'change  of control'  provision that  is no  more favorable
(except with respect to any premium payable) to the holders of such Indebtedness
than the provisions contained in the 'Limitation on Asset Sales' and 'Repurchase
of Senior  Notes  upon  Change  of  Control'  covenants  and  such  Indebtedness
specifically  provides  that JSC  and  CCA will  not  repurchase or  redeem such
Indebtedness pursuant to such provisions prior to CCA's repurchase of the Senior
Notes required to be  repurchased by CCA under  the 'Limitation on Asset  Sales'
and  'Repurchase of Senior Notes upon Change  of Control' covenants) at any time
prior to the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes and (C) after giving effect  to
the  Incurrence  of  such  Indebtedness  and  the  application  of  the proceeds
therefrom, JSC's  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  would be  at  least  1.25:1;  (vii)
Indebtedness  of CCA or JSC Incurred on or before December 1, 1994, the proceeds
of which are used to pay cash interest on the Junior Accrual Debentures;  (viii)
Acquired Indebtedness, provided that, at the time of the Incurrence thereof, JSC
could  Incur at least  $1.00 of Indebtedness  under the first  paragraph of this
'Limitation on Indebtedness' covenant,  and refinancings thereof; provided  that
such  refinancing Indebtedness may not be Incurred by any Person other than JSC,
CCA  or  the  Restricted  Subsidiary  that  is  the  obligor  on  such  Acquired
Indebtedness;  (ix) Indebtedness of JSC or  CCA Incurred to finance, directly or
indirectly, capital expenditures of  JSC and its  Restricted Subsidiaries in  an
aggregate principal amount not to exceed $75 million in each fiscal year of JSC,
and  any refinancing of such Indebtedness (including pursuant to any Capitalized
Lease); provided that the  amount of Indebtedness which  may be Incurred in  any
fiscal year of JSC pursuant to this clause (ix) shall be increased by the amount
of  Indebtedness  (other than  refinancing Indebtedness)  which could  have been
Incurred in the prior fiscal year (including  by reason of this proviso) of  JSC
pursuant to this clause (ix) but which was not so Incurred; and (x) Indebtedness
represented  by the obligations of JSC or CCA to repurchase shares, or cancel or
repurchase options to purchase shares, of Holdings', a Holdings Parent's,  JSC's
or  CCA's  Common  Stock  held by  employees  of  Holdings, JSC  or  any  of its
Restricted Subsidiaries  as  set  forth  in  the  agreements  under  which  such
employees  purchase or hold  shares of Holdings', a  Holdings Parent's, JSC's or
CCA's Common  Stock, as  such  agreements may  be  amended; provided  that  such
Indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Notes and JSC's Guarantee thereof, as
the  case may be, and  that no payment of principal  of such Indebtedness may be
made while any Senior Notes are outstanding.
 

     Notwithstanding any other  provision of this  'Limitation on  Indebtedness'
covenant,  (i) the  maximum amount  of Indebtedness  that JSC  or any Restricted
Subsidiary may  Incur pursuant  to this  'Limitation on  Indebtedness'  covenant
shall  not be deemed to  be exceeded due solely  to fluctuations in the exchange
rates of currencies, (ii) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement
on the Closing Date (and after  repaying the Indebtedness to be repaid  pursuant
to  the  Recapitalization  Plan  (other  than  the  Existing  Subordinated  Debt
Refinancing)) shall be treated  as Incurred immediately  after the Closing  Date
pursuant  to  clause  (i)(A) of  the  second  paragraph of  this  'Limitation on

 
                                       93
 
<PAGE>
Indebtedness'  covenant,  (iii)  for  purposes  of  calculating  the  amount  of
Indebtedness  outstanding at  any time  under clauses  (i)(B) and  (i)(D) of the
second paragraph of  this 'Limitation  on Indebtedness' covenant,  no amount  of
Indebtedness  of JSC  or any  Restricted Subsidiary  outstanding on  the Closing
Date, including the Senior Notes, shall be considered to be outstanding and (iv)
neither JSC nor CCA may Incur any Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to
any other  Indebtedness  of  JSC  or  CCA, as  the  case  may  be,  unless  such
Indebtedness,  by its terms or the terms of any agreement or instrument pursuant
to which such  Indebtedness is  issued, is  also expressly  made subordinate  to
JSC's  Guarantee of the Senior Notes or the Senior Notes, as the case may be, at
least to  the  extent that  such  Indebtedness  is subordinated  to  such  other
Indebtedness;  provided that the limitation in clause (iv) above shall not apply
to distinctions between categories of unsubordinated Indebtedness which exist by
reason of (a) any liens or other  encumbrances arising or created in respect  of
some  but  not  all unsubordinated  Indebtedness,  (b)  intercreditor agreements
between holders  of  different classes  of  unsubordinated Indebtedness  or  (c)
different maturities or prepayment provisions.
 
     For  purposes of  determining any  particular amount  of Indebtedness under
this 'Limitation  on Indebtedness'  covenant,  (1) Indebtedness  resulting  from
security interests granted with respect to Indebtedness of JSC or any Restricted
Subsidiary  otherwise included in  the determination of  such particular amount,
and Guarantees (and security  interests in respect  thereof) of, or  obligations
with respect to letters of credit supporting, Indebtedness otherwise included in
the determination of such particular amount shall not be included, (2) any Liens
granted  pursuant to the equal  and ratable provisions referred  to in the first
paragraph or clause  (i) of the  second paragraph of  the 'Limitation on  Liens'
covenant  shall not  be treated as  Indebtedness and  (3) Indebtedness permitted
under this covenant need not be  permitted solely by reference to one  provision
permitting  such Indebtedness but may  be permitted in part  by reference to one
such provision and in part by reference to one or more other provisions of  this
covenant  permitting such  Indebtedness. For purposes  of determining compliance
with this 'Limitation on Indebtedness' covenant,  (x) in the event that an  item
of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness
described in the above clauses, JSC, in its sole discretion, shall classify such
item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such
Indebtedness in one of such clauses and (y) the amount of Indebtedness issued at
a  price that is  less than the principal  amount thereof shall  be equal to the
amount of the liability in respect  thereof determined in conformity with  GAAP.
(Section 3.03)
 
LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS
 
     So  long as any of the Senior Notes are outstanding, JSC will not, and will
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, (i) declare  or
pay  any dividend  or make  any distribution  on its  Capital Stock  (other than
dividends or distributions payable  solely in shares of  its or such  Restricted
Subsidiary's  Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the same class held
by such holders or in options, warrants  or other rights to acquire such  shares
of  Capital Stock) held by  Persons other than JSC  or any Restricted Subsidiary
that is  a Wholly  Owned Subsidiary  of JSC,  (ii) purchase,  redeem, retire  or
otherwise  acquire for value any shares of Capital Stock of Holdings, a Holdings
Parent, JSC or CCA (including options, warrants or other rights to acquire  such
shares  of  Capital Stock)  held by  Persons  other than  JSC or  any Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of JSC, (iii) make any voluntary or
optional principal  payment, or  voluntary or  optional redemption,  repurchase,
defeasance,  or  other voluntary  acquisition or  retirement  for value,  of (1)
Indebtedness of Holdings or a Holdings  Parent, (2) Indebtedness of CCA that  is
subordinated  in right  of payment  to the Senior  Notes (other  than the Senior
Subordinated  Notes,  the  Subordinated   Debentures  and  the  Junior   Accrual
Debentures)  or (3) Indebtedness of JSC that is subordinated in right of payment
to JSC's Guarantee of the  Senior Notes (other than  the Guarantees of JSC  with
respect  to the 13  1/2% Senior Subordinated  Notes, the Subordinated Debentures
and the  Junior  Accrual  Debentures),  or  (iv)  make  any  Investment  in  any
Unrestricted Subsidiary (such payments or any other actions described in clauses
(i)  through (iv) being collectively 'Restricted  Payments') if, at the time of,
and after giving effect  to, the proposed Restricted  Payment: (A) a Default  or
Event  of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (B) JSC could not Incur
at least $1.00 of Indebtedness under  the first paragraph of the 'Limitation  on
Indebtedness'  covenant or (C) the aggregate  amount expended for all Restricted
Payments (the amount so  expended, if other  than in cash,  to be determined  in
good faith by the Board of Directors of JSC,
 
                                       94
 
<PAGE>
whose  determination shall  be conclusive and  evidenced by  a Board Resolution)
after the date of the Indenture shall exceed the sum of (1) 50% of the aggregate
amount of the Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (or, if the Adjusted Consolidated
Net Income is a loss, minus 100% of such amount) of JSC (determined by excluding
income resulting from the  transfers of assets received  by JSC or a  Restricted
Subsidiary from an Unrestricted Subsidiary) accrued on a cumulative basis during
the  period (taken as one  accounting period) beginning on  the first day of the
month immediately following the Closing Date and  ending on the last day of  the
last  fiscal quarter preceding  the Transaction Date plus  (2) the aggregate net
proceeds (including the fair market value  of noncash proceeds as determined  in
good  faith by the  Board of Directors of  JSC) received by JSC  or CCA from the
issuance and sale permitted by the Indenture of the Capital Stock of JSC or  CCA
(other  than Redeemable Stock) to a Person who is not a Restricted Subsidiary of
JSC or  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary  of JSC,  including  an  issuance  or  sale
permitted by the Indenture for cash or other property upon the conversion of any
Indebtedness  of JSC or CCA subsequent to the Closing Date, or from the issuance
of any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of JSC or  CCA
(in  each case, exclusive  of any Redeemable  Stock or any  options, warrants or
other rights that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or are required to
be redeemed, prior to the Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes) plus all  amounts
contributed  to the capital of  JSC by Holdings plus (3)  an amount equal to the
net reduction  in  Investments in  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries (other  than  such
Investments  made  pursuant  to  clause  (v) of  the  second  paragraph  of this
'Limitation  on  Restricted  Payments'  covenant)  resulting  from  payments  of
interest  on Indebtedness, dividends, repayments of  loans or advances, or other
transfers of  assets, in  each case  to JSC  or any  Restricted Subsidiary  from
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, or from redesignation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries as
Restricted  Subsidiaries (valued in  each case as provided  in the definition of
'Investments'), not to  exceed in the  case of any  Unrestricted Subsidiary  the
amount  of Investments  previously made by  JSC or any  Restricted Subsidiary in
such Unrestricted Subsidiary plus (4) $25 million.
 
     The foregoing  provision shall  not take  into account,  and shall  not  be
violated  by reason of: (i) the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the
date of declaration thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment  would
comply with the foregoing paragraph; (ii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance
or  other acquisition or retirement for value of (A) Indebtedness of Holdings or
a Holdings Parent,  (B) Indebtedness  of CCA that  is subordinated  in right  of
payment  to the Senior Notes or (C)  Indebtedness of JSC that is subordinated in
right of payment to JSC's Guarantee  of the Senior Notes, including premium,  if
any,  and accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of, or in exchange for,
Indebtedness Incurred under clause (iii) or (vi) of the second paragraph of  the
'Limitation  on Indebtedness'  covenant; (iii) the  payment of  dividends on the
Capital Stock of JSC  or CCA, following the  initial public offering of  Capital
Stock  of Holdings provided  for in the  Recapitalization Plan, of  up to 6% per
annum of the  net proceeds  received by JSC  or CCA,  as the case  may be,  from
Holdings  out  of the  proceeds of  (a) such  public offering  and (b)  the SIBV
Investment (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, but without deducting
other fees  or expenses  therefrom); (iv)  the repurchase,  redemption or  other
acquisition  of Capital  Stock of  Holdings, a  Holdings Parent,  JSC or  CCA in
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a substantially concurrent offering  of,
shares  of Capital Stock  (other than Redeemable Stock)  of Holdings, a Holdings
Parent, JSC or CCA; (v) the  making of Investments in Unrestricted  Subsidiaries
in  an aggregate amount  not to exceed $25  million in each  fiscal year of JSC;
(vi) the acquisition of (A) Indebtedness  of Holdings or a Holdings Parent,  (B)
Indebtedness  of CCA  which is  subordinated in right  of payment  to the Senior
Notes or (C) Indebtedness  of JSC that  is subordinated in  right of payment  to
JSC's  Guarantee of the Senior Notes in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of,
a substantially concurrent offering of, shares of the Capital Stock of Holdings,
a Holdings Parent, JSC or CCA  (other than Redeemable Stock); (vii) payments  or
distributions  pursuant  to or  in connection  with  a consolidation,  merger or
transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of the Indenture applicable
to mergers, consolidations  and transfers  of all  or substantially  all of  the
property  and  assets of  JSC  or CCA;  (viii) payments  to  Holdings (A)  in an
aggregate amount not  to exceed  $2 million per  annum to  cover the  reasonable
expenses  of Holdings incurred in the ordinary  course of business and (B) in an
amount not to exceed the amount believed in good faith by the Board of Directors
of JSC or CCA, as the case may be, to be necessary or advisable for the  payment
of  any liability of  Holdings, JSC and  CCA in connection  with federal, state,
local or foreign taxes; (ix) payments to JSC or any Restricted Subsidiary of JSC
in respect of Indebtedness of
 
                                       95
 
<PAGE>
JSC or  any Restricted  Subsidiary of  JSC  owed to  JSC or  another  Restricted
Subsidiary  of JSC; (x) distributions and  payments required to be made pursuant
to the  Times Mirror  Agreement or  distributions or  payments to  Holdings,  to
enable  Holdings  to  satisfy its  payment  obligations under  the  Times Mirror
Agreement; (xi) payments to Persons who  are no longer Employees (as defined  in
the  1992 Stock Option Plan) or the beneficiaries or estates of such Persons, as
a result of  the purchase by  Holdings of  options issued pursuant  to the  1992
Stock  Option Plan (or  Common Stock issued  upon the exercise  of such options)
held by such  Persons in accordance  with the 1992  Stock Option Plan;  provided
that  such payments do not exceed $4 million  in any fiscal year; or payments or
distributions to Holdings to enable Holdings to make any such payments; or (xii)
the payment  of  pro rata  dividends  to holders  of  Capital Stock  of  Smurfit
Newsprint;  provided that, in the  case of clauses (ii)  through (vii), (xi) and
(xii), no Default or Event of Default  shall have occurred and be continuing  or
occur  as  a  consequence of  the  actions  or payments  set  forth  therein. In
connection with  any  purchase,  repurchase,  redemption,  defeasance  or  other
acquisition  or retirement for value of any  security which is not Capital Stock
but which  is convertible  into  or exchangeable  for Capital  Stock  (including
options,  warrants or  other rights to  purchase Capital  Stock), such purchase,
repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other  acquisition or retirement shall  be
deemed  covered by clause (iii) and not by clause (ii) of the first paragraph of
this covenant if the Board of Directors of JSC makes a good faith  determination
that  the value of the underlying  Capital Stock, less any consideration payable
by the holder of such security  in connection with such conversion or  exchange,
is  less  than  the  value  of  the  referenced  security.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, any amounts paid pursuant to clause (iii) of this second paragraph of
this 'Limitation  on  Restricted  Payments' covenant  shall  reduce  the  amount
available  for Restricted  Payments under clause  (C) of the  first paragraph of
this 'Limitation on Restricted Payments' covenant. (Section 3.04)
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an issuance of Capital Stock
of CCA or JSC (or Holdings or a Holdings Parent to the extent that the  proceeds
therefrom  are contributed to  CCA) and (1) the  repurchase, redemption or other
acquisition of  Capital Stock  out of  the proceeds  of such  issuance, (2)  the
acquisition  of Indebtedness  that is  subordinated in  right of  payment to the
Senior Notes or the redemption of the Series A Senior Notes out of the  proceeds
of such issuance, as permitted by clause (v) or (vi) above, then, in calculating
whether  the conditions of clause (C) of the first paragraph of this 'Limitation
on Restricted Payments' covenant  have been met with  respect to any  subsequent
Restricted  Payments, both the proceeds of  such issuance and the application of
such proceeds shall be included under clause (C).
 
LIMITATION ON DIVIDEND AND OTHER PAYMENT RESTRICTIONS AFFECTING RESTRICTED
SUBSIDIARIES
 
     So long as any of the Senior Notes are outstanding, JSC will not, and  will
not  permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any  kind
on  the  ability  of any  Restricted  Subsidiary  (other than  CCA)  to  (i) pay
dividends or make  any other distributions  permitted by applicable  law on  any
Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary owned by JSC or any other Restricted
Subsidiary,  (ii)  pay any  Indebtedness  owed to  JSC  or any  other Restricted
Subsidiary, (iii)  make  loans  or  advances to  JSC  or  any  other  Restricted
Subsidiary  or (iv) transfer, subject to certain exceptions, any of its property
or assets to JSC or any other Restricted Subsidiary.
 
     The foregoing provision shall not restrict or prohibit any encumbrances  or
restrictions: (i) existing in any Credit Agreement, (ii) existing under the 1993
Notes,  the Senior Subordinated  Notes, the Subordinated  Debentures, the Junior
Accrual Debentures, any indenture or agreement  related to any of the  foregoing
or  any  agreements  in  effect  on the  Closing  Date  or  in  any Indebtedness
containing any such  encumbrance or  restriction that is  permitted pursuant  to
clause (v) below or in any extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements of
any  of the  foregoing; provided that  the encumbrances and  restrictions in any
such extensions, refinancings, renewals or replacements are not materially  less
favorable  taken as whole to the Holders than those encumbrances or restrictions
that are then  in effect  and that are  being extended,  refinanced, renewed  or
replaced;  (iii) existing under  any Receivables Program  or any other agreement
providing for  the  Incurrence of  Indebtedness  (or any  exhibit,  appendix  or
schedule  to such agreement  or other agreement  executed as a  condition to the
execution of, funding under  or pursuant to such  agreement); provided that  the
encumbrances  and restrictions  in any  such agreement  are not  materially less
favorable  taken   as  a   whole  to   the  Holders   than  those   encumbrances
 
                                       96
 
<PAGE>
and  restrictions contained in any Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date; (iv)
existing under or by reason of applicable law; (v) existing with respect to  any
Person  or  the  property  or assets  of  such  Person acquired  by  JSC  or any
Restricted Subsidiary  and  existing at  the  time of  such  acquisition,  which
encumbrances or restrictions are not applicable to any Person or the property or
assets  of any Person other  than such Person or the  property or assets of such
Person so acquired; (vi) in the case  of clause (vii) of the first paragraph  of
this 'Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted
Subsidiaries'  covenant, (A) that restrict in a customary manner the subletting,
assignment or  transfer of  any property  or  asset that  is a  lease,  license,
conveyance  or contract or similar property or  asset, (B) existing by virtue of
any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien
on, any property  or assets of  JSC or any  Restricted Subsidiary not  otherwise
prohibited  by the Indenture or (C) arising  or agreed to in the ordinary course
of business and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from  the
value  of property or assets  of JSC or any  Restricted Subsidiary in any manner
material to JSC and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (viii) with
respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and imposed pursuant to an agreement that has
been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the
Capital Stock of, or property and assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary. Nothing
contained in  this  'Limitation  on  Dividend  and  Other  Payment  Restrictions
Affecting  Restricted Subsidiaries' covenant shall prevent JSC or any Restricted
Subsidiary from (1) entering into any agreement permitting or providing for  the
incurrence of Liens otherwise permitted in the 'Limitation on Liens' covenant or
(2)  restricting the sale or  other disposition of property  or assets of JSC or
any of  its  Subsidiaries  that  secure  Indebtedness  of  JSC  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries. (Section 3.05)
 
LIMITATION ON THE ISSUANCE OF CAPITAL STOCK OF JSC AND RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES
 
     Under  the terms  of the Indenture,  JSC will  not and will  not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary (other than CCA), directly or indirectly, to issue or sell
any shares of its Capital Stock (including options, warrants or other rights  to
purchase  shares of such Capital Stock) except  (i) to JSC or another Restricted
Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of JSC, (ii) if, immediately  after
giving  effect to  such issuance  or sale,  such Restricted  Subsidiary would no
longer constitute a Restricted Subsidiary  for purposes of the Indenture,  (iii)
if  the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance  or sale are applied, to the extent
required to be applied, pursuant to the 'Limitation on Asset Sales' covenant  or
if  such issuance or sale does not constitute an 'Asset Sale,' (iv) issuances or
sales  to  foreign  nationals  of  shares  of  the  Capital  Stock  of   Foreign
Subsidiaries,  to the extent mandated by applicable foreign law or (v) issuances
or sales of Capital Stock by JSC to Holdings. (Section 3.06)
 
LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS AND AFFILIATES
 
     Under the terms of  the Indenture, JSC  will not, and  will not permit  any
Restricted  Subsidiary of JSC  to, directly or indirectly,  enter into, renew or
extend any transaction (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease
or exchange of property  or assets, or  the rendering of  any service) with  any
holder  (or any Affiliate of such holder) of  5% or more of any class of Capital
Stock of Holdings or with any Affiliate of JSC, except upon fair and  reasonable
terms  no less favorable to JSC or  such Restricted Subsidiary of JSC than could
be obtained, at the time of such transaction or at the time of the execution  of
the  agreement providing therefor, in a comparable arm's-length transaction with
a Person that is not such a holder or an Affiliate.
 
     The foregoing  limitation does  not  limit, and  shall  not apply  to,  (i)
transactions  (A) approved  by a  majority of  the disinterested  members of the
Board of Directors or (B) for which  JSC or a Restricted Subsidiary delivers  to
the Trustee a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment banking firm
or  a nationally recognized accounting firm stating that the transaction is fair
or, in  the case  of an  opinion  of a  nationally recognized  accounting  firm,
reasonable  or fair to JSC or such  Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point
of view; (ii) any transaction among JSC and any Restricted Subsidiaries or among
Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) the payment  of reasonable and customary  regular
fees  to directors of JSC or any  Restricted Subsidiary who are not employees of
JSC or  any  Restricted Subsidiary;  (iv)  any payments  or  other  transactions
pursuant to any tax-sharing agreement between JSC, CCA and Holdings or any other
Person with which JSC is required or permitted to file a consolidated tax return
or  with which JSC is or could be part of a consolidated group for tax purposes;
(v) any  Restricted Payments  not prohibited  by the  'Limitation on  Restricted
Payments' covenant; (vi) the provisions of management,
 
                                       97
 
<PAGE>
financial  and operational services by JSC and its Subsidiaries to Affiliates of
JSC in  which  JSC or  its  Subsidiaries have  Investments  and the  payment  of
compensation for such services; provided, that the Board of Directors of JSC has
determined  that the provision of such services  is in the best interests of JSC
and its  Subsidiaries;  (vii)  any  transaction required  by  the  Times  Mirror
Agreement;   or  (viii)  any  transaction  contemplated  by  the  terms  of  the
Recapitalization Plan. (Section 3.07)
 
LIMITATION ON LIENS
 
     Under the terms of  the Indenture, JSC  will not, and  will not permit  any
Restricted  Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or  suffer to exist any Lien on
any Principal Property, or  any shares of Capital  Stock or Indebtedness of  any
Restricted  Subsidiary, without making effective provision for all of the Senior
Notes and  all other  amounts due  under the  Indenture to  be directly  secured
equally  and ratably with (or  prior to) the obligation  or liability secured by
such Lien for so long  as such Lien affects  such Principal Property, shares  of
Capital Stock or Indebtedness unless, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate
amount  of any Indebtedness so secured,  plus, the Attributable Indebtedness for
all sale-leaseback transactions  restricted as described  in the 'Limitation  on
Sale-Leaseback   Transactions'  covenant,  does  not   exceed  10%  of  Adjusted
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
 
     The foregoing limitation does not apply to, and any computation of  secured
Indebtedness under such limitation shall exclude, (i) Liens securing obligations
under  (A) any  Credit Agreement  and (B)  any Receivables  Programs; (ii) other
Liens existing  on  the  Closing  Date; (iii)  Liens  securing  Indebtedness  of
Restricted  Subsidiaries  (other  than  Acquired  Indebtedness  and refinancings
thereof); (iv) Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred under clause (iv) or (v)  of
the  second paragraph  of the 'Limitation  on Indebtedness'  covenant; (v) Liens
granted in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing, in whole or in
part, of any Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (iv) above;  provided
that  with respect to clauses (ii) and  (iii) the amount of Indebtedness secured
by such Lien is not increased thereby; and provided further that the  extension,
renewal  or refinancing of  Indebtedness of JSC  may not be  secured by Liens on
assets of any Restricted  Subsidiary (other than CCA)  other than to the  extent
the  Indebtedness being renewed or refinanced was at any time previously secured
by Liens on  assets of such  Restricted Subsidiary; (vi)  Liens with respect  to
Acquired  Indebtedness permitted under clause (viii)  of the second paragraph of
the 'Limitation on  Indebtedness' covenant and  permitted refinancings  thereof;
provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of JSC
or  any Subsidiary of  JSC other than  the property or  assets of the Subsidiary
acquired; (vii) Liens securing the  Senior Subordinated Notes, the  Subordinated
Debentures, the Junior Accrual Debentures or the 1993 Notes, in each case to the
extent required to be incurred pursuant to the terms of the indentures governing
such Indebtedness; or (viii) Permitted Liens. (Section 3.08)
 
LIMITATION ON SALE-LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
 
     Under  the terms of  the Indenture, JSC  will not, and  will not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to,  enter into any  sale-leaseback transaction  involving
any  Principal  Property,  unless  the  aggregate  amount  of  all  Attributable
Indebtedness with respect to such transactions, plus all Indebtedness secured by
Liens on Principal Properties (excluding  secured Indebtedness that is  excluded
as  described in  the 'Limitation  on Liens' covenant),  does not  exceed 10% of
Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
 
     The foregoing  restriction  does  not  apply to,  and  any  computation  of
Attributable   Indebtedness   under   such   limitation   shall   exclude,   any
sale-leaseback transaction if (i) the lease  is for a period, including  renewal
rights,  of not  in excess  of three  years; (ii)  the sale  or transfer  of the
Principal Property is entered into prior to, at the time of, or within 12 months
after the later of the acquisition  of the Principal Property or the  completion
of  construction  thereof;  (iii) the  lease  secures or  relates  to industrial
revenue or pollution control bonds; (iv) the transaction is between JSC and  any
Restricted  Subsidiary or  between Restricted Subsidiaries;  or (v)  JSC or such
Restricted Subsidiary, within 12 months after the sale of any Principal Property
is completed, applies  an amount not  less than the  net proceeds received  from
such sale to the retirement of unsubordinated Indebtedness, to Indebtedness of a
Restricted Subsidiary (other than CCA) or to the purchase of other property that
will constitute Principal Property or improvements thereto. (Section 3.09)
 
                                       98
 
<PAGE>
LIMITATION ON ASSET SALES
 
     Under  the terms of the Indenture, in the  event and to the extent that the
Net  Cash  Proceeds  received  by  Holdings,  JSC  or  any  of  its   Restricted
Subsidiaries from one or more Asset Sales occurring on or after the Closing Date
in  any period of 12 consecutive months (other than Asset Sales by Holdings, JSC
or any Restricted Subsidiary to JSC or another Restricted Subsidiary) exceed 10%
of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets in any one fiscal year  (determined
as  of the date closest to the commencement  of such 12-month period for which a
consolidated balance sheet of  JSC has been prepared),  then JSC shall or  shall
cause  the relevant Restricted  Subsidiary to (i)  within 12 months  (or, in the
case of Asset Sales of plants or facilities, 24 months) after the date Net  Cash
Proceeds  so received exceed 10% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets in
any one fiscal year (determined  as of the date  closest to the commencement  of
such  12-month period for which a balance  sheet of JSC and its Subsidiaries has
been prepared) (A) apply  an amount equal  to such excess  Net Cash Proceeds  to
repay unsubordinated Indebtedness of CCA or JSC, make a dividend or distribution
to  JSC for application by  JSC to repay unsubordinated  Indebtedness of JSC, or
repay Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of JSC, in each case owing to  a
Person  other than JSC  or any of  its Restricted Subsidiaries  or (B) invest an
equal amount, or the amount not so applied pursuant to clause (A) (or enter into
a definitive agreement committing to so  invest within 12 months after the  date
of  such agreement), in property or assets of  a nature or type or which will be
used in a business (or  in a company having property  and assets of a nature  or
type,  or engaged in a business) similar or related to the nature or type of the
property and assets of, or the business of, JSC and its Restricted  Subsidiaries
existing  on the  date of such  Investment (as  determined in good  faith by the
Board of Directors of JSC, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced
by a Board Resolution) and  (ii) apply (no later than  the end of such  12-month
period  or 24-month period, as the case may  be, referred to in clause (i)) such
excess Net Cash Proceeds (to the extent  not applied pursuant to clause (i))  as
provided  in  the  following  paragraphs of  this  'Limitation  on  Asset Sales'
covenant. The amount of such excess Net Cash Proceeds required to be applied (or
to be committed to be applied)  during such 12-month period or 24-month  period,
as  the case may be, as set forth in clause (A) or (B) of the preceding sentence
and neither applied nor committed to be applied as set forth above by the end of
such period shall constitute 'Excess Proceeds.'
 
     If, as of  the first day  of any  calendar month, the  aggregate amount  of
Excess  Proceeds not theretofore subject to an Excess Proceeds Offer (as defined
below) totals  at least  $10 million,  CCA must,  not later  than the  fifteenth
Business  Day  of such  month, make  an  offer (an  'Excess Proceeds  Offer') to
purchase from the Holders on a pro  rata basis an aggregate principal amount  of
Senior  Notes equal  to the Excess  Proceeds on  such date, at  a purchase price
equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Senior Notes, plus, in each  case,
accrued  interest  (if  any)  to  the date  of  purchase  (the  'Excess Proceeds
Payment').
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) to the extent that any or all of the Net
Cash Proceeds of any  Asset Sale are prohibited  or delayed by applicable  local
law  from being repatriated to the United States of America, the portion of such
Net Cash Proceeds so  affected will not  be required to  be applied pursuant  to
this  'Limitation on Asset Sales' covenant but  may be retained for so long, but
only for so long, as  the applicable local law  will not permit repatriation  to
the  United States of  America (under the  Indenture JSC will  agree to promptly
take or cause the relevant Restricted Subsidiary to promptly take all reasonable
actions required by the applicable local law and within JSC's control to  permit
such  repatriation) and  once such  repatriation of  any such  affected Net Cash
Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local law, such repatriation will  be
immediately  effected and such repatriated Net  Cash Proceeds will be applied in
the manner set forth  in this 'Limitation  on Asset Sales'  covenant as if  such
Asset Sale had occurred on the date of repatriation; and (ii) to the extent that
the  Board of Directors of JSC has determined in good faith that repatriation of
any or  all  of the  Net  Cash  Proceeds would  have  an adverse  tax  or  other
consequence  to JSC, the Net  Cash Proceeds so affected  may be retained outside
the United  States  of  America  for  so long  as  such  adverse  tax  or  other
consequence would continue.
 
     CCA  shall commence  an Excess  Proceeds Offer by  mailing a  notice to the
Trustee and each  Holder stating: (i)  that the Excess  Proceeds Offer is  being
made  pursuant to this 'Limitation on Asset  Sales' covenant and that all Senior
Notes validly tendered will be  accepted for payment on  a pro rata basis;  (ii)
the  purchase price and the  date of purchase (which shall  be a Business Day no
earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed)
(the 'Excess Proceeds Payment Date'); (iii) that
 
                                       99
 
<PAGE>
any Senior Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest; (iv) that, unless
CCA defaults in  the payment  of the Excess  Proceeds Payment,  any Senior  Note
accepted for payment pursuant to the Excess Proceeds Offer shall cease to accrue
interest  after the Excess  Proceeds Payment Date; (v)  that Holders electing to
have a  Senior Note  purchased pursuant  to the  Excess Proceeds  Offer will  be
required to surrender the Senior Note together with the form entitled 'Option of
the  Holder to Elect Purchase' on the reverse side of the Senior Note completed,
to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of
business on the Business Day  immediately preceding the Excess Proceeds  Payment
Date;  (vi) that  Holders will  be entitled  to withdraw  their election  if the
Paying Agent  receives,  not later  than  the close  of  business on  the  third
Business Day immediately preceding the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, a telegram,
telex,  facsimile transmission or letter setting  forth the name of such Holder,
the principal amount of Senior Notes delivered for purchase and a statement that
such Holder is  withdrawing his  election to have  such Senior  Notes are  being
purchased only in part will be issued new Senior Notes equal in principal amount
to  the unpurchased portion of the  Senior Notes surrendered; provided that each
Senior Note purchased and each  new Senior Note issued  shall be in an  original
principal amount of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.
 
     On  the Excess Proceeds Payment Date, CCA shall (i) accept for payment on a
pro rata basis Senior Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the  Excess
Proceeds  Offer; (ii) deposit with the Paying  Agent money sufficient to pay the
purchase price of all  Senior Notes or portions  thereof so accepted; and  (iii)
deliver,  or cause to be delivered, to  the relevant Trustee all Senior Notes or
portions thereof so accepted together  with an Officers' Certificate  specifying
the  Senior Notes or  portions thereof accepted  for payment by  CCA. The Paying
Agent shall promptly mail to the Holders of Senior Notes so accepted payment  in
an  amount  equal  to  the  purchase  price,  and  the  Trustee  shall  promptly
authenticate and mail  to such  Holders a new  Senior Notes  equal in  principal
amount to any unpurchased portion of the Senior Notes surrendered; provided that
each  Senior Notes  purchased and each  new Senior  Notes issued shall  be in an
original principal  amount of  $1,000 or  integral multiples  thereof. CCA  will
publicly  announce  the  results  of  the  Excess  Proceeds  Offer  as  soon  as
practicable after  the  Excess  Proceeds  Payment Date.  For  purposes  of  this
'Limitation on Asset Sales' covenant, the Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent.
 
     CCA  will  comply with  Rule 14e-1  under  the Exchange  Act and  any other
securities  laws  and  regulations  thereunder  to  the  extent  such  laws  and
regulations  are applicable, in the event that such Excess Proceeds are received
by CCA under this 'Limitation  on Asset Sales' covenant  and CCA is required  to
repurchase  Senior  Notes as  described  above and  CCA  may modify  any  of the
foregoing provisions of this 'Limitation on Asset Sales' covenant to the  extent
it  is advised  by independent  counsel that  such modification  is necessary or
appropriate in order to ensure such compliance. (Section 3.10)
 
REPURCHASE OF SENIOR NOTES UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
     (a) In the event of a Change  of Control, each Holder shall have the  right
to  require the repurchase  of its Senior Notes  by CCA in  cash pursuant to the
offer described below (the 'Change of Control Offer') at a purchase price  equal
to  101% of the principal amount thereof,  plus accrued interest (if any) to the
date of purchase (the 'Change of Control Payment'). Prior to the mailing of  the
notice  to Holders provided  for in the  succeeding paragraph, but  in any event
within 30 days following any Change of  Control, CCA covenants to (i) (A)  repay
in   full  all  unsubordinated  Indebtedness  of  CCA  or  make  a  dividend  or
distribution to JSC for application by  JSC to repay in full all  unsubordinated
Indebtedness  of  JSC or  (B) offer  to  repay in  full all  such unsubordinated
Indebtedness of either JSC or CCA and to repay such unsubordinated  Indebtedness
of  each holder of such unsubordinated  Indebtedness who has accepted such offer
or (ii) obtain the requisite consents,  if any, under the instruments  governing
any  such unsubordinated Indebtedness of JSC or  CCA to permit the repurchase of
the Senior Notes as  provided for in the  succeeding paragraph. CCA shall  first
comply  with the covenant in the preceding  sentence before it shall be required
to repurchase Senior  Notes pursuant to  this 'Repurchase of  Senior Notes  upon
Change of Control' covenant.
 
     (b) Within 30 days of the Change of Control, CCA shall mail a notice to the
Trustee and each Holder stating: (i) that a Change of Control has occurred, that
the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this 'Repurchase of Senior
Notes upon Change of Control' covenant and that all
 
                                      100
 
<PAGE>
Senior  Notes validly tendered  will be accepted for  payment; (ii) the purchase
price and the date of purchase (which shall be a Business Day no earlier than 30
days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the 'Change of
Control Payment Date'); (iii) that any  Senior Notes not tendered will  continue
to  accrue interest; (iv) that, unless CCA defaults in the payment of the Change
of Control Payment, any Senior Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change
of Control Offer  shall cease  to accrue interest  after the  Change of  Control
Payment  Date; (v)  that Holders  electing to have  any Senior  Notes or portion
thereof purchased pursuant to  the Change of Control  Offer will be required  to
surrender  such Senior  Notes, together  with the  form entitled  'Option of the
Holder to Elect Purchase' on the reverse side of such Senior Notes completed, to
the Paying Agent at the  address specified in the notice  prior to the close  of
business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Change of Control Payment
Date;  (vi) that  Holders will  be entitled  to withdraw  their election  if the
Paying Agent  receives,  not later  than  the close  of  business on  the  third
Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the Change  of  Control  Payment  Date, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such
Holder, the  principal amount  of  Senior Notes  delivered  for purchase  and  a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Senior Notes
purchased; and (vii) that Holders whose Senior Notes are being purchased only in
part  will  be  issued  new  Senior  Notes  equal  in  principal  amount  to the
unpurchased portion of the Senior  Notes surrendered; provided that each  Senior
Note purchased and each new Senior Note issued shall be in an original principal
amount of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof.
 
     (c)  On  the Change  of Control  Payment  Date, CCA  shall: (i)  accept for
payment Senior Notes  or portions  thereof tendered  pursuant to  the Change  of
Control  Offer; (ii) deposit with  the Paying Agent money  sufficient to pay the
purchase price of all  Senior Notes or portions  thereof so accepted; and  (iii)
deliver,  or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee, all Senior Notes or portions
thereof so accepted together with an Officers' Certificate specifying the Senior
Notes or portions thereof  accepted for payment by  CCA. The Paying Agent  shall
promptly  mail, to the Holders of Senior Notes so accepted, payment in an amount
equal to the  purchase price, and  the Trustee shall  promptly authenticate  and
mail  to  such Holders  a  new Senior  Notes equal  in  principal amount  to any
unpurchased portion of the Senior  Notes surrendered; provided that each  Senior
Notes  purchased  and each  new  Senior Notes  issued  shall be  in  an original
principal amount  of $1,000  or integral  multiples thereof.  CCA will  publicly
announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable
after  the Change of Control  Payment Date. For purposes  of this 'Repurchase of
Senior Notes upon Change of Control'  covenant, the Trustee shall act as  Paying
Agent.
 
     (d)  CCA will comply with  Rule 14e-1 under the  Exchange Act and any other
securities  laws  and  regulations  thereunder  to  the  extent  such  laws  and
regulations  are applicable in the  event that a Change  of Control occurs under
this 'Repurchase of  Senior Notes upon  Change of Control'  covenant and CCA  is
required to repurchase Senior Notes as described above and CCA may modify any of
the  foregoing provisions  of this  'Repurchase of  Senior Notes  upon Change of
Control' covenant to the extent it  is advised by independent counsel that  such
modification  is necessary  or appropriate in  order to  ensure such compliance.
(Section 3.18)
 
     If CCA is  unable to repay  all of its  unsubordinated Indebtedness and  is
also  unable to obtain  the consents of its  unsubordinated creditors (and/or of
the holders of other Indebtedness, if any, of CCA or JSC outstanding at the time
of a  Change of  Control  whose consent  would be  so  required) to  permit  the
repurchase  of Senior Notes either  pursuant to clause (i)(B)  or clause (ii) of
the first paragraph of the foregoing covenant, then CCA will have breached  such
covenant. This breach will constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture if
it  continues for a period of 30  consecutive days after written notice is given
to CCA by  the Trustee or  the holders of  at least 25%  in aggregate  principal
amount  of the  Senior Notes  outstanding. In  addition, the  failure by  CCA to
repurchase Senior Notes at  the conclusion of the  Change of Control Offer  will
constitute   an  Event  of   Default  without  any   waiting  period  or  notice
requirements. JSC has guaranteed all payments due on the Senior Notes, including
those due by reason of the  acceleration thereof following the occurrence of  an
Event of Default. This obligation of JSC is not subject to any waiting period or
notice  requirement once such an acceleration  has occurred; as discussed above,
however,  in  certain  circumstances  there   are  notice  and  waiting   period
requirements  that must be  satisfied before CCA's breach  of the above covenant
constitutes an Event of Default.
 
                                      101
 
<PAGE>
     There can be  no assurances that  CCA (or JSC)  will have sufficient  funds
available  at  the  time of  any  Change of  Control  to make  any  debt payment
(including repurchases of the Senior  Notes) required by the foregoing  covenant
and   similar  provisions  contained  in  the  Senior  Subordinated  Notes,  the
Subordinated Debentures, the Junior Accrual Debentures, any Credit Agreement (as
well as  in any  other indebtedness  which might  be outstanding  at the  time).
Although  there is some variation in the definition of 'Change of Control' among
such different classes of debt, there is substantial overlap. In any event,  the
above  covenant requiring  CCA to repurchase  the Senior Notes  will, unless the
consents referred to above are obtained, require  CCA and JSC to offer to  repay
or  repay all indebtedness outstanding under any Credit Agreement, and any other
indebtedness then outstanding which by  its terms prohibits such repurchases  of
the Senior Notes, either prior to or concurrently with such repurchases.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 

     The  following  events  will  be  defined as  'Events  of  Default'  in the
Indenture: (a) default in the payment of  principal of (or premium, if any,  on)
any  Senior  Notes when  the  same becomes  due  and payable  at  maturity, upon
acceleration, redemption or otherwise; (b) default in the payment of interest on
any Senior  Notes  when the  same  becomes due  and  payable, and  such  default
continues for a period of 30 days; (c) JSC or CCA defaults in the performance of
or  breaches any other covenant  or agreement of JSC or  CCA in the Indenture or
under the Senior Notes and such default  or breach continues for a period of  30
consecutive  days after written notice  by the Trustee or  the Holders of 25% or
more in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Senior Notes and the Series B
Senior Notes then outstanding taken together as one class or, in the case of any
such default  or breach  under only  one  Indenture, 25%  or more  in  aggregate
principal  amount of the Series A Senior Notes  or the Series B Senior Notes, as
the case may be, then outstanding; (d) there occurs with respect to any issue or
issues of  Indebtedness of  JSC, CCA  and/or one  or more  of their  Significant
Subsidiaries  having  an outstanding  principal amount  of  $50 million  or more
individually or $100 million or more in the aggregate for all such issues of all
such Persons,  whether  such  Indebtedness  now exists  or  shall  hereafter  be
created,  an event of default that has caused the holder thereof to declare such
Indebtedness to  be  due and  payable  prior to  its  Stated Maturity  and  such
Indebtedness  has not been discharged in full  or such acceleration has not been
rescinded or  annulled  within 30  days  of  such acceleration;  (e)  any  final
judgment  or order (not covered by insurance) for the payment of money in excess
of $50 million individually or $100 million in the aggregate for all such  final
judgments  or  orders  against  all  such  Persons  (treating  any  deductibles,
self-insurance or retention as  not so covered) shall  be rendered against  JSC,
CCA  or  any  of  their  Significant  Subsidiaries  and  shall  not  be  paid or
discharged, and there shall be any period of 30 consecutive days following entry
of the final judgment  or order in  excess of $50  million individually or  that
causes  the aggregate amount for all  such final judgments or orders outstanding
and not  paid or  discharged against  all such  Persons to  exceed $100  million
during which a stay of enforcement of such final judgment or order, by reason of
a  pending  appeal or  otherwise, shall  not be  in effect;  (f) a  court having
jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (i) relief in  respect
of  JSC, CCA  or any  of their Significant  Subsidiaries in  an involuntary case
under any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  other  similar  law  now  or
hereafter  in  effect, (ii)  appointment  of a  receiver,  liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of JSC, CCA or any of their
Significant Subsidiaries or  for all or  substantially all of  the property  and
assets of JSC, CCA or any of their Significant Subsidiaries or (iii) the winding
up  or  liquidation of  the  affairs of  JSC, CCA  or  any of  their Significant
Subsidiaries and, in each case, such  decree or order shall remain unstayed  and
in  effect for a  period of 60  consecutive days; (g)  JSC, CCA or  any of their
Significant Subsidiaries (i)  commences a  voluntary case  under any  applicable
bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar law  now or  hereafter in  effect, or
consents to the entry of  an order for relief in  an involuntary case under  any
such  law,  (ii)  consents to  the  appointment  of or  taking  possession  by a
receiver, liquidator,  assignee,  custodian, trustee,  sequestrator  or  similar
official  of JSC,  CCA or any  of their  Significant Subsidiaries or  for all or
substantially all  of the  property  and assets  of JSC,  CCA  or any  of  their
Significant Subsidiaries or (iii) effects any general assignment for the benefit
of  creditors; (h) JSC, CCA and/or one or more of their Significant Subsidiaries
fails to make (i) at the final (but not any interim) fixed maturity of any issue
of Indebtedness a principal payment of $50 million or more or (ii) at the  final
(but not any interim) fixed

 
                                      102
 
<PAGE>
maturity  of  more  than  one  issue  of  such  Indebtedness  principal payments
aggregating $100 million or more and, in the case of clause (i), such  defaulted
payment  shall not  have been  made, waived  or extended  within 30  days of the
payment default and,  in the case  of clause (ii),  all such defaulted  payments
shall  not have  been made,  waived or  extended within  30 days  of the payment
default that causes the amount described in clause (ii) to exceed $100  million;
or  (i) the  non-payment of any  two or more  items of Indebtedness  of JSC, CCA
and/or one or more  of their Significant Subsidiaries  that would constitute  at
the   time  of  such  nonpayments,  but  for  the  individual  amounts  of  such
Indebtedness, an Event of Default under clause (d) or clause (h) above, or both,
and which items of Indebtedness aggregate $100 million or more. (Section 5.01)
 

     If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in  clause
(f)  or  (g)  above that  occurs  with respect  to  JSC  or CCA)  occurs  and is
continuing under the Indenture, the  Trustee or the Holders  of at least 25%  in
aggregate  principal amount  of the  Series A Senior  Notes and  Series B Senior
Notes then outstanding taken together as one  class or, in the case of any  such
Event of Default which occurs and is continuing under only one Indenture, 25% in
aggregate  principal amount of the Series A  Senior Notes or the Series B Senior
Notes, as the case may  be, then outstanding, by written  notice to CCA (and  to
the Trustee if such notice is given by the Holders (the 'Acceleration Notice')),
may,  and the Trustee  at the request  of the Holders  shall, declare the entire
unpaid principal of, premium, if any,  and accrued interest on the Senior  Notes
to  be immediately  due and  payable. Upon  a declaration  of acceleration, such
principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest shall be immediately due and
payable. In  the event  of a  declaration of  acceleration because  an Event  of
Default  set  forth  in  clause  (d),  (h) or  (i)  above  has  occurred  and is
continuing, such declaration  of acceleration shall  be automatically  rescinded
and  annulled if the event of default  triggering such Event of Default pursuant
to clause (d), (h) or (i)  shall be remedied, cured by  JSC or CCA or waived  by
the holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 60 days after the declaration of
acceleration  with respect thereto.  If an Event of  Default specified in clause
(f) or (g) above  occurs with respect  to JSC or CCA,  all unpaid principal  of,
premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Senior Notes then outstanding shall
ipso  facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or
other act on the part of  the Trustee or any Holder.  The Holders of at least  a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding Series A Senior Notes and Series
B  Senior Notes taken together as one class or, in the case of any default under
only one Indenture, a majority in  principal amount of the outstanding Series  A
Senior  Notes or Series B Senior Notes, as the case may be, by written notice to
JSC, CCA and the Trustee,  may waive all past defaults  and rescind and annul  a
declaration  of acceleration and its consequences  if (i) all existing Events of
Default, other than  the nonpayment of  the principal of,  premium, if any,  and
interest  on the Senior Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of
acceleration, have  been cured  or  waived and  (ii)  the rescission  would  not
conflict  with  any judgment  or decree  of a  court of  competent jurisdiction.
(Section  5.02)   For  information   as   to  the   waiver  of   defaults,   see
' -- Modification and Waiver.'

 

     As  a  result of  the  foregoing voting  provisions  relating to  Events of
Default under the  Indenture, Holders of  Series B Senior  Notes even if  acting
unanimously  may not be able to (i) declare  a default under the Series B Senior
Note Indenture  following a  default in  the  performance of  or any  breach  of
covenants  or agreements of JSC or CCA as set forth in clause (c) above, or (ii)
request acceleration of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued  interest
on, the Series B Senior Notes if an Event of Default occurs.

 

     The  Holders of at  least a majority  in aggregate principal  amount of the
outstanding Senior Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy  available to the Trustee  or exercising any trust  or
power  conferred on the  Trustee. However the  Trustee may refuse  to follow any
direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture, that may involve the Trustee
in personal  liability, or  that the  Trustee determines  in good  faith may  be
unduly  prejudicial to the rights of Holders  of Senior Notes not joining in the
giving of such direction. (Section 5.05) A Holder may not pursue any remedy with
respect to the Indenture or  the Senior Notes unless:  (i) the Holder gives  the
Trustee  written notice of a continuing Event of Default; (ii) the Holders of at
least 25%  in aggregate  principal amount  of outstanding  Senior Notes  make  a
written  request  to the  Trustee to  pursue  the remedy;  (iii) such  Holder or
Holders offer  the Trustee  indemnity satisfactory  to the  Trustee against  any
costs,  liability or expense; (iv) the Trustee  does not comply with the request
within 60 days after receipt of the request

 
                                      103
 
<PAGE>

and the offer of indemnity; and (v) during such 60-day period, the Holders of  a
majority  in aggregate principal  amount of the outstanding  Senior Notes do not
give the Trustee  a direction that  is inconsistent with  the request.  (Section
5.06)  However, such limitations  do not apply to  the right of  any Holder of a
Senior Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on, such Senior Note or to bring  suit for the enforcement of any such  payment,
on  or after the due date expressed in the Senior Notes which right shall not be
impaired or affected  without the  consent of the  Holder. For  purposes of  the
foregoing paragraph, actions that may be taken by Holders of at least a majority
or 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes may only be
taken by Holders of at least a majority or 25% (as the case may be) in aggregate
principal  amount of  the Series A  Senior Notes  and the Series  B Senior Notes
taken together as one class or, in  the case of any remedy which relates  solely
to one Indenture or one class of Senior Notes, by Holders of at least a majority
or 25% (as the case may be) in aggregate principal amount of the Series A Senior
Notes or the Series B Senior Notes, as the case may be. (Section 5.02)

     The  Indenture will require certain officers of  JSC and CCA to certify, on
or before a date not more than 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, that a
review  has  been  conducted  of  the  activities  of  JSC  and  CCA  and  their
Subsidiaries  and JSC's and CCA's and  their Subsidiaries' performance under the
Indenture and that JSC and CCA have fulfilled all obligations thereunder, or, if
there has been a default in  the fulfillment of any such obligation,  specifying
each  such default and the  nature and status thereof. JSC  and CCA will also be
obligated to notify the Trustee of any default or defaults in the performance of
any covenants or agreements under the Indenture. (Section 3.15)
 
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALE OF ASSETS
 
     Neither JSC nor CCA  shall consolidate with, merge  with or into, or  sell,
convey,  transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
property and  assets  (as  an  entirety or  substantially  an  entirety  in  one
transaction  or a series of  related transactions) to, any  Person (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly  Owned Subsidiary of JSC with a  positive
net  worth; provided that,  in connection with any  merger of JSC  or CCA with a
Restricted Subsidiary that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of JSC, no consideration
(other than common stock in the surviving Person, JSC or CCA) shall be issued or
distributed to the  stockholders of JSC)  unless: (i)  JSC or CCA  shall be  the
continuing  Person, or  the Person  (if other  than JSC  or CCA)  formed by such
consolidation or into which JSC or CCA is merged or that acquired or leased such
property and assets of JSC or CCA  shall be a corporation organized and  validly
existing  under the  laws of  the United States  of America  or any jurisdiction
thereof and shall expressly  assume, by a  supplemental indenture, executed  and
delivered  to the Trustee, all of the obligations of JSC or CCA, as the case may
be, on all of the Senior Notes  and under the Indenture; (ii) immediately  after
giving  effect to such  transaction, no Default  or Event of  Default shall have
occurred and  be  continuing; (iii)  immediately  after giving  effect  to  such
transaction  on a pro forma basis, the Interest Coverage Ratio of the continuing
Person continuing as, or becoming the successor, obligor on the Senior Notes  or
the Guarantee is at least 1:1, or, if less, equal to the Interest Coverage Ratio
of  JSC  or CCA,  as the  case may  be, immediately  prior to  such transaction;
provided that, if the Interest Coverage Ratio of JSC or CCA, as the case may be,
before giving effect to such transaction is within the range set forth in column
(A) below, then the pro forma  Interest Coverage Ratio of the continuing  Person
becoming  the successor obligor of  the Senior Notes shall  be at least equal to
the lesser of (1) the ratio  determined by multiplying the percentage set  forth
in  column (B) below by the  Interest Coverage Ratio of JSC  or CCA, as the case
may be, prior  to such transaction  and (2) the  ratio set forth  in column  (C)
below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      (A)                                          (B)     (C)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ---    ------
<S>                                                                                <C>    <C>
1.11:1 to 1.99:1................................................................   90 %    1.5:1
2.00:1 to 2.99:1................................................................   80 %    2.1:1
3.00:1 to 3.99:1................................................................   70 %    2.4:1
4.00:1 or more..................................................................   60 %    2.5:1
</TABLE>
 
and  provided further that, if the pro forma Interest Coverage Ratio of JSC, CCA
or any Person becoming the  successor obligor of the  Senior Notes, as the  case
may  be,  is 3:1  or more,  the calculation  in the  preceding proviso  shall be
inapplicable  and   such  transaction   shall  be   deemed  to   have   complied
 
                                      104
 
<PAGE>
with the requirements of this clause (iii); (iv) immediately after giving effect
to  such transaction on a  pro forma basis, JSC, CCA  or any Person becoming the
successor obligor of the Senior Notes shall have a Consolidated Net Worth  equal
to or greater than the Consolidated Net Worth of JSC or CCA, as the case may be,
immediately  prior to such transaction; and (v) JSC  or CCA, as the case may be,
delivers to  the  Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate (attaching  the  arithmetic
computations  to demonstrate compliance with clauses (iii) and (iv)) and Opinion
of Counsel, in each case stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and
such supplemental indenture comply with  this provision and that all  conditions
precedent  provided for herein  relating to such  transaction have been complied
with (in  no event,  however,  shall such  Opinion  of Counsel  cover  financial
ratios, the solvency of any Person or any other financial or statistical data or
information);  provided, however, that clauses (iii) and (iv) above do not apply
if, in the good faith determination of the Board of Directors of JSC or CCA,  as
the  case may be, whose determination shall  be evidenced by a Board Resolution,
the  principal  purpose  of  such  transaction   is  to  change  the  state   of
incorporation  of JSC or CCA, as the case  may be; and provided further that any
such transaction  shall not  have as  one of  its purposes  the evasion  of  the
foregoing limitations.
 
     JSC  shall be released from  all of its obligations  under its Guarantee of
the Senior Notes  and the Indenture  if the  purchaser of Capital  Stock of  CCA
having  a majority of the voting rights  thereunder, or the parent of CCA (other
than JSC) following a consolidation or merger of CCA, satisfies the requirements
of clauses (iii) and (iv) of the preceding sentence with respect to JSC.
 
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in  clause (ii), (iii), (iv) or  (v)
above  shall prevent the occurrence of (i)  a merger or consolidation of JSC and
CCA, or  either  of  their  respective  successors, (ii)  the  sale  of  all  or
substantially  all  of the  assets  of CCA  to  JSC, (iii)  the  sale of  all or
substantially all of the assets of JSC to  CCA or (iv) the assumption by JSC  of
the Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes.
 
     In  the event (i)  JSC merges into  CCA and (ii)  in connection therewith a
direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings ('Interco'), of which CCA
is at such time a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary, (x) guarantees the
obligations of CCA on the Senior Notes on the same terms and to the same  extent
as  JSC had guaranteed such  obligations prior to the  aforesaid merger, and (y)
assumes all obligations of JSC set forth in the Indenture (without giving effect
to the effect of  the aforesaid merger on  such obligations) (collectively,  the
'Substitution  Transaction')  then,  notwithstanding  anything  to  the contrary
herein, upon  delivery  of an  Officer's  Certificate  to the  effect  that  the
foregoing  has occurred and the  execution and delivery by  CCA and Interco of a
supplemental indenture evidencing such merger and guarantee and assumption,  and
without  regard to the requirements set forth  in clauses (i) through (v) of the
first paragraph  under  'Consolidation, Merger  and  Sale of  Assets',  (a)  all
references  herein to 'CCA' shall  continue to refer to  CCA, as the survivor in
such merger, (b) all references to 'JSC' and to 'JSC's guarantee' shall refer to
Interco  and  to  Interco's  guarantee   contemplated  by  clause  (ii)   above,
respectively;  and (c) no breach of default  under the Indenture shall be deemed
to have  occurred solely  by reason  of the  Substitution Transaction.  (Section
4.01)
 
DEFEASANCE
 
     Defeasance  and Discharge. The Indenture will provide that JSC and CCA will
be deemed to have paid  and will be discharged from  any and all obligations  in
respect  of the  Senior Notes  on the  123rd day  after the  deposit referred to
below, and the  provisions of the  Indenture will  no longer be  in effect  with
respect  to the Senior Notes or JSC's Guarantee of the Senior Notes (except for,
among other matters, certain obligations to register the transfer or exchange of
the Senior Notes to replace stolen,  lost or mutilated Senior Notes to  maintain
paying agencies and to hold monies for payment in trust) if, among other things,
(A)  CCA has deposited with the Trustee,  in trust, money and/or U.S. Government
Obligations that  through  the payment  of  interest and  principal  in  respect
thereof  in  accordance  with  their  terms  will  provide  money  in  an amount
sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the
Senior Notes on  the Stated  Maturity of such  payments in  accordance with  the
terms  of the Indenture and the Senior Notes (B) JSC or CCA has delivered to the
Trustee (i) either an  Opinion of Counsel  to the effect  that Holders will  not
recognize  income, gain or loss  for federal income tax  purposes as a result of
CCA's exercise  of its  option under  this 'Defeasance'  provision and  will  be
subject  to federal income tax on the same  amount and in the same manner and at
the same times as
 
                                      105
 
<PAGE>
would have  been the  case if  such deposit,  defeasance and  discharge had  not
occurred,  which  Opinion of  Counsel must  be  accompanied by  a ruling  of the
Internal Revenue Service to the  same effect unless there  has been a change  in
applicable  federal income tax law  after the date of  the Indenture such that a
ruling is no longer required or a  ruling directed to the Trustee received  from
the Internal Revenue Service to the same effect as the aforementioned Opinion of
Counsel  and (ii) an Opinion  of Counsel to the effect  that the creation of the
defeasance trust does not violate the  Investment Company Act of 1940 and  after
the  passage  of 123  days following  the deposit,  the trust  fund will  not be
subject to the effect  of Section 547  of the United  States Bankruptcy Code  or
Section 15 of the New York Debtor and Creditor Law, (C) immediately after giving
effect  to such deposit on a pro forma basis, no Event of Default, or event that
after the giving of  notice or lapse of  time or both would  become an Event  of
Default,  shall have occurred and  be continuing on the  date of such deposit or
during the period ending on  the 123rd day after the  date of such deposit,  and
such  deposit shall  not result  in a  breach or  violation of,  or constitute a
default under, any other agreement or instrument to which JSC or CCA is a  party
or  by which JSC or CCA  is bound, and (D) if at  such time the Senior Notes are
listed on a national  securities exchange, CCA has  delivered to the Trustee  an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Senior Notes will not be delisted as a
result of such deposit, defeasance and discharge. (Section 7.02)
 
     Defeasance  of  Certain  Covenants  and  Certain  Events  of  Default.  The
Indenture further will  provide that  the provisions  of the  Indenture will  no
longer be in effect with respect to clauses (iii) and (iv) under 'Consolidation,
Merger  and  Sale  of  Assets'  and all  the  covenants  described  herein under
'Covenants,' clause (c) under 'Events of Default with respect to such  covenants
and clauses (iii) and (iv) under 'Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets,' and
clauses  (d), (e), (h) and (i) under 'Events  of Default' shall be deemed not to
be Events of Default, upon, among other things, the deposit with the Trustee, in
trust, of money and/or U.S. Government  Obligations that through the payment  of
interest  and principal in  respect thereof in accordance  with their terms will
provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if  any,
and accrued interest on the Senior Notes on the Stated Maturity of such payments
in  accordance  with  the terms  of  the  Indenture and  the  Senior  Notes, the
satisfaction of the provisions described in clauses (B)(ii), (C), and (D) of the
preceding paragraph and  the delivery by  CCA to  the Trustee of  an Opinion  of
Counsel  to the effect that, among other  things, the Holders will not recognize
income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit
and defeasance of certain covenants and Events of Default and will be subject to
federal income tax on  the same amount and  in the same manner  and at the  same
times  as  would have  been  the case  if such  deposit  and defeasance  had not
occurred. (Section 7.03)
 
     Defeasance and Certain Other Events of Default. In the event CCA  exercises
its  option  to omit  compliance with  certain covenants  and provisions  of the
Indenture with  respect to  the Senior  Notes as  described in  the  immediately
preceding paragraph and the Senior Notes are declared due and payable because of
the  occurrence of an  Event of Default  that remains applicable,  the amount of
money and/or U.S.  Government Obligations on  deposit with the  Trustee will  be
sufficient  to pay amounts due  on the Senior Notes at  the time of their Stated
Maturity but may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on the Senior Notes at the
time of the acceleration resulting from such Event of Default. However, CCA will
remain liable  for  such payments  and  JSC's  Guarantee with  respect  to  such
payments will remain in effect.
 
     The  Credit  Agreement contains  a covenant  prohibiting defeasance  of the
Senior Notes. See 'Description  of Certain Indebtedness --  Terms of New  Credit
Agreement'.
 
MODIFICATION AND WAIVER
 

     Modifications  and amendments of the Indenture may  be made by JSC, CCA and
the Trustee with  the consent  of the  Holders of not  less than  a majority  in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Series A Senior Notes and Series B
Senior  Notes  taken  together  as  one  class  or,  in  the  case  of  any such
modification or  amendment which  affects  only one  class  of Senior  Notes,  a
majority  in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Series A Senior Notes
or Series B Senior Notes,  as the case may be,  provided, however, that no  such
modification  or  amendment may,  without the  consent  of each  Holder affected
thereby, (i) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any  installment
of  interest  on, any  Senior  Note, (ii)  reduce  the principal  amount  of, or
premium, if any,  or interest on,  any Senior  Note, (iii) change  the place  or
currency  of  payment of  principal  of, or  premium,  if any,  or  interest on,

 
                                      106
 
<PAGE>

any Senior Note, (iv) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement  of
any payment on or after the Stated Maturity (or, in the case of a redemption, on
or  after the Redemption Date)  of any Senior Note,  (v) reduce the above-stated
percentage of  outstanding  Senior  Notes,  the  consent  of  whose  Holders  is
necessary  to modify or amend the Indenture, (vi) waive a default in the payment
of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Senior Notes, (vii)  reduce
the  percentage of aggregate  principal amount of  outstanding Senior Notes, the
consent of whose  Holders is  necessary for  waiver of  compliance with  certain
provisions of the Indenture or for waiver of certain defaults, or (viii) release
JSC from its Guarantee of the Senior Notes. The provisions requiring the consent
or  approval of specified percentages of Holders of either class of Senior Notes
or both classes of  Senior Notes jointly cannot  be modified or amended  without
the  consent of a majority in aggregate  principal amount of the Holders of such
class of Senior Notes or such two  classes of Senior Notes jointly, as the  case
may be. (Section 8.02)

 

     To  the extent  that modifications and  amendments of the  Indenture may be
made with  the  consent of  a  majority in  aggregate  principal amount  of  the
outstanding  Series A Senior Notes  and Series B Senior  Notes taken together as
one class, modifications and  amendments of the Series  B Senior Note  Indenture
could be made without the consent of any Holder of Series B Senior Notes.

 

     The  Credit  Agreement  contains a  covenant  prohibiting JSC  or  CCA from
consenting to  any modification  of the  Indenture or  waiver of  any  provision
thereof  without the consent of a specified  percentage of the lenders under the
Credit Agreement.  See 'Description  of  Certain Indebtedness  -- Terms  of  New
Credit Agreement'.

 
NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OF INCORPORATORS, SHAREHOLDERS, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS OR
EMPLOYEES
 
     The  Indenture provides that  no recourse for the  payment of the principal
of, premium, if any,  or interest on any  of the Senior Notes  or for any  claim
based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any
obligation,  covenant or agreement of JSC or CCA  in the Indenture, or in any of
the Senior Notes  or because  of the  creation of  any Indebtedness  represented
thereby,  shall be had against any incorporator, shareholder, officer, director,
employee or controlling person of JSC or CCA or of any successor Person thereof.
Each Holder,  by  accepting the  Senior  Notes,  waives and  releases  all  such
liability. (Section 9.09)
 
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
     The  Indenture provides that, except during  the continuance of an Event of
Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are specifically set forth
in such Indenture. If an  Event of Default has  occurred and is continuing,  the
Trustee  will exercise such rights  and powers vested in  it under the Indenture
and use the same degree  of care and skill in  its exercise as a prudent  person
would  exercise  under the  circumstances in  the conduct  of such  person's own
affairs. (Section 6.01)
 
     The Indenture  and  provisions of  the  Trust  Indenture Act  of  1939,  as
amended,  incorporated by reference therein contain limitations on the rights of
the Trustee, should it  become a creditor  of CCA or JSC,  to obtain payment  of
claims  in certain  cases or to  realize on  certain property received  by it in
respect of any such claims, as  security or otherwise. The Trustee is  permitted
to  engage in  other transactions;  provided, however,  that if  it acquires any
conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict or resign.
 
                                      107
 
<PAGE>
                                THE UNDERWRITER
 
     Under the terms and subject to the conditions in the Underwriting Agreement
dated the date hereof (the 'Underwriting Agreement'), the Underwriter has agreed
to purchase, and CCA has  agreed to sell to the  Underwriter, all of the  Senior
Notes.
 
     The  Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligation of the Underwriter
to pay for and accept delivery of the Senior Notes is subject to the approval of
certain legal  matters by  its  counsel and  to  certain other  conditions.  The
Underwriter  is obligated to take and pay for all Senior Notes offered hereby if
any are taken.
 
     The Underwriter  initially  proposes to  offer  part of  the  Senior  Notes
directly  to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page
hereof and part to certain dealers at  a price that represents a concession  not
in  excess of    % of the  principal amount of the Senior Notes. The Underwriter
may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession  not in excess of    %  of
the  principal amount of  the Senior Notes  to certain other  dealers. After the
initial offering of the Senior Notes, the offering price and other selling terms
may from time to time be varied by the Underwriter.
 
     The Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriter  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
     Upon  consummation  of  the  Equity  Offerings  and  the  SIBV  Investment,
affiliates of MS&Co. will own  approximately    %  of the outstanding shares  of
Holdings Common Stock (     % if the overallotment option is exercised in full).
See  'Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners'. In addition, MS&Co. owns
approximately $        million aggregate  principal amount  of the  1993  Notes,
approximately  $  million aggregate principal  amount of the Senior Subordinated
Notes, approximately $  million  aggregate principal amount of the  Subordinated
Debentures and approximately $  million aggregate principal amount of the Junior
Accrual Debentures.
 
     The  provisions of Schedule E ('Schedule E') to the By-laws of the National
Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  (the  'NASD')  apply  to  the  Debt
Offerings.  Under  the By-laws  of  the NASD,  when a  NASD  member such  as the
Underwriter distributes an affiliated company's  debt securities that are  rated
below  investment grade, the yield on such  debt securities can be no lower than
that recommended by  a 'qualified  independent underwriter.'  The NASD  requires
that  the 'qualified independent underwriter' (i)  be an NASD member experienced
in the securities or  investment banking business, (ii)  not be an affiliate  of
the  issuer of the securities and  (iii) agree to undertake the responsibilities
and liabilities of an underwriter under  the Securities Act. In accordance  with
this  requirement,                                            is serving in such
role, and the  yield to  maturity on  the Senior Notes  will not  be lower  than
         's  recommended yield to maturity.             also participated in the
preparation of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part and
has performed due diligence with respect thereto. The Company has agreed to  pay
         a fee of $       in connection with the Debt Offerings and to reimburse
         for  certain  expenses.  The  Company  has  also  agreed  to  indemnify
         against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act.
 
     Pursuant to the  provisions of  Schedule E,  NASD members  may not  execute
transactions  in  the Senior  Notes  to any  accounts  over which  they exercise
discretionary authority without prior written approval of the customer.
 
     The Company has been advised by  the Underwriter that it presently  intends
to  make  a market  in the  Senior Notes,  as permitted  by applicable  laws and
regulations. The Underwriter  is not obligated  to make a  market in the  Senior
Notes  and any such  market-making may be  discontinued at any  time at the sole
discretion of the Underwriter. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to  the
liquidity of, or trading market for, the Senior Notes.
 
     From time to time MS&Co. has provided, and continues to provide, investment
banking  services  to Holdings,  the Company  and  its affiliates.  See 'Certain
Transactions'.
 
                                      108
 
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of  the Senior Notes  and the guarantees  thereof and  certain
other legal matters relating to the Debt Offerings have been passed upon for the
Company  by Skadden, Arps,  Slate, Meagher &  Flom, New York,  New York. Certain
legal matters have been passed upon for the Underwriter by Shearman &  Sterling,
New  York, New York. Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom also represented MSLEF
II and the Company in connection with the 1989 Transaction, the 1992 Transaction
and regularly represents the Company, MS&Co. and MSLEF II on a variety of  legal
matters. Shearman & Sterling regularly represents MSLEF II on a variety of legal
matters.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The  consolidated financial statements and schedules of JSC at December 31,
1993 and 1992, and for each of the three years in the period ended December  31,
1993, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement, have been audited
by  Ernst & Young,  independent auditors, as  set forth in  their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement and are included in
reliance upon such report given  upon the authority of  such firm as experts  in
accounting and auditing.
 
     The  consolidated  financial statements  of JSC  appearing in  JSC's Annual
Report (Form 10-K) for the  year ended December 31,  1992, have been audited  by
Ernst  &  Young, independent  auditors,  as set  forth  in their  report thereon
included  therein  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  Such  consolidated
financial  statements are incorporated herein by reference in reliance upon such
report given  upon the  authority of  such  firm as  experts in  accounting  and
auditing.
 
                                      109

<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Consolidated Financial Statements of Jefferson Smurfit Corporation (U.S.)
  (formerly Jefferson Smurfit Corporation):
  Report of Independent Auditors...........................................................................   F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1993 and 1992................................................   F-3
  For the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1992 and 1991:
     Consolidated Statements of Operations.................................................................   F-4
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit......................................................   F-5
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.................................................................   F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................   F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
 
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors
JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
(formerly Jefferson Smurfit Corporation)
 
     We  have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Jefferson
Smurfit Corporation  (U.S.)  (formerly  Jefferson  Smurfit  Corporation)  as  of
December  31,  1993  and  1992,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of
operations, stockholder's deficit and cash flows for each of the three years  in
the  period  ended December  31, 1993.  Our audits  also included  the financial
statement schedules  listed in  the  Index at  Item  16(b) of  the  Registration
Statement.  These financial statements  and schedules are  the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is  to express an opinion on  these
financial statements and schedules based on our audits.
 
     We  conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all  material  respects, the  consolidated  financial position  of  Jefferson
Smurfit  Corporation (U.S.) at December 31,  1993 and 1992, and the consolidated
results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in  the
period ended December 31, 1993, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.  Also, in  our opinion,  the related  financial statement schedules,
when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a  whole,
present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
     As described in Note 6 and Note 7 to the financial statements, in 1993, the
Company  changed its  method of accounting  for income  taxes and postretirement
benefits.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG
 
St. Louis, Missouri
January 28, 1994
 
                                      F-2
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                ----------------------
                                                                                                  1993         1992
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                 (IN MILLIONS, EXCEPT
                                                                                                     SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                                             <C>          <C>
                                           ASSETS
Current assets
    Cash and cash equivalents................................................................   $    44.2    $    45.0
    Receivables, less allowances of $9.2 in 1993 and $7.8 in 1992............................       243.2        243.7
    Refundable income taxes..................................................................          .7         17.0
    Inventories
        Work-in-process and finished goods...................................................        96.1         91.4
        Materials and supplies...............................................................       137.2        132.6
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                    233.3        224.0
    Deferred income taxes....................................................................        41.9         41.1
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................................         5.2         10.1
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
            Total current assets.............................................................       568.5        580.9
Property, plant and equipment
    Land.....................................................................................        60.2         47.6
    Buildings and leasehold improvements.....................................................       241.3        216.4
    Machinery, fixtures and equipment........................................................     1,601.1      1,477.8
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                  1,902.6      1,741.8
    Less accumulated depreciation and amortization...........................................       563.2        525.0
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                  1,339.4      1,216.8
    Construction in progress.................................................................        35.1         53.3
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
        Net property, plant and equipment....................................................     1,374.5      1,270.1
Timberland, less timber depletion............................................................       261.5        226.4
Deferred debt issuance costs, net............................................................        52.3         67.0
Goodwill, less accumulated amortization of $27.6 in 1993 and $20.3 in 1992...................       261.4        226.0
Other assets.................................................................................        78.9         66.0
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                $ 2,597.1    $ 2,436.4
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
Current liabilities
    Current maturities of long-term debt.....................................................   $    10.3    $    32.4
    Accounts payable.........................................................................       270.6        267.8
    Accrued compensation and payroll taxes...................................................       110.1         85.7
    Interest payable.........................................................................        52.6         45.4
    Other accrued liabilities................................................................        84.9         43.9
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
            Total current liabilities........................................................       528.5        475.2
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    Nonsubordinated..........................................................................     1,839.4      1,741.3
    Subordinated.............................................................................       779.7        761.7
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
            Total long-term debt.............................................................     2,619.1      2,503.0
Other long-term liabilities..................................................................       257.1        108.1
Deferred income taxes........................................................................       232.2        159.8
Minority interest............................................................................        18.0         19.2
Stockholder's deficit
    Common stock, par value $.01 per share;
    1,000 shares authorized and outstanding
    Additional paid-in capital...............................................................       731.8        731.8
    Retained earnings (deficit)
        At date of 1989 Recapitalization.....................................................    (1,425.9)    (1,425.9)
        Subsequent to 1989 Recapitalization..................................................      (363.7)      (134.8)
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                 (1,789.6)    (1,560.7)
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
            Total stockholder's deficit......................................................    (1,057.8)      (828.9)
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                $ 2,597.1    $ 2,436.4
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
                                                                                                ---------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                                    1993        1992        1991
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                            (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales......................................................................   $2,947.6    $2,998.4    $2,940.1
Costs and expenses
     Cost of goods sold........................................................    2,573.1     2,499.3     2,409.4
     Selling and administrative expenses.......................................      239.2       231.4       225.2
     Restructuring and other charges...........................................      150.0
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Income (loss) from operations........................................      (14.7)      267.7       305.5
Other income (expense)
     Interest expense..........................................................     (254.2)     (300.1)     (335.2)
     Other, net................................................................        8.1         5.2         5.4
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Loss before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates,
            minority interests, extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
            accounting changes.................................................     (260.8)      (27.2)      (24.3)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes......................................      (83.0)       10.0        10.0
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                    (177.8)      (37.2)      (34.3)
Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates........................................                     .5       (39.9)
Minority interest share of (income) loss.......................................        3.2         2.7        (2.9)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Loss before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting
            changes............................................................     (174.6)      (34.0)      (77.1)
Extraordinary item
     Loss from early extinguishments of debt, net of income tax benefit of
       $21.7 in 1993 and $25.8 in 1992.........................................      (37.8)      (49.8)
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
     Postretirement benefits, net of income tax benefit of $21.9...............      (37.0)
     Income taxes..............................................................       20.5
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Net loss.............................................................   $ (228.9)   $  (83.8)   $  (77.1)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
                        (IN MILLIONS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         COMMON STOCK
                                                                     ---------------------
                                                                      AMOUNT       NUMBER     ADDITIONAL    RETAINED
                                                                     ($.01 PAR       OF        PAID-IN      EARNINGS
                                                                      VALUE)       SHARES      CAPITAL      (DEFICIT)
                                                                     ---------    --------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                                                  <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>
Balance at January 1, 1991........................................                   1,000      $500.0      $(1,399.8)
Net loss..........................................................                                              (77.1)
                                                                     ---------    --------    ----------    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1991......................................                   1,000       500.0       (1,476.9)
Net loss..........................................................                                              (83.8)
Capital contribution, net of related expenses.....................                               231.8
                                                                     ---------    --------    ----------    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1992......................................                   1,000       731.8       (1,560.7)
Net loss..........................................................                                             (228.9)
                                                                     ---------    --------    ----------    ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993......................................                   1,000      $731.8      $(1,789.6)
                                                                     ---------    --------    ----------    ---------
                                                                     ---------    --------    ----------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                                      1993       1992       1991
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
                                                                                             (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
     Net loss.....................................................................   $(228.9)   $ (83.8)   $ (77.1)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating
      activities
          Extraordinary loss from early extinguishment of debt....................      59.5       75.6
          Cumulative effect of accounting changes
               Postretirement benefits............................................      58.9
               Income taxes.......................................................     (20.5)
          Restructuring and other charges.........................................     150.0
          Depreciation, depletion and amortization................................     130.8      134.9      130.0
          Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs............................       7.9       14.6       17.6
          Deferred income taxes...................................................    (156.9)        .1       (6.3)
          Equity in (earnings) loss of affiliates.................................                  (.5)      39.9
          Non-cash interest.......................................................      18.0       33.6       37.8
          Non-cash employee benefit expense.......................................     (12.5)     (18.8)      (9.4)
          Change in current assets and liabilities, net of effects from
             acquisitions
               Receivables........................................................        .7       12.9       (6.8)
               Inventories........................................................      14.2      (10.4)     (20.8)
               Prepaid expenses and other current assets..........................       5.0       (2.9)       2.3
               Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...........................      26.2       14.9      (30.8)
               Interest payable...................................................       4.7       (4.9)       5.5
               Income taxes.......................................................      16.2      (17.3)      13.4
          Other, net..............................................................       4.9       (2.3)      37.7
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
     Net cash provided by operating activities....................................      78.2      145.7      133.0
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
Cash flows from investing activities
     Property additions...........................................................     (97.2)     (77.5)    (102.0)
     Timberland additions.........................................................     (20.2)     (20.4)     (16.9)
     Investments in affiliates and acquisitions...................................       (.1)      (5.8)      (9.9)
     Proceeds from property and timberland disposals and sale of businesses.......      24.5        1.8        6.1
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
     Net cash used for investing activities.......................................     (93.0)    (101.9)    (122.7)
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
Cash flows from financing activities
     Borrowings under senior unsecured notes......................................     500.0
     Net borrowings (repayments) under accounts receivable securitization
      program.....................................................................       6.4       (8.8)     184.7
     Borrowings under bank credit facility........................................                400.0
     Other increases in long-term debt............................................      12.0       56.8       55.8
     Payments of long-term debt and, in 1992, related premiums....................    (479.2)    (698.6)    (203.3)
     Deferred debt issuance costs.................................................     (25.2)     (40.4)      (3.7)
     Capital contribution, net of related expenses................................                231.8
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
     Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities.........................      14.0      (59.2)      33.5
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents..................................       (.8)     (15.4)      43.8
Cash and cash equivalents
     Beginning of year............................................................      45.0       60.4       16.6
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
     End of year..................................................................   $  44.2    $  45.0    $  60.4
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
                                                                                     -------    -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-6

<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     Jefferson   Smurfit   Corporation   (U.S.)   (formerly   Jefferson  Smurfit
Corporation)  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the 'Company'  is  a  wholly-owned
subsidiary  of Jefferson Smurfit Corporation  (formerly SIBV/MS Holdings, Inc.),
hereinafter referred to  as 'Holdings'.  Fifty percent  of the  voting stock  of
Holdings  is owned by Smurfit Packaging Corporation ('SPC') and Smurfit Holdings
B.V. ('SHBV'), indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Jefferson Smurfit Group plc
('JS Group'), a public corporation organized  under the laws of the Republic  of
Ireland.  The remaining 50% is owned by The Morgan Stanley Leveraged Equity Fund
II, L.P. ('MSLEF II'). Holdings has  no operations other than its investment  in
JSC.  In  December  1989,  pursuant  to a  series  of  transactions  referred to
hereafter as the  '1989 Recapitalization', Holdings  acquired the entire  equity
interest  in  JSC. Concurrently  with  Holdings' acquisition  of  JSC, Container
Corporation of America ('CCA') acquired its common equity interest not owned  by
JSC. Prior to the 1989 Recapitalization, Smurfit International B.V. ('SIBV'), an
indirect  wholly-owned subsidiary  of JS Group,  owned 78%  of JSC's outstanding
common equity,  the public  owned the  remaining common  equity of  JSC and  JSC
indirectly owned 50% of the common stock and 100% of the preferred stock of CCA.
The  remaining 50% of  the common stock of  CCA was owned  by The Morgan Stanley
Leveraged Equity Fund, L.P. and other investors ('MSLEF I Group'). Both MSLEF II
and  MSLEF  I  Group  are  affiliates  of  Morgan  Stanley  &  Co.  Incorporated
('MS&Co.').
 
     For financial  accounting purposes,  the  1989 acquisition  by CCA  of  its
common  equity owned by MSLEF I Group and  the purchase of the JSC common equity
owned by SIBV were accounted for as purchases of treasury stock, resulting in  a
deficit  balance  in  stockholder's  equity  in  the  accompanying  consolidated
financial statements. The acquisition  of JSC's minority interest,  representing
approximately 22% of JSC's common equity, was accounted for as a purchase.
 
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
     Principles  of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of  the Company  and its  majority-owned subsidiaries.  Significant
intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.
 
     Cash  Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid investments with
a maturity of three  months or less  when purchased to  be cash equivalents.  At
December  31, 1993 cash and cash equivalents  of $42.9 million are maintained as
collateral for obligations under the accounts receivable securitization  program
(see Note 5).
 
     Revenue  Recognition:  Revenue  is  recognized  at  the  time  products are
shipped.
 
     Inventories: Inventories  are  valued  at  the lower  of  cost  or  market,
principally  under  the  last-in,  first-out ('LIFO')  method  except  for $50.6
million in 1993  and $51.9  million in  1992 which are  valued at  the lower  of
average cost or market. First-in, first-out costs (which approximate replacement
costs)  exceed the LIFO value by $44.7 million and $46.3 million at December 31,
1993 and 1992, respectively.
 
     Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are carried at
cost. Provisions for depreciation and amortization are made using  straight-line
rates over the estimated useful lives of the related assets and the terms of the
applicable leases for leasehold improvements.
 
     Effective  January 1, 1993, the Company  changed its estimate of the useful
lives of certain machinery and  equipment. Based upon historical experience  and
comparable  industry practice, the  depreciable lives of  the papermill machines
that previously ranged from 16  to 20 years were increased  to an average of  23
years,  while  major  converting  equipment  and  folding  carton  presses  that
previously averaged 12  years were increased  to an average  of 20 years.  These
changes  were made  to better  reflect the  estimated periods  during which such
assets will  remain  in  service.  These changes  had  the  effect  of  reducing
depreciation  expense by $17.8 million and  decreasing net loss by $11.0 million
in 1993.
 
                                      F-7
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     Timberland: The portion of the  costs of timberland attributed to  standing
timber is charged against income as timber is cut, at rates determined annually,
based on the relationship of unamortized timber costs to the estimated volume of
recoverable  timber. The costs of seedlings  and reforestation of timberland are
capitalized.
 
     Deferred Debt Issuance  Costs: Deferred debt  issuance costs are  amortized
over the terms of the respective debt obligations using the interest method.
 
     Goodwill: The excess of cost over the fair value assigned to the net assets
acquired  is recorded as goodwill and is being amortized using the straight-line
method over 40 years.
 
     Income Taxes:  The  taxable  income  of the  Company  is  included  in  the
consolidated  federal income tax return filed  by Holdings. The Company's income
tax provisions are computed on a separate return basis. State income tax returns
are filed on  a separate return  basis. Effective January  1, 1993, the  Company
changed  its method of accounting  for income taxes from  the deferred method to
the liability method  required by  Statement of  Financial Accounting  Standards
('SFAS') No. 109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes' (see Note 6).
 
     Interest  Rate Swap Agreements: The Company  enters into interest rate swap
agreements which  involve  the exchange  of  fixed and  floating  rate  interest
payments   without  the  exchange  of   the  underlying  principal  amount.  The
differential to be paid or received is  accrued as interest rates change and  is
recognized over the life of the agreements as an adjustment to interest expense.
 
     Reclassifications:  Certain reclassifications  of prior  year presentations
have been made to conform to the 1993 presentation.
 
3. INVESTMENTS
 
     Equity in loss  of affiliates of  $39.9 million  in 1991, which  is net  of
deferred  income  tax  benefits of  $18.5  million, includes  the  Company's (i)
write-off of  its equity  investment in  Temboard, Inc.,  formerly Temboard  and
Company   Limited  Partnership  ('Temboard'),   totalling  $29.3  million,  (ii)
write-off of its remaining equity  investment in PCL Industries Limited  ('PCL')
totaling  $6.7 million, and (iii) proportionate share  of the net loss of equity
affiliates, including PCL prior  to the write-off  of that investment,  totaling
$3.9 million.
 
4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH JS GROUP
 
     Transactions  with  JS  Group,  its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                      1993      1992      1991
                                                    --------  --------  --------
<S>                                                 <C>       <C>       <C>
Product sales.....................................  $  18.4   $  22.8   $  21.0
Product and raw material purchases................     49.3      60.1      11.8
Management services income........................      5.8       5.6       5.4
Charges from JS Group for services provided.......       .4        .3        .7
Charges from JS Group for letter of credit and
  commitment fees (see Note 5)....................      2.9
Charges to JS Group for costs pertaining to the
  No. 2 paperboard machine........................     62.2      54.7      10.9
Receivables at December 31........................      1.7       3.3       2.4
Payables at December 31...........................     11.6      10.2       3.4
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     Product sales  to  and  purchases  from JS  Group,  its  subsidiaries,  and
affiliates  are consummated on terms generally  similar to those prevailing with
unrelated parties.
 
     The Company provides certain subsidiaries  and affiliates of JS Group  with
general  management and  elective management services  under separate Management
Services Agreements.  In  consideration  for general  management  services,  the
Company  is paid a fee up to 2% of the subsidiaries' or affiliate's gross sales.
In consideration for elective services, the Company is reimbursed for its direct
cost of providing such services.
 
     In October 1991 an affiliate of JS  Group completed a rebuild of the No.  2
paperboard  machine owned by  the affiliate that is  located in CCA's Fernandina
Beach, Florida paperboard mill (the 'Fernandina Mill'). Pursuant to an operating
agreement between CCA and  the affiliate, the affiliate  engaged CCA to  operate
and manage the No. 2 paperboard machine. As compensation to CCA for its services
the  affiliate reimburses  CCA for  production and  manufacturing costs directly
attributable to the  No. 2  paperboard machine  and pays  CCA a  portion of  the
indirect manufacturing, selling and administrative costs incurred by CCA for the
entire  Fernandina  Mill. The  compensation  is determined  by  applying various
formulas and agreed upon amounts to the subject costs. The amounts reimbursed to
CCA are  reflected  as  reductions  of  cost  of  goods  sold  and  selling  and
administrative   expenses  in   the  accompanying   consolidated  statements  of
operations.
 
TRANSACTIONS WITH TIMES MIRROR
 
     Under the terms  of a  long-term agreement,  Smurfit Newsprint  Corporation
('SNC'), a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, supplies newsprint to Times
Mirror,  a minority shareholder of SNC,  at amounts which approximate prevailing
market prices. The  obligations of the  Company and Times  Mirror to supply  and
purchase  newsprint, respectively, are  wholly or partially  terminable upon the
occurrence of certain defined events. Sales  to Times Mirror for 1993, 1992  and
1991 were $115.2 million, $114.0 million and $150.6 million, respectively.
 
                                      F-9
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
     Long-term debt at December 31 consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1993                       1992
                                                           -----------------------    -----------------------
                                                            CURRENT                    CURRENT
                                                           MATURITIES    LONG-TERM    MATURITIES    LONG-TERM
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
1992 term loan..........................................     $           $  201.3       $           $  392.3
1989 term loan..........................................                    412.3                      608.8
Revolving loans.........................................                    196.5                      223.0
Senior secured notes....................................                    270.5                      270.5
Accounts receivable securitization program loans........                    182.3                      175.9
Senior unsecured notes..................................                    500.0
Other...................................................       10.3          76.5          9.5          70.8
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
          Total non-subordinated........................       10.3       1,839.4          9.5       1,741.3
13.95% Subordinated note, due 1993......................                                  22.9
13.5% Senior subordinated notes, due 1999...............                    350.0                      350.0
14.0% Subordinated debentures, due 2001.................                    300.0                      300.0
15.5% Junior subordinated accrual debentures, due
  2004..................................................                    129.7                      111.7
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
          Total subordinated............................                    779.7         22.9         761.7
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
                                                             $ 10.3      $2,619.1       $ 32.4      $2,503.0
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
                                                           ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
     Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1993, for the
next  five  years are  $10.3 million  in  1994, $220.6  million in  1995, $379.8
million in  1996,  $431.5  million in  1997,  and  $273.0 million  in  1998.  In
addition,  approximately $77.7 million in accrued interest related to the Junior
Subordinated Accrual Debentures (the 'Junior Accrual Debentures') becomes due in
1994. Accrued interest of approximately $58.9 million is classified as long-term
debt in  the  accompanying financial  statements  because it  is  the  Company's
intention  to refinance the Junior Accrual  Debentures in December 1994 with the
proceeds from its $200 million commitment from SIBV described below.
 
1992 TERM LOAN
 
     In August 1992, the  Company repurchased $193.5  million of Junior  Accrual
Debentures,  and repaid $19.1 million of  the Subordinated Note and $400 million
of the 1989 term loan  facility ('1989 Term Loan').  The proceeds from a  $231.8
million  capital contribution by Holdings and a $400 million senior secured term
loan ('1992 Term Loan')  were used to repurchase  the Junior Accrual  Debentures
and  repay the  loans. Premiums  paid in  connection with  this transaction, the
write-off of related deferred debt issuance  costs, and losses on interest  rate
swap  agreements, totaling  $49.8 million (net  of income tax  benefits of $25.8
million), are  reflected  in the  accompanying  1992 consolidated  statement  of
operations as an extraordinary loss.
 
     Outstanding loans under the 1992 Term Loan bear interest primarily at rates
for which Eurodollar deposits are offered plus 3% (6.375% at December 31, 1993).
The  1992 Term Loan, which  matures on December 31,  1997, may require principal
prepayments before then as defined in the 1992 Term Loan.
 
1989 TERM LOAN AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
 
     The 1989 Amended  and Restated Credit  Agreement ('1989 Credit  Agreement')
consists  of the 1989 Term  Loan and a $400.0  million revolving credit facility
(which expires in 1995) of which up to $125.0 million may consist of letters  of
credit.    The   1989   Term    Loan,   which   expires    in   1997,   requires
 
                                      F-10
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
minimum annual principal  reductions, subject  to additional  reductions if  the
Company  has excess cash flows or excess  cash balances, as defined, or receives
proceeds from certain sales of assets, issuance of equity securities,  permitted
indebtedness or any pension fund termination.
 
     Outstanding  loans under the 1989  Credit Agreement bear interest primarily
at rates for  which Eurodollar  deposits are  offered plus  2.25%. The  weighted
average  interest  rate at  December 31,  1993  on outstanding  Credit Agreement
borrowings was 5.95%. A commitment fee of 1/2 of 1% per annum is assessed on the
unused portion  of the  revolving credit  facility. At  December 31,  1993,  the
unused  portion of the revolving credit  facility, after giving consideration to
outstanding letters of credit, was $112.1 million.
 
SENIOR SECURED NOTES
 
     The Senior Secured Notes due in 1998 may be prepaid at any time.  Mandatory
prepayment  is required from a pro rata  portion of net cash proceeds of certain
sales of assets or additional borrowings. The Senior Secured Notes bear interest
at rates for which three month Eurodollar deposits are offered plus 2.75% (6.25%
at December 31, 1993).
 
     Obligations under the 1992  Term Loan, the 1989  Credit Agreement, and  the
Senior  Secured Notes Agreement share pro  rata in certain mandatory prepayments
and  the  collateral  and  guarantees  that  secure  these  obligations.   These
obligations are secured by the common stock of JSC and CCA and substantially all
of  their assets,  with the  exception of  cash and  cash equivalents  and trade
receivables, and are guaranteed by the Company. These agreements contain various
business and financial covenants including, among other things, (i)  limitations
on  the incurrence  of indebtedness;  (ii) limitations  on capital expenditures;
(iii) restrictions on paying dividends, except  for dividends paid by SNC;  (iv)
maintenance  of  minimum  interest  coverage  ratios;  and  (v)  maintenance  of
quarterly and annual cash flows, as defined.
 
     In anticipation of  violation of certain  financial covenants at  September
30,  1993, in connection with its 1992  Term Loan, 1989 Credit Agreement and the
Senior Secured Notes, the Company requested and received waivers from its lender
group. In addition,  the Company's  credit facilities were  amended in  December
1993,  to  modify financial  covenants that  had become  too restrictive  due to
continued pricing weakness in the paper industry. The Company complied with  the
amended covenants at December 31, 1993.
 
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE SECURITIZATION PROGRAM LOANS
 
     The    $230.0   million   accounts    receivable   securitization   program
('Securitization Program') provides  for the  sale of certain  of the  Company's
trade   receivables  to  a  wholly-owned,  bankruptcy  remote,  limited  purpose
subsidiary, Jefferson Smurfit Finance Corporation ('JS Finance'), which finances
its purchases  of the  receivables, through  borrowings from  a limited  purpose
finance  company (the 'Issuer') unaffiliated with the Company. The Issuer, which
is restricted to making loans to JS Finance, issued $95.0 million in fixed  rate
term  notes, issued $13.8 million under a subordinated loan, and may issue up to
$121.2 million in  trade receivables  backed commercial  paper or  obtain up  to
$121.2 million under a revolving liquidity facility to fund loans to JS Finance.
At  December 31,  1993, $47.1  million was  available for  additional borrowing.
Borrowings under the Securitization Program, which expires April 1996, have been
classified as long-term debt because of  the Company's intent to refinance  this
debt on a long-term basis and the availability of such financing under the terms
of the program.
 
     At  December 31, 1993, all assets of  JS Finance, principally cash and cash
equivalents of  $42.9  million and  trade  receivables of  $173.8  million,  are
pledged  as collateral  for obligations  of JS  Finance to  the Issuer. Interest
rates on borrowings under this  program are at a fixed  rate of 9.56% for  $95.0
million  of the  borrowings and at  a variable  rate on the  remainder (3.94% at
December 31, 1993).
 
                                      F-11
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
SENIOR UNSECURED NOTES
 
     In April 1993, CCA  issued $500.0 million of  9.75% Senior Unsecured  Notes
due  2003 which  are unconditionally  guaranteed by  JSC. Net  proceeds from the
offering were  used to  repay: $100.0  million outstanding  under the  revolving
credit facility, $196.5 million outstanding under the 1989 Term Loan, and $191.0
million  outstanding under the 1992 Term Loan. The write-off of related deferred
debt issuance costs and losses on interest rate swap agreements, totalling $37.8
million (net of  income tax  benefits of $21.7  million), are  reflected in  the
accompanying 1993 consolidated statement of operations as an extraordinary item.
 
     In  connection with the issuance of the Senior Unsecured Notes, the Company
entered into an  agreement with SIBV  whereby SIBV committed  to purchase up  to
$200  million of  11.5% Junior  Subordinated Notes to  be issued  by the Company
maturing December  1, 2005.  From time  to  time until  December 31,  1994,  the
Company,  at their option, may issue the Junior Subordinated Notes, the proceeds
of which must be used to  repurchase or otherwise retire subordinated debt.  The
Company  is obligated to pay SIBV for letter  of credit fees incurred by SIBV in
connection with  this commitment  in addition  to an  annual commitment  fee  of
1.375% on the undrawn principal amount (See Note 4).
 
     The  Senior Unsecured  Notes due  April 1,  2003, which  are not redeemable
prior to maturity,  rank pari passu  with the  1992 Term Loan,  the 1989  Credit
Agreement  and the  Senior Secured  Notes. The  Senior Unsecured  Note Agreement
contains  business  and  financial   covenants  which  are  substantially   less
restrictive  than  those  contained  in  the 1992  Term  Loan,  the  1989 Credit
Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes Agreement.
 
OTHER NON-SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
     Other non-subordinated long-term debt at  December 31, 1993, is payable  in
varying  installments through the year 2004. Interest rates on these obligations
averaged approximately 9.76 % at December 31, 1993.
 
SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
     The Senior Subordinated Notes,  Subordinated Debentures and Junior  Accrual
Debentures  are unsecured obligations of  CCA and are unconditionally guaranteed
on  a  senior   subordinated,  subordinated  and   junior  subordinated   basis,
respectively,  by JSC. Semi-annual interest payments  are required on the Senior
Subordinated Notes, and Subordinated Debentures. Interest on the Junior  Accrual
Debentures  accrues and compounds on a  semi-annual basis until December 1, 1994
at which time accrued  interest is payable. Thereafter,  interest on the  Junior
Accrual Debentures will be payable semi-annually.
 
     The  Senior  Subordinated Notes  are redeemable  at CCA's  option beginning
December 1, 1994 with premiums  of 6.75% and 3.375%  of the principal amount  if
redeemed  during  the 12-month  periods commencing  December  1, 1994  and 1995,
respectively. The payment of principal and interest is subordinated to the prior
payment, when due, of all senior indebtedness, as defined.
 
     The Subordinated  Debentures  are  redeemable  at  CCA's  option  beginning
December  1,  1994 with  premiums  of 7%  and 3.5%  of  the principal  amount if
redeemed during  the 12-month  periods  commencing December  1, 1994  and  1995,
respectively. The payment of principal and interest is subordinated to the prior
payment,  when  due, of  all  senior indebtedness,  as  defined, and  the Senior
Subordinated Notes. Sinking  fund payments  to retire  33 1/3%  of the  original
aggregate  principal amount of the Subordinated  Debentures are required on each
of December 15, 1999 and 2000.
 
     The Junior  Accrual Debentures  are redeemable  at CCA's  option  beginning
December  1, 1994 at 100% of the  principal amount. The payment of principal and
interest is subordinated to the prior
 
                                      F-12
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
payment,  when  due,  of  all  senior  indebtedness,  as  defined,  the   Senior
Subordinated  Notes and  the Subordinated  Debentures. Sinking  fund payments to
retire 33 1/3% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Junior  Accrual
Debentures are required on each of December 1, 2002 and 2003.
 
     Holders  of  the Senior  Subordinated  Notes, Subordinated  Debentures, and
Junior Accrual Debentures  have the  right, subject to  certain limitations,  to
require  the Company  to repurchase  their securities  at 101%  of the principal
amount plus accrued  and unpaid  interest, upon the  occurrence of  a change  of
control or in certain events from proceeds of major asset sales, as defined. The
Senior Subordinated Notes, Subordinated Debentures and Junior Accrual Debentures
contain various business and financial covenants which are less restrictive than
those  contained in the 1992 Term Loan, the 1989 Credit Agreement and the Senior
Secured Notes Agreement.
 
INTEREST RATE SWAPS
 
     At December 31, 1993, the Company has interest rate swap and other  hedging
agreements with commercial banks which effectively fix (for remaining periods up
to  3  years) the  Company's  interest rate  on  $215 million  of  variable rate
borrowings at average all-in rates of approximately 9.1%. At December 31,  1993,
the  Company had $435 million of  swap commitments outstanding which were marked
to market in  April 1993. The  Company also has  outstanding interest rate  swap
agreements  related to the Securitization Program that effectively convert $95.0
million of fixed rate borrowings to a variable rate (5.6% at December 31,  1993)
through  December 1995, and convert $80.0 million of variable rate borrowings to
a fixed rate of 7.2% through January 1996. In addition, the Company is party  to
interest  rate  swap  agreements related  to  the Senior  Unsecured  Notes which
effectively converts $500.0 million of fixed rate borrowings to a variable  rate
(8.6%  at December  31, 1993)  maturing at various  dates through  May 1995. The
Company is exposed to credit loss in  the event of non-performance by the  other
parties  to the  interest rate  swap agreements.  However, the  Company does not
anticipate non-performance by the counter parties.
 
     Interest costs capitalized on construction projects in 1993, 1992 and  1991
totalled  $3.4 million,  $4.2 million  and $2.4  million, respectively. Interest
payments on all debt  instruments for 1993, 1992  and 1991 were $226.2  million,
$257.6 million and $273.1 million, respectively.
 
6. INCOME TAXES
 
     Effective January 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for
income  taxes from the deferred method to  the liability method required by SFAS
No. 109, 'Accounting for Income Taxes'. As permitted under the new rules,  prior
years' financial statements have not been restated.
 
     The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 109 as of January 1, 1993 was to
increase  net income  by $20.5  million. For 1993,  application of  SFAS No. 109
increased the pretax  loss by  $14.5 million because  of increased  depreciation
expense  as  a result  of the  requirement  to report  assets acquired  in prior
business combinations at pretax amounts.
 
     In adopting this new accounting principle, the Company (i) adjusted  assets
acquired  and  liabilities assumed  in  prior business  combinations  from their
net-of-tax amounts to their pre-tax amounts and recognized the related  deferred
tax  assets  and  liabilities  for those  temporary  differences,  (ii) adjusted
deferred income tax assets and liabilities to statutory income tax rates and for
previously unrecognized tax benefits related to certain state net operating loss
carryforwards and, (iii) adjusted asset and liability accounts arising from  the
1986  acquisition  and  the  1989 Recapitalization  to  recognize  potential tax
liabilities related to those transactions.  The net effect of these  adjustments
on  assets and  liabilities was  to increase  inventory $23.0  million, increase
property, plant and equipment and timberlands $196.5 million, increase  goodwill
$42.0  million,  increase liabilities  by $12.6  million, and  increase deferred
income taxes by $228.4 million.
 
                                      F-13
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     At December 31, 1993, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards  for
federal  income tax  purposes of approximately  $308.6 million  (expiring in the
years 2005 through 2008),  none of which are  available for utilization  against
alternative minimum taxes.
 
                                      F-14
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
Significant  components of the Company's deferred  tax assets and liabilities at
December 31, 1993 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Depreciation and depletion..................................................   $354.5
     Pensions....................................................................     26.7
     Other.......................................................................    104.0
                                                                                    ------
          Total deferred tax liabilities.........................................    485.2
                                                                                    ------
Deferred tax assets:
     Retiree medical.............................................................   $ 44.6
     Other employee benefit and insurance plans..................................     70.3
     Restructuring and other charges.............................................     49.3
     NOL and tax credit carryforwards............................................    108.4
     Other.......................................................................     47.1
                                                                                    ------
          Total deferred tax assets..............................................    319.7
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets......................................    (24.8)
                                                                                    ------
     Net deferred tax assets.....................................................    294.9
                                                                                    ------
     Net deferred tax liabilities................................................   $190.3
                                                                                    ------
                                                                                    ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-15
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     Provisions for (benefit  from) income taxes  before extraordinary item  and
cumulative effect of accounting changes were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           LIABILITY
                                                                            METHOD               DEFERRED METHOD
                                                                           ---------    ----------------------------------
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                                                             1993            1992               1991
                                                                           ---------    ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>                <C>
Current
     Federal............................................................    $   28.1         $(2.2)             $14.4
     State and local....................................................         2.2           2.1                1.9
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                                30.3           (.1)              16.3
Deferred
     Federal............................................................       (53.5)          9.7               (7.1)
     State and local....................................................         6.0            .4                 .8
     Benefits of net operating loss carryforwards.......................       (71.5)
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                              (119.0)         10.1               (6.3)
Adjustment of deferred tax assets and liabilities for enacted tax rate
  change................................................................         5.7
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                            $  (83.0)        $10.0              $10.0
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
</TABLE>
 
     The  Company increased its deferred tax assets and liabilities in 1993 as a
result of  legislation  enacted during  1993  increasing the  corporate  federal
statutory tax rate from 34% to 35% effective January 1, 1993.
 
     The  Internal Revenue  Service completed  the examination  of the Company's
consolidated federal income  tax returns for  1987 and 1988.  The provision  for
current taxes includes settlement of the additional tax liabilities.
 
     The  components of the provision for  (benefit from) deferred taxes were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      1992                       1991
                                                                             -----------------------    -----------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                        <C>
Depreciation and depletion................................................           $  15.2                    $  21.8
Alternative minimum tax...................................................              10.2                       (7.5)
Tax loss carryforwards....................................................             (24.3)                      (9.7)
Equity in affiliates......................................................               6.8                        3.2
Other employee benefits...................................................               2.7                      (10.7)
Other, net................................................................               (.5)                      (3.4)
                                                                                     -------                    -------
                                                                                     $  10.1                    $  (6.3)
                                                                                     -------                    -------
                                                                                     -------                    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     A reconciliation of the difference between the statutory Federal income tax
rate and the effective  income tax rate  as a percentage  of loss before  income
taxes,  equity  in  earnings  (loss)  of  affiliates,  extraordinary  item,  and
cumulative effect of accounting changes is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           LIABILITY
                                                                            METHOD               DEFERRED METHOD
                                                                           ---------    ----------------------------------
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                                                             1993            1992               1991
                                                                           ---------    ---------------    ---------------
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>                <C>
U.S. Federal statutory rate.............................................     (35.0)%         (34.0)%            (34.0)%
Adjustment of deferred tax assets and liabilities for enacted tax rate
  change................................................................       2.2
State and local taxes, net of Federal tax benefit.......................      (2.0)            5.8                7.3
Permanent differences from applying purchase accounting.................       3.5            62.7               65.4
Taxes on foreign distributions..........................................        .1              .8                4.5
Effect of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets, net of Federal
  benefit...............................................................       1.2
Other, net..............................................................      (1.8)            1.5               (2.1)
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                             (31.8)%          36.8%              41.1%
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
                                                                           ---------        ------             ------
</TABLE>
 
     The Company made income  tax payments of $33.0  million, $6.6 million,  and
$5.9 million in 1993, 1992, and 1991, respectively.
 
7. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
PENSION PLANS
 
     The Company sponsors noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering
substantially  all  employees not  covered by  multi-employer plans.  Plans that
cover salaried and management employees provide pension benefits that are  based
on  the employee's five highest  consecutive calendar years' compensation during
the last ten years of  service. Plans covering non-salaried employees  generally
provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. These plans provide
reduced  benefits for early retirement. The  Company's funding policy is to make
minimum annual  contributions required  by applicable  regulations. The  Company
also participates in several multi-employer pension plans, which provide defined
benefits to certain union employees.
 
     In  order to minimize significant year-to-year fluctuations in pension cost
caused by  financial market  volatility, the  Company changed,  effective as  of
January 1, 1993 the method of accounting used for determining the market-related
value  of  plan  assets.  The method  changed  from  a fair  market  value  to a
calculated value  that recognizes  all changes  in a  systematic manner  over  a
period  not to exceed four  years and eliminates the  use of a corridor approach
for amoritizing gains and losses. The effect  of this change on 1993 results  of
operations, including the cumulative effect of prior years, was not material.
 
     Assumptions used in the accounting for the defined benefit plans were:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1993                       1992
                                                                          -----------------------    -----------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                        <C>
Weighted average discount rates........................................              7.6%                      8.75%
Rates of increase in compensation levels...............................              4.0%                       5.5%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets............................             10.0%                      10.0%
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1991
                                                                         -----------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>
Weighted average discount rates........................................             9.0%
Rates of increase in compensation levels...............................             6.0%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets............................            10.0%
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-17
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     The  components of net pension income for the defined benefit plans and the
total contributions  charged to  pension expense  for the  multi-employer  plans
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   1993                       1992
                                                                          -----------------------    -----------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                        <C>
Defined benefit plans:
     Service cost-benefits earned during the period....................           $  12.7                    $  12.1
     Interest cost on projected benefit obligations....................              54.0                       50.1
     Actual return on plan assets......................................             (91.1)                     (26.4)
     Net amortization and deferral.....................................               8.8                      (54.6)
Multi-employer plans...................................................               2.2                        2.1
                                                                                  -------                    -------
          Net pension income...........................................           $ (13.4)                   $ (16.7)
                                                                                  -------                    -------
                                                                                  -------                    -------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                                                  1991
                                                                         -----------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>
Defined benefit plans:
     Service cost-benefits earned during the period....................          $  11.3
     Interest cost on projected benefit obligations....................             47.6
     Actual return on plan assets......................................           (147.9)
     Net amortization and deferral.....................................             80.3
Multi-employer plans...................................................              1.5
                                                                                --------
          Net pension income...........................................          $  (7.2)
                                                                                --------
                                                                                --------
</TABLE>
 
     The  following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized in
the consolidated  balance  sheets at  December  31  for the  Company's  and  its
subsidiaries' defined benefit pension plans:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1993      1992
                                                                                        ------    ------
<S>                                                                                     <C>       <C>
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
     Vested benefit obligations......................................................   $616.7    $530.5
                                                                                        ------    ------
     Accumulated benefit obligations.................................................   $664.3    $543.0
                                                                                        ------    ------
     Projected benefit obligations...................................................   $716.0    $599.0
Plan assets at fair value............................................................    778.1     729.2
                                                                                        ------    ------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligations...............................     62.1     130.2
Unrecognized net (gain) loss.........................................................     34.5     (45.2)
Unrecognized net asset at December 31, being recognized over 14 to 15 years..........    (29.2)    (33.2)
                                                                                        ------    ------
          Net pension asset..........................................................   $ 67.4    $ 51.8
                                                                                        ------    ------
                                                                                        ------    ------
</TABLE>
 
     Approximately  44% of plan assets at December 31, 1993 are invested in cash
equivalents or  debt  securities and  56%  are invested  in  equity  securities,
including common stock of JS Group having a market value of $87.7 million.
 
POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS
 
     The  Company provides certain  health care and  life insurance benefits for
all salaried and certain hourly employees.  The Company has various plans  under
which  the cost may be borne either by the Company, the employee or partially by
each party. The Company does not currently fund these plans. These benefits  are
discretionary  and are not a commitment to long-term benefit payments. The plans
were amended effective January 1, 1993 to allow employees who retire on or after
January 1, 1994 to become eligible for these benefits only if they retire  after
age 60 while working for the Company.
 
     Effective  January 1, 1993,  the Company adopted  SFAS No. 106, 'Employers'
Accounting for  Postretirement Benefits  Other  Than Pensions',  which  requires
companies  to accrue the  expected cost of retiree  benefit payments, other than
pensions, during  employees'  active  service period.  The  Company  elected  to
immediately recognize the accumulated liability, measured as of January 1, 1993.
The  cumulative  effect of  this change  in accounting  principle resulted  in a
charge of  $37.0 million  (net of  income tax  benefits of  $21.9 million).  The
Company  had previously  recorded an obligation  of $36.0  million in connection
with prior business combinations. The  net periodic postretirement benefit  cost
for  1993 was  $9.8 million. In  1992 and  1991, the cost  of the postretirement
benefits was  recognized as  claims were  paid  and was  $6.4 million  and  $5.3
million, respectively.
 
                                      F-18
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
     The  following  table  sets forth  the  accumulated  postretirement benefit
obligation ('APBO') with respect to these benefits as of December 31, 1993:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>
Retirees...................................................................   $ 58.3
Active employees...........................................................     51.8
                                                                              ------
Total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation........................    110.1
Unrecognized net loss......................................................    (11.9)
                                                                              ------
Accrued postretirement benefit cost........................................   $ 98.2
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
</TABLE>
 
     Net periodic  postirement  benefit cost  for  1993 included  the  following
components:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>
Service cost of benefits earned............................................   $  1.5
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation.............      8.3
                                                                              ------
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost...................................   $  9.8
                                                                              ------
                                                                              ------
</TABLE>
 
     A  weighted-average discount rate of 7.6%  was used in determining the APBO
at December 31, 1993.  The weighted-average annual assumed  rate of increase  in
the  per capita cost of covered benefits ('healthcare cost trend rate') was 11%,
with an annual  decline of  1% until the  rate reaches  5%. The effect  of a  1%
increase  in the assumed healthcare cost trend  rate would increase both APBO as
of December 31, 1993 by $5.7 million and the annual net periodic  postretirement
benefit cost for 1993 by $.8 million.
 
1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
     Effective  August 26, 1992, Holdings  adopted the Holdings 1992 Stock 
Option Plan (the 'Plan') which replaced the 1990 Long-Term Management Incentive
Plan.  Under the  Plan, selected employees of Holdings and its affiliates and 
subsidiaries are granted non-qualified stock options, up  to a maximum of 
603,656 shares,  to acquire shares of common stock of Holdings. The stock 
options are exercisable at  a price equal to the fair market  value, as 
defined, of the common stock of Holdings on the date of grant. The options vest
pursuant to the schedule set  forth for  each option and  expire upon the 
earlier  of twelve years  from the date of grant or termination of  employment.
The stock  options become exercisable  upon the  earlier of the occurrence  of 
certain trigger dates,  as defined, or eleven years from  the date  of grant.
Options for  494,215 and  502,645 shares,  were outstanding  at December 31, 
1993 and 1992, respectively at an exercise price of $100.00, none of which 
were exercisable.
 
8. LEASES
 
     The Company leases certain facilities and equipment for production, selling
and  administrative  purposes  under  operating  leases.  Future  minimum  lease
payments at December 31, 1993, required under operating leases that have initial
or  remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess  of one year are $30.3 million
in 1994, $22.5 million in  1995, $15.5 million in  1996, $11.3 million in  1997,
$8.3 million in 1998 and $19.1 million thereafter.
 
     Net  rental expense was $45.0 million, $42.2 million, and $38.7 million for
1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively.
 
                                      F-19
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
9. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The estimated fair  values of  the Company's financial  instruments are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      --------------------------------------------
                                                                              1993                    1992
                                                                      --------------------    --------------------
                                                                      CARRYING      FAIR      CARRYING      FAIR
                                                                       AMOUNT      VALUE       AMOUNT      VALUE
                                                                      --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Cash and cash equivalents..........................................   $   44.2    $   44.2    $   45.0    $   45.0
Long-term debt, including current maturities.......................    2,629.4     2,686.4     2,535.4     2,540.4
Gain (loss) on interest rate swap agreements.......................                   (3.9)                  (35.5)
</TABLE>
 
     The  carrying amount of cash equivalents  approximate fair value because of
the short  maturity  of those  instruments.  The  fair value  of  the  Company's
long-term  debt is estimated based  on the quoted market  prices for the same or
similar issues or on the  current rates offered to the  Company for debt of  the
same  remaining maturities. The fair value  of the interest rate swap agreements
is the estimated amount the Company would pay, net of accrued interest  expense,
to  terminate the agreements  at December 31, 1993,  taking into account current
interest rates and the current credit worthiness of the swap counterparties.
 
10. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES
 
     In September 1993, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $150 million to
recognize the  effects  of  a  restructuring program  designed  to  improve  the
Company's long-term competitive position and future profitability and to provide
for  environmental  and  other  matters. Charges  related  to  the restructuring
program consist of approximately $96  million of expenses associated with  plant
closures,  reductions  in workforce,  realignment  and consolidation  of various
manufacturing operations  and write-downs  of nonproductive  assets. The  charge
also  includes a  provision of  $54 million  related primarily  to environmental
remediation costs  associated  with  plant closures,  and  existing  and  former
operating  sites. See  Restructuring and  Other Charges  section of Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Operation.
 
11. CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company is a defendant in a  number of lawsuits and claims arising  out
of  the conduct  of its business.  While the  ultimate results of  such suits or
other proceedings against the  Company cannot be  predicted with certainty,  the
management  of the  Company believes that  resolution of these  matters will not
have a  material  adverse effect  on  its consolidated  financial  condition  or
results of operation.
 
12. BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
     The  Company's  business  segments  are  paperboard/packaging  products and
newsprint. Substantially all the Company's operations are in the United  States.
The  Company's  customers  represent  a diverse  range  of  industries including
paperboard  and  paperboard  packaging,  consumer  products,  wholesale   trade,
retailing  agri-business, and newspaper publishing located throughout the United
States. Credit is extended  based on an evaluation  of the customer's  financial
condition.  The paperboard/packaging  products segment  includes the manufacture
and distribution  of  containerboard,  boxboard  and  cylinderboard,  corrugated
containers,  folding cartons, fibre  partitions, spiral cores  and tubes, labels
and flexible packaging. A  summary by business segment  of net sales,  operating
profit,  identifiable assets,  capital expenditures  and depreciation, depletion
and amortization follows:
 
                                      F-20
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                                    1993        1992        1991
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $2,699.5    $2,751.0    $2,653.9
     Newsprint.................................................................      248.1       247.4       286.2
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  $2,947.6    $2,988.4    $2,940.1
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
Operating profit (loss)
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $   13.3    $  281.4    $  273.0
     Newsprint.................................................................      (21.4)      (10.3)      (36.4)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
          Total operating profit (loss)........................................       (8.1)      271.1       309.4
Interest expense, net..........................................................     (252.7)     (298.3)     (333.7)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
     Loss before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates,
       minority interests, extraordinary item, and cumulative effect of
       accounting changes......................................................   $ (260.8)   $  (27.2)   $  (24.3)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
Identifiable assets
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $2,153.3    $1,960.6    $1,971.6
     Newsprint.................................................................      224.9       235.1       253.1
     Corporate assets..........................................................      218.8       240.7       235.4
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  $2,597.1    $2,436.4    $2,460.1
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
Capital expenditures
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $  107.2    $   91.6    $  114.7
     Newsprint.................................................................       10.2         6.3         4.2
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  $  117.4    $   97.9    $  118.9
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
     Paperboard/packaging products.............................................   $  115.2    $  121.2    $  116.7
     Newsprint.................................................................       15.6        13.7        13.3
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  $  130.8    $  134.9    $  130.0
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     Sales and transfers  between segments  are not material.  Export sales  are
less  than 10% of total sales. Corporate  assets consist principally of cash and
cash  equivalents,  refundable  and   deferred  income  taxes,  investments   in
affiliates, deferred debt issuance costs and other assets which are not specific
to a segment.
 
                                      F-21
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
13. SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF CCA
 
     Summarized  below is financial  information for CCA which  is the issuer of
the Senior Subordinated Notes,  Senior Unsecured Notes, Subordinated  Debentures
and Junior Accrual Debentures.
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                              --------------------
                                                                                                1993        1992
                                                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                                                           <C>         <C>
                                          ASSETS
Current assets.............................................................................   $  448.1    $  365.7
Property and timberlands -- net............................................................    1,073.5       944.5
Due from JSC...............................................................................    1,244.3     1,221.5
Deferred debt issuance costs...............................................................       50.5        64.8
Goodwill...................................................................................       93.7        54.2
Other assets...............................................................................       54.8        46.0
                                                                                              --------    --------
                                                                                              $2,964.9    $2,696.7
                                                                                              --------    --------
                                                                                              --------    --------
                           LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
Current liabilities........................................................................   $  264.4    $  268.4
Long-term debt.............................................................................    2,378.4     2,273.4
Deferred income taxes and other liabilities................................................      371.6       165.2
Stockholder's deficit......................................................................      (49.5)      (10.3)
                                                                                              --------    --------
                                                                                              $2,964.9    $2,696.7
                                                                                              --------    --------
                                                                                              --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  --------------------------------
                                                                                    1993        1992        1991
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>         <C>
Net sales......................................................................   $1,931.6    $2,014.4    $1,947.6
Cost of goods sold.............................................................    1,647.4     1,655.3     1,587.4
Selling and administrative expenses............................................      141.8       141.6       136.2
Restructuring and other charges................................................       65.0
Interest expense...............................................................      237.4       277.3       313.6
Interest income from JSC.......................................................      173.2       160.1       159.6
Other income...................................................................         .1         5.0         2.4
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
     Income before income taxes, extraordinary item, and cumulative effect of
       accounting change.......................................................       13.3       105.3        72.4
Provision for income taxes.....................................................       10.0        51.0        39.0
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
     Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of accounting
       change..................................................................        3.3        54.3        33.4
Extraordinary item
     Loss from early extinguishment of debt, net of income tax benefits of
       $21.7 in 1993 and $25.5 in 1992.........................................      (37.8)      (49.1)
Cumulative effect of accounting change for postretirement benefits, net of
  income tax benefits of $2.7 million..........................................       (4.7)
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
     Net income (loss).........................................................   $  (39.2)   $    5.2    $   33.4
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
                                                                                  --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
     Intercompany  loans  to  the  Company  made  in  connection  with  the 1989
Recapitalization ($1,262.0  million  at December  31,  1993) are  classified  as
long-term by CCA and are evidenced by a demand note
 
                                      F-22
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1993
                         (TABULAR AMOUNTS IN MILLIONS)
 
which  bears interest  at 12.65%, which  was the weighted  average interest rate
applicable to the bank credit facilities and the various debt securities sold in
connection with the 1989 Recapitalization. Term  loans to the Company under  the
Securitization  Program ($262.5  million at December  31, 1993)  are included in
CCA's current assets and bear interest  at the average borrowing rate under  the
Securitization  Program (6.56% at December 31,  1993). Other amounts advanced to
or from the Company are non-interest bearing.
 
14. QUARTERLY RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
 
     The  following  is  a  summary  of  the  unaudited  quarterly  results   of
operations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH
                                                                    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
                                                                    -------    -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1993
     Net sales...................................................   $735.9     $734.9     $745.7     $731.1
     Gross profit................................................    100.1       99.4       95.8       79.2
     Income (loss) from operations(1)............................     39.8       40.0     (111.6 )     17.1
     Loss before extraordinary item and cumulative effect of
       accounting changes........................................    (15.5 )    (14.6 )   (116.7 )    (27.8 )
     Loss from early extinguishment of debt......................               (37.8 )
     Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles
          Postretirement benefits................................    (37.0 )
          Income taxes...........................................     20.5
     Net loss....................................................    (32.0 )    (52.4 )   (116.7 )    (27.8 )
1992
     Net sales...................................................   $741.9     $794.0     $773.0     $734.5
     Gross profit................................................    110.7      121.5      140.5      126.4
     Income from operations......................................     53.7       65.3       83.6       65.1
     Income (loss) before extraordinary item.....................    (19.9 )    (11.3 )      1.6       (4.4 )
     Loss from early extinguishment of debt......................                          (49.8 )
     Net loss....................................................    (19.9 )    (11.3 )    (48.2 )     (4.4 )
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) In  the third quarter of 1993, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $150
    million for restructuring and  other charges to recognize  the effects of  a
    restructuring   program  designed   to  improve  the   Company's  long  term
    competitive  position   and  future   profitability  and   to  provide   for
    environmental and other matters.
 
                                      F-23

<PAGE>
 
 
                                     [LOGO] 
 
                        CONTAINER CORPORATION OF AMERICA
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)

<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
ISSUED                   , 1994
 
                                  $600,000,000
                        CONTAINER CORPORATION OF AMERICA
              $500,000,000        % SERIES A SENIOR NOTES DUE 2004
              $100,000,000        % SERIES B SENIOR NOTES DUE 2002
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                           UNCONDITIONALLY  GUARANTEED  ON  A  SENIOR  BASIS  BY
          JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
    INTEREST ON THE SERIES A SENIOR NOTES PAYABLE                        AND
 
    INTEREST ON THE SERIES B SENIOR NOTES PAYABLE                        AND
 

 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
THE SERIES A SENIOR NOTES WILL BE REDEEMABLE  AT THE OPTION OF CCA, IN WHOLE  OR
IN  PART, ANY TIME ON OR AFTER   ,  1999, INITIALLY AT   % OF THEIR PRINCIPAL
   AMOUNT, PLUS  ACCRUED  INTEREST,  DECLINING TO  100%  OF  THEIR  PRINCIPAL
   AMOUNT,  PLUS ACCRUED  INTEREST, ON OR  AFTER    . IN  ADDITION, CCA MAY
     REDEEM, AT ANY TIME PRIOR  TO            , 1997, UP TO $175  MILLION
       AGGREGATE  PRINCIPAL AMOUNT  OF THE  SERIES A  SENIOR NOTES,  AT A
       REDEMPTION PRICE OF    % OF THEIR PRINCIPAL AMOUNT, PLUS ACCRUED
         INTEREST, WITH THE  NET CASH  PROCEEDS FROM  AN ISSUANCE  OF
           CAPITAL  STOCK OF CCA OR  JSC OR ANY PARENT  OF CCA TO THE
           EXTENT THAT SUCH PROCEEDS  ARE CONTRIBUTED TO CCA.  THE
              SERIES  B SENIOR NOTES WILL  NOT BE REDEEMABLE PRIOR
                                 TO MATURITY.

 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
THE SERIES A SENIOR NOTES AND THE SERIES B SENIOR NOTES WILL BE SENIOR UNSECURED
OBLIGATIONS OF CCA AND  THE GUARANTEES OF  THE SERIES A  SENIOR NOTES AND  THE
       SERIES B SENIOR NOTES WILL BE SENIOR UNSECURED OBLIGATIONS OF JSC.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
               SEE 'RISK FACTORS' FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE
                      CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS   THE
    SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
      PASSED UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
                   REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
        ----------------------------------------
 
    This  Prospectus  is to  be used  by  Morgan Stanley  & Co.  Incorporated in
connection with offers  and sales  in market-making  transactions at  negotiated
prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale. Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated may act as principal or agent in such transactions.

<PAGE>
                                                           ALTERNATE
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     Container  Corporation of America ('CCA') and Jefferson Smurfit Corporation
(U.S.) ('JSC')  have filed  with  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the
'Commission') a Registration Statement (which term shall encompass any amendment
thereto)  on Form S-2 under  the Securities Act of  1933 (the 'Securities Act'),
with respect to  the Series A  Senior Notes and  the Series B  Senior Notes  and
JSC's  guarantees thereof. This Prospectus does  not contain all the information
set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules  thereto,
to  which reference is hereby made. Statements made in this Prospectus as to the
contents of  any contract,  agreement  or other  document  referred to  are  not
necessarily  complete. With  respect to each  such contract,  agreement or other
document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to
the exhibit for  a more complete  description of the  matter involved, and  each
such statement shall be deemed qualified in its entirety by such reference.
 
     JSC is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act  of 1934 (the  'Exchange Act'), and  in accordance therewith  is required to
file reports  and  other  information  with  the  Commission.  The  Registration
Statement  and the exhibits thereto filed by CCA and JSC with the Commission, as
well as such reports and other information filed by JSC with the Commission, may
be inspected and  copied at the  public reference facilities  maintained by  the
Commission  at 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,  Room 1024, Washington,  D.C. 20549, and
should also be available for inspection  and copying at the regional offices  of
the  Commission  located in  the Northwestern  Atrium  Center, 500  West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661  and Seven World Trade Center,  13th
Floor, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such material can also be obtained by
mail  from the Public Reference  Section of the Commission  at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington,  D.C.  20549  at  prescribed rates.  Such  reports  and  other
information  may also be inspected at the offices of the Pacific Stock Exchange,
301 Pine Street, Suite 1104, San Francisco, California 94104, until consummation
of the Subordinated Debt Refinancing (as defined below).
 
     The respective indentures pursuant to which  the Series A Senior Notes  and
Series  B Senior Notes  will be issued  require JSC to  file with the Commission
annual reports  containing consolidated  financial  statements and  the  related
report  of  independent  public  accountants  and  quarterly  reports containing
unaudited condensed  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  first  three
quarters  of each fiscal year for so long as any Series A Senior Notes or Series
B Senior Notes, as the case may be, are outstanding.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
     The following documents which  have been filed with  the Commission by  JSC
are hereby incorporated by reference in this Prospectus:
 
          (1)  JSC's  Annual  Report on  Form  10-K  for the  fiscal  year ended
     December 31, 1992, filed with the  Commission on March 30, 1993; and  JSC's
     Amendment  to Annual Report on  Form 8, filed with  the Commission on April
     28, 1993;
 
          (2) JSC's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarters ended
     March 31,  1993,  June 30,  1993  and September  30,  1993 filed  with  the
     Commission  on  May  5,  1993,  August  12,  1993  and  November  15, 1993,
     respectively;
 
          (3) JSC's Current Reports  on Form 8-K, filed  with the Commission  on
     February 25, 1993 and October 14, 1993; and
 
          (4)  All other reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
     Exchange Act since December 31, 1992.
 
     Any statement  contained in  a document  incorporated by  reference  herein
shall  be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus to
the extent that a statement contained herein or in any other subsequently  filed
document  which also is incorporated by  reference herein modifies or supersedes
such statement.  Any such  statement  so modified  or  superseded shall  not  be
deemed,  except  as so  modified or  superseded,  to constitute  a part  of this
Prospectus.
 
     Copies of all  documents which  are incorporated herein  by reference  (not
including   the  exhibits  to   such  information,  unless   such  exhibits  are
specifically incorporated by reference in such information)

                                   A-2
 
<PAGE>
will be provided without charge to each person, including any beneficial  owner,
to  whom this Prospectus is  delivered, upon written or  oral request. Copies of
this Prospectus, as  amended or supplemented  from time to  time, and any  other
documents  (or parts of documents) that  constitute part of the Prospectus under
Section 10(a) of the Securities Act will also be provided without charge to each
such person, upon written or oral  request. Requests should be directed to  JSC,
Attention:  Patrick J. Moore,  8182 Maryland Avenue,  St. Louis, Missouri 63105;
telephone (314) 746-1100.
 
     No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction by CCA, JSC or  the
Underwriter that would permit a public offering of the Series A Senior Notes and
the  Series B Senior Notes  or possession or distribution  of this Prospectus in
any jurisdiction where action  for that purpose is  required, other than in  the
United  States. Persons into whose possession this Prospectus comes are required
by CCA, JSC and the  Underwriter to inform themselves  about and to observe  any
restrictions  as to the offering  of the Series A Senior  Notes and the Series B
Senior Notes and the distribution of this Prospectus.
 
     In this Prospectus,  references to 'dollar'  and '$' are  to United  States
dollars,  and the  terms 'United  States' and 'U.S.'  mean the  United States of
America, its states, its territories, its  possessions and all areas subject  to
its jurisdiction. All tons referenced are short tons.
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE
                                                  ----
<S>                                               <C>
Additional Information.........................
Incorporation of Certain Documents by
  Reference....................................
Prospectus Summary.............................
Risk Factors...................................
Recapitalization Plan..........................
Use of Proceeds................................
Capitalization.................................
Selected Historical Financial Data.............
Pro Forma Financial Data.......................
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results
  of Operations and Financial Condition........
 
<CAPTION>
                                                  PAGE
                                                  ----
<S>                                               <C>
Business.......................................
Management.....................................
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
  Owners.......................................
Certain Transactions...........................
Description of Certain Indebtedness............
Description of the Senior Notes................
Market-Making Activities of MS&Co. ............
Legal Matters..................................
Experts........................................
Index to Financial Statements..................
</TABLE>
 
                              A-3



<PAGE>
                                                                       ALTERNATE
 
TRADING MARKET FOR THE SENIOR NOTES
 
     The  Senior Notes are not listed for  trading on any securities exchange or
on any automated dealer quotation system. MS&Co. currently makes a market in the
Senior Notes. However, MS&Co. is not obligated  to make a market for the  Senior
Notes  and may  discontinue or  suspend such  market-making at  any time without
notice. Accordingly, no assurance can  be given as to  the liquidity of, or  the
trading  market for,  the Senior Notes.  Further, the liquidity  of, and trading
market for,  the  Senior  Notes  may  be  adversely  affected  by  declines  and
volatility  in the  market for  high yield securities  generally as  well as any
changes in the Company's financial performance or prospects.
 
                                      A-4
 
<PAGE>
                                                                       ALTERNATE
 
                       MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES OF MS&Co.
 
     This Prospectus is to be used by MS&Co. in connection with offers and sales
of the Senior Notes in  market-making transactions at negotiated prices  related
to  prevailing market prices at the time of sale. MS&Co. may act as principal or
agent in such transactions. MS&Co.  has no obligation to  make a market for  the
Senior  Notes and may discontinue or suspend its market-making activities at any
time without notice.
 
     MS&Co. acted as underwriter in connection with the original offering of the
Senior Notes and  received an underwriting  commission of  $         million  in
connection therewith.
 
     Upon  consummation  of  the  Equity  Offerings  and  the  SIBV  Investment,
affiliates of MS&Co. will own  approximately    %  of the outstanding shares  of
Holdings Common Stock (     % if the overallotment option is exercised in full).
See  'Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners'. In addition, MS&Co. owns
approximately $        million aggregate  principal amount  of the  1993  Notes,
approximately  $  million aggregate principal  amount of the Senior Subordinated
Notes, approximately $  million  aggregate principal amount of the  Subordinated
Debentures and approximately $  million aggregate principal amount of the Junior
Accrual  Debentures. Donald  P. Brennan, Alan  E. Goldberg and  David R. Ramsay,
directors of Holdings, JSC and CCA, are designees of MSLEF II. For a description
of certain  transactions  between  Holdings,  JSC, CCA,  MSLEF  II,  MS&Co.  and
affiliates of MS&Co., see 'Certain Transactions'.
 
                                      A-5
 
<PAGE>
                                                                       ALTERNATE
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The  validity  of the  Senior Notes  and the  guarantees thereof  have been
passed upon for CCA and JSC by  Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom, New  York,
New  York. Certain legal  matters have been  passed upon for  the Underwriter by
Shearman & Sterling, New  York, New York. Skadden,  Arps, Slate, Meagher &  Flom
also  represented MSLEF II and Holdings in connection with the 1989 Transaction,
the 1992 Transaction and regularly represents  MS&Co. and MSLEF II on a  variety
of legal matters. Shearman & Sterling regularly represents MSLEF II on a variety
of legal matters.
 
                                      A-6

<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The  following table  sets forth  all fees and  expenses payable  by CCA in
connection with the offering  of the securities  being registered hereby,  other
than  underwriting discounts and  commissions. All of  such expenses, except the
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fees, are estimated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              EXPENSES                                                   AMOUNT
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Security and Exchange Commission registration fee...................................................   $  206,897
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. filing fee.........................................       30,500
Blue Sky fees and expenses..........................................................................
Printing and engraving expenses.....................................................................
Legal fees and expenses.............................................................................
Accounting fees and expenses........................................................................
Miscellaneous.......................................................................................
                                                                                                       ----------
          Total.....................................................................................   $
                                                                                                       ----------
                                                                                                       ----------
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     The Restated Certificates  of Incorporation of  each of the  Co-Registrants
provide  each of the  Co-Registrants with the  authority to indemnify directors,
officers, employees and agents of the Co-Registrants to the full extent  allowed
by  the laws of  the State of  Delaware as those  laws exist now  or as they may
hereafter be amended. In addition,  the stockholders of the Co-Registrants  have
approved  the execution by the Co-Registrants of indemnification agreements with
directors and  officers of  the Co-Registrants.  The indemnification  agreements
approved  by the  stockholders provide  that the  Co-Registrants shall indemnify
directors and officers to the same extent as would otherwise be available to the
indemnified parties  had the  Co-Registrants  purchased directors  and  officers
liability  insurance.  To  date,  indemnification  agreements  with  all  of the
Co-Registrants' respective directors  have been executed  by the  Co-Registrants
and such directors.
 
     See   Item  17  for   the  Co-Registrants'  undertaking   with  respect  to
indemnification.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
(a) Exhibits.
 
<TABLE>
    <S>               <C>
          1.1*        Form of Underwriting Agreement.
          3.1*        Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of JSC.
          3.2*        Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of CCA.
          3.3*        Form of By-laws of JSC.
          3.4*        Form of By-laws of CCA.
          4.1*        Form of Indenture for the Senior Notes.
          4.2*        Form of Indenture for the 1993 Notes.
          4.3*        Form of Indenture for the Senior Subordinated Notes.
          4.4*        Form of Indenture for the Subordinated Debentures.
          4.5*        Form of Indenture for the Junior Subordinated Accrual Debentures.
          5.1*        Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom.
         10.1         Second Amended and Restated Organization Agreement, as of August 26, 1992, among JSC, CCA,
                      MSLEF II, Inc., SIBV, Holdings and MSLEF II (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1  to
                      JSC/CCA's Registration Statement on Form S-2 (File No. 33-58348)).
         10.2(a)      Financial  Advisory Services Agreement,  dated September 12,  1989, among MS&Co., Holdings
                      and SIBV (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8(a) to JSC/CCA's Registration Statement
                      on Form S-1 (File No. 33-31212)).
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-1
 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
    <S>               <C>
         10.2(b)      Financial Advisory  Services Agreement  Amendment, dated  as of  October 19,  1989,  among
                      MS&Co.,  Holdings  and SIBV  (incorporated by  reference to  Exhibit 10.8(b)  to JSC/CCA's
                      Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33 31212)).
         10.3         Stock Purchase Agreement,  dated as  of January  15, 1986,  between JSC  and Times  Mirror
                      (incorporated  by  reference to  Exhibit  2 to  JSC's Current  Report  on Form  8-K, dated
                      February 21, 1986).
         10.4         Shareholders Agreement,  dated as  of February  21,  1986, between  JSC and  Times  Mirror
                      (incorporated  by reference  to Exhibit  4.2 to  JSC's Current  Report on  Form 8-K, dated
                      February 21, 1986).
         10.5         1989 Management  Incentive Plan  (incorporated by  reference to  Exhibit 10(ab)  to  JSC's
                      quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1989).
         10.6*        JSC/CCA Pension Plan for Salaried Employees.
         10.7*        JSC/CCA Pension Plan for Hourly Employees.
         10.8*        Jefferson Smurfit Corporation Savings Plan.
         10.9*        Jefferson Smurfit Corporation Hourly Savings Plan.
         10.10        Deferred  Compensation Agreement, dated January 1, 1979,  between JSC and James B. Malloy,
                      as amended and effective November 10, 1983 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m)  to
                      JSC's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 2-86554)).
         10.11(a)     JSC  Deferred Compensation Capital Enhancement Plan  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10(r) to JSC's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1985).
         10.11(b)     Amendment No. 1  to the Deferred  Compensation Capital Enhancement  Plan (incorporated  by
                      reference  to Exhibit 10.37  to JSC/CCA's Annual Report  on Form 10-K  for the fiscal year
                      ended December 31, 1989).
         10.12        Letter Agreement, dated November 24, 1982,  between C. Larry Bradford and Alton  Packaging
                      Corporation,  as amended  and effective  November 10,  1983 (incorporated  by reference to
                      Exhibit 10(g) to JSC's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 2-86554)).
         10.13        Form  of  Agreement  for  Indemnification  of  Directors  and  Officers  of  JSC  and  CCA
                      (incorporated  by reference to Exhibit  10(v) to JSC's Annual Report  on Form 10-K for the
                      fiscal year ended December 31, 1986).
         10.14(a)     JSC Deferred Director's Fee Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to  JSC/CCA's
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1989).
         10.14(b)     Amendment  No. 1 to JSC Deferred Director's Fee Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
                      10.34 to JSC/CCA's  Annual Report  on Form  10-K for the  fiscal year  ended December  31,
                      1989).
         10.15*       JSC Management Incentive Plan 1994.
         10.16        Restated  Newsprint Agreement,  dated January 1,  1990, by  and between SNC  and The Times
                      Mirror Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to JSC's Annual Report on  Form
                      10-K  for the  fiscal year ended  December 31, 1990).  Portions of this  exhibit have been
                      excluded pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
         10.17        Operating Agreement,  dated  as  of  April  30, 1992,  by  and  between  CCA  and  Smurfit
                      Paperboard,  Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to JSC's quarterly report on
                      Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992).
         10.18        Rights Agreement, dated  as of April  30, 1992,  among CCA, Smurfit  Paperboard, Inc.  and
                      Bankers  Trust Company, as collateral trustee  (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43
                      to JSC's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1992).
         10.19        Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August  26, 1992, among MSLEF II, Holdings  and
                      SIBV  (incorporated by reference to  Exhibit 10.45 to JSC's  quarterly report on Form 10-Q
                      for the quarter ended September 30, 1992).
         10.20*       Amendment No. 1, dated April 15, 1993,  to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as  of
                      August 26, 1992, among Holdings, MSLEF II and SIBV.
         10.21        1992  SIBV/MS Holdings, Inc. Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48
                      to JSC's quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1992).
         10.22*       Form of Stockholders Agreement,  dated as of                     ,  1994, among MSLEF  II,
                      Holdings and SIBV.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
 
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
    <S>               <C>
         10.23*       Commitment  Letter, dated February 10, 1994, among  JSC, CCA, Chemical, Bankers Trust, CSI
                      and BTSC.
         12.1         Calculation of Historical Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
         23.1*        Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (included in Exhibit 5).
         23.2         Consent of Ernst & Young.
         24.1         Powers of Attorney.
         25.1*        Statement on Form T-1 of the eligibility of                , as trustee under the Series A
                      Senior Note Indenture.
         25.2*        Statement on Form T-1 of the eligibility of                , as trustee under the Series B
                      Senior Note Indenture.
</TABLE>
 
     (b) ** Financial Statement Schedules:
 
<TABLE>
        <S>              <C>
        Schedule II:     Amounts Receivable From  Related Parties  and Underwriters,  Promoters and  Employees
                           Other than Related Parties
        Schedule V:      Property, Plant and Equipment
        Schedule VI:     Accumulated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization of Property, Plant and Equipment
        Schedule VIII:   Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
        Schedule X:      Supplementary Income Statement Information
</TABLE>
 
*  To be filed by amendment.
 
** All  other schedules  specified under  Regulation S-X  for the Co-Registrants
   have been omitted  because they are  either not applicable,  not required  or
   because  the information required is included  in the Financial Statements of
   the Co-Registrants or notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of  1933  ('Securities  Act')  may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and
controlling  persons of the Co-Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions,
or otherwise, the Co-Registrants  have been advised that  in the opinion of  the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as  expressed in  the Securities  Act and  is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the
event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than  the
payment  by  the Co-Registrants  of  expenses incurred  or  paid by  a director,
officer or controlling person of the Co-Registrants in the successful defense of
any action,  suit  or proceeding)  is  asserted  by such  director,  officer  or
controlling  person  in connection  with  the securities  being  registered, the
Co-Registrants will, unless in the opinion of their counsel the matter has  been
settled  by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction
the question whether such  indemnification by them is  against public policy  as
expressed  in the Securities Act and will  be governed by the final adjudication
of such issue.
 
     The Co-Registrants hereby undertake:
 
          (1)  That  for  purposes  of  determining  any  liability  under   the
     Securities  Act, the information omitted from  the form of prospectus filed
     as part  of this  registration statement  in reliance  upon Rule  430A  and
     contained  in a form of prospectus  filed by the Co-Registrants pursuant to
     Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to
     be part  of this  registration statement  as of  the time  it was  declared
     effective.
 
          (2)  That  for  the purpose  of  determining any  liability  under the
     Securities Act,  each  post-effective amendment  that  contains a  form  of
     prospectus  shall be deemed to be  a new registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
          (3) (a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are  being
     made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement;
 
                (i)  To include any  prospectus required by  Section 10(a)(3) of
           the Securities Act;
 
                (ii) To reflect in  the prospectus any  facts or events  arising
           after  the effective date of the  registration statement (or the most
           recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
 
                                      II-3
 
<PAGE>
           individually or in the aggregate,  represent a fundamental change  in
           the information set forth in the registration statement;
 
                (iii)  To include any  material information with  respect to the
           plan of  distribution not  previously disclosed  in the  registration
           statement   or  any  material  change  to  such  information  in  the
           registration statement.
 
             (b) That, for the  purpose of determining  any liability under  the
        Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be
        a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein,
        and  the offering of such securities at  that time shall be deemed to be
        the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
             (c) To  remove  from  registration by  means  of  a  post-effective
        amendment  any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at
        the termination of the offering.
 
             (d) If the  Co-Registrant is a  foreign private issuer,  to file  a
        post-effective  amendment to  the registration statement  to include any
        financial statements  required by  Rule 3-19  of Regulation  S-X at  the
        start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering.
 
                                      II-4

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the   Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Co-Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it  meets
all  of  the  requirements for  filing  on Form  S-2  and has  duly  caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized, on February 23, 1994.
 
                                          CONTAINER CORPORATION OF AMERICA
 
                                          By          /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE
                                             ...................................
                                                       John R. Funke
                                                     Vice President and
                                                  Chief Financial Officer
 
     Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration Statement has  been signed below  by the following  persons in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                               DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                                         <C>                                              <C>
                    *                       Director, Chairman of the Board
 .........................................
           MICHAEL W.J. SMURFIT
                    *                       Director, President and Chief Executive
 .........................................  Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
             JAMES E. TERRILL
            /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE               Vice President and Chief Financial Officer       February 23, 1994
 .........................................  (Principal Financial and
              JOHN R. FUNKE                 Accounting Officer)
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
             HOWARD E. KILROY
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
            DONALD P. BRENNAN
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
             ALAN E. GOLDBERG
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
             DAVID R. RAMSAY
</TABLE>
 
                                          *By          /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE
                                              ..................................
                                                        JOHN R. FUNKE
                                                      ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
                                                      FEBRUARY 23, 1994
 
                                      II-5
 
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the   Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Co-Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it  meets
all  of  the  requirements for  filing  on Form  S-2  and has  duly  caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized, on February 23, 1994.
 
                                          JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION
 
                                          By          /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE
                                             ...................................
                                                       John R. Funke
                                                     Vice President and
                                                  Chief Financial Officer
 
     Pursuant   to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration Statement has  been signed below  by the following  persons in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                               DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------   ------------------
<S>                                         <C>                                              <C>
                    *                       Director, Chairman of the Board
 .........................................
           MICHAEL W.J. SMURFIT
                    *                       Director, President and Chief Executive
 .........................................  Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
             JAMES E. TERRILL
            /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE               Vice President and Chief Financial Officer       February 23, 1994
 .........................................  (Principal Financial and
              JOHN R. FUNKE                 Accounting Officer)
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
             HOWARD E. KILROY
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
            DONALD P. BRENNAN
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
             ALAN E. GOLDBERG
                    *                       Director
 .........................................
             DAVID R. RAMSAY
</TABLE>
 
                                          *By          /s/ JOHN R. FUNKE
                                              ..................................
                                                        JOHN R. FUNKE
                                                      ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
                                                      FEBRUARY 23, 1994
 
                                      II-6

<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
             SCHEDULE II -- AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE FROM RELATED PARTIES
                AND UNDERWRITERS, PROMOTERS, AND EMPLOYEES OTHER
                              THAN RELATED PARTIES
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               COLUMN A                    COLUMN B      COLUMN C           COLUMN D                 COLUMN E
- --------------------------------------    ----------     --------     ---------------------     -------------------
                                                                                                  BALANCE AT END
                                                                           DEDUCTIONS                OF PERIOD
                                                                      ---------------------     -------------------
                                          BALANCE AT                                AMOUNTS
                                          BEGINNING                    AMOUNTS      WRITTEN                   NOT
            NAME OF DEBTOR                OF PERIOD      ADDITIONS    COLLECTED       OFF       CURRENT     CURRENT
- --------------------------------------    ----------     --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
<S>                                       <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993
  JS Group............................       $             $            $            $           $           $
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
Year ended December 31, 1992
  JS Group............................       $             $            $            $           $           $
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
Year ended December 31, 1991
  JS Group............................       $5.2          $            $ 5.2        $           $           $
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
                                            -----        --------     ---------     -------     -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
                  SCHEDULE V -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   COLUMN A                         COLUMN B      COLUMN C     COLUMN D       COLUMN E      COLUMN F
- -----------------------------------------------   ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                   BALANCE AT                                   OTHER
                                                  BEGINNING OF                                 CHANGES      BALANCE
                                                   PERIOD, AS     ADDITIONS                  ADD(DEDUCT)     AT END
                                                   PREVIOUSLY     AT COSTS                    DESCRIBE         OF
                CLASSIFICATION                      REPORTED        (A)       RETIREMENTS        (B)         PERIOD
- -----------------------------------------------   ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993
     Land......................................     $   47.6       $            $  (1.3)       $  13.9      $  60.2
     Buildings and leasehold improvements......        216.4          9.6          (2.6)          17.9        241.3
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.........      1,477.8        119.7         (40.0)          43.6      1,601.1
     Construction in progress..................         53.3        (14.9)         (1.8)          (1.5)        35.1
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                    $1,795.1       $114.4       $ (45.7)       $  73.9      $1,937.7
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
     Timberland, less timber depletion.........     $  226.4       $ 20.1       $   (.7)       $  15.7      $ 261.5
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
Year ended December 31, 1992
     Land......................................     $   47.3       $   .2       $              $    .1      $  47.6
     Buildings and leasehold improvements......        211.3          5.3           (.3)            .1        216.4
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.........      1,418.8         79.1         (23.5)           3.4      1,477.8
     Construction in progress..................         59.1         (5.8)                                     53.3
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                    $1,736.5       $ 78.8       $ (23.8)       $   3.6      $1,795.1
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
     Timberland, less timber depletion.........     $  228.5       $ 20.4       $  (2.2)       $ (20.3)     $ 226.4
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
Year ended December 31, 1991
     Land......................................     $   50.4       $   .3       $   (.1)       $  (3.3)     $  47.3
     Buildings and leasehold improvements......        205.0          4.9          (2.0)           3.4        211.3
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.........      1,329.7         99.9         (13.4)           2.6      1,418.8
     Construction in progress..................         56.4          2.5                           .2         59.1
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                    $1,641.5       $107.6       $ (15.5)       $   2.9      $1,736.5
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
     Timberland, less timber depletion.........     $  231.9       $ 16.9       $  (2.3)       $ (18.0)     $ 228.5
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
                                                  ------------    --------    -----------    -----------    --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(A) Includes  capitalized  leases which  are not  reflected in  the Consolidated
    Statements of Cash Flow.
 
(B) See next page.
 
                                      S-2
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
                  SCHEDULE V -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                          COMPONENTS OF OTHER CHANGES
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                                           TIMBER                 OTHER
           CLASSIFICATION              ACQUISITIONS    SFAS 109(A)    RESTRUCTURING(B)    DEPLETION    OTHER     CHANGES
- ------------------------------------   ------------    -----------    ----------------    ---------    ------    -------
<S>                                    <C>             <C>            <C>                 <C>          <C>       <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993
     Land...........................       $             $  15.2           $ (1.5)         $           $   .2    $ 13.9
     Buildings and leasehold
       improvements.................                        27.7             (9.9)                         .1      17.9
     Machinery, fixtures and
       equipment....................        1.4            120.5            (78.0)                        (.3)     43.6
     Construction in progress.......         .1                              (1.5)                        (.1)     (1.5 )
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                           $1.5          $ 163.4           $(90.9)         $           $  (.1)   $ 73.9
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
     Timberland, less timber
       depletion....................       $             $  35.9                           $ (20.2)    $         $ 15.7
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
Year ended December 31, 1992
     Land...........................       $             $                 $               $           $   .1    $   .1
     Buildings and leasehold
       improvements.................                                                                       .1        .1
     Machinery, fixtures and
       equipment....................        5.2                                                          (1.8)      3.4
     Construction in progress.......
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                           $5.2          $                 $               $           $ (1.6)   $  3.6
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
     Timberland, less timber
       depletion....................       $             $                 $               $ (20.3)    $         $(20.3 )
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
Year ended December 31, 1991
     Land...........................       $ .1          $                 $               $           $ (3.4)   $ (3.3 )
     Buildings and leasehold
       improvements.................         .8                                                           2.6       3.4
     Machinery, fixtures and
       equipment....................        3.2                                                           (.6)      2.6
     Construction in progress.......         .3                                                           (.1)       .2
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                           $4.4          $                 $               $           $ (1.5)   $  2.9
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
     Timberland, less timber
       depletion....................       $             $                 $               $ (18.1)    $   .1    $(18.0 )
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
                                          -----        -----------        -------         ---------    ------    -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (A) Represents increase in property balances in connection with the adoption of
     SFAS No.  109.  See  footnote  6 to  the  December  31,  1993  consolidated
     financial statements.
 
 (B) Represents  reduction in property balances in connection with restructuring
     and other charges. See  footnote 11 to the  December 31, 1993  consolidated
     financial statements.
 
                                      S-3
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
      SCHEDULE VI -- ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND AMORTIZATION
                        OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  COLUMN B       COLUMN C       COLUMN D      COLUMN E    COLUMN F
                                                ------------    ----------     ------------   --------    --------
                                                 BALANCE AT                            
                                                BEGINNING OF    ADDITIONS                       OTHER        BALANCE
                  COLUMN A                       PERIOD, AS     CHARGED TO                     CHANGES        AT END
- ---------------------------------------------    PREVIOUSLY     COSTS AND                    ADD (DEDUCT)       OF
                 DESCRIPTION                      REPORTED       EXPENSES     RETIREMENTS    DESCRIBE(A)      PERIOD
- ---------------------------------------------   ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993:
     Buildings and leasehold improvements....      $ 52.1         $ 11.2        $  (1.6)        $ (5.8)       $ 55.9
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.......       472.9           92.1          (19.1)         (38.6)        507.3
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                   $525.0         $103.3        $ (20.7)        $(44.4)       $563.2
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
Year ended December 31, 1992:
     Buildings and leasehold improvements....      $ 41.9         $ 10.6        $   (.2)        $  (.2)       $ 52.1
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.......       397.2           95.9          (20.2)                       472.9
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                   $439.1         $106.5        $ (20.4)        $  (.2)       $525.0
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
Year ended December 31, 1991:
     Buildings and leasehold improvements....      $ 34.1         $  9.7        $  (1.9)        $             $ 41.9
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment.......       312.0           96.1          (11.7)            .8         397.2
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                   $346.1         $105.8        $ (13.6)        $   .8        $439.1
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
                                                ------------    ----------    -----------    ------------    --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (A) See next page.
 
     The  annual provisions for  depreciation have been  computed principally in
accordance with the following estimated lives:
 
          Building and leasehold improvements -- 20 to 50 years
 
          Machinery, fixtures and equipment -- 3 to 30 years
 
                                      S-4
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
       SCHEDULE VI -- ACCMULATED DEPRECIATION, DEPLETION AND AMORTIZATION
                          COMPONENTS OF OTHER CHANGES
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                  TOTAL
                                                                                                                  OTHER
                  CLASSIFICATION                     ACQUISITIONS    SFAS 109(1)    RESTRUCTURING(2)    OTHER    CHANGES
- --------------------------------------------------   ------------    -----------    ----------------    -----    -------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>                 <C>      <C>
Year Ended December 31, 1993
     Building and leasehold improvements..........       $              $  .2            $ (5.7)        $(.3 )   $ (5.8 )
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment............         .4             2.8             (41.8)                  (38.6 )
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                         $ .4           $ 3.0            $(47.5)        $(.3 )   $(44.4 )
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
Year ended December 31, 1992
     Buildings and leasehold improvements.........       $              $                $              $(.2 )   $  (.2 )
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment............
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                         $              $                $              $(.2 )   $  (.2 )
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
Year Ended December 31, 1991
     Buildings and leasehold improvements.........       $ .1           $                $              $(.1 )   $
     Machinery, fixtures and equipment............         .8                                                        .8
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                         $ .9           $                $              $(.1 )   $   .8
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
                                                          ---           -----           -------         -----    -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Represents increase in property balances in connection with the adoption  of
    SFAS No. 109. See footnote 6 to the December 31, 1993 consolidated financial
    statements.
 
(2) Represents  reduction in property balances  in connection with restructuring
    and other charges.  See footnote 11  to the December  31, 1993  consolidated
    financial statements.
 
                                      S-5
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
               SCHEDULE VIII -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     COLUMN B              COLUMN C             COLUMN D     COLUMN E
                                                   ------------    ------------------------    ----------    --------
                                                    BALANCE AT     
                                                   BEGINNING OF                  CHARGED TO                   BALANCE
                    COLUMN A                        PERIOD, AS     CHARGED TO      OTHER       DEDUCTIONS     AT END
- ------------------------------------------------    PREVIOUSLY     COSTS AND      ACCOUNTS      DESCRIBE        OF
                  DESCRIPTION                        REPORTED       EXPENSES      DESCRIBE        (A)         PERIOD
- ------------------------------------------------   ------------    ----------    ----------    ----------    --------
<S>                                                <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Year ended December 31, 1993
     Allowance for doubtful accounts............       $7.8           $4.0          $             $2.6         $9.2
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
Year ended December 31, 1992
     Allowance for doubtful accounts............       $8.2           $3.5          $             $3.9         $7.8
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
Year ended December 31, 1991
     Allowance for doubtful accounts............       $7.8           $3.6          $             $3.2         $8.2
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
                                                      -----          -----         -----         -----       --------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(A) Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
 
                                      S-6
 
<PAGE>
                      JEFFERSON SMURFIT CORPORATION (U.S.)
            SCHEDULE X -- SUPPLEMENTARY INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION
                                 (IN MILLIONS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     COLUMN A                                                          COLUMN B
- --------------------------------------------------                        -------------------------------------
                                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          -------------------------------------
                       ITEM                                    1993                       1992                       1991
                  --------------                   -------------------    -----------------------    -----------------------
<S>                                                   <C>                        <C>                        <C>
Maintenance and repairs............................           $ 237.8                    $ 232.0                    $ 208.5
</TABLE>
 
     Amounts  for  (i)  depreciation  and  amortization  of  intangible  assets,
pre-operating costs and similar  deferrals, (ii) taxes,  other than payroll  and
income  taxes, (iii) royalties  and (iv) advertising costs  are not presented as
such amounts are less than 1% of total sales and revenue in all periods.
 
                                      S-7


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission